WO2021201105A1 - Matte article and method for producing matte article - Google Patents

Matte article and method for producing matte article Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021201105A1
WO2021201105A1 PCT/JP2021/013846 JP2021013846W WO2021201105A1 WO 2021201105 A1 WO2021201105 A1 WO 2021201105A1 JP 2021013846 W JP2021013846 W JP 2021013846W WO 2021201105 A1 WO2021201105 A1 WO 2021201105A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
matte
layer
article
resin
less
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/013846
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
祥太 西根
玲子 桜井
亮介 西垣
小笠原 健
美幸 飯原
朝達 洞ヶ瀬
Original Assignee
大日本印刷株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from JP2021054004A external-priority patent/JP2022008024A/en
Application filed by 大日本印刷株式会社 filed Critical 大日本印刷株式会社
Publication of WO2021201105A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021201105A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B05SPRAYING OR ATOMISING IN GENERAL; APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05DPROCESSES FOR APPLYING FLUENT MATERIALS TO SURFACES, IN GENERAL
    • B05D5/00Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces to obtain special surface effects, finishes or structures
    • B05D5/06Processes for applying liquids or other fluent materials to surfaces to obtain special surface effects, finishes or structures to obtain multicolour or other optical effects
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C35/00Heating, cooling or curing, e.g. crosslinking or vulcanising; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C35/02Heating or curing, e.g. crosslinking or vulcanizing during moulding, e.g. in a mould
    • B29C35/08Heating or curing, e.g. crosslinking or vulcanizing during moulding, e.g. in a mould by wave energy or particle radiation
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B29WORKING OF PLASTICS; WORKING OF SUBSTANCES IN A PLASTIC STATE IN GENERAL
    • B29CSHAPING OR JOINING OF PLASTICS; SHAPING OF MATERIAL IN A PLASTIC STATE, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; AFTER-TREATMENT OF THE SHAPED PRODUCTS, e.g. REPAIRING
    • B29C59/00Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor
    • B29C59/02Surface shaping of articles, e.g. embossing; Apparatus therefor by mechanical means, e.g. pressing
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/16Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin specially treated, e.g. irradiated
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/18Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/18Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives
    • B32B27/20Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin characterised by the use of special additives using fillers, pigments, thixotroping agents
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B3/00Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form
    • B32B3/26Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
    • B32B3/30Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer characterised by a layer formed with recesses or projections, e.g. hollows, grooves, protuberances, ribs
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • B32B7/023Optical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B43WRITING OR DRAWING IMPLEMENTS; BUREAU ACCESSORIES
    • B43LARTICLES FOR WRITING OR DRAWING UPON; WRITING OR DRAWING AIDS; ACCESSORIES FOR WRITING OR DRAWING
    • B43L1/00Repeatedly-usable boards or tablets for writing or drawing
    • B43L1/04Blackboards
    • B43L1/08Blackboards flexible
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04BUILDING
    • E04FFINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F13/00Coverings or linings, e.g. for walls or ceilings
    • E04F13/07Coverings or linings, e.g. for walls or ceilings composed of covering or lining elements; Sub-structures therefor; Fastening means therefor
    • EFIXED CONSTRUCTIONS
    • E04BUILDING
    • E04FFINISHING WORK ON BUILDINGS, e.g. STAIRS, FLOORS
    • E04F13/00Coverings or linings, e.g. for walls or ceilings
    • E04F13/07Coverings or linings, e.g. for walls or ceilings composed of covering or lining elements; Sub-structures therefor; Fastening means therefor
    • E04F13/08Coverings or linings, e.g. for walls or ceilings composed of covering or lining elements; Sub-structures therefor; Fastening means therefor composed of a plurality of similar covering or lining elements

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a matte article and a method for manufacturing a matte article.
  • interior members of buildings such as walls, ceilings, floors, exterior members such as outer walls, eaves ceilings, roofs, walls, fences, window frames, doors, door frames, handrails, skirts, surrounding edges, etc.
  • exterior members such as outer walls, eaves ceilings, roofs, walls, fences, window frames, doors, door frames, handrails, skirts, surrounding edges, etc.
  • decorative materials and decorative sheets are used as articles for decorating and protecting the surfaces of home appliances, cabinets of OA equipment, etc., and interior or exterior members of vehicles.
  • decorative materials and decorative sheets for example, those having a surface layer having a desired function are used, and mainly surface characteristics such as scratch resistance, stain resistance and weather resistance, various processing characteristics and the like are used. Performance is required.
  • Patent Document 1 has a pattern layer and a concealing layer on one side of a base sheet, and a gloss adjusting layer (matte layer, gloss layer) on the other side.
  • Decorative sheets have been proposed.
  • a design effect of enhancing the pattern layer and the concealing layer is obtained by the difference in gloss between the matte layer and the gloss layer of the gloss adjusting layer, and in the embodiment, the mat provided on the entire surface is obtained.
  • a matte ink is used in which 10 parts by weight of spherical alumina and 40 parts by weight of calcium carbonate are added to a total of 50 parts by weight of a matting agent per 100 parts by weight of the resin content.
  • Patent Document 2 proposes a decorative material in which a printing layer and a transparent resin layer are sequentially provided on a base material, and an embossed pattern is applied to the outermost surface of the transparent resin layer.
  • Patent Documents 3 to 5 As an article such as a decorative material or a decorative sheet used for the above-mentioned applications, for example, in order to impart surface characteristics such as weather resistance, a method of using a curable resin for forming the surface layer and using the cured product as a layer is used.
  • the decorative sheet described in Patent Document 3 describes that a surface layer (top coat layer) is formed by irradiating an electron beam-curable resin composition with an electron beam and curing it. Describes that a surface layer (gloss adjusting resin layer) is formed by a crosslinked cured product of an ionizing radiation curable resin composition containing matte silica. Further, Patent Document 5 describes that an ultraviolet curable resin layer is used as the surface protective layer.
  • exterior members such as outer walls, eaves ceilings, roofs, walls, and fences are used outdoors and have problems such as color change and resin deterioration due to the effects of ultraviolet rays caused by wind and rain and solar radiation. It will occur.
  • an ultraviolet absorber as a weathering agent into the surface protective layer of the decorative material.
  • light resistance may be required for those that are exposed to sunlight near windows, etc., as with exterior materials. ..
  • a method of giving an uneven shape to the surface to enhance the texture is generally adopted. Specifically, embossing using a shaping sheet, an embossed plate, or the like, or using a transfer sheet provided with a layer having an uneven shape, the layer having an uneven shape is transferred to the surface to give the uneven shape. Then, a method of expressing a matte effect (matte effect) and the like can be mentioned.
  • Patent Document 6 has a layer having an uneven shape made of an ionizing radiation curable resin on the surface of a base sheet, and imparts a crosslink density so that the uneven shape does not crack when peeled off.
  • a shaped sheet that reproduces a desired pattern shape and a polyester veneer using the shaped sheet have been proposed.
  • Patent Document 2 proposes a decorative sheet in which a printing layer and a transparent resin layer are sequentially provided on a base material, and an embossed pattern is applied to the outermost surface of the transparent resin layer.
  • a sheet having a matte coating film formed on the surface constitutes the surface of various writing boards such as a blackboard and a white board.
  • a sheet having a matte coating film formed on the surface constitutes the surface of various writing boards such as a blackboard and a white board.
  • the matte coating film forming sheet used for these purposes is installed in a room such as a lecture room or a conference room, the reflection of the interior light or the like is reduced and the gloss is suppressed, so that the writing board, etc. It is required to have excellent visibility of characters and the like displayed on the projection screen.
  • Patent Documents 7 and 8 propose a whiteboard sheet having a whiteboard writing layer.
  • the reflection of interior lights and the like is suppressed by the scattering of light, and the gloss is suppressed and displayed on the writing board, the projection screen and the like.
  • matting agents such as silica and calcium carbonate, and other pigments are added to the surface coating film. That is, the conventional product suppresses the reflection and gloss of the interior light by the matting effect of the matting agent, and improves the visibility.
  • writing sheets such as whiteboards support writing and erasing with markers
  • the writing and erasability of markers are also required by balancing the appropriate wettability and easy cleaning of the surface.
  • Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-062081 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-073207 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-117905 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-148632 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-103019 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2-235744 Special Fair 7-64155 Gazette Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 11-28892
  • a matting agent also referred to as "matting agent”
  • the light diffusing effect itself has.
  • a method of obtaining a matte effect by the above method, a method of forming an uneven shape on the outermost surface by embossing as in Patent Document 2 above, and the like are mainly mentioned.
  • a matting agent is used as in Patent Document 1, it is necessary to increase the amount of the matting agent used in order to make the matting effect more excellent.
  • the matting agent becomes more effective.
  • the decrease in scratch resistance due to the matting agent falling off from the coating film and damaging the coating film is caused by, for example, the use of flooring materials among interior members of buildings, and window frames, doors, and door frames that are frequently used. This is remarkable in applications of fitting members such as handrails, blackboard erasers (or whiteboard erasers), and whiteboard sheets to which friction by markers is repeatedly applied.
  • ionizing radiation curable resins particularly electron beam curable resins, ultraviolet curable resins and the like are adopted as described in Patent Documents 3 to 5.
  • an ultraviolet curable resin that can be cured using ultraviolet rays is adopted, as disclosed in Patent Document 5, it is common to usually use a photopolymerization initiator. Since ultraviolet rays have extremely low energy compared to other ionizing radiation such as electron beams, curing by functional groups such as ethylenically unsaturated groups that develop curability by ionizing radiation is not promoted unless a photopolymerization initiator is added. Therefore, the desired surface characteristics cannot be obtained.
  • any resin composition can be used to form a layer having excellent surface properties. Is required.
  • a matte effect may be required to improve the design. Under such circumstances, a surface layer made of an ionizing radiation curable resin can obtain excellent surface properties and visibility of a matte effect without adding a photopolymerization initiator when curing the surface layer. The formation method of was sought.
  • the uneven shape of the shaped film described in Patent Document 3 is formed by forming a predetermined pattern with a liquid-repellent resin and then applying a two-component curable resin composition containing an inorganic filler to repel the uneven shape. It is formed by repelling only the two-component curable resin composition on the pattern due to the liquid-repellent effect of the liquid resin. Therefore, since there is a limit to the formation of a delicate uneven shape, it is not possible to impart an excellent matting effect, and there are cases where a desired requirement cannot be met.
  • the shape corresponding to the shape of the particles such as the matting agent and the pigment is more exposed, and the smoothness is lost, so that the marker erasability is lowered.
  • the matting effect using a matting agent, pigment, etc. suppresses the reflection and gloss of the interior light to improve visibility, and in particular, the marker erasing property has a bilateral relationship. There is. Therefore, the whiteboard sheets described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 are not sufficient in both visibility and marker erasability due to the matting effect, and further improvement is required.
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a matte article having excellent visibility and texture of a matte effect and having various surface characteristics as desired, and a method for producing the matte article.
  • the present invention visually recognizes the matte effect by incorporating a wrinkle formation stabilizer in a predetermined amount and adopting a matte layer having an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles. It has been found that a matte article having excellent properties and texture and having various surface properties as desired, and a matte article used for shaping that can meet diversifying demands can be obtained. Further, regarding the method for producing an article, (i) a matte layer is formed by subjecting a resin composition containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer in a predetermined amount to a specific irradiation treatment, so that the matte layer is irregular. It has a concavo-convex shape composed of wrinkles, is excellent in visibility and texture of the matte effect, and can easily obtain a matte article having various surface characteristics as desired.
  • a matte article having excellent visibility and texture of a matte effect and having various surface characteristics as desired a matte article used for shaping that can meet diversifying demands, and a gloss.
  • a method of manufacturing an erasable article can be provided.
  • 6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1B.
  • 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2B.
  • 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3B.
  • 6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1B.
  • 6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2B.
  • 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1C.
  • 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2C.
  • 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3C.
  • 6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1C.
  • 6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2C.
  • 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1D.
  • 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2D.
  • 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3D.
  • 6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1D.
  • 6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2D.
  • 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1E.
  • 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2E.
  • 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3E.
  • 6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1E.
  • 6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2E. It is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1F. It is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2F.
  • 6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1F. It is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2F. It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte article G of this invention. It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte article G of this invention.
  • 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1G.
  • 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2G. 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3G. 6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1G. 6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2G. It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte article H of this invention. It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte article H of this invention. It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte article H of this invention. It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte article H of this invention. It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte article H of this invention. 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1H. 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2H. 8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3H.
  • the present embodiment an embodiment of the present invention (hereinafter, may be referred to as “the present embodiment”) will be described.
  • the numerical values relating to "greater than or equal to”, “less than or equal to” and "" relating to the description of the numerical range are numerical values that can be arbitrarily combined, and the numerical values of Examples are numerical values that can be used for the upper and lower limits of the numerical range. Is.
  • the matte article of the present embodiment is a matte article having a matte layer, and the matte layer is 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass of a wrinkle formation stabilizer with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is composed of a cured product of the resin composition contained below, has an uneven shape in which at least one surface of the matte layer is composed of irregular wrinkles, and the 60 ° gloss value of the matte layer is 5.0.
  • the following is a matte article (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "matte article A").
  • the matte article A is excellent in surface characteristics, particularly scratch resistance, and also excellent in visibility and texture of the matte effect.
  • the matte layer in the matte article A is a resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less of a wrinkle formation stabilizer with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (hereinafter, "resin for forming a matte layer”. It is a layer composed of a cured product of (sometimes referred to as "composition"). That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer is a layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer at a content of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte layer. be.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer stabilizes the formation of wrinkles on at least one surface of the matte layer, so that the visibility of the matte effect is uniformly exhibited over the entire surface of the matte article A, and partial gloss unevenness is generated.
  • the entire surface of the matte article A Along with the reduced visibility of the stable matting effect (hereinafter, the expression “stable matting effect visibility” or a similar expression may be used), the entire surface of the matte article A. It has a function of imparting uniformity of surface condition (also referred to as "texture”) by stably forming wrinkles over a period of time.
  • the so-called “matting agent” in the prior art and the “wrinkle forming stabilizer” in the present embodiment have the same matting mechanism (action) even when their constituent substances and average particle diameters are the same. ),
  • the structure for developing matte, and the relationship between the amount used and the degree of gloss (gloss value) on the surface are different.
  • the above-mentioned “stabilizing the formation of wrinkles” possessed by the wrinkle formation stabilizer means the shape of the "wrinkles” and its geometric characteristic value (individual protrusions in the uneven shape of the wrinkles ().
  • Convex length, width and ratio of these and also, for example, Rz (maximum height), Rsm (average length of curved elements), Ra (arithmetic mean roughness), Sk (skunes), Sk (Kurtosis).
  • Statistical indicators such as, these characteristic values or indicators, and various numerical values and indicators such as the in-plane distribution (dispersion ⁇ ) of the 60 ° gloss value of the surface of the matte surface layer due to these.
  • the 60 ° gloss value G 60 is realized by the addition of 10 following surface matting agent with respect to 100 parts by weight of resin, depending on the dispersed form Ikan the (kind of resin and matting agent ,) It is necessary to add about 50 parts by mass or more, and the change in gloss due to contact with other objects and removal of the matting agent during friction becomes large.
  • the 60 ° gloss value G 60 is 5.0 or less of the surface even if realized by matting agent added, the resin
  • the content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer with respect to 100 parts by mass is about 10 parts by mass or less, and more specifically, 6.0 parts by mass or less.
  • 60 ° gloss value G 60 is 5.0 or less in a total content of up to 6 parts by weight of the wrinkle formation stabilizers, further realizes a low gloss of 2.0 or less .
  • those having a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less are treated as “matte”. Therefore, in flatting the article A, as demonstrated in Examples and Comparative Examples described below, to achieve the same low gloss surface, in particular 60 ° gloss value G 60 is 10 or less, more 5.0 or less
  • the particle content is significantly reduced as compared with the conventional matte article, the change in gloss due to the contact with other objects and the removal of the matting agent at the time of friction is small. ..
  • the matting agent used for matting expression itself exhibits a matting effect due to the light diffusing effect caused by the physical shape and the inherent refractive index. Is what you do.
  • a matting agent generally has a difference in refractive index between the matting agent particles and the surrounding resin and air, and the reflection and refractive index of light rays corresponding to the contour shape of the particles.
  • the visibility of the matte effect is exhibited by the light diffusion effect of the interface.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer is caused by the wrinkle formation stabilizer, in which the light diffusion due to the reflection and refraction of light rays by the particles themselves does not exhibit the visibility of the matte effect.
  • the matte article By stabilizing the formation of wrinkles on the surface of the matte layer, the matte article is stably given a texture as well as the visibility of the matte effect by the light diffusion effect at the interface between the surface and the air with a refractive index difference. That is. Therefore, the wrinkle-forming stabilizer used in the present embodiment is different from the matting agent that itself exhibits the visibility of the matting effect (even if both constituent substances and the average particle size are the same). ,) The matting mechanism (action) of both, the structure for expressing matting, etc. are different. Further, the "wrinkle formation stabilizer" and the “matte agent” are also different in the relationship between the content and the gloss (gloss value) of the surface.
  • the matte layer may contain an agent that has been conventionally used as a matting agent, but the visibility and texture of an extremely excellent matting effect that cannot be obtained even if a matting agent is used can be stably obtained. Considering the characteristic of the effect of the invention, it is preferable not to contain a matting agent. As described above, the matte article A has extremely excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect even if it does not substantially contain the matting agent conventionally used for obtaining the visibility of the matte effect. You can say that. Therefore, when a matting agent is included (added), the matting effect due to wrinkles on the surface of the matte layer is only reinforced.
  • “does not contain a matting agent” means that, in addition to not containing a matting agent at all, even if it is contained, it does not have the visibility of a matting effect based on the action effect of the matting agent itself. Specifically, it means that the content of the matting agent is less than 15.0 parts by mass, preferably 10.0 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 3.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. ..
  • the term "matting agent” is specifically used from the viewpoint of exhibiting the visibility of the matting effect by the light diffusing effect due to the reflection of light rays corresponding to the contour shape of the particles and the refractive interface as described above. Specifically, it means a layer in which the matting agent can be contained, that is, particles having an average particle diameter whose lower limit is the smaller of more than 100% and more than 30 ⁇ m of the thickness of the matte layer.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer is not a matting agent as described above, and has an average particle diameter of 100% or less or 30 ⁇ m or less of the thickness of the matte layer, whichever is smaller, whichever is the upper limit, for example, organic particles. , Various particles such as inorganic particles can be adopted. In the present embodiment, when the wrinkle formation stabilizer is not used, the formation of wrinkles becomes unstable, and the visibility and texture of the excellent matting effect due to the formation of wrinkles cannot be stably obtained as a whole.
  • the wrinkle-forming stabilizer used in the matte article A can be used without particular limitation as long as it is not a matting agent and has an average particle size of 100% or less of the thickness of the matte layer.
  • Wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 having an average particle size of 1 ⁇ m or more and 100% or less or 30 ⁇ m or less of the thickness of the matte layer, whichever is smaller, and wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 having an average particle size of less than 1 ⁇ m. Is preferably used.
  • one or more kinds of wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 may be used, one or more kinds of wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 may be used, or one or more kinds of wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 may be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer.
  • Wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and one or more kinds of wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 may be used in combination.
  • two types of wrinkle formation stabilizers, wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 are used. Is preferably used.
  • organic particles and inorganic particles can be used.
  • the organic substances constituting the organic particles include polymethylmethacrylate, acrylic-styrene copolymer resin, melamine resin, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride resin, benzoguanamine-melamine-formaldehyde condensate, silicone, fluororesin and polyester resin. And so on.
  • Examples of the inorganic substance constituting the inorganic particles include silica, alumina, calcium carbonate, aluminosilicate, barium sulfate and the like, and among these, silica having excellent transparency is preferable.
  • the shape of the wrinkle formation stabilizer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a spherical shape, a polyhedron, a scaly shape, and an amorphous shape.
  • the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer is preferably glossy with respect to the thickness of the matte layer as an upper limit from the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles and improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect.
  • 90% or less of the thickness of the matte layer, more preferably 80% or less of the thickness of the matte layer, further preferably 70% or less of the thickness of the matte layer, and the absolute value is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less. It is more preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 8 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 7 ⁇ m or less, and it may be the smaller of the case where the upper limit of the thickness of the matte layer and the upper limit of the absolute value are arbitrarily combined. ..
  • the upper limit may be 90% or less of the thickness of the matte layer or 20 ⁇ m or less, whichever is smaller, or 90% or less of the thickness of the matte layer or 10 ⁇ m or less, whichever is smaller. You can also.
  • the thickness of the matte layer will be described later.
  • the lower limit is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 3 nm or more, and further preferably 5 nm or more.
  • the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 stabilizes the formation of wrinkles and stably improves the visibility and texture of the matting effect. From the viewpoint of making the mixture, it is preferably 1.3 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 1.5 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 1.8 ⁇ m or more, and the upper limit is as described above. From the same viewpoint as this, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 3 nm or more, further preferably 5 nm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 900 nm or less, more preferably 700 nm. Below, it is more preferably 500 nm or less. In the present specification, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer is measured as the mass average value d50 in the particle size distribution measurement by the laser light diffraction method.
  • the total content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 is matte.
  • 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the layer it is preferably 0.75 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1.0 part by mass or more, still more preferably 1.2 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is a stable luster.
  • the viewpoint of improving the visibility of the erasing effect there is no particular limitation as long as it is 6.0 parts by mass or less.
  • the content of each of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 is not particularly limited as long as the total content is within the above range, but the content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 is 100 mass by mass of the resin. It is preferably 0.1 part by mass or more, more preferably 0.5 part by mass or more, still more preferably 1.0 part by mass or more, and the upper limit is 6.0 parts by mass or less, preferably 5 parts. It is 0.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3.5 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 3.0 parts by mass or less.
  • the blending ratio of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 is preferably 0.05 to 0.95, more preferably 0.10 to. It is 0.90, more preferably 0.20 to 0.80, and even more preferably 0.30 to 0.70.
  • organic particles and inorganic particles can be used as described above, but the types of these particles themselves can be said to include those conventionally used as a matting agent.
  • a matting agent such as spherical alumina or calcium carbonate is used for the matte layer of the decorative sheet according to 1.
  • Patent Document 1 in order for a matting agent such as spherical alumina or calcium carbonate to exhibit the visibility of the matting effect by itself due to the light diffusion effect caused by the physical shape, as described in Patent Document 1.
  • the matte article A As described above, even if the content is small, that is, due to the light diffusion effect due to the physical shape, the matte article itself exhibits the visibility and texture of the matte effect. Even if the content is less than the required content, the visibility and texture of the matting effect are extremely excellent as compared with the effect obtained by the matting agent. Therefore, although the matte article A does not substantially contain a matte agent, wrinkles are stably formed on the surface thereof, so that the matte article A has a more excellent matte effect than the case where the matte agent is used. It can be said that the visibility and texture of the product are stably obtained.
  • the matte layer is a layer composed of a cured product of a resin composition for forming a matte layer containing the above-mentioned specific wrinkle formation stabilizer in a specific content, and is a layer formed by a cured product of the resin composition for forming the matte layer.
  • the formation of wrinkles is stable, and the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably exhibited by the light diffusion effect caused by the shape of the wrinkles.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view in a plan view showing an embodiment of the matte article A of the present embodiment, and is a schematic image of the surface of the matte article A obtained in the embodiment.
  • FIG. 1 shows that the matte article A of the present embodiment has wrinkles formed on its surface, that is, on the surface of the matte layer.
  • the matte article A has an uneven shape in which at least one surface of the matte layer is composed of irregular wrinkles.
  • the uneven shape formed by such wrinkles is stably formed by the wrinkle forming stabilizer, and the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably exhibited.
  • the irregular wrinkle is preferably composed of a plurality of convex portions formed by a plurality of protrusions and a concave portion formed by being surrounded by the plurality of protrusions, and the protrusions are linear. It is preferable to have a protrusion.
  • the “streak protrusion” (hereinafter, also referred to as “streak protrusion”) means that the ratio (length / width) of the length to the width of the protrusion is 3 or more, preferably. It means that it is 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and the method for determining the length and width is as described later.
  • a more preferable irregular wrinkle is one composed of a plurality of convex portions formed by a plurality of linear protrusions and a concave portion formed by being surrounded by the plurality of linear protrusions. ..
  • the surface of the matte article A that is, the surface of the matte layer
  • the irregular wrinkles are formed by a plurality of curved streaks. It is configured by including a plurality of convex portions 3 to be formed and a concave portion 2 formed by being surrounded by a plurality of protrusions (plurality of convex portions 3), and at least one of the plurality of curved convex portions 3.
  • a plan view observed from the z direction in FIGS.
  • each portion is formed by meandering linear protrusions, and the meandering recess 2 is surrounded by the meandering linear protrusions. It is also shown to be forming.
  • the matte article A of the present embodiment stably exhibits the visibility and texture of the matte effect due to the stable formation of wrinkles shown in FIG.
  • curvature means having one or more portions in which the extending direction of the convex portion 3 of the continuous line is reversed from one side to the other side in a plan view.
  • a continuous curve is used.
  • a form having an inflection point and the like can be mentioned.
  • irregular means that it cannot be said that a shape has a certain rule and is arranged with a certain rule, that is, a so-called pattern.
  • a typical example of a non-irregular shape is a so-called "lenticular lens" in which a plurality of cylindrical unit lenses are arranged adjacent to each other in a direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction thereof. Examples thereof include shapes arranged with a certain periodicity in a specific direction, such as “lenticular lens)”. Therefore, the irregular wrinkles in the present embodiment are that the shape of one protrusion itself is not a shape formed by a certain rule such as periodicity, but is irregular, and a plurality of protrusions are formed.
  • the shape of the convex portion is not formed and arranged according to a certain rule but is irregular, and that the shape of the concave portion surrounded by such a plurality of protrusions is also irregular. be.
  • the matte layer has wrinkles, that is, uneven shapes on at least one surface thereof.
  • the darkest part in the density distribution image is set to gradation 255
  • the lightest part in the density distribution image is gradation 0.
  • the gradations 0 to 255 the gradations 0 to 127 may be binarized and the gradations 128 to 255 may be binarized.
  • the surface of the matte article A preferably has irregular wrinkles formed at least in a part thereof, and more preferably irregular wrinkles are formed over the entire surface.
  • the portion where the wrinkle is formed is not particularly limited as long as it is the surface of the matte article A.
  • the visibility and texture of the matte effect due to the formation of the wrinkles are exhibited. For example, when a pattern layer described later is provided and irregular wrinkles are formed in a part of the wrinkles, if the wrinkles are formed at a location corresponding to the pattern of the pattern layer (for example, on the pattern), the pattern becomes more visible than the surroundings. Since it is visually recognized as a matte part, it is possible to improve the design. Further, as shown in FIG.
  • the height of the convex portion is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more.
  • the upper limit is about 10 ⁇ m or less.
  • the width of the convex portion is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, and the upper limit is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 4 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 3 ⁇ m. It is as follows.
  • the above-mentioned dimensions of the convex portion are the arbitrary 10 convex portions (projections) in any 10 locations (100 ⁇ m square area ⁇ 10 locations) of the matte article of the present embodiment, that is, a total of 100 convex portions. It is an average value.
  • the width of the convex portion (projection portion) of 1 is not the same and is wide and narrow, the width of the convex portion (projection portion) of 1 is the convex portion (projection portion) of 1.
  • the depth of the recess is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more, and the upper limit is about 10 ⁇ m or less.
  • the width of the recess is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 0.2 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 0.3 ⁇ m or more, and the upper limit is preferably 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 3 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 2 ⁇ m or less. Is.
  • the depth and width of the concave portion are within the above ranges, the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably improved in relation to the convex portion.
  • the dimensions of the concave portion are determined in the same manner as the dimensions of the convex portion described above.
  • the distance from the top of the convex portion to the bottom of the concave portion is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 2 ⁇ m or more, further preferably 4 ⁇ m or more, and the upper limit is preferably 20 ⁇ m or less. It is preferably 8 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 7 ⁇ m or less.
  • the dimensions of the concave portion are determined in the same manner as the dimensions of the convex portion described above.
  • the occupancy ratio of the convex portion is preferably 15% or more, more preferably 20% or more, further preferably 30% or more, and the upper limit is preferably 80% or less, more preferably 70% or less, still more preferably 60% or less. Is.
  • the occupancy ratio of the convex portion is an average value of the occupancy ratio of the convex portion at any 10 locations (100 ⁇ m square region ⁇ 10 locations) of the matte article A.
  • the convex portion and the concave portion may have portions having substantially the same direction and substantially the same width, but the length thereof is preferably short from the viewpoint of stably improving the visibility of the matting effect and improving the texture.
  • the continuous length of the convex portions and concave portions in substantially the same direction and substantially the same width is preferably 95 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 80 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 70 ⁇ m or less, and the lower limit is preferably 5 ⁇ m or more. It is more preferably 10 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 15 ⁇ m or more.
  • any 10 convex portions and concave portions that is, a total of 100 convex portions and concave portions
  • any 10 locations 100 ⁇ m square area ⁇ 10 locations
  • it is preferable that it satisfies the above conditions, more preferably 85% or more, further preferably 90% or more, still more preferably 95% or more.
  • abbreviation of "substantially the same” in the present specification means that they are almost the same, meaning a difference within ⁇ 3 ° in the case of direction without branching, and ⁇ 5 in the case of width. Means a difference within%.
  • the number of protrusions (protrusions) in a 100 ⁇ m square region is preferably 10 or more, more preferably 20 or more, still more preferably 30 or more, and the upper limit is preferably 200 or less, more preferably 100 or less, and further. It is preferably 70 or less.
  • the number of the convex portions is an average value of the number of convex portions in 10 locations (100 ⁇ m square region ⁇ 10 locations) of the matte article A.
  • FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the matte article A, which is a cross-sectional view of the matte article cut along a plane parallel to the thickness direction (Z direction in the figure).
  • the shape of the concave portion may be, for example, an acute-angled shape as shown in 2a of FIG. 2, a semicircular or semi-elliptical shape as shown in 2b, or a combination thereof. Further, it may have a shape as shown in 2c of FIG. 2 in which one convex portion has a concave portion in a part.
  • the shape of the convex portion although the width is wide and narrow as shown in 3a and 3b of FIG. 2, it exhibits a semicircular or semi-elliptical shape.
  • the thickness of the matte layer is not particularly limited as long as it can form the above-mentioned wrinkles to the extent that the visibility and texture of the matte effect can be stably exhibited, but it is easy to produce.
  • it is usually 1 ⁇ m or more, preferably 2 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 3 ⁇ m or more, further preferably 4 ⁇ m or more, still more preferably 5 ⁇ m or more, and the upper limit is preferably 300 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 200 ⁇ m or less. It is more preferably 150 ⁇ m or less, and even more preferably 100 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness of the matte layer is the average value of the values of 20 points obtained by measuring the thickness of 20 points from the image taken with a scanning electron microscope (SEM) for the cross section of the matte article. do.
  • the acceleration voltage of the SEM is set to 3 kV, and the magnification is set according to the thickness. The same applies to the thickness of other layers.
  • the matte layer may be provided partially or over the entire surface, but from the viewpoint of improving the visibility of the stable matte effect and improving the texture, the matte layer may be provided over the entire surface. It is preferable that When the matte layer is partially provided, the matte article A of the present embodiment preferably has a base material described later as a layer other than the matte layer.
  • the resin that forms the matte layer is a resin that forms a resin composition for forming a matte layer containing the above wrinkle formation stabilizer in a predetermined amount and is cured to become a cured product and constitutes the matte layer. good.
  • a resin include an ionizing radiation curable resin.
  • the matte layer is a layer that can be provided on the outermost surface of the matte article A, it is a resin that easily forms wrinkles with a wrinkle formation stabilizer, and is resistant to use as a matte article from the viewpoint of improving usability. It is preferable that the resin easily exhibits surface characteristics such as scratch resistance, stain resistance, and weather resistance, and processing characteristics, and the ionizing radiation curable resin is a preferable resin from these viewpoints. Since the content of the wrinkle-forming stabilizer contained in the matte layer is extremely small in the matte article A, the performance of the resin forming the matte layer is more directly exhibited as its surface property.
  • An ionizing thermosetting resin is a resin having an ionizing radiation curable functional group
  • an ionizing radiation curable functional group is a group that is crosslinked and cured by irradiation with ionizing radiation, for example, a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group, and the like.
  • a functional group having an ethylenic double bond such as an allyl group is preferable.
  • a (meth) acryloyl group means an acryloyl group or a metachloroyl group.
  • (meth) acrylate means acrylate or methacrylate.
  • the ionizing radiation means an electromagnetic wave or a charged particle beam having an energy quantum capable of polymerizing and / or cross-linking a molecule, and usually, an ultraviolet ray (UV) or an electron beam (EB) is used.
  • electromagnetic waves such as X-rays and ⁇ -rays, and charged particle rays such as ⁇ -rays and ion rays are also included.
  • the ionizing radiation curable resin examples include an electron beam curable resin and an ultraviolet curable resin. From the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles by the wrinkle formation stabilizer and improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect, ultraviolet rays are used.
  • a curable resin is preferable.
  • the ionizing radiation curable resin can be appropriately selected and used from the polymerizable monomers and polymerizable oligomers conventionally used as ionizing radiation curable resins.
  • a (meth) acrylate-based monomer having a radically polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule is preferable, and a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate monomer is particularly preferable.
  • “(meth) acrylate” means "acrylate or methacrylate”.
  • Examples of the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate monomer include a (meth) acrylate monomer having two or more ionizing radiation-curable functional groups in the molecule and having at least a (meth) acryloyl group as the functional group.
  • the (meth) acrylate monomer is not particularly limited as long as it has a (meth) acryloyl group, but is, for example, a di (meth) acrylate such as diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate or propylene glycol di (meth) acrylate (number of functional groups:: 2); Tri (meth) acrylate such as trimethyl propanetri (meth) acrylate (number of functional groups: 3); Tetra (meth) acrylate such as trimethylol propanetetra (meth) acrylate and dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate ( Number of functional groups: 4); Examples thereof include (meth) acrylate having 5 or more (meth) acryloyl groups such as dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (number of functional groups: 5 or more). ..
  • Polyfunctionality (meth) from the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles and stably improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect, and further improving the surface characteristics such as scratch resistance and weather resistance, and the processing characteristics.
  • the number of functional groups of the acrylate monomer is preferably 2 or more and 8 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 6 or less, further preferably 2 or more and 4 or less, and further preferably 2 or more and 3 or less.
  • These polyfunctional (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the polymerizable oligomer examples include a (meth) acrylate oligomer having two or more ionizing radiation-curable functional groups in the molecule and having at least a (meth) acryloyl group as the functional group.
  • a (meth) acrylate oligomer having two or more ionizing radiation-curable functional groups in the molecule and having at least a (meth) acryloyl group as the functional group For example, urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer, epoxy (meth) acrylate oligomer, polyester (meth) acrylate oligomer, polyether (meth) acrylate oligomer, polycarbonate (meth) acrylate oligomer, acrylic (meth) acrylate oligomer and the like can be mentioned.
  • polymerizable oligomer a highly hydrophobic polybutadiene (meth) acrylate-based oligomer having a (meth) acrylate group in the side chain of the polybutadiene oligomer, and a silicone (meth) acrylate-based oligomer having a polysiloxane bond in the main chain.
  • aminoplast resin (meth) acrylate-based oligomers modified from aminoplast resins having many reactive groups in small molecules, novolak type epoxy resins, bisphenol type epoxy resins, aliphatic vinyl ethers, aromatic vinyl ethers, etc.
  • oligomers and the like having cationically polymerizable functional groups.
  • polymerizable oligomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • Urethane (meth) acrylate from the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles and stably improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect, and further improving the surface characteristics such as scratch resistance and weather resistance, and the processing characteristics.
  • Acrylate, epoxy (meth) acrylate oligomer, polyester (meth) acrylate oligomer, polyether (meth) acrylate oligomer, polycarbonate (meth) acrylate oligomer, acrylic (meth) acrylate oligomer are preferable, urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer, polycarbonate (meth) ) Acrylate oligomers are more preferred, and urethane (meth) acrylate oligomers are even more preferred.
  • the number of functional groups of these polymerizable oligomers determines the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles and stably improving the visibility and texture of the matting effect, as well as the surface characteristics such as scratch resistance and weather resistance, and the processing characteristics. From the viewpoint of improvement, those having 2 or more and 8 or less are preferable, and as the upper limit, 6 or less is more preferable, 4 or less is further preferable, and 3 or less is further preferable. From the same viewpoint as this, the weight average molecular weight of these polymerizable oligomers is preferably 2,500 or more and 7,500 or less, more preferably 3,000 or more and 7,000 or less, and 3,500 or more and 6,000. The following is more preferable. Here, the weight average molecular weight is an average molecular weight measured by GPC analysis and converted with standard polystyrene.
  • the content of the polymerizable oligomer with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable oligomer and the polymerizable monomer is preferably 40 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 55 parts by mass or more, still more. It is preferably 60 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is preferably 90 parts by mass or less, more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 70 parts by mass or less.
  • the content of the polymerizable oligomer is within the above range, the formation of wrinkles can be stabilized, the visibility and texture of the matte effect can be stably improved, and the surface such as scratch resistance and weather resistance can be improved. It is also possible to improve the characteristics and processing characteristics.
  • the matte layer is composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing the wrinkle formation stabilizer in a predetermined content, and the resin composition specifically contains the resin and the wrinkle formation stabilizer in a predetermined content. It includes.
  • the resin composition used in the present embodiment may contain other components in addition to the above wrinkle formation stabilizer and resin, depending on desired performance and the like.
  • the resin composition for forming a matte layer may contain a monofunctional (meth) acrylate for the purpose of lowering the viscosity thereof, for example. These monofunctional (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resin When the resin is an ultraviolet curable resin that is cured by ultraviolet rays, it preferably contains additives such as a photopolymerization initiator and a photopolymerization accelerator. By including these additives, the formation of wrinkles is promoted, and the visibility and texture of the matte effect are improved.
  • the photopolymerization initiator include one or more selected from acetophenone, benzophenone, ⁇ -hydroxyalkylphenone, Michler ketone, benzoin, benzyl dimethyl ketal, benzoyl benzoate, ⁇ -acyl oxime ester, thioxanthones and the like.
  • the photopolymerization accelerator can reduce the polymerization inhibition by air at the time of curing and accelerate the curing rate. For example, from p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid isoamyl ester, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester and the like. One or more selected species can be mentioned.
  • the matte layer is a layer that can be provided on the outermost surface of the matte article A, it is preferably a layer having weather resistance, and preferably contains various weather resistant agents such as an ultraviolet absorber and a light stabilizer. ..
  • an ultraviolet absorber generally used for cosmetic sheets can be used without particular limitation.
  • a benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber, a benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorber, a triazine-based ultraviolet absorber, and a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber can be used. Examples include agents.
  • a light stabilizer generally used for decorative sheets can be used without particular limitation, and examples thereof include hindered amine-based light stabilizers such as piperidinyl sebacate-based light stabilizers. Further, these ultraviolet absorbers and light stabilizers may have a reactive functional group having an ethylenic double bond such as a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group or an allyl group in the molecule. These weather resistant agents such as ultraviolet absorbers and light stabilizers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the matte article A is an article having excellent visibility and texture of a matte effect, and has a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less.
  • “matte” means that it is difficult to visually recognize the gloss, and it cannot be said unconditionally because it changes depending on the color tone, pattern, etc. of the article. It shall be treated as “matte”. So far, for example, black and other dark colors (“dark color” means low brightness, for example, CIE (International Commission on Illumination) L * a * b * L in the color system, which is measured in accordance with JIS Z8781-4: 2013.
  • L * value For matte articles exhibiting a * value (hereinafter, may be simply referred to as "L * value”), which usually means about 40 or less, preferably 30 or less), a matting agent is used. Although it is possible to obtain excellent visibility of the matting effect with a 60 ° gloss value of 20.0 or less, preferably 10.0 or less, since a large amount of matting agent is used, streaks during layer formation are obtained. Since unevenness occurs, it is not easy to manufacture, and the surface characteristics are deteriorated.
  • the formation of wrinkles is stabilized, and the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stable and excellent. Has come to be obtained. Further, by suppressing the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used to an extremely small amount, it is possible to form a layer by suppressing a significant increase in the viscosity of the resin composition, and the surface caused by the particles used in the wrinkle formation stabilizer. Since the effect on the deterioration of the characteristics is also minimized, it naturally has surface characteristics such as excellent scratch resistance, stain resistance, and weather resistance according to the characteristics of the resin used for the matte layer. Become.
  • the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side is 5.0 or less, and further 4.0 or less, 3.6 or less, 2.0 or less. It is possible to exhibit extremely excellent visibility of the matting effect. Further, a matte article exhibiting a color tone other than black or other dark colors can also have the above 60 ° gloss value.
  • the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side of the matte article A is substantially the same as the 60 ° gloss value on the surface of the layer forming the outermost surface of the article. Further, when the other layer is further provided and the other layer is provided on the surface side of the matte layer, the 60 ° gloss value means the 60 ° gloss value of the other layer, but is glossy.
  • the reason why the erased article A has a specific 60 ° gloss value is substantially due to the composition of the matte layer.
  • the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side is the 60 ° mirror surface gloss measured in accordance with JIS K 5600-4-7: 1999, and a gloss meter or the like at any 10 points is used. It is an average value of values that can be measured from the matte layer side.
  • the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) of the matte article A is less than 0.30 with respect to the 60 ° gloss value.
  • the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) of the 60 ° gloss value is a numerical value indicating the degree of variation of the 60 ° gloss value at any 10 points, and the smaller the deviation, the smaller the variation, that is, the more stable the formation of wrinkles. It is a meaningful index.
  • the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) of the 60 ° gloss value of the matte article A is less than 0.30, the formation of wrinkles is stable, and the standard deviation ( ⁇ ). ) Is small, which leads to excellent surface characteristics, particularly excellent scratch resistance, and excellent visibility and texture of matting effect.
  • the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) of the 60 ° gloss value is preferably 2.8 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, still more preferably. It is 2.3 or less.
  • the lower limit is not particularly limited because the smaller it is, the more preferable it is.
  • the matte article A may be an article having a specific matte layer as described above, and does not need to have a base material. That is, the matte article A has a base material as desired, and may have a layer structure without a base material. Therefore, the simplest layer structure of the matte article A is a layer structure consisting of a single layer having no base material and only a matte layer, specifically, a wrinkle formation stabilizer is applied to 100 parts by mass of the resin.
  • the matte layer is composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing 5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less, and has an uneven shape in which at least one surface of the matte layer is formed of irregular wrinkles.
  • the layer structure is composed of a single layer having only a matte layer having a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less.
  • the layer structure of the matte article A is preferably a layer structure having a base material, that is, a base material and a matte layer.
  • a surface having a base material and a matte layer and having an uneven shape formed by irregular wrinkles of the matte layer is a surface opposite to the base material. It is preferable to have. This is because the visibility and texture of the matte effect can be improved.
  • the matte article A may further have a base material, if desired, and as described above, it is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding various restrictions.
  • the base material functions as a support for providing a matte layer.
  • the form (or shape) of the base material can be various shapes such as a film, a sheet, a plate, a polyhedron, a polygonal prism, a cylinder, a cone, a spherical surface, and a rotating elliptical surface, and is not particularly limited.
  • films, sheets, and plates are referred to as films, sheets, and plates in order from the one having a relatively thin thickness, but in the present specification, it is not meaningful to strictly distinguish these three types, and these three types are used. There is no difference in the interpretation of rights of the present invention due to the three types of differences.
  • the base material used in the present embodiment those usually used as a base material for articles such as decorative materials and decorative sheets can be used without limitation, and for example, fibrous materials such as paper, non-woven fabric and woven cloth, etc.
  • a typical example is a base material made of a resin, a wood-based material, a metal, a non-metallic inorganic material, or the like.
  • the base material may be a single layer, or may be a stack of two or more layers made of the above materials.
  • the base material is a laminate of two or more layers, it is preferable that two or more layers of different materials are laminated to complement each other's various performances of the materials of each layer. Examples of the base material formed by laminating two or more layers include the following A to J.
  • an adhesive layer When the base material is a laminated body, an adhesive layer, an adhesive layer, and a primer layer (anchor layer, easy) are used as layers for strengthening the adhesive force between the adjacent layers between the layers of each constituent layer of the laminated body. It may be configured to further provide an adhesive layer).
  • the base material of the fibrous material examples include kraft paper, titanium paper, linter paper, sulfated paper, paraffin paper, glassin paper, parchment paper, backing paper for wallpaper, thin leaf paper, high-quality paper, Japanese paper, board paper, base paper for gypsum board, etc. Paper substrate can be mentioned.
  • the paper base material in order to improve the interlayer strength between the fibers or between the multi-layered paper base material and to prevent fluffing, further acrylic resin, styrene-butadiene rubber, melamine resin, urethane resin Various resins such as the above may be added (impregnated with the resin after the fabrication or internally filled at the time of the fabrication).
  • Examples of such a paper base material include inter-paper reinforced paper and resin-impregnated paper. Further, as a base material in which a resin layer is laminated on a fibrous material layer, various resin layers such as a vinyl chloride resin layer, an olefin resin layer, and an acrylic resin layer are laminated on the surface of a backing paper for wallpaper, which is widely used in the field of building materials. There is also the original wallpaper.
  • Examples of the base material of the non-woven fabric or woven fabric include inorganic fibers made of inorganic materials such as glass, alumina, silica, and carbon, and organic fibers made of various synthetic resins such as polyester resin, acrylic resin, polyethylene, and polypropylene. Examples thereof include non-woven fabrics or woven fabrics composed of various fibers such as protein-based or cellulose-based natural fibers such as silk, cotton and linen, glass fibers and carbon fibers, and base materials such as composites thereof.
  • the base material of the resin examples include a base material composed of various resins such as synthetic resin and natural resin.
  • a thermoplastic resin and a curable resin can be used.
  • the thermoplastic resin include polyolefin resins such as polypropylene, polyethylene, polymethylpentene, polyolefin-based thermoplastic elastomers, and ionomers; vinyl chloride resins such as polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, and vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymers; Polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), ethylene glycol-terephthalic acid-isophthalic acid copolymer, polyester-based thermoplastic elastomer; polymethyl (meth) acrylate, polybutyl ( Acrylic resins such as meta) acrylate and methyl (meth) acrylate-butyl (meth) acrylate cop
  • Examples of the base material for wood-based materials include wood base materials made of wood of various tree species such as cedar, cypress, pine, zelkova, oak, oak, walnut, lauan, teak, and rubber tree.
  • the wood base material may be in the form of a film called veneer or a sheet, or in the form of a single plate, plywood, laminated lumber, particle board, fiber plate or the like.
  • Metals include aluminum-containing alloys such as aluminum or duralmin, iron-containing alloys such as iron or carbon steel and stainless steel, copper-containing alloys such as copper or brass and bronze, gold, silver, chromium, nickel and cobalt, Examples include tin and titanium. Further, as the metal base material composed of metal, those obtained by subjecting these metals to a treatment such as plating can also be used.
  • Non-metallic inorganic materials include non-ceramic ceramic materials such as cement, ALC (lightweight cellular concrete), plaster, calcium silicate, and wood piece cement, ceramic ceramic materials such as ceramics, earthenware, glass, and limestone, and limestone. (Including marble), natural stones such as granite and limestone.
  • the base material may be colored or uncolored (transparent), and when it is colored, the mode of coloring is not particularly limited and may be transparently colored. It may be opaque coloring (concealed coloring), and these may be arbitrarily selected.
  • the colorant includes, for example, white pigments such as titanium white, and inorganic pigments such as iron black, yellow lead, titanium yellow, petals, cadmium red, ultramarine blue, and cobalt blue; quinacridone red.
  • Organic pigments or dyes such as isoindolinone yellow, phthalocyanine blue, nickel-azo complex, azomethine azo black pigment, perylene black pigment; metal pigment consisting of scaly foil pieces such as aluminum and brass; titanium dioxide coated mica, base Examples thereof include colorants such as pearl pigments made of scaly foil pieces such as lead carbonate.
  • Inorganic pigments such as white pigments may be used.
  • any means can be adopted, such as addition of a colorant to the resin (kneading, kneading), formation by applying a coating film of a paint containing the resin and the colorant, and the like. ..
  • a colorant to the resin (kneading, kneading)
  • formation by applying a coating film of a paint containing the resin and the colorant and the like.
  • coloring paper, non-woven fabric, or woven fabric it can be carried out by any means such as mixed extraction with pulp or fiber material, formation of a coating film, or a combination thereof.
  • coloring wood it can be carried out by either dyeing with a dye, forming a coating film, or a combination thereof.
  • an electrolytic coloring method for forming a metal oxide film on the surface by using an anodic oxidation method or the like can be adopted.
  • a non-metallic inorganic material it can be carried out by either means of forming a coating film or adding it to a base material, or a combination thereof.
  • Additives may be added to the base material, if necessary.
  • additives mainly in the case of resins, for example, inorganics such as calcium carbonate and clay, flame retardants such as magnesium hydroxide, antioxidants, lubricants, foaming agents, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, and light stabilizers. And so on.
  • the blending amount of the additive is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the surface characteristics, processing characteristics, etc., and can be appropriately set according to the required characteristics, etc.
  • a weather resistant agent such as an ultraviolet absorber and a light stabilizer among the above additives.
  • the ultraviolet absorber and the light stabilizer include those exemplified as those that can be contained in the matte layer. These ultraviolet absorbers, weathering agents such as light stabilizers, and various other additives can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the shape and dimensions of the base material are not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the intended use, desired various performances, and processing suitability.
  • thickness is a typical design dimension of the article.
  • the thickness is not particularly limited, but generally, it may be about 10 ⁇ m or more and 10 cm or less from the viewpoint of manufacturing processability, mechanical strength, usability, economy, and the like.
  • the thickness thereof is preferably 20 ⁇ m or more, more preferably 40 ⁇ m or more, and the upper limit is preferably 300 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 200 ⁇ m or less, further preferably 100 ⁇ m or less.
  • the thickness thereof is preferably 1 mm or more and 2 cm or less.
  • the substrate is a paper substrate, basis weight, usually preferably 20 ⁇ 150g / m 2, more preferably 30 ⁇ 100g / m 2.
  • one or both sides of the base material may be physically surface-treated by an oxidation method, an unevenness method, etc., or chemically.
  • Surface treatment such as surface treatment may be performed, or a primer layer may be formed.
  • the oxidation method include a corona discharge treatment, a chromium oxidation treatment, a flame treatment, a hot air treatment, an ozone-ultraviolet treatment method and the like
  • the unevenness method include a sandblast method and a solvent treatment method.
  • the matte article A may have the above-mentioned base material and other layers such as a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, and an adhesive layer, if necessary.
  • 3 and 4 are cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article A having these layers.
  • 3 and 4 are cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article A, in which the matte article 1 (matte article A) is cut in a plane parallel to the thickness direction (Z direction in the figure). It is a cross-sectional view.
  • the matte article 1 (matte article A) shown in FIG. 3 has a base material 5 and a matte layer 4 in this order
  • the matte article 1 (matte article A) shown in FIG. 4 is a base. It has a material 5, a decorative layer 6, an adhesive layer 7, a transparent resin layer 8, a primer layer 9, and a matte layer 4 in this order.
  • the matte article A When the matte article A is composed of, for example, a plurality of layers, it may have a primer layer in order to improve the interlayer adhesion of the plurality of layers as described above.
  • a primer layer is provided between the matte layer and the base material in order to improve the interlayer adhesion. be able to.
  • the primer layer is mainly composed of a binder resin, and may contain additives such as an ultraviolet absorber and a light stabilizer, if necessary.
  • binder resin urethane resin, acrylic polyol resin, acrylic resin, ester resin, amide resin, butyral resin, styrene resin, urethane-acrylic copolymer, polycarbonate-based urethane-acrylic copolymer (carbonate bond to the polymer main chain).
  • a curing agent such as an isocyanate-based curing agent or an epoxy-based curing agent.
  • a polyol resin such as an acrylic polyol resin is preferably cross-linked and cured with an isocyanate-based curing agent, and a acrylic polyol resin is more preferably cross-linked and cured with an isocyanate-based curing agent.
  • the thickness of the primer layer is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 8 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 6 ⁇ m or less.
  • the matte article A is on the side opposite to the wrinkled surface of at least one of the matte layers, and when it has a base material, the matte base material is glossy.
  • a primer layer (also referred to as a "backside primer layer”) may be provided on the side opposite to the side on which the vanishing layer is provided.
  • the matte article A may have a transparent resin layer in order to increase its strength and, when it has a decorative layer described later, from the viewpoint of protecting the decorative layer and the like. In particular, it is effective when the matte article A is used as a flooring material and as a fitting member such as a window frame, a door, a door frame, and a handrail which is frequently used.
  • the transparent resin layer may be provided between the base material and the matte layer, and when the decorative layer is provided, the transparent resin layer is provided between the decorative layer and the matte layer in order to protect the decorative layer. Just do it.
  • the resin constituting the transparent resin layer examples include polyolefin-based resin, polyester resin, polycarbonate resin, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin (hereinafter, also referred to as “ABS resin”), acrylic resin, vinyl chloride resin and the like.
  • ABS resin acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin
  • acrylic resin vinyl chloride resin
  • vinyl chloride resin examples include polyolefin-based resin, polyester resin, polycarbonate resin, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin (hereinafter, also referred to as “ABS resin”), acrylic resin, vinyl chloride resin and the like.
  • ABS resin acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin
  • acrylic resin vinyl chloride resin
  • vinyl chloride resin acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin
  • two or more kinds of these various resins may be laminated or mixed and used.
  • the transparent resin layer may be transparent to the extent that the base material side can be visually recognized from the transparent resin layer, and if it has a decorative layer, it may be transparent to the extent that the decorative layer can be visually recognized, and is colorless and transparent. In addition, it may be colored transparent or translucent. That is, in the present specification, "transparency" means that in addition to colorless and transparent, colored transparent and translucent are also included.
  • the transparent resin layer may contain a weathering agent such as an ultraviolet absorber and a light stabilizer, and an additive such as a colorant.
  • a weathering agent such as an ultraviolet absorber and a light stabilizer
  • an additive such as a colorant.
  • the thickness of the transparent resin layer is preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and 150 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 40 ⁇ m or more and 120 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 60 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, from the viewpoint of protecting the decorative layer and considering processing suitability.
  • the matte article A may have a decorative layer from the viewpoint of improving the design.
  • the decorative layer may be provided on a surface opposite to at least one surface having wrinkles of the matte layer, and when a base material is provided, a transparent resin layer is provided between the base material and the matte layer. If it is provided, it may be provided in the order of a decorative layer, a transparent resin layer, and a matte layer.
  • the decorative layer may be, for example, a colored layer that covers the entire surface (so-called solid colored layer, “6a” in FIG. 4), or is formed by printing various patterns using ink and a printing machine. It may be a pattern layer (“6b” in FIG. 4) to be printed. Further, as shown in FIG. 4, a solid coloring layer and a pattern layer may be combined.
  • a pattern as desired may be adopted without particular limitation.
  • a wood grain pattern such as an annual ring or a conduit groove on the surface of a wood board, a stone grain pattern on a stone board surface such as marble or granite, etc.
  • Examples include a texture pattern on the surface of a cloth, a textured pattern on a leather surface, a geometric pattern, characters, figures, and a combination thereof.
  • the ink used for the decorative layer is a binder resin mixed with colorants such as pigments and dyes, extender pigments, solvents, stabilizers, plasticizers, catalysts, curing agents, ultraviolet absorbers, light stabilizers, etc. as appropriate. used.
  • the binder resin of the decorative layer is not particularly limited, and for example, urethane resin, acrylic polyol resin, acrylic resin, ester resin, amide resin, butyral resin, styrene resin, urethane-acrylic copolymer, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate common weight.
  • Examples thereof include a coalesced resin, a vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate-acrylic copolymer resin, a chlorinated propylene resin, a nitrocellulose resin, and a cellulose acetate resin. Further, various types of resins such as a one-component curable resin and a two-component curable resin with a curing agent such as an isocyanate compound can be used.
  • the colorant a pigment having excellent hiding power and weather resistance is preferable.
  • the same pigment as those exemplified as the pigment that can be used for the base material can be used.
  • the content of the colorant is preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 90 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, and 30 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting the decorative layer. The following is more preferable.
  • the decorative layer may contain an ultraviolet absorber, a weathering agent such as a light stabilizer, and an additive such as a colorant.
  • the thickness of the decorative layer may be appropriately selected according to the desired pattern, but from the viewpoint of hiding the ground color of the adherend and improving the design, it is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, and 1 ⁇ m or more. 10 ⁇ m or less is more preferable, and 2 ⁇ m or more and 5 ⁇ m or less is further preferable.
  • an adhesive layer may be provided between the base material and the transparent resin layer in order to improve the adhesion between the two layers.
  • the positional relationship between the adhesive layer and the decorative layer is not particularly limited, and specifically, the decorative layer and the adhesive layer are from the side closer to the base material.
  • the transparent resin layer may be provided in this order, or the adhesive layer, the decorative layer and the transparent resin layer may be provided in this order from the side closer to the base material.
  • the adhesive layer can be composed of, for example, an adhesive such as a urethane-based adhesive, an acrylic-based adhesive, an epoxy-based adhesive, or a rubber-based adhesive.
  • an adhesive such as a urethane-based adhesive, an acrylic-based adhesive, an epoxy-based adhesive, or a rubber-based adhesive.
  • urethane-based adhesives are preferable in terms of adhesive strength.
  • the urethane-based adhesive include an adhesive using a two-component curable urethane resin containing various polyol compounds such as a polyether polyol, a polyester polyol, and an acrylic polyol, and a curing agent such as an isocyanate compound.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 15 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 2 ⁇ m or more and 10 ⁇ m or less from the viewpoint of efficiently obtaining the desired adhesive force.
  • Matte articles A excellent surface property, have inter alia good scratch resistance, for example, a 60 ° gloss value of the matting layer side before performing the following rubbing test and G 0, the rubbing test
  • the rate of change of the gloss value (
  • (Rubbing test) Place the matte article on the base of the abrasion tester type II (JIS L0849: 2013), set steel wool # 0000 so as to contact the matte layer of the matte article, load 1500 g / cm 2 , move. It was reciprocated 30 times at a speed of 100 mm / sec and a reciprocating movement distance of 100 mm.
  • the rate of change in the gloss value is used as an index of steel wool resistance, which is one of the scratch resistance of the matte article, by observing the range of change in the gloss value before and after the rubbing test.
  • the larger the rate of change in the gloss value the higher the gloss value after the rubbing test, that is, the surface of the matte article becomes glossy due to small scratches, which indicates that the steel wool resistance is inferior.
  • the rate of change of the gloss value is 20% or less as described above, and further, 15% or less, 10% or less, 8% or less, It can be less than 5%.
  • the matte article A may have a layer structure consisting of a single layer of the matte layer, or may have a layer structure including at least a base material.
  • the method for producing the matte article A will be described separately when it has a single layer and when it has a base material and other layers.
  • the matte article A can be produced by the following method.
  • the resin composition for forming a matte layer that is, having an average particle diameter of 1 ⁇ m or more and 100% or less or 30 ⁇ m or less of the thickness of the matte layer on the surface of the releasable support having a releasable layer.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 having the smaller one as the upper limit and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 having an average particle diameter of less than 1 ⁇ m are 100 parts by mass of the resin as the total amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2.
  • a solvent drying step may be performed after the step of forming the coating layer.
  • the releasable support having the releasable layer may be peeled off when the matte article A is used.
  • the matte article A can be produced by the following method.
  • the matte article A contains, for example, a wrinkle formation stabilizer on one main surface side of a base material (preferably a base material sheet) in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin.
  • a solvent drying step may be performed after the step of forming the coating layer.
  • the method for producing the matte article A can be particularly suitable for producing the matte article A having a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less on the matte layer side.
  • the amount of particles added on the order of ⁇ m is suppressed to a low content of 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin, and the 60 ° gloss value is 5.
  • a matte surface (low gloss, low gloss) of 0 or less can be realized, it is different from the conventionally known methods for manufacturing matte articles such as matte cosmetic materials and matte cosmetic sheets. .. By such a manufacturing method, the matte article A can be easily obtained.
  • a low wavelength (short wavelength) ultraviolet ray of at least 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm is irradiated to a resin composition for matte formation containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer for forming the matte layer.
  • wrinkles can be formed on at least one surface of the matte layer, and it becomes easy to stably impart the visibility and texture of the matte effect to the matte article (matte layer).
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer when the wrinkle formation stabilizer is not contained, the formation of wrinkles becomes unstable and the visibility of the matte effect is stable over the entire surface of the matte layer, which is sufficient. Therefore, the stable expression of the visibility of the matting effect cannot be explained only by the curing of only the surface portion by low-wavelength ultraviolet rays. That is, in order for the matte article A to stably have wrinkles to exhibit the visibility of the matte effect, it is indispensable to include a wrinkle formation stabilizer. Considering that the stable matting effect due to the stabilization of wrinkle formation is not obtained when the wrinkle formation stabilizer is not contained, the wrinkle formation stabilizer functions like a nucleus that triggers wrinkle formation.
  • the resin on the surface portion of the resin composition gathers around the core, and wrinkles are formed along with the formation of the convex portion (projection portion) and the convex portion (projection portion) of the wrinkle, resulting in wrinkles. It is considered that the formation of is stable. Then, it is considered that the wrinkles formed in this way stably impart the visibility of the matte effect to the matte article A by the light diffusion effect due to its shape, and also stably impart the texture. Be done.
  • the resin composition for forming a matte layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer and a wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the present production method is a wrinkle formation stabilizer and a resin for forming a matte layer that can be used in the above-mentioned matte article A. It is the same as the content described as the composition.
  • the resin composition for forming a matte layer with light having a wavelength of at least 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm.
  • the energy of the ultraviolet rays permeates only the surface portion, and the energy does not reach the lower layer, so that only the surface portion of the resin composition starts to cure, so that only the surface undergoes curing shrinkage.
  • the formation of wrinkles is stable, and the surface layer of the resin composition becomes a cured product having wrinkles, which constitutes a matte layer.
  • the curing progresses from the portion near the surface where the curing progresses slowly to the deep portion separated in the depth direction, and the layer of the resin composition becomes a cured product, thus covering the entire thickness of the resin composition. It constitutes a matte layer having wrinkles that are cured and exhibit a light diffusing effect on the surface. From the viewpoint of accelerating the progress of curing to the deep portion, it is preferable to perform another irradiation treatment after irradiating with light having a wavelength of 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm, as will be described later.
  • the wavelength light of at least 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm includes, for example, a rare gas such as Ar, Kr, Xe, Ne, a halide of a rare gas due to a halogen such as F, Cl, I, Br, or a mixed gas thereof.
  • a rare gas such as Ar, Kr, Xe, Ne
  • a halide of a rare gas due to a halogen such as F, Cl, I, Br, or a mixed gas thereof.
  • An excited state dimer formed by electric discharge that is, "excimer light" containing light in the ultraviolet wavelength range from an excimer is preferable.
  • the wavelength of the excimer light and the excimer used as the light source include, for example, light having a wavelength of 126 nm radiated from the excimer of Ar 2 (hereinafter, abbreviated as “126 nm (Ar 2 )”), 146 nm (Kr 2 ), and 157 nm.
  • 126 nm (Ar 2 ) light having a wavelength of 126 nm radiated from the excimer of Ar 2
  • 146 nm (Kr 2 ) 146 nm
  • 157 nm Light having a wavelength of (F 2 ), 172 nm (Xe 2 ), 193 nm (ArF) or the like can be preferably adopted.
  • As the excimer light either spontaneous emission light or laser light having high coherence (coherence) due to stimulated emission can be used, but it is usually sufficient to use spontaneous emission light.
  • the discharge lamp that emits the light is also referred to as an "excimer lamp".
  • Excimer light has a single wavelength peak, and is characterized by having a narrower half-width of wavelength than ordinary ultraviolet rays (for example, ultraviolet rays emitted from a metal halide lamp, a mercury lamp, or the like).
  • ordinary ultraviolet rays for example, ultraviolet rays emitted from a metal halide lamp, a mercury lamp, or the like.
  • the wavelength is preferably 120 nm or more, more preferably 140 nm or more, still more preferably 150 nm or more, still more preferably 155 nm.
  • the upper limit is less than 200 nm, and particularly preferably 172 nm (Xe 2 ).
  • the integrated light amount of the wavelength light is preferably 1 mJ / cm 2 or more, more preferably 10 mJ, from the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles and stably improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect.
  • / cm 2 or more more preferably 30 mJ / cm 2 or more, even more preferably 50 mJ / cm 2 or more.
  • the upper limit is not particularly limited, and the upper limit is preferably 1,000 mJ / cm 2 or less, more preferably 1,000 mJ / cm 2 or less, from the viewpoint of reducing the number of lights required for irradiating wavelength light and improving productivity such as improvement of production efficiency.
  • the ultraviolet output density is preferably 0.01 W / cm or more, more preferably 0.1 W / cm or more, still more preferably 0.5 W / cm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 10 W. It is / cm or less, more preferably 5 W / cm or less, still more preferably 3 W / cm or less.
  • the oxygen concentration when irradiating the wavelength light is preferably lower, preferably 1,000 ppm or less, more preferably 750 ppm or less, still more preferably 500 ppm or less, still more preferably 300 ppm or less.
  • the matte layer forming step in the present production method in addition to the above-mentioned irradiation with wavelength light of at least 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm, other treatments that contribute to the curing of the resin composition for forming the matte layer may be performed.
  • other treatments that contribute to the curing of the resin composition for forming the matte layer may be performed.
  • the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles due to the difference in the degree of hardening progress between the surface portion and the deep portion separated from the surface in the depth direction and promoting the progress of hardening to the deep portion for example, 200 nm or more.
  • post-curing may be performed to further cure the resin composition.
  • the necessity of adoption may be appropriately determined according to the desired properties required for the matte layer (for example, surface characteristics such as scratch resistance and stain resistance, and processing characteristics).
  • wavelength light belongs to ultraviolet rays
  • an electron beam can be preferably used from the viewpoint of improving the surface characteristics of the matte layer.
  • the matte layer is coated by applying a resin composition for forming a matte layer by a known method such as a gravure printing method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a reverse roll coating method, or a comma coating method.
  • the layer (uncured resin layer) can be formed by irradiating with light having a wavelength of at least 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm.
  • the matte article obtained by the present production method may have another layer such as a transparent resin layer in addition to the base material described as the layer that can be adopted in the above-mentioned matte article A.
  • the decorative layer, the adhesive layer, and the primer layer can be formed by applying a coating liquid containing a composition forming each layer by the above-mentioned known method, and if necessary, drying and curing.
  • the resin film forming the transparent resin layer can be formed by dry laminating or the like.
  • the matte article A can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc., or is adhered. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with a material, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles A may be referred to as "decorative member A"). .. Which one to use may be determined as desired.
  • the decorative member A has an adherend
  • the decorative member A has the adherend and the above-mentioned matte article A. Specifically, the surface of the adherend that requires decoration and the matte article A.
  • the matte layer is laminated so that the wrinkles of the matte layer are formed and the surface on the opposite side to the one surface that exhibits the visibility and texture of the matte effect is opposed to each other. Further, when the matte article A has a sheet form, it also has a feature that it can be easily laminated on the adherend.
  • adherend material examples include a member made of a material appropriately selected from the materials exemplified as those that can be adopted as the base material.
  • the adherend may be appropriately selected from the above depending on the intended use, and may be used as an interior member of a building such as a wall, a ceiling, or a floor, or an exterior member such as an outer wall, a roof, an eaves ceiling, a fence, or a gate, or a window.
  • fittings or building members such as frames, doors, handrails, skirting boards, surrounding edges, moldings, etc. are used, wood members made of wood-based materials, metal members made of metal, and resins made of resin. It is preferably composed of at least one member selected from the members, and when the use is for exterior members such as entrance doors, window frames, doors and other fittings, those composed of at least one member selected from metal members and resin members. Is preferable.
  • the thickness of the adherend may be appropriately selected depending on the application and material, and is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 100 mm or less, more preferably 0.3 mm or more and 5 mm, and further preferably 0.5 mm or more and 3 mm or less.
  • the adherend and the matte article A are preferably attached via an adhesive layer in order to obtain excellent adhesiveness.
  • the adhesive used for the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and a known adhesive can be used and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use.
  • adhesives such as moisture-curable adhesives, anaerobic curable adhesives, dry-curable adhesives, UV-curable adhesives, heat-sensitive adhesives (for example, hot melt adhesives), and pressure-sensitive adhesives are preferable. Be done.
  • the resin used for these adhesives examples include acrylic resin, urethane resin, vinyl chloride resin, vinyl acetate resin, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyester resin, and amide resin.
  • examples thereof include cyanoacrylate resin and epoxy resin, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • a two-component curable urethane-based adhesive or an ester-based adhesive using an isocyanate compound or the like as a curing agent can also be applied.
  • an adhesive may be used for the adhesive layer.
  • various pressure-sensitive adhesives such as acrylic, urethane, silicone, and rubber can be appropriately selected and used.
  • the thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent adhesiveness, it is preferably 1 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 50 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 10 ⁇ m or more and 30 ⁇ m or less.
  • the decorative member A can be manufactured through a step of laminating the matte article A and the adherend. This step is a step of laminating the adherend and the matte article A, and wrinkles are formed on the surface of the adherend that requires decoration and the matte layer of the matte article A, and the visibility of the matte effect is visible. And the surface opposite to one surface that develops the texture, and if the matte article A has a substrate, the surface on the substrate side is opposed to each other and laminated.
  • Examples of the method of laminating the adherend and the matte article A include a laminating method of laminating the matte article A on a plate-shaped adherend by pressing it with a pressure roller via an adhesive layer. Be done.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 160 ° C. or higher and 200 ° C. or lower, and 100 for the reactive hot melt adhesive, although it depends on the type of resin constituting the adhesive. It is preferably ° C. or higher and 130 ° C. or lower. Further, in the case of vacuum forming, it is generally performed while heating, and it is preferably 80 ° C. or higher and 130 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 90 ° C. or higher and 120 ° C. or lower.
  • the decorative member A obtained as described above can be arbitrarily cut, and the surface and the end of the wood can be arbitrarily decorated by using a cutting machine such as a router or a cutter to perform grooving, chamfering, or the like.
  • a cutting machine such as a router or a cutter to perform grooving, chamfering, or the like.
  • various uses for example, interior members of buildings such as walls, ceilings, floors, exterior members such as outer walls, eaves ceilings, roofs, walls, fences, window frames, doors, door frames, handrails, skirts, etc.
  • fittings or building members such as surrounding edges and malls, general furniture such as stools, shelves and desks, kitchen furniture such as dining tables and sinks, and various furniture used around water such as kitchens, toilets, bathrooms and washbasins.
  • the matte article A is suitably used as various members such as members, surface decorative boards for cabinets of home appliances, OA equipment, etc., interior and exterior members of vehicles, and the like.
  • the matte article A is in the form of a sheet, it is suitably used as a decorative sheet for the above-mentioned various members.
  • the surface characteristics of the matte article A particularly excellent scratch resistance, and excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect, applications in which scratch resistance is particularly required, such as the interior of a building, are considered.
  • the members it is suitably used for flooring, and for fitting members such as window frames, doors, door frames, and handrails that are frequently used.
  • the matte article A may be a packaging material, an antiglare film for a display, a white board or a blackboard, a credit card, etc. It can be used for cash cards, telephone cards, various cards such as various certificates, keys for various keyboards, transparent plates (window glass, etc.) for windows, doors, partitions, artificial leather, and the like.
  • the matte layer has an average particle diameter of 1 ⁇ m or more.
  • the wrinkle-forming stabilizer 1 having an upper limit of 100% or less and 30 ⁇ m or less of the thickness of the matte layer, whichever is smaller, and the wrinkle-forming stabilizer 2 having an average particle diameter of less than 1 ⁇ m are used.
  • the total amount of the formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 is composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin.
  • a matte article (hereinafter, simply “matte article B") in which at least one surface has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles and the 60 ° gloss value of the matte layer is 5.0 or less. Also referred to as) is preferable.
  • the matte article B is also excellent in the visibility and texture of the matte effect.
  • the matte layer in the matte article B includes a wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 having an average particle diameter of 1 ⁇ m or more and an upper limit of 100% or less or 30 ⁇ m or less of the thickness of the matte layer, whichever is smaller, and average particles.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 having a diameter of less than 1 ⁇ m is used as the total amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is a layer composed of a cured product of the resin composition containing the mixture.
  • the matte layer contains 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte layer, and wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and wrinkle formation. It is a layer containing the stabilizer 2.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 described as those used in the matte article A are adopted.
  • the average particle size, type, content, etc. of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 the effects exhibited by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent. The difference is the same as the content described for the matte article A.
  • the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article B needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, and is the same as the content described for the matte article A. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article B.
  • the resin used for forming the matte layer of the matte article B is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
  • the resin composition used for forming the matte layer of the matte article B is the same as that of the resin composition described for the matte article A.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the matte article B is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
  • the layer structure such as the simplest layer structure and the more realistic layer structure of the matte article B is the same as the content regarding the layer structure described for the matte article A.
  • the base material of the matte article B is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article B may have the above-mentioned base material and other layers such as a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, and an adhesive layer, if necessary. These other layers are the same as those relating to the other layers described for Matte Article A above. Therefore, the layer structure shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 can also be applied to the matte article B.
  • the manufacturing method of the matte article B is also the same as that of the manufacturing method described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article B can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc., or is adhered. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with a material, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles B may be referred to as "decorative member B"). .. Which one to use may be determined as desired.
  • the form of the matte article B in the decorative member B, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the use of the decorative member B, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
  • the matte layer has an average particle diameter of 1 ⁇ m or more.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 having the upper limit of 100% or less and 30 ⁇ m or less of the thickness of the matte layer, whichever is smaller, is 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is composed of a cured product of the resin composition contained below, has an uneven shape in which at least one surface of the matte layer is composed of irregular wrinkles, and the 60 ° gloss value of the matte layer is 5.0.
  • a matte article (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "matte article C”), which is as follows, is preferable. By having such a configuration, the matte article C is also excellent in the visibility and texture of the matte effect.
  • the matte layer in the matte article C contains a wrinkle-forming stabilizer 1 having an average particle size of 1 ⁇ m or more and an upper limit of 100% or less or 30 ⁇ m or less of the thickness of the matte layer, whichever is smaller. It is a layer composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to parts by mass. That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer is a layer containing the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 in a content of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte layer. Is.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 described as being adopted in the matte article A is adopted.
  • the average particle size, type, content, etc. of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 the effect developed by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer, and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are described above. It is the same as the content described for the matte article A.
  • the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article C needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, and is the same as the content described for the matte article A. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article C.
  • the resin used for forming the matte layer of the matte article C is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
  • the resin composition used for forming the matte layer of the matte article C is the same as the content relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the matte article C is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
  • the layer structure such as the simplest layer structure and the more realistic layer structure of the matte article C is the same as the content regarding the layer structure described for the matte article A.
  • the base material of the matte article C is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article C may have the above-mentioned base material and other layers such as a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, and an adhesive layer, if necessary. These other layers are the same as those relating to the other layers described for Matte Article A above. Therefore, the layer structure shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 can also be applied to the matte article C.
  • the manufacturing method of the matte article C is also the same as that of the manufacturing method described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article C can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc., or is adhered. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with a material, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles C may be referred to as "decorative member C"). .. Which one to use may be determined as desired.
  • the form of the matte article C in the decorative member C, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the method for producing the decorative member C, the use of the decorative member C, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
  • the matte article D Among the matte articles A of the present embodiment, those adopting a specific kind of wrinkle formation stabilizer, that is, a matte article having a matte layer, the matte layer has an average particle size of less than 1 ⁇ m.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer is composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin, and at least one surface of the matte layer is non-existent.
  • a matte article (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "matte article D") having an uneven shape composed of regular wrinkles and having a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less of the matte layer is preferable. .. By having such a configuration, the matte article D is also excellent in the visibility and texture of the matte effect.
  • the matte layer in the matte article D contains a wrinkle-forming stabilizer having an average particle size of less than 1 ⁇ m in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is a layer composed of things. That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer has a content of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte layer, and the average particle size is less than 1 ⁇ m. It is a layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 As the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 having an average particle size of less than 1 ⁇ m, which has been described as being used in the matte article A, is adopted. Regarding the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size, type, content, etc. of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the effect exhibited by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer, and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are described above. It is the same as the content described for the matte article A.
  • the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article D needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, and is the same as the content described for the matte article A. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article D.
  • the resin used for forming the matte layer of the matte article D is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
  • the resin composition used for forming the matte layer of the matte article D is the same as the content relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the matte article C is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
  • the layer structure such as the simplest layer structure and the more realistic layer structure of the matte article D is the same as the content relating to the layer structure described for the matte article A.
  • the base material of the matte article D is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article D may have the above-mentioned base material and other layers such as a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, and an adhesive layer, if necessary. These other layers are the same as those relating to the other layers described for Matte Article A above. Therefore, the layer structure shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 can also be applied to the matte article D.
  • the manufacturing method of the matte article D is also the same as that of the manufacturing method described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article D can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc., or is adhered. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with a material, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles D may be referred to as "decorative member D"). .. Which one to use may be determined as desired.
  • the form of the matte article D in the decorative member D, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the method for producing the decorative member D, the use of the decorative member D, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
  • the matte article of the present embodiment is a matte article (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "matte article E") in which the matte layer is a matte easy decontamination layer in the matte article A.
  • the matte layer is a matte article having a matte layer, and the matte layer contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin.
  • the matte layer is composed of a cured product, has an uneven shape in which at least one surface of the matte layer is composed of irregular wrinkles, and has a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less.
  • the matte article E is excellent in surface characteristics, particularly easy decontamination, and also excellent in visibility and texture of the matte effect.
  • the matte layer in the matte article E is a matte decontamination layer that exhibits particularly easy decontamination property, and the wrinkle formation stabilizer is added in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is a layer composed of the cured product of the resin composition contained below. That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer is a matte easy decontamination layer that mainly exhibits easy decontamination property, and is 0.5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte easy decontamination layer. It is a layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer with a content of 6.0 parts by mass or less.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer As the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the wrinkle formation stabilizer described as being adopted in the matte article A is adopted. By using a wrinkle formation stabilizer, the formation of wrinkles on the surface of the matte decontamination layer is stabilized, and the visibility due to the matte effect due to the light diffusion effect at the interface between the surface and the air is also visible. , The texture can be obtained stably. Further, as will be described later, by having wrinkles, excellent easy decontamination property can be obtained. At least one of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 can be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the type and content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, etc. Further, the effect developed by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are basically the same as those described for the matte article A.
  • the surface shape of the matte decontamination layer of the matte article E needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, and the content described for the matte layer of the matte article A. Is the same as. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the matte easy decontamination layer of the matte article E.
  • the surface shape of the matte decontamination layer has the surface shape described for the matte layer of the matte article A, the surface characteristics, especially the easy decontamination property, and the visibility and texture of the matte effect are improved. do.
  • the effect obtained by the surface shape of the matte easy decontamination layer also includes the effect of stably expressing the visibility and texture of the excellent matte effect obtained by the matte layer of the matte article A.
  • an important effect in the matte article F is easy decontamination.
  • the matte easy decontamination layer has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles.
  • the irregular wrinkle is preferably composed of a plurality of convex portions formed by a plurality of protrusions and a concave portion formed by being surrounded by the plurality of protrusions, and the protrusions are formed of streaks. It is preferable to have a protrusion.
  • the contaminants move smoothly along the wrinkles of the striae, which facilitates decontamination, and thus the decontamination property is particularly improved.
  • the wrinkles have a smooth shape with lines as shown in FIG. 1, for example, when the contaminants are wiped off, the contaminants move smoothly along the wrinkles of the stripes. Since it is easy to decontaminate, the easy decontamination property is also stably exhibited.
  • the resin used for forming the matte decontamination layer of the matte article E is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
  • the matte easy decontamination layer of the matte article E preferably contains an easy decontamination agent. Even if it does not contain an easy decontamination agent, as described above, it has excellent easy decontamination properties due to the wrinkles of the matte easy decontamination layer, but it can be easily removed by using an easy decontamination agent. Dyeability is further improved.
  • the easy decontamination agent those used as antifouling agents, liquid repellents, etc. in articles such as decorative materials and decorative sheets, such as fluororesin, silicone resin, fluorosilicone copolymer resin, etc., and fluorine and silicone-free. Surfactants can also be used.
  • a fluororesin is preferable, and a fluorine-containing silicon compound having a hydrolyzable silyl group and the like can be specifically mentioned.
  • the fluorine-containing silicon compound having a hydrolyzable silyl group include a perfluoropolyether group, a perfluoroalkylene group, and a perfluoroalkyl group, which are attached to the silicon atom of the hydrolyzable silyl group via a linking group.
  • Examples thereof include compounds existing as a fluorine-containing organic group to be directly bonded.
  • the perfluoropolyether group is a divalent group having a structure in which a perfluoroalkylene group and an ethereal oxygen atom are alternately bonded.
  • fluorine-containing silicon compound examples include "KP-801", “KY-130", “KY-178", “X-71-195" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., and Daikin Industries, Ltd.
  • "Optool DSX”, “Optool DSX-E”, “Optool UF503”, etc. are commercially available, and from the viewpoint of productivity and antifouling property, "X-71-195", “Optool DSX-E", etc. , "Optur UF503" is preferable.
  • the content of the easy decontamination agent with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1.0 part by mass or more, still more preferably, from the viewpoint of improving the easy decontamination property more efficiently. It is 1.5 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is preferably 25.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15.0 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 10.0 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition (resin composition for forming the matte easy decontamination layer) used for forming the matte easy decontamination layer of the matte article E except that it may contain an easy decontamination agent as described above. , The same as the content relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the matte article E is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
  • the matte article E does not necessarily have a base material. Therefore, as the simplest layer structure of the matte article E, a layer structure consisting of a single layer having no base material and only a matte easy decontamination layer can be adopted. Further, similarly to the above-mentioned matte article A, when the matte article E has a layer structure consisting of a single layer, various performances usually required for the matte article such as mechanical strength, post-processing suitability, designability, etc. Often the choices to get are limited. Therefore, the layer structure of the matte article E is preferably a layer structure having a base material, that is, a base material and a matte layer.
  • the matte article E may further have a base material, if desired, and as described above, it is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding various restrictions.
  • the base material functions as a support for providing a matte layer.
  • the form (or shape) of the base material is preferably a film, a sheet, or a plate, and the film or the sheet is preferable. More preferred.
  • the base material of the matte article E is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article E includes, for example, a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, an adhesive layer, and the like as necessary.
  • a primer layer for example, a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, an adhesive layer, and the like as necessary.
  • Can have. 3 and 4 are cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article E having these layers. 3 and 4 are also cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article E. It is sectional drawing which cut
  • the matte article E has a base material 5, a decorative layer 6, an adhesive layer 7, a transparent resin layer 8, a primer layer 9, and a matte layer (matte easy decontamination layer) 4 in this order.
  • the primer layer that the matte article E can have is the same as that of the primer layer described for the matte article A.
  • the transparent resin layer that the matte article E can have is the same as that of the transparent resin layer described for the matte article A.
  • the decorative layer that the matte article E can have is the same as the content relating to the decorative layer described for the matte article A.
  • the adhesive layer that the matte article E can have is the same as that of the adhesive layer described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article E has excellent surface properties, especially excellent decontamination property, and is described in, for example, "15.3 C method" of JIS K6902: 2007 (heat-curable resin high-pressure decorative board test method).
  • acetone Material No. 3
  • household ammonia Material No. 4
  • 10% pericate Material No. 5
  • black oil-based marker Material No. 12
  • crayon Material No. 14
  • the detergency is at least 3 grades or more (3 grades to 0 grades).
  • the method for producing the matte article E is different from the above-mentioned matte article A in that the resin composition for forming the matte easy decontamination layer may contain an easy decontamination agent, but other points, that is, Average particle size and type of wrinkle formation stabilizer, type of resin contained in the resin composition for forming a matte decontamination layer, content of wrinkle formation stabilizer, resin composition for forming a matte decontamination layer
  • the coating method, the thickness, the irradiation conditions in the matte easy decontamination layer forming step, and the like are the same as those described for the method for producing the matte article A.
  • the process of the manufacturing method in the case of using only a single layer of the matte easy decontamination layer (matte layer) and the case of having a base material and other layers also describes the manufacturing method of the matte article A. Is the same as.
  • the matte article E can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc., or is adhered. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with a material, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles E may be referred to as "decorative member E"). .. Which one to use may be determined as desired.
  • the form of the matte article E in the decorative member E, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the method for producing the decorative member E, the use of the decorative member E, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
  • the matte layer is a matte light-resistant layer, and the resin composition constituting the matte light-resistant layer further contains a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber.
  • the matte article F specifically, a matte article having a matte layer, wherein the matte layer is a wrinkle forming stabilizer resin 100. It is composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to parts by mass and containing a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber, and at least one surface of the matte layer is formed.
  • the matte article F is excellent in light resistance and also excellent in visibility and texture of the matte effect.
  • the matte layer in the matte article F is a matte light-resistant layer that particularly exhibits light resistance, and contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. Moreover, it is a layer composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber. That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer is a matte light-resistant layer that particularly exhibits light resistance, and is 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte easy decontamination layer. It is a layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer and a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber at a content of less than a part.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer described as being adopted in the matte article A is adopted.
  • the texture as well as the visibility due to the matte effect due to the light diffusion effect at the interface between the surface and the air with a refractive index difference. Can be obtained stably. Further, as will be described later, even when used in an environment exposed to outdoor sunlight, wind and rain, and changes in cold heat such as exterior members, the effect of less change in gloss is obtained as compared with conventional matting agents. Be done.
  • At least one of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 can be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the type and content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, etc. Further, the effect developed by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are basically the same as those described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article F in relation to its main use, by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer, an excellent effect can be obtained as compared with the conventional matte agent in the following points.
  • the matte article F is an article having excellent light resistance, it is widely used in an environment exposed to sunlight, wind and rain, and cold changes such as exterior members such as outer walls, eaves ceilings, roofs, walls, and fences. Become.
  • a resin layer containing particles such as a matting agent
  • the shedding of such particles causes a gloss change over time of outdoor exposure.
  • the gloss change during outdoor exposure due to such a mechanism becomes more remarkable as the low gloss specification has a higher content of the matting agent.
  • the 60 ° gloss value G 60 is realized by matting agent added 10 following surface, with respect to 100 parts by weight of the resin, (depending on the kind and dispersion form Ikan of resin and matting agent) It is necessary to add about 50 parts by mass or more, and the gloss change at the time of outdoor exposure due to the removal of the matting agent becomes large.
  • the 60 ° gloss value G 60 is 5.0 or less of the surface even if realized by matting agent added,
  • the content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin is about 10 parts by mass or less.
  • 60 ° gloss value G 60 is 5.0 or less in a total content of up to 6 parts by weight of the wrinkle formation stabilizers, further realizes a low gloss of 2.0 or less.
  • the surface shape of the matte light-resistant layer of the matte article F needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, which is the same as the content described for the matte layer of the matte article A. Is. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the matte light resistant layer of the matte article F. When the surface shape of the matte light-resistant layer has the surface shape described for the matte layer of the matte article A, the light resistance, the visibility of the matte effect, and the texture are improved.
  • the resin used for forming the matte light-resistant layer of the matte article F is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
  • the matte light-resistant layer of the matte article F contains a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber as an ultraviolet absorber. If the ultraviolet absorber is not contained, excellent light resistance cannot be obtained.
  • a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber those represented by the following general formula (1) are preferably mentioned.
  • R 11 is a single-bonded or divalent organic group
  • R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are independently monovalent organic groups, respectively
  • n 11 and n. 12 is an independently integer of 0 to 5.
  • the hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber has a large molecular structure, and therefore has a molecular structure that bleeds out from the matte light-resistant layer and is difficult to remove from the viewpoint of steric hindrance. It has the above characteristics. Therefore, the matte article F can maintain excellent light resistance for a long period of time.
  • the divalent organic group R 11, an alkylene group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alkenylene group is preferably exemplified, from the viewpoint of weather resistance, an alkylene group is more preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms of these aliphatic hydrocarbon groups is preferably 1 or more, and the upper limit is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 12 or less, still more preferably 8 or less, and particularly preferably 4 or less.
  • the alkylene group and the alkaneylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but linear or branched is preferable.
  • an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group and the like are preferably mentioned, and an alkyl group is more preferable.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 6 or more, and the upper limit is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 16 or less, still more preferably 12 or less.
  • the alkyl group or alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but linear or branched is preferable, and branched is more preferable.
  • Examples of the monovalent organic group of R 13 and R 14 include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group and the like, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group such as an aryl group and an arylalkyl group can be used.
  • an aryl group is preferred.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the aryl groups of R 13 and R 14 is preferably 6 or more, and the upper limit is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and further preferably 10 or less.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the arylalkyl group is preferably 7 or more, and the upper limit is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and further preferably 10 or less.
  • Examples of the monovalent organic group of R 15 , R 16 and R 17 include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group and the like, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon such as an alkyl group and an alkenyl group. Groups are preferred, alkyl groups are more preferred.
  • R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are an alkyl group or an alkenyl group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 4 or more, and the upper limit is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 16 or less, still more preferable. Is 12 or less.
  • R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 and R 17 described above have substituents such as halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, and alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. May be.
  • n 11 and n 12 are independently integers of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
  • the plurality of R 13 and R 14 may be the same or different, and are preferably the same from the viewpoint of availability.
  • the ultraviolet absorber represented by the chemical formula (3) has R 11 as a single bond, R 12 as an isooctyl group, R 13 and R 14 as a phenyl group, and n 11 and n 12 as 1.
  • R 11 as a single bond
  • R 12 as an isooctyl group
  • R 13 and R 14 as a phenyl group
  • n 11 and n 12 as 1.
  • it is available as a commercially available product (“Tinuvin 1600 (product number)”, melting point: 120 ° C., manufactured by BASF).
  • the ultraviolet absorber represented by the chemical formula (4) has, in the above general formula (1), that R 11 is a single bond, R 12 is a hexyl group, and R 13 and R 14 are hydrogen atoms. It is available as "Tinuvin 1577 (product number)", melting point: 148 ° C., manufactured by BASF).
  • the content of the hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.1 part by mass or more, more preferably 0.1 part by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin in the resin composition for forming the matte light-resistant layer. It is 1.0 part by mass or more, more preferably 2.0 part by mass or more, still more preferably 3.0 part by mass or more, and from the viewpoint of suppressing bleed-out, the upper limit is preferably 10.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10.0 parts by mass or more. It is 8.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 7.0 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 6.0 parts by mass or less.
  • the resin composition (resin composition for forming the matte light-resistant layer) used for forming the matte light-resistant layer of the matte article F is described above except that it contains a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber as described above. It is the same as the content regarding the resin composition described for the matte article A.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the matte article F is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
  • the matte article F does not have to have a base material. Therefore, as the simplest layer structure of the matte article E, a layer structure having only a matte light-resistant layer without a base material can be adopted. Further, similarly to the above-mentioned matte article A, when the matte article F has a layer structure consisting of a single layer, various performances usually required for the matte article such as mechanical strength, post-processing suitability, designability, etc. Often the choices to get are limited. Therefore, the layer structure of the matte article F is preferably a layer structure having a base material, that is, a base material and a matte layer.
  • the matte article F may further have a base material, if desired, and as described above, it is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding various restrictions.
  • the base material functions as a support for providing a matte layer.
  • the form (or shape) of the base material is preferably a film, a sheet, or a plate, and the film or the sheet is preferable. More preferred.
  • the base material of the matte article F is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article F has, for example, a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, an adhesive layer, and the like as other layers in addition to the above-mentioned matte layer (matte light-resistant layer) and base material, if necessary. obtain. 3 and 4 are cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article F having these layers. 3 and 4 are also cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article F. It is sectional drawing which cut
  • the matte article 1 (matte article F) shown in FIG. Article F) has a base material 5, a decorative layer 6, an adhesive layer 7, a transparent resin layer 8, a primer layer 9, and a matte layer (matte light resistant layer) 4 in this order.
  • the primer layer that the matte article F can have is the same as that of the primer layer described for the matte article A.
  • the transparent resin layer that the matte article F can have is the same as that of the transparent resin layer described for the matte article A.
  • the decorative layer that the matte article F can have is the same as the content regarding the decorative layer described for the matte article A.
  • the adhesive layer that the matte article F can have is the same as that of the adhesive layer described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article F has excellent surface characteristics, especially excellent light resistance.
  • a weather resistance test device "S-UV (with rain)" is used to perform a weather resistance test for 200 hours.
  • S-UV (with rain) is used to perform a weather resistance test for 200 hours.
  • the rate of change of the gloss value (
  • the rate of change in the gloss value is used as an index of the light resistance of the matte article F by observing the range of change in the gloss value before and after the weather resistance test.
  • the larger the rate of change in the gloss value the higher the gloss value after the weather resistance test, that is, the surface of the matte article F becomes more glossy due to deterioration, which indicates that the light resistance is inferior.
  • the rate of change of the gloss value is 20% or less as described above, and further 15% or less, 10% or less, 8 It can be less than%.
  • the method for producing the matte article F is different from the above-mentioned matte article A in that the resin composition for forming the matte light-resistant layer contains a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber, but other points, that is, wrinkle formation.
  • the irradiation conditions and the like in the matte light-resistant layer forming step are the same as those described for the method for producing the matte article A.
  • the steps of the manufacturing method are the same as those described for the manufacturing method of the matte article A. Is.
  • the matte article F can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc., or is adhered. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with a material, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles F may be referred to as "decorative member F"). .. Which one to use may be determined as desired.
  • the form of the matte article F in the decorative member F, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the method for producing the decorative member F, the use of the decorative member F, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
  • the matte article of the present embodiment is a matte article (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "matte article G") in which the matte layer is a matte writing layer in the matte article A, and is specific.
  • the matte layer is a matte writing layer in the matte article A, and is specific.
  • the matte layer contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is composed of a cured product, has an uneven shape in which at least one surface of the matte layer is composed of irregular wrinkles, the 60 ° gloss value of the matte layer is 5.0 or less, and the matte layer.
  • a matte article in which the layer is a matte writing layer. By having such a configuration, the matte article G is excellent in visibility due to the matte effect and marker erasability.
  • the matte layer in the matte article G is a matte writing layer that particularly exhibits marker erasability, and contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is a layer composed of a cured product of the resin composition. That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer is a matte writing layer that particularly exhibits marker erasability, and is 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte writing layer. It is a layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer at the following contents.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer described as being adopted in the matte article A is adopted.
  • a marker as well as visibility due to the matte effect due to the light diffusion effect at the interface between the surface and the air with a refractive index difference. Stable erasability can be obtained.
  • At least one of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 can be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the type and content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, etc.
  • the effect developed by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are basically the same as those described for the matte article A.
  • the surface shape of the matte writing layer of the matte article G needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, which is the same as the content described for the matte layer of the matte article A. Is. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the matte writing layer of the matte article G. When the surface shape of the matte writing layer has the surface shape described for the matte layer of the matte article A, the visibility and marker erasability due to the matte effect are improved.
  • the effect obtained by the surface shape of the matte writing layer includes the effect of stably expressing the excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect obtained by the matte layer of the matte article A.
  • An important effect in the matte article G is marker erasability.
  • the matte writing layer has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles as described above.
  • the irregular wrinkle is preferably composed of a plurality of convex portions formed by a plurality of protrusions and a concave portion formed by being surrounded by the plurality of protrusions, and the protrusions are formed of streaks. It is preferable to have a protrusion.
  • the marker moves smoothly along the wrinkles of the streak, which makes it easier to erase the marker, so that the marker erasability is particularly improved.
  • the wrinkles have a smooth shape with the streaks as shown in FIG. 1, for example, when the marker is wiped off, the marker is erased by smoothly moving along the wrinkles of the streaks. Since it becomes easy, the marker scavenging property is also stably expressed.
  • the resin used for forming the matte writing layer of the matte article G is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
  • the resin composition (resin composition for forming the matte writing layer) used for forming the matte writing layer of the matte article G is the same as the content relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the matte article G is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
  • the matte article G does not necessarily have a base material. Therefore, as the simplest layer structure of the matte article G, a layer structure consisting of a single layer having no base material and having only a matte easy decontamination layer can be adopted. Further, similarly to the above-mentioned matte article A, when the matte article G has a layer structure consisting of a single layer, various performances usually required for the matte article such as mechanical strength, post-processing suitability, designability, etc. Often the choices to get are limited. Therefore, the layer structure of the matte article G is preferably a layer structure having a base material, that is, a base material and a matte layer.
  • the matte article G may further have a base material, if desired, and as described above, it is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding various restrictions.
  • the base material functions as a support for providing a matte layer.
  • the form (or shape) of the base material is preferably a film, a sheet, or a plate, and the film or the sheet is preferable. More preferred.
  • the materials and the like constituting the base material are the same as those relating to the base material described for the matte article A.
  • the base material used in the matte article G preferably has a base material (base material sheet) which is a form sheet thereof and a colored layer.
  • a base material base material sheet
  • an ink containing the above-mentioned colorant may be used to provide a colored layer so as to obtain a desired color tone.
  • an ink obtained by appropriately mixing the above-mentioned coloring agent, extender pigment, solvent, stabilizer, plasticizer, catalyst, curing agent, ultraviolet absorber, light stabilizer, etc. with the binder resin is used.
  • the binder resin of the ink used for forming the colored layer of the base sheet is not particularly limited, and for example, urethane resin, acrylic polyol resin, acrylic resin, ester resin, amide resin, butyral resin, styrene resin, urethane-acrylic.
  • examples thereof include copolymers, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer resins, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate-acrylic copolymer resins, chlorinated propylene resins, nitrocellulose resins, cellulose acetate resins and the like.
  • various types of resins such as a one-component curable resin and a two-component curable resin with a curing agent such as an isocyanate compound can be used.
  • the content of the colorant is preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 90 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, and 30 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting the colored layer. The following is more preferable.
  • the colored layer may contain additives such as an ultraviolet absorber, a weathering agent such as a light stabilizer, and the like.
  • the thickness of the colored layer may be appropriately selected according to the desired color tone and the like, but from the viewpoint of hiding the ground color of the adherend and improving the design, it is preferably 0.5 ⁇ m or more and 20 ⁇ m or less, and 1 ⁇ m. More than 10 ⁇ m is more preferable, and 2 ⁇ m or more and 5 ⁇ m or less is further preferable.
  • the formation by adding a coloring agent (kneading, kneading) into the resin and applying a coating film of a paint containing the resin and the coloring agent any means such as, etc. can be adopted.
  • coloring paper, non-woven fabric, or woven fabric it can be carried out by any means such as mixed extraction with pulp or fiber material, formation of a coating film, or a combination thereof.
  • coloring wood it can be carried out by either dyeing with a dye, forming a coating film, or a combination thereof.
  • an electrolytic coloring method for forming a metal oxide film on the surface by using an anodic oxidation method or the like can be adopted.
  • a non-metallic inorganic material it can be carried out by either means of forming a coating film or adding it to a base material, or a combination thereof.
  • the colored layer of the base sheet is basically a layer composed of a so-called solid colored layer that covers the entire surface, but has a pattern layer having various patterns, for example, a dot pattern or the like, if desired. May be good.
  • the matte article G has, for example, a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, an adhesive layer, and the like as other layers in addition to the above-mentioned matte layer (matte writing layer) and base material, if necessary. obtain.
  • a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the matte article G having these layers is shown in FIGS. 34 and 35. It is sectional drawing which cut
  • the matte article 1 (matte article G) shown in FIG. 34 has a base material 5 (a two-layer laminated structure of a base material sheet 51 and a colored layer 52) and a matte layer (matte writing layer) 4 in this order.
  • the matte article 1 (matte article G) shown in FIG. 35 includes a colored base sheet 5 (a two-layer laminated structure of a base sheet 51 and a colored layer 52), an adhesive layer 6, and the like. It has a transparent resin layer 7, a primer layer 8, and a matte layer (matte writing layer) 4 in this order.
  • the primer layer that the matte article G can have is the same as that of the primer layer described for the matte article A.
  • the transparent resin layer that the matte article G can have is the same as that of the transparent resin layer described for the matte article A.
  • the decorative layer that the matte article G can have is the same as the content relating to the decorative layer described for the matte article A.
  • the adhesive layer that the matte article G can have is the same as that of the adhesive layer described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article G has excellent marker erasability.
  • a black marker having a round core and a middle character 1 defined by JIS S6052: 2014
  • the middle character means that the thickness of the writing line is about 1.5 mm to 2.5 mm
  • the color difference ( ⁇ E * ab) after the test is 3.0 or less, which means that the marker has excellent marker erasability.
  • Test of marker dropability a) Fill the matte writing layer of the sheet with the marker in an area of 2 cm x 4 cm. b) One minute after painting, erase using an unused melamine foam whiteboard eraser (2 cm x 2 cm, whiteboard sharp drop eraser (Auto Co., Ltd.)). c) Repeat a) and b) above 50 times.
  • the measured values of brightness and chromaticity before the test are L * 1 , a * 1 and b * 1
  • the measured values of brightness and chromaticity after the above test are L * 2 , a *. It is a calculated value obtained by the following formula when 2 and b * 2 are set.
  • L * , a * , and b * are defined in the color display method of JIS Z8781-5: 2013, and are commercially available spectrophotometers (for example, spectrocolorimeter / color difference meter "SE6000" (for example). Model number), manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.), etc. can be used for measurement.
  • a typical use of the matte article G is a writing board such as a white board or a blackboard in a form in which the matte article G is used alone or laminated with an adherend and combined or combined.
  • a decorative member using these matte articles G may be referred to as "decorative member G").
  • which form may be used may be determined as desired.
  • the decorative member G (writing board) has the adherend and the matte article G of the present embodiment described above, and specifically, the writability of the adherend is improved.
  • the required surface and the surface opposite to one surface on which wrinkles of the matte writing layer of the matte article G are formed to exhibit visibility and marker erasability are laminated so as to face each other.
  • the adherend may be appropriately selected from those described as the adherends that can be used in the decorative member A, but in consideration of the use as a writing board, flat plates, sheets (or films) and the like of various materials are preferable. ..
  • the thickness of the adherend may be appropriately selected depending on the application and material, and is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 100 mm or less, more preferably 0.3 mm or more and 5 mm, and further preferably 0.5 mm or more and 3 mm or less.
  • the matte article G of the present embodiment preferably has a sheet form as described above, considering the ease of laminating on the adherend.
  • the form of the matte article G in the decorative member G, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the manufacturing method of the decorative member G, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
  • the decorative member G (writing board) obtained as described above is arbitrarily cut, and grooving, chamfering, bending, etc. are arbitrarily applied to the surface and the end of the wood using a cutting machine such as a router or a cutter. Can be decorated.
  • the matte article of the present embodiment is a matte article (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "matte article H") in which the matte layer is a matte-type layer in the matte article A, and is specific. Specifically, it is a matte article having a matte layer, and the matte layer contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin.
  • the matte layer has a concavo-convex shape composed of irregular wrinkles on at least one surface of the matte layer, and the matte layer has a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less.
  • a matte article in which the matte layer is a matte type layer.
  • the matte layer in the matte article H is a matte type layer that can easily respond to the diversifying demands of customers and imparts excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer is resin 100. It is a layer composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to parts by mass. That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer is a matte type layer that can easily respond to the diversifying demands of customers and imparts excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect. It is a layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer at a content of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin to be formed.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer described as being adopted in the matte article A is adopted.
  • the texture as well as the visibility due to the matte effect due to the light diffusion effect at the interface between the surface and the air with a refractive index difference. Can be granted.
  • at least one of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 can be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the type and content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer.
  • the amount and the like, the effect exhibited by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer, and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matte agent are basically the same as those described for the matte article A.
  • the surface shape of the matte-type layer of the matte article H needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, and is the same as the content described for the matte layer of the matte article A. It is the same. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the matte type layer of the matte article H.
  • the surface shape of the matte-type layer having the surface shape described for the matte layer of the matte article A it is possible to easily respond to the diversifying demands of customers, and the visibility of the excellent matte effect and the visibility of the matte effect are excellent. Texture can be added.
  • the resin used for forming the matte-type layer of the matte article H is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
  • the resin composition used for forming the matte-type layer of the matte article H (resin composition for forming the matte-type layer) is the same as the content relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A. ..
  • the matte type layer contains a release agent, that is, the resin composition for forming the matte type layer preferably contains a release agent. ..
  • the release agent include a fluorine-based release agent, a silicone-based release agent, and the like, and a silicone-based release agent is preferable from the viewpoint of obtaining cheaper and higher releasability.
  • silicone-based mold release agent examples include those having a polysiloxane structure as a basic structure, and among them, modified silicone oil in which an organic group is introduced into at least one of the side chain and the terminal thereof is preferable, and organic groups are present at both ends.
  • the introduced modified silicone oil is more preferred.
  • a reactive functional group such as a (meth) acrylic group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a mercapto group, a carbinol group, a phenol group or a carboxyl group, or a polyether group
  • Non-reactive group functional groups such as aralkyl group, fluoroalkyl group, alkyl group, fatty acid amide group and phenyl group are preferably mentioned.
  • a reactive functional group is preferable, and a (meth) acrylic group is particularly preferable, that is, a (meth) acrylic-modified silicone oil is particularly preferable.
  • these organic groups may have substituents such as a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a hydroxyl group and an alkyl group.
  • the content of the release agent is preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 3 parts by mass, and further preferably 1 to 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte type layer. 2 parts by mass.
  • the content of the release agent is within the above range, the effect of adding the release agent can be efficiently obtained.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the matte article H is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) of the 60 ° gloss value. Since the matte article H is mainly used as a shaping sheet, the 60 ° gloss value of the matte article H is the 60 ° gloss value that the matte article H can give (60 ° of the shaped object). It also means that it is a gloss value). If the matte-type sheet of the present embodiment has a stable matte effect and texture due to the stable formation of wrinkles, the decorative material molded using the matte-type sheet also has a stable matte effect. It can be a high-class decorative material having the visibility and texture of the effect. Further, if the 60 ° gloss value of the shaped sheet and the 60 ° gloss value of the decorative material obtained by using the fixed sheet have the same color tone, some differences will occur. Basically it will be about the same.
  • the matte article H does not have to have a base material. Therefore, as the simplest layer structure of the matte article H, a layer structure having only a matte-type layer without a base material can be adopted. Further, similarly to the above-mentioned matte article A, when the matte article H has a layer structure consisting of a single layer, various performances usually required for the matte article such as mechanical strength, post-processing suitability, designability, etc. Often the choices to get are limited. Therefore, the layer structure of the matte article H is preferably a layer structure having a base material, that is, a base material and a matte layer.
  • the matte article H may further have a base material, if desired, and as described above, it is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding various restrictions.
  • the base material functions as a support for providing a matte layer.
  • the form (or shape) of the base material is preferably a film, a sheet, or a plate, and the film or the sheet is preferable. More preferred.
  • the materials and the like constituting the base material are the same as those relating to the base material described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article H may have, for example, a primer layer, a resin layer, an adhesive layer and the like as other layers in addition to the above-mentioned matte layer (matte type layer) and base material, if necessary.
  • 41 and 42 are cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article H having these layers. It is sectional drawing which cut
  • the matte article 1 (matte article H) shown in FIG. 41 has a base material 5 and a matte-type layer 4 in this order
  • the matte article 1 (matte article H) shown in FIG. 42 has a substrate 5 and a matte-type layer 4 in this order.
  • the matte article H is used as a shaping sheet, and unlike other matte articles, it is not used as a decorative member by itself, so that it does not have to have a decorative layer. good.
  • the primer layer that the matte article H can have is the same as that of the primer layer described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article H Since the matte article H is used as a shaping sheet, it may have a resin layer in order to increase its strength. When the matte article H is repeatedly used as a shaping sheet, durability is required, so it is effective to have a resin layer.
  • the resin layer may be provided between the base material sheet and the matte type layer. Other, for example, the type of resin is the same as that of the transparent resin layer described for the matte article A.
  • the adhesive layer that the matte article H can have is the same as that of the adhesive layer described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article H is used as a shaping sheet as described above, and unlike other matte articles, it is not used as a decorative member by itself.
  • a product molded using the matte article H is referred to as a matte decorative material H, and a method for producing the matte decorative material H will be described below.
  • the method for producing the matte decorative material H is characterized in that the above-mentioned matte article H is used as a shaping sheet for shaping.
  • the matte article H is suitably used as a shaping sheet in a method for producing a matte decorative material. Since the matte article H has the visibility and texture of the matte effect stably due to the stable formation of wrinkles, the matte decorative material H obtained by molding using this has the visibility of the matte effect. It will have a sense of quality and texture.
  • One of the preferred embodiments in the method for producing the matte decorative material H is an embodiment in which the matte article H is molded by using an embossing roller arranged on a roller.
  • the matte article H functions as a substitute for the embossed plate
  • the embossed plate can be used without particular limitation as long as the embossed plate is used to impart an uneven shape to the surface. ..
  • the base material impregnated with the resin composition and the matte article H are combined with the matte-imparted layer of the matte article H.
  • An embodiment is described in which the resin composition is arranged so as to face the base material, heat-press molded to cure the resin composition, and then the matte article H is peeled off to form a shape.
  • melamine resin veneer and diallyl phthalate (DAP) resin veneer are mainly used for surface veneer of general furniture such as porcelain, shelves, desks, fittings such as doors, and various counters.
  • a method preferably adopted for a method for producing a heat-curable resin decorative board such as a polyester decorative board, a guanamine resin decorative board, and a phenol resin decorative board.
  • thermosetting resin contained in the resin composition can be used without particular limitation as long as it can be cured at room temperature or by heating.
  • melamine resin, urea resin, melamine-urea resin, guanamine resin, etc. Diallyl phthalate resin, polyester resin, phenol resin, epoxy resin, aminoalkyd resin, silicon resin, polysiloxane resin and the like are preferable, and melamine resin, urea resin, melamine-urea resin, guanamine resin, sulfonamide resin and the like are heat-cured. Examples thereof include melamine resin, diallyl phthalate resin, polyester resin, guanamine resin, phenol resin and the like, which are widely used resins.
  • thermosetting resin in addition to the base material impregnated with the above resin composition, a fiber base material or a paper base material impregnated with a thermosetting resin may be used as the reinforcing layer, and the thermosetting resin in this case is phenol.
  • a resin is preferable, that is, a phenol resin impregnated paper which is widely used as a core paper such as a melamine resin decorative board is preferable. More specifically, for example, kraft paper having a basis weight of 150 to 250 g / m 2 is impregnated with a phenol resin and dried at about 100 to 140 ° C. to obtain the same.
  • the fiber base material or the paper base material impregnated with the thermosetting resin used as the reinforcing layer may be one sheet or a plurality of sheets.
  • the conditions for heat and pressure molding may be appropriately adjusted according to the type of thermosetting resin used, and are not particularly limited, but are usually 100 ° C. or higher and 200 ° C. or lower, preferably 120 ° C. or higher and 160 ° C. or lower. Under the conditions, the pressure is 0.1 MPa or more, preferably 0.49 MPa or more, and the upper limit is preferably about 1.47 MPa or less, and the time is 10 seconds to 120 minutes.
  • each configuration for forming the resin veneer may follow the configuration adopted in the conventional resin veneer, and there is no particular limitation.
  • the matte decorative material H obtained as described above can be arbitrarily cut, and the surface and the end of the wood can be arbitrarily decorated by grooving, chamfering, etc. using a cutting machine such as a router or a cutter. ..
  • a cutting machine such as a router or a cutter.
  • various uses for example, interior members of buildings such as walls, ceilings, floors, exterior members such as outer walls, eaves ceilings, roofs, walls, fences, window frames, doors, door frames, handrails, skirting trees, etc.
  • fittings or building components such as surrounding edges and malls, general furniture such as stools, shelves and desks, kitchen furniture such as dining tables and sinks, surface decorative boards such as cabinets for home appliances and OA equipment, vehicle interiors and exteriors.
  • the matte article H of the present embodiment is suitably used as a shaping sheet for shaping the uneven shape on these various members.
  • the resin decorative board is mainly preferably used for the surface decorative board of general furniture such as chests of drawers, shelves and desks, fittings such as doors, and various counters.
  • the method for manufacturing the matte article of the present embodiment is The resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less of the wrinkle formation stabilizer with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin and containing the photopolymerization initiator is irradiated with the following (1) and (2).
  • the treatment is carried out in order, and the step of curing the resin composition to form a matte layer is included.
  • At least one surface of the matte layer has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles.
  • a matte article having a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less in the matte layer is manufactured. (Hereinafter, it may be simply referred to as "manufacturing method I").
  • Irradiation treatment of wavelength light of 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm (2) Irradiation treatment of at least one of electron beam and wavelength light of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less It is possible to easily manufacture a matte article having the visibility and texture of the matte effect.
  • the production method I is different from the production method described as the production method of the matte article A in that the irradiation treatment of the above (2) is required, but the other irradiation treatment of (1), the wrinkle formation stabilizer, and the like.
  • the matte layer and its surface shape, the resin and resin composition forming the matte layer, the 60 ° gloss value of the obtained matte article, each layer constituting the obtained matte article, etc. are basically the above-mentioned matte. It is the same as the content described in Article A.
  • the manufacturing method I will be described in more detail.
  • Step of forming a matte layer In the step of forming the matte layer, the resin composition containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin and containing a photopolymerization initiator is described above.
  • the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) are carried out in order, and the resin composition is cured to form a matte layer.
  • a resin composition containing a predetermined amount of a wrinkle formation stabilizer and a photopolymerization initiator is subjected to the two types of irradiation treatments (1) and (2) in this order, and the resin composition is cured.
  • the matte article contained in the matte article obtained by the manufacturing method I forms a predetermined amount of wrinkles.
  • a resin composition containing a stabilizer and a photopolymerization initiator is subjected to the above two types of irradiation treatments (1) and (2) in order, and the resin composition is cured to obtain irregularities on at least one surface. It can be said that the layer has an uneven shape composed of wrinkles.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer In the production method I, as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the wrinkle formation stabilizer described as being adopted in the matte article A is adopted. At least one of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 can be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the type and content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, etc. Further, the effect developed by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are basically the same as those described for the matte article A.
  • the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article I obtained by the manufacturing method I needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface of the matte article A. It is the same as the explanation. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the matte layer of the matte article I. Since the surface shape of the matte layer has the surface shape described for the matte layer of the matte article A, the matte article I has excellent surface characteristics as well as excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect. It becomes a thing.
  • the resin used for forming the matte layer is the same as the content relating to the resin described for the matte article A.
  • the matte layer contains a photopolymerization initiator because it is a layer formed by curing a resin composition containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer in a predetermined amount and containing a photopolymerization initiator. It differs from the above-mentioned matte article A in that it needs to contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • the visibility and texture of the matte effect of the matte article I obtained by I can be made excellent.
  • the photopolymerization initiator examples include those exemplified as the photopolymerization initiator that can be contained in the resin composition constituting the matte layer of the matte article A, that is, acetophenone, benzophenone, ⁇ -hydroxyalkylphenone, Michler ketone, benzoin, and benzyl. Examples thereof include dimethyl ketal, benzoyl benzoate, ⁇ -acyl oxime ester, thioxanthones, and compounds having these as a basic structure. In the present embodiment, as the photopolymerization initiator, these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 part by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte layer from the viewpoint of maintaining the shape of the wrinkles and stably improving the matting effect. , More preferably 0.3 parts by mass or more, further preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 1.5 parts by mass or less. Even more preferably, it is 1.0 part by mass or less.
  • the resin composition used for forming the matte layer needs to contain a photopolymerization initiator as described above, and the matte article A is described above.
  • other additives such as various weather resistant agents that may be contained are the same as those relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A.
  • irradiation treatment In the production method I of the present embodiment, in order to form the matte layer by curing the resin composition for forming the matte layer described above, the following irradiation treatments (1) and (2) are sequentially performed. It takes. (1) Irradiation treatment of wavelength light of 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm (2) Irradiation treatment of at least one of electron beam and wavelength light of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less
  • the irradiation treatment of (1) is the same as that of the irradiation treatment of (1) described in the method for producing the matte article A, and 100 nm or more is formed by the irradiation treatment of (1) in forming the matte layer.
  • a resin composition for matting formation containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer and a photopolymerization initiator forming a matte layer with ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of less than 200 nm the surface of at least one of the matte layers is exposed to ultraviolet rays. , Wrinkles can be formed.
  • the electron beam and wavelength light (ultraviolet rays) having a wavelength longer than the lower wavelength are obtained.
  • the resin composition in which the wrinkles are retained can be cured as it is by irradiating at least one of them.
  • Article I can be easily manufactured.
  • irradiation treatment of at least one of the electron beam of (2) and the ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less is performed.
  • the irradiation treatment of (2) the shape of the wrinkles formed by the irradiation treatment of (1) above is cured as it is, and excellent visibility and texture of a matte effect can be stably obtained.
  • excellent surface characteristics can be obtained.
  • the irradiation conditions of the electron beam adopted in the irradiation treatment of (2) are not particularly limited as long as the resin composition for forming the matte layer is cured, but the acceleration voltage of the electron beam is preferably 10 kV or more, more preferably. Is 30 kV or more, more preferably 50 kV, still more preferably 75 kV or more, and the upper limit is preferably 300 kV or less, more preferably 250 kV or less, still more preferably 200 kV or less.
  • the acceleration voltage of the electron beam is within the above range, the shape of the wrinkles can be easily maintained as it is, so that the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably improved, and the resin composition for forming the matte layer is cured.
  • the irradiation dose of the electron beam is preferably 5 kGy or more, more preferably 10 kGy or more, still more preferably 15 kGy or more, and the upper limit is preferably 150 kGy or less, more preferably 125 kGy or less, still more preferably. Is 100 kGy or less.
  • the electron beam source is not particularly limited as long as it can exhibit the above irradiation conditions. For example, a cockloft Walton type, a van de Graaff type, a resonance transformer type, an insulated core transformer type, a linear type, and a dynamitron type. , High frequency type and other various electron beam accelerators can be used.
  • an ultraviolet irradiation device using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a black light fluorescent lamp, a metal halide lamp, or the like as a light source is used.
  • an ultraviolet irradiation device using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a black light fluorescent lamp, a metal halide lamp, or the like as a light source is used.
  • excimer light of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less for example, wavelength light of 222 nm (KrCl), 247 nm (KrF), 308 nm (XeCl) or the like may be used.
  • the wavelength of ultraviolet rays used in the irradiation treatment is preferably 330 nm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 390 nm or less.
  • the output of the ultraviolet irradiation device that can be used for the irradiation treatment of (2) is preferably 50 W / cm or more, more preferably 100 W / cm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 300 W / cm or less. More preferably, it is 200 W / cm or less.
  • the irradiation rate is preferably 1 r / min or more, more preferably 3 r / min or more, and the upper limit is preferably 50 r / min or less, more preferably 10 r / min or less.
  • the irradiation treatment of (2) is performed by irradiation treatment of at least one of electron beam and ultraviolet light, not only excellent surface characteristics but also excellent visibility and texture of matting effect can be obtained. It can be obtained stably.
  • (3) irradiation treatment for pre-curing may be performed before the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) above.
  • the irradiation treatment for pre-curing By performing the irradiation treatment for pre-curing, the visibility and texture of the matte effect of the matte layer are improved, and the surface characteristics are also improved.
  • the wavelength light used in the irradiation treatment for pre-curing include wavelength light of more than 320 nm, preferably more than 320 nm and 400 nm or less, and more preferably 385 nm or more and 400 nm or less.
  • the resin composition for forming a matte layer can be pre-cured as a whole by irradiating it in advance using this wavelength light.
  • the necessity of adoption may be appropriately determined according to the desired properties required for the matte layer (for example, surface characteristics such as processing characteristics and stain resistance).
  • the above-mentioned wavelength light belongs to ultraviolet rays, it is also possible to use not only ultraviolet rays but also other ionizing radiations such as electron beams.
  • the matte layer is a known method such as a gravure printing method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a reverse roll coating method, a comma coating method, or the like, in which a resin composition for forming a matte layer is used.
  • the coating layer (uncured resin layer) coated in 1 is subjected to the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) above in order.
  • the resin composition for forming a matte layer can be applied to at least one main surface side of the base material. A matting agent is formed on the surface side.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the matte article I obtained by the manufacturing method I is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
  • the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer is small as described above, the resin composition containing the photopolymerization initiator is adopted, and the specific conditions of the above (1) and (2) are specified. By performing the irradiation treatment with the above, the visibility and texture of the excellent matting effect can be stably obtained.
  • the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used to a small amount, it is possible to easily form a layer by suppressing a significant increase in the viscosity of the resin composition, and it is possible to easily form a layer according to the characteristics of the resin used for the matte layer. It naturally has surface characteristics such as excellent stain resistance, scratch resistance, and weather resistance.
  • the matte article I obtained by the production method I may have other layers such as a base material and other transparent resin layers, as will be described later.
  • the manufacturing method in the case of having another layer will be described by taking, for example, the matte articles shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 described later as an example.
  • 3 and 4 are cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article I obtained by the manufacturing method I of the present embodiment, and the matte article 1 (matte article I) is taken in the thickness direction (in the same figure). Is a cross-sectional view cut along a plane parallel to (Z direction).
  • a resin composition for forming the matte layer is applied to one main surface side of the base material, and the above (1) and By performing the irradiation treatment of (2) in order, the resin composition is cured to form a matte layer, whereby the matte article shown in FIG. 3 can be obtained.
  • a coating liquid containing a composition for forming a decorative layer and an adhesive layer is applied by the above-mentioned known method, and if necessary, dried and cured to form the decorative layer and the adhesive layer.
  • a resin film for forming a transparent resin layer on the adhesive layer is formed by dry lamination, and a composition for forming a primer layer on the transparent resin layer is applied by the above-mentioned known method, and if necessary.
  • a primer layer is formed by drying and curing.
  • a resin composition for forming a matte layer is applied onto the primer layer, and the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) above are carried out in order to cure the resin composition and form a matte layer.
  • the matte article shown in FIG. 4 is obtained. If there is an unnecessary layer according to the desired performance, it may be omitted as appropriate.
  • the matte article I is a matte article having a base material, but as will be described later, it does not have a base material, that is, a layer consisting of a single layer having only a matte layer. It can also be configured.
  • the manufacturing method of the matte article I in this case is the same as the content regarding the manufacturing method in the case of adopting the layer structure with a single layer described in the above-mentioned matte article A, on the surface of the releasable support having the release layer. It suffices to have a step of forming a coating layer for applying a resin composition for forming a matte layer, and a step of forming a matte layer for curing the resin composition to form a matte layer.
  • the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) above may be carried out in order. Further, it is also the same that a solvent drying step may be provided if necessary, and the releasable support having a release layer may be peeled off and used when the matte article I is used.
  • the matte article I obtained by the manufacturing method I requires, for example, a base material, a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, an adhesive layer, etc. as other layers in addition to the above-mentioned matte layer as described above. May have depending on.
  • a base material for example, a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, an adhesive layer, etc.
  • the matte article I may have a base material in addition to the matte layer as described in the above-mentioned matte article A, and as described above, various restrictions may be provided. It is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding the above. That is, the simplest layer structure of the matte article I is, like the matte article A, a layer structure consisting of a single layer having no base material and only a matte layer. In the case of having a base material, as described above, from the viewpoint of improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect, the base material should be provided on the surface opposite to at least one surface having wrinkles in the matte layer. Is preferable.
  • the base material that can be used in the matte article I is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
  • the primer layer that the matte article I can have is the same as that of the primer layer described for the matte article A.
  • the transparent resin layer that the matte article I can have is the same as that of the transparent resin layer described for the matte article A.
  • the decorative layer that the matte article I can have is the same as the content regarding the decorative layer described for the matte article A.
  • the adhesive layer that the matte article I can have is the same as that of the adhesive layer described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article I As a typical use of the matte article I obtained by the manufacturing method I, the matte article I can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with an adherend, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles I is referred to as "decorative member I". It may be called.). Which one to use may be determined as desired.
  • the form of the matte article I in the decorative member I, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the method for producing the decorative member I, the use of the decorative member I, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
  • the method for manufacturing the article of the present embodiment is The resin composition containing no photopolymerization initiator is subjected to the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) in this order, and the resin composition is cured to form a surface wrinkle layer. (Hereinafter, it may be simply referred to as "manufacturing method J").
  • Irradiation treatment of wavelength light of 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm (2) Irradiation treatment of at least one of electron beam and wavelength light of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less
  • the production method J is different from the production method described as the production method of the matte article A in that the resin composition does not contain a photopolymerization initiator and that the irradiation treatment of the above (2) is required. Formes the other irradiation treatment of (1), the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the matte layer (corresponding to the "surface wrinkle layer” in the manufacturing method J), its surface shape, and the matte layer (surface wrinkle layer).
  • the resin and the resin composition, the 60 ° gloss value of the obtained article, each layer constituting the obtained article, and the like are basically the same as those described in the above-mentioned matte article A.
  • the manufacturing method J will be described in more detail.
  • Step of forming a surface wrinkle layer In the step of forming the surface wrinkle layer, the resin composition containing no photopolymerization initiator is subjected to the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) in this order, and the resin composition is cured to form the surface wrinkle layer. Is what you do.
  • the resin composition containing no photopolymerization initiator is subjected to the above two types of irradiation treatments (1) and (2) in order, the resin composition is cured, and wrinkles are formed on at least one surface.
  • the surface wrinkle layer of the article obtained by the production method J is subjected to the two types of irradiation treatments (1) and (2) above in order for the resin composition containing no photopolymerization initiator, and the resin composition is obtained. It can be said that it is a layer having wrinkles on at least one surface obtained by curing. Further, the surface wrinkle layer preferably contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer as described later. Even if the wrinkle formation stabilizer is not contained, the surface wrinkle layer will have wrinkles by performing the above two types of irradiation treatment in order, but the wrinkle formation stabilizer is included to stabilize the formation of wrinkles. It will be easier to do. Then, by stabilizing the formation of wrinkles, at least one surface of the surface wrinkle layer has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles, and the 60 ° gloss value of the surface wrinkle layer becomes 5.0 or less. It becomes easy to obtain stable and excellent visibility of the matte effect.
  • the wrinkles on the surface wrinkle layer can exhibit the visibility of the matting effect, and according to the production method J, the resin composition containing no photopolymerization initiator is subjected to two specific types of irradiation treatment. Therefore, not only the excellent surface characteristics can be obtained by curing the resin composition, but also the visibility of the matte effect can be obtained due to the wrinkles contained in the surface wrinkle layer.
  • the resin composition for forming the surface wrinkle layer contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer. First, the wrinkle formation stabilizer will be described.
  • the wrinkle-forming stabilizer described as being used in the matte article A is adopted. At least one of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 can be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the type of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, etc.
  • the effects exhibited by using the formation stabilizer and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are basically the same as those described for the matte article A.
  • a wrinkle formation stabilizer When a wrinkle formation stabilizer is used, its content is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the surface wrinkle layer. Other preferable ranges are the same as those described for the matte article A.
  • the surface wrinkle layer of the article J (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “article J”) obtained by the production method J is a resin composition for forming a surface wrinkle layer containing no photopolymerization initiator, preferably a wrinkle formation stabilizer. It is a layer composed of a cured product of the containing resin composition.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic view in a plan view showing an embodiment of the article J obtained by the manufacturing method J, and is a schematic image of the surface of the article obtained in the examples.
  • FIG. 1 shows that the article J obtained by the production method J has wrinkles formed on its surface, that is, on the surface of the surface wrinkle layer.
  • the surface wrinkle layer of Article J even when the wrinkle formation stabilizer is not contained, at least one surface of the surface wrinkle layer has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles. ..
  • the uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles is more stably expressed, and the visibility of the matting effect can be stably exhibited.
  • the surface wrinkle layer is a layer that literally has wrinkles even if it does not contain a wrinkle formation stabilizer, and is a layer that can exhibit the visibility of the matte effect, but wrinkle formation.
  • the wrinkles are stably formed, so that it can be said that the layer can stably exhibit the visibility of the matting effect.
  • the resin used for forming the matte layer is the same as the content relating to the resin described for the matte article A.
  • the resin composition used for forming the matte layer does not contain a photopolymerization initiator and may not contain a photopolymerization initiator.
  • other additives such as various weather resistant agents that may be contained are the same as those relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A.
  • the article J obtained by the production method J has the visibility of the matting effect due to the wrinkles of the surface wrinkle layer, and the visibility of the effect is improved by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the article J is preferably 5.0 or less, and the article J can be said to be a matte article having the visibility of the matting effect.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the article J is basically the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
  • the surface of the surface wrinkle layer is formed by adopting a resin composition containing no photopolymerization initiator and performing irradiation treatment under the specific conditions of (1) and (2) above.
  • the wrinkle formation stabilizer preferably used makes it possible to stably obtain the visibility of the matting effect due to wrinkles, and by suppressing the amount used to a small amount as described above, the resin composition has a remarkable viscosity. By suppressing the rise, layer formation becomes possible, and surface characteristics such as excellent stain resistance, scratch resistance, and weather resistance are naturally provided according to the characteristics of the resin used for the surface wrinkle layer. ..
  • the matte article J obtained by the manufacturing method J can have a layer structure having a base material and other layers as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, and also has a layer structure consisting of a single layer having only a matte layer. obtain.
  • the production method in the case of adopting a layer structure consisting of a single layer having only a matte layer and the case of adopting a layer structure having a base material and other layers is the same as the content described for the above-mentioned production method I.
  • the matte article J obtained by the manufacturing method J requires, for example, a base material, a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, an adhesive layer, etc. as other layers in addition to the above-mentioned matte layer as described above. May have depending on.
  • a base material for example, a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, an adhesive layer, etc.
  • the matte article J may have a base material in addition to the matte layer as described in the above-mentioned matte article A, and as described above, various restrictions may be provided. It is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding. That is, the simplest layer structure of the matte article J is, like the matte article A, a layer structure consisting of a single layer having only a matte layer and having no base material. In the case of having a base material, as described above, from the viewpoint of improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect, the base material should be provided on the surface opposite to at least one surface having wrinkles in the matte layer. Is preferable.
  • the base material that can be used in the matte article J is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
  • the primer layer that the matte article J can have is the same as that of the primer layer described for the matte article A.
  • the transparent resin layer that the matte article J can have is the same as that of the transparent resin layer described for the matte article A.
  • the decorative layer that the matte article J can have is the same as the content relating to the decorative layer described for the matte article A.
  • the adhesive layer that the matte article J can have is the same as that of the adhesive layer described for the matte article A.
  • the matte article J can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, a vehicle, a home electric appliance, or the like. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with an adherend, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles J is referred to as "decorative member J". There is.). Which one to use may be determined as desired.
  • the form of the matte article J in the decorative member J, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the manufacturing method of the decorative member J, the use of the decorative member J, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
  • Example 1A A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 ⁇ m) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method.
  • a colored layer (thickness: 3 ⁇ m) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 ⁇ m) on the primer layer.
  • Resin composition for forming a matte layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 (silica particles, average particle size: 3 ⁇ m): 3.0 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 (silica particles, average particle diameter: 5 nm): 3.0 parts by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) was applied by the gravure method.
  • UV irradiating device composed of LEDs (wavelength: 395 nm, ultraviolet amount: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then using an excima light irradiating device. Irradiate with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less)), and then using a high-pressure mercury lamp.
  • a matte layer was provided on the base material to obtain a matte article having the base material and the matte layer.
  • the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value were measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1A.
  • Example 1A a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming a matte layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1A.
  • Table 1A shows the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value on the matte layer side of the obtained matte article.
  • Example 1A the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1A except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. , Got the goods.
  • Table 1A shows the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side of the obtained article and the rate of change of the gloss value.
  • Example 1A the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and 15.0 parts by mass of the matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 ⁇ m) was used instead. Then, an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that only an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)) was irradiated. Table 1A shows the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side of the obtained article and the rate of change of the gloss value.
  • the matte article A of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 2.0 or less on the matte layer side, and is an article having extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect.
  • scratch resistance the rate of change of the gloss value is 20% or less
  • the scratch resistance is 400 g, and it may have excellent scratch resistance (steel wool resistance and scratch resistance). confirmed.
  • wrinkle formation is stable because the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) is less than 0.30, and the stability of wrinkle formation leads to the visibility, texture and scratch resistance of the matte effect. It is thought that it is.
  • the matte article A of the present embodiment exhibits extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect due to the wrinkles on the surface thereof. Further, the matte article A of the present embodiment has a high surface texture and a high-class feeling due to the formation of wrinkles, but the surface of the article of Comparative Example 1A has some wrinkles. , The matte effect could not be obtained stably, and the texture of the surface was monotonous, so it could not be said that it had a high-class feel.
  • Example 1B A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 ⁇ m) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method.
  • a colored layer (thickness: 3 ⁇ m) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 ⁇ m) on the primer layer.
  • Resin composition for forming a matte layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 (silica particles, average particle size: 3 ⁇ m): 3.0 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 (silica particles, average particle diameter: 5 nm): 3.0 parts by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) was applied by the gravure method.
  • UV irradiating device composed of LEDs (wavelength: 395 nm, ultraviolet amount: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then using an excima light irradiating device. Irradiate with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less)), and then using a high-pressure mercury lamp.
  • a matte layer was provided on the base material to obtain a matte article having the base material and the matte layer.
  • the gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured at 60 ° from the matte layer side and found to be 1.4.
  • Example 1B a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1B, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming a matte layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1B.
  • Table 1B shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained matte decorative material on the matte layer side. The evaluation of the texture is also shown in Table 1B.
  • Example 1B the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1B except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. , Got the goods. Table 1B shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
  • Example 1B the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and 15.0 parts by mass of the matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 ⁇ m) was used instead. Then, an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1B except that only an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)) was irradiated. Table 1B shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
  • the matte article B of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 1.8 or less on the matte layer side, and is an article having extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect. It was confirmed that the texture was also excellent. In addition, since the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) is less than 0.30, it has been confirmed that the formation of wrinkles is stable, and it is considered that the stability of the formation of wrinkles leads to the visibility and texture of the matte effect. Conceivable.
  • Example 1C A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 ⁇ m) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method.
  • a colored layer (thickness: 3 ⁇ m) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 ⁇ m) on the primer layer.
  • Resin composition for forming a matte layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer (silica particles, average particle size: 3 ⁇ m): 3 .0 parts by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) is applied by the gravure method (application amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dried)), and then a UV irradiation device composed of LEDs.
  • Is irradiated with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 395 nm, amount of ultraviolet rays: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then ultraviolet rays are irradiated using an excimer light irradiation device (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, Integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less)), then further irradiated with a high-pressure mercury lamp (ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm) to provide a matte layer on the substrate.
  • a matte article having a base material and a matte layer was obtained.
  • the gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured at 60 ° from the matte layer side and found to be 1.5.
  • the evaluation of the texture is also shown in Table 1C.
  • Example 1C a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1C, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming a matte layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1C.
  • Table 1C shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained matte article on the matte layer side.
  • Example 1C the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1C except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. , Got the goods. Table 1C shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
  • Example 1C the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and 15.0 parts by mass of the matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 ⁇ m) was used instead. Then, an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1C except that only an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)) was irradiated. Table 1C shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
  • the matte article C of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 1.8 or less on the matte layer side, and is an article having extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect.
  • the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) is less than 0.30, it has been confirmed that the formation of wrinkles is stable, and it is considered that the stability of the formation of wrinkles leads to the visibility and texture of the matte effect. Conceivable.
  • Example 1D A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 ⁇ m) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method.
  • a colored layer (thickness: 3 ⁇ m) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 ⁇ m) on the primer layer.
  • Resin composition for forming a matte layer (polyfunctional urethane acrylate oligomer (number of functional groups: 4): 65 parts by mass, polyfunctional acrylate monomer (number of functional groups: 4): 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer (silica particles, Average particle size: 5 nm): 5.0 parts by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) was applied by the gravure method (application amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dried)), and then Ultraviolet rays are irradiated using a UV irradiation device composed of LEDs (wavelength: 395 nm, amount of ultraviolet rays: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then ultraviolet rays are irradiated using an excima light irradiation device (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 )).
  • a UV irradiation device composed of LEDs (wavelength: 395 nm, amount of ultraviolet
  • Ultraviolet output density 1 W / cm, integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less), then further irradiated with a high-pressure mercury lamp (ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm), substrate A matte layer was provided on the top, and a matte article having a base material and a matte layer was obtained. The gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured at 60 ° from the matte layer side and found to be 1.5.
  • Example 1D a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1D, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming a matte layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1D.
  • Table 1D shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained matte article on the matte layer side. The evaluation of the texture is also shown in Table 1D.
  • Example 1D the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1D except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. , Got the goods. Table 1D shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
  • Example 1D the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and 15.0 parts by mass of the matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 ⁇ m) was used instead. Then, an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1D, except that only an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)) was irradiated. Table 1D shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
  • the matte article D of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 2.0 or less on the matte layer side, and is an article having extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect. It was confirmed that the texture was also excellent. In addition, since the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) is less than 0.30, it has been confirmed that the formation of wrinkles is stable, and it is considered that the stability of the formation of wrinkles leads to the visibility and texture of the matte effect. Conceivable.
  • Example 1E A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 ⁇ m) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method.
  • a colored layer (thickness: 3 ⁇ m) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 ⁇ m) on the primer layer.
  • Resin composition for forming a matte decontamination layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 (silica particles, average particle size: 3 ⁇ m): 3.0 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 (silica particles, average particle size: 5 nm): 3.0 parts by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) by gravure method (Applying amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dried)), then irradiating ultraviolet rays using a UV irradiation device composed of LEDs (wavelength: 395 nm, ultraviolet amount: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then excimer light.
  • polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer 65 parts by mass
  • monofunctional acrylate monomer 35 parts by mass
  • wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 silicon particles, average particle size: 3 ⁇ m
  • Ultraviolet rays are irradiated using an irradiation device (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less)), and then a high-pressure mercury lamp.
  • Is irradiated with (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm)
  • a matte decontamination layer is provided on the base material, and the base material (sheet) and the matte decontamination layer are provided. I got the goods.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured by the above method.
  • the measurement results are shown in Table 1E.
  • the easy decontamination property was evaluated by the above method.
  • the evaluation results are shown in Table 1E.
  • Example 1E a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1E, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming the matte decontamination layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1E. .. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1E. In addition, the easy decontamination property was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1E.
  • Example 1E the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte decontamination layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. In the same way, an article was obtained. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained article was measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1E. In addition, the easy decontamination property was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1E.
  • Example 1E the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte decontamination layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and the matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 ⁇ m) was used instead as 15.0.
  • An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1E, except that parts by mass were used and only an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 3c0 kGy (3Mrad)) was irradiated.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the obtained article was measured by the above method.
  • the measurement results are shown in Table 1E.
  • the easy decontamination property was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1E.
  • the matte article E of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 1.8 or less on the matte easy decontamination layer side, and is extremely excellent in visibility of the matte effect. It was confirmed that.
  • easy decontamination detergency was grade 3 for black oil-based markers and crayons, but grade 0 for other pollutants, and it had excellent cleanliness, and stain resistance was all contamination. Since the substance was grade 5 and had excellent stain resistance, it was confirmed that it had excellent easy decontamination properties. It has also been confirmed that wrinkle formation is stable because the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) is less than 0.30, and the stability of wrinkle formation leads to the visibility, texture and stain resistance of the matte effect. It is thought that it is.
  • the 60 ° gloss value was 8.3, which was inferior to the gloss value of the matte article of the example, and was also inferior to the texture.
  • the detergency of the black oil-based marker and the crayon was 4th grade and 5th grade, respectively, and the stain resistance was 3rd grade and 1st grade, respectively. It was confirmed to be inferior.
  • the matte article E of the present embodiment exhibits extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect due to the wrinkles on the surface thereof. Further, the matte article E of the present embodiment has a high surface texture and a high-class feeling due to the formation of wrinkles, but the surface of the article of Comparative Example 1E has some wrinkles. The visibility of the matte effect could not be obtained stably, and the texture of the surface was monotonous, so it could not be said that it had a high-class feeling.
  • Example 1F A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 ⁇ m) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method.
  • a colored layer (thickness: 3 ⁇ m) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 ⁇ m) on the primer layer.
  • a resin composition for forming a matte light-resistant layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 (silica particles, average particle diameter: 3 ⁇ m).
  • Ultraviolet rays are irradiated using the configured UV irradiation device (wavelength: 395 nm, ultraviolet ray amount: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then ultraviolet rays are irradiated using the Exima light irradiation device (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), and ultraviolet rays are output. Density: 1 W / cm, integrated light intensity: 10-100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less)), then further irradiated with a high-pressure mercury lamp (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm).
  • a matte light-resistant layer was provided on the base material to obtain a matte article having a base material sheet and a matte light-resistant layer.
  • the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value were measured by the above method.
  • the measurement results are shown in Table 1F.
  • the evaluation results evaluated by the above method are shown in Table 1F.
  • Example 1F a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1F, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming a matte light resistant layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1F.
  • Table 1F shows the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value on the matte light resistant layer side of the obtained matte article. The evaluation results evaluated by the above method are shown in Table 1F.
  • Example 1F the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte light resistant layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1F except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. And got the goods.
  • Table 1F shows the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value on the matte light resistant layer side of the obtained article. The evaluation results evaluated by the above method are shown in Table 1F.
  • Example 1F the amount of the wrinkle-forming stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming a matte light-resistant layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and instead, a matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 ⁇ m) was used in an amount of 15.0 parts by mass.
  • An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1F, except that it was used and irradiated only with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm) using a high-pressure mercury lamp.
  • Table 1F shows the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value on the matte light resistant layer side of the obtained article. The evaluation results evaluated by the above method are shown in Table 1F.
  • Example 1F the amount of the ultraviolet absorber used in the resin composition for forming the matte light-resistant layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1F except that the ultraviolet absorber was not used. I got the goods.
  • Table 1F shows the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value on the matte light resistant layer side of the obtained article. The evaluation results evaluated by the above method are shown in Table 1F.
  • the matte article F of the present embodiment has an extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect and has a texture because the 60 ° gloss value on the matte light resistant layer side is 1.8 or less. It was confirmed that it is an excellent product. Regarding the light resistance, since the rate of change of the gloss value was 20% or less, it was confirmed that the product had excellent light resistance. It has also been confirmed that wrinkle formation is stable because the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) is less than 0.30, and the stability of wrinkle formation leads to the visibility, texture and light resistance of the matte effect. It is thought that there is.
  • the 60 ° gloss value is 8.3, which is inferior to the gloss value of the matte article of the example, and even if a larger amount of the matting agent than the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the example is used, It was confirmed that the 60 ° gloss value of the example was not reached.
  • the article of Comparative Example 3F containing no ultraviolet absorber contained a wrinkle formation stabilizer, so that the 60 ° gloss value before the test was as small as 1.4, and the texture was excellent, but the 60 ° gloss. The value increased by 64.3%, and it could not be said that the light resistance was excellent.
  • Example 1G A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 ⁇ m) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method.
  • a colored layer (thickness: 3 ⁇ m) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 ⁇ m) on the primer layer.
  • a resin composition for forming a matte writing layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 (silica particles, average particle size: 3 ⁇ m). ): 3 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 (silica particles, average particle diameter: 5 nm): 3 parts by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) is applied (applied) by the gravure method.
  • a UV irradiator composed of LEDs (wavelength: 395 nm, amount of ultraviolet light: 6 W / cm 2 ), then using an excima light irradiator. Irradiate with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2
  • Example 1G a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1G, except that the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming the matte writing layer was the amount shown in Table 1G.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1G.
  • the marker erasability was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1G.
  • Example 1G the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte writing layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1G except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. And got the goods.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the obtained article was measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1G.
  • the marker erasability was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1G.
  • Example 1G the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte writing layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and the amount of the matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 ⁇ m) was set to 15.0 parts by mass instead.
  • An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1G except that it was used and irradiated only with an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)).
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the obtained article was measured by the above method.
  • the measurement results are shown in Table 1G.
  • the marker erasability was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1G.
  • the matte article G of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 2.0 or less on the matte writing layer side, and is an article having excellent visibility due to the matte effect.
  • the marker erasability was excellent with a small color difference and excellent texture.
  • wrinkle formation is stable because the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) is less than 0.30, and the stability of wrinkle formation leads to the visibility of the matte effect, texture, and marker erasability. It is thought that it is.
  • the matte articles of these Examples have irregular wrinkles uniformly on the surface thereof.
  • Comparative Example 1G As described above, some wrinkles are generated on the surface thereof, and although there is a region having the same wrinkles as in the example, there is a region. It can be seen that the formation of wrinkles is unstable (not uniform) and is mixed with the wrinkle-free region.
  • the optical microscope image (FIG. 40) of Comparative Example 2G wrinkles like the matte article of Example were not confirmed, and a convex shape corresponding to the contour shape of the matting agent was confirmed. From this result, the matte article G of the present embodiment exhibits the visibility due to the extremely excellent matte effect due to the wrinkles on the surface thereof, and also exhibits the excellent marker erasability and is excellent in texture. It was confirmed that
  • Example 1H A PET sheet (thickness: 100 ⁇ m) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and a resin composition containing acrylic resin and urethane resin as a binder resin is applied to one surface of the base material to apply a primer layer (thickness). : 2 ⁇ m) is provided, and a resin composition for forming a matte-type layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stable on the primer layer.
  • a resin composition for forming a matte-type layer polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer
  • the agent (silica particles, average particle size: 3 ⁇ m): 1.0 part by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 part by mass) was applied by the gravure method (application amount: 5 g / m 2 (drying). (Time)), then irradiate ultraviolet rays using a UV irradiator composed of LEDs (wavelength: 395 nm, amount of ultraviolet rays: 0.6 W / cm 2 ), and then irradiate ultraviolet rays using an excimer light irradiator (wavelength).
  • thermosetting uncured resin composition containing 5 parts by mass of isopropyl alcohol is impregnated with an impregnating device so that the uncured resin composition has a ratio of 60 g / m 2 (when dried) and dried. Obtained a resin-impregnated decorative sheet.
  • the obtained resin-impregnated decorative sheet is impregnated with a reinforcing layer (kraft paper impregnated with a liquid uncured resin composition made of phenol resin, and obtained by impregnating the obtained resin-impregnated decorative sheet with a phenol resin-impregnated core paper having a basis weight of 245 g / m 2 (“Ota Core”). , Made by Ota Sangyo Co., Ltd.), laminated so that the titanium paper base paper and the reinforcing layer are in contact with each other, and further, the decorative layer of the resin-impregnated decorative sheet and the matting of the matte article. It was laminated so that it faces the mold layer.
  • a reinforcing layer kraft paper impregnated with a liquid uncured resin composition made of phenol resin, and obtained by impregnating the obtained resin-impregnated decorative sheet with a phenol resin-impregnated core paper having a basis weight of 245 g / m 2 (“Ota Core”).
  • Example 2H In Example 1H, a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1H, except that the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming the matte type layer was set as shown in Table 1H. Using the obtained matte article, a matte decorative material (melamine resin decorative board) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1H. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained matte decorative material is shown in Table 1H.
  • Example 1H an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1H, except that the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming a matte-type layer was 0 parts by mass. Using the obtained article, a decorative material (melamine resin decorative board) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1H. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained decorative material is shown in Table 1H.
  • Example 1H the amount of the wrinkle-forming stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming a matte-type layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and the amount of the matting agent (average particle size: 5.0 ⁇ m) was 15.0 parts by mass instead.
  • An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1H, except that the particles used were irradiated with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm) using a high-pressure mercury lamp.
  • a decorative material (melamine resin decorative board) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1H.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the obtained decorative material is shown in Table 1H.
  • the matte article H of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 1.4 to 1.8 of the matte decorative material obtained by using the matte article H, which is extremely excellent matte. It was confirmed that it is a matte article that can impart visibility of the effect. In addition, since the standard deviation ( ⁇ ) is less than 0.30, it has been confirmed that the formation of wrinkles is stable, and the stability of the formation of wrinkles leads to the visibility of the matte effect and the addition of texture. It is considered to be.
  • the 60 ° gloss value of the decorative material obtained using this was 8.3, which is the matte of the example despite the fact that a larger amount of the matting agent was used than the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the example. It was confirmed that the gloss value of the fixed sheet was inferior and that the texture was also inferior.
  • Example 1I A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 ⁇ m) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method.
  • a colored layer (thickness: 3 ⁇ m) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 ⁇ m) on the primer layer.
  • Resin composition for forming a matte layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer (silica particles, average particle size: 3 ⁇ m): 3
  • photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) is applied by the gravure method (application amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dried)), and then a UV irradiation device composed of LEDs is used.
  • Irradiate with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 395 nm, amount of ultraviolet rays: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then irradiate with ultraviolet rays using an excima light irradiation device (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, integrated light amount: Perform the irradiation treatment of (1) in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less) at 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , and then irradiate with an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (Mrad)) (2). ) Was carried out, a matte layer was provided on the base material, and a matte article having the base material and the matte layer was obtained. The gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured at 60 ° from the matte layer side and found to be 1.5.
  • Example 1I a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1I, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming a matte layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1I.
  • Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained matte article on the matte layer side.
  • Example 4I In Example 1I, a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1I, except that the electron beam was changed to ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm) using a high-pressure mercury lamp. Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained matte article on the matte layer side.
  • Example 1I the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1I except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. , Got the goods. Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
  • Example 1I the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used was 0 parts by mass, 15.0 parts by mass of a matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 ⁇ m) was used, the irradiation treatment of (1) was not performed, and the electrons were used.
  • Articles were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1I, except that only the line (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)) was irradiated.
  • Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
  • Example 3I An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1I, except that the irradiation treatment (irradiation with an electron beam) of (2) was not performed in Example 1I.
  • Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
  • Example 4I Articles were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1I, except that the irradiation treatment of (1) was not performed in Example 1I.
  • Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
  • Example 5I Articles were obtained in the same manner as in Example 4I, except that the irradiation of the irradiation treatment of (1) was not performed in Example 4I.
  • Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
  • the matte article of the example has a 60 ° gloss value of 2.0 or less on the matte layer side, and is extremely excellent in visibility of the matte effect and excellent in texture. It was confirmed that. From the above, it was confirmed that the matte article I obtained by the manufacturing method I of the present embodiment has excellent surface characteristics and excellent visibility of the matting effect, and the manufacturing of the present embodiment. It was also confirmed that the matte article I could be easily produced according to the method I.
  • Example 1J A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 ⁇ m) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method.
  • a colored layer (thickness: 3 ⁇ m) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 ⁇ m) on the primer layer.
  • Resin composition for forming surface wrinkle layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer (silica particles, average particle size: 3 ⁇ m): 3 (Mass part) is coated by the gravure method (coating amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dried)) and irradiated with ultraviolet rays using an excima light irradiation device (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm.
  • the irradiation treatment of (1) is performed, and then electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)) is irradiated. Then, the irradiation treatment of (2) was carried out to provide a surface wrinkle layer on the base material, and an article having the base material and the surface wrinkle layer was obtained. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained article was measured from the surface wrinkle layer side and found to be 1.5.
  • Example 1J an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1J, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming the surface wrinkle layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1J.
  • Table 1J shows the 60 ° gloss value on the surface wrinkle layer side of the obtained article.
  • Example 4J An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1J, except that the electron beam was changed to ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm) using a high-pressure mercury lamp in Example 1J.
  • Table 1J shows the 60 ° gloss value on the surface wrinkle layer side of the obtained article.
  • Example 1J An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1J except that (2) irradiation treatment was not performed in Example 1J.
  • Table 1J shows the 60 ° gloss value on the surface wrinkle layer side of the obtained article.
  • Example 1J an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1J except that (1) irradiation treatment was not performed.
  • Table 1J shows the 60 ° gloss value on the surface wrinkle layer side of the obtained article.
  • Example 4J an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 4J except that (1) irradiation treatment was not performed.
  • Table 1J shows the 60 ° gloss value on the surface wrinkle layer side of the obtained article.
  • the resin composition for forming the surface wrinkle layer was cured to form the surface wrinkle layer, and the 60 ° gloss value on the surface wrinkle layer side was 2.0 or less. It was confirmed that the article was excellent in surface characteristics and extremely excellent in visibility of the matte effect. From the above, it was confirmed that the article J obtained by the manufacturing method J of the present embodiment has excellent surface characteristics and excellent visibility of the matting effect, and the manufacturing method J of the present embodiment. It was also confirmed that the article could be easily manufactured.
  • Comparative Example 3J The article of Comparative Example 3J in which the irradiation treatment of (1) was not performed and the irradiation treatment of (2) was performed with ultraviolet rays did not form wrinkles and did not harden, so that the 60 ° gloss value could be measured. There wasn't. Further, as described above, Comparative Examples 1J and 3J did not have excellent surface characteristics because the surface layer was uncured. From the comparison between Example 4J and Comparative Example 3J, by performing (1) irradiation treatment, the surface wrinkle layer is cured only by irradiating with wavelength light in the ultraviolet region without containing a photopolymerization initiator. The peculiar effect of forming was confirmed.
  • the articles of these Examples have irregular wrinkles on the surface thereof, and from this result, the production method of the present embodiment. It was confirmed that the article J obtained by J exhibited extremely excellent visibility of the matting effect due to the wrinkles on the surface thereof. Further, in the optical microscope image of Comparative Example 2J (FIG. 56), the wrinkle formation stabilizer can be confirmed in the form of particles, but the wrinkles are not formed and the surface wrinkle layer is not formed. Compared with FIGS. 53 to 55 of 3J, the morphology of the surface thereof was completely different, and it was confirmed that the wrinkle formation stabilizer did not function as a wrinkle formation stabilizer.
  • the matte articles of the present embodiment, the matte articles obtained by the manufacturing method of the present embodiment, and the like have various uses, for example, interior members of buildings such as walls, ceilings, and floors, outer walls, eaves ceilings, and roofs. , Fences, fences and other exterior members, window frames, doors, door frames, handrails, skirts, rims, moldings and other fittings or construction members, as well as general furniture such as stools, shelves, desks, dining tables, sinks, etc. Various furniture and parts used around water such as kitchen furniture, kitchens, toilets, bathrooms, wash basins, surface decorative boards such as cabinets for home appliances and OA equipment, vehicle interiors, exterior parts, etc. It is preferably used as.
  • the matte article or the like may be a packaging material, an antiglare film for a display, a white board or a blackboard, a credit card, etc. It can be used for cash cards, telephone cards, various cards such as various certificates, keys for various keyboards, transparent plates (window glass, etc.) for windows, doors, partitions, artificial leather, and the like.

Abstract

Provided are: a matte article which has excellent visibility and matte effect texture and adopts a matte layer having a 60° gloss value of at most 5.0 and having an uneven shape resulting from irregular wrinkles by containing a predetermined amount of a wrinkle formation stabilizer having various surface characteristics as desired; a matte article used for shaping that can meet a diversity of demands; and a method for producing a matte article or the like having a layer obtained by curing a resin composition under a specific irradiation condition.

Description

艶消物品及び艶消物品の製造方法Matte article and manufacturing method of matte article
 本発明は、艶消物品及び艶消物品の製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a matte article and a method for manufacturing a matte article.
 従来から、例えば壁、天井、床等の建築物の内装用部材、外壁、軒天井、屋根、塀、柵等の外装用部材、窓枠、扉、扉枠、手すり、幅木、廻り縁、モール等の建具又は造作部材の他、箪笥、棚、机等の一般家具、食卓、流し台等の厨房家具、台所、トイレ、風呂場、洗面台等の水廻りで用いられる各種家具及び部材、又は家電、OA機器等のキャビネット等の表面化粧板、車両の内装又は外装用部材等の表面を装飾し、保護するための物品として、いわゆる化粧材、化粧シートが用いられている。かかる化粧材、化粧シートとしては、例えば、所望の機能を有する表面層を有するものが用いられており、主に耐擦傷性、耐汚染性及び耐候性等の表面特性、また加工特性等の様々な性能が求められる。 Conventionally, for example, interior members of buildings such as walls, ceilings, floors, exterior members such as outer walls, eaves ceilings, roofs, walls, fences, window frames, doors, door frames, handrails, skirts, surrounding edges, etc. In addition to fittings or building members such as malls, general furniture such as stools, shelves, desks, kitchen furniture such as dining tables and sinks, various furniture and members used around water such as kitchens, toilets, bathrooms, and washbasins, or So-called decorative materials and decorative sheets are used as articles for decorating and protecting the surfaces of home appliances, cabinets of OA equipment, etc., and interior or exterior members of vehicles. As such decorative materials and decorative sheets, for example, those having a surface layer having a desired function are used, and mainly surface characteristics such as scratch resistance, stain resistance and weather resistance, various processing characteristics and the like are used. Performance is required.
 これらの用途に用いられる化粧材、化粧シートには、その意匠性を向上させるために艶消効果(マット効果)を用いて質感を向上させる手法が汎用される。艶消効果を用いた化粧シートとして、例えば、特許文献1には、基材シートの片面に絵柄層及び隠蔽層を有し、もう一方の面に艶調整層(マット層、グロス層)を有する化粧シートが提案されている。特許文献1の化粧シートでは、艶調整層のマット層とグロス層が有する光沢の差により、絵柄層、隠蔽層を引き立てるという意匠効果が得られており、その実施例では、全面に設けられるマット層には樹脂分100重量部あたりに球形状アルミナ10重量部及び炭酸カルシウム40重量部の合計50重量部の艶消剤を添加したマットインキが用いられている。 For decorative materials and decorative sheets used for these purposes, a method of improving the texture by using a matte effect (matte effect) is widely used in order to improve the design. As a decorative sheet using a matte effect, for example, Patent Document 1 has a pattern layer and a concealing layer on one side of a base sheet, and a gloss adjusting layer (matte layer, gloss layer) on the other side. Decorative sheets have been proposed. In the decorative sheet of Patent Document 1, a design effect of enhancing the pattern layer and the concealing layer is obtained by the difference in gloss between the matte layer and the gloss layer of the gloss adjusting layer, and in the embodiment, the mat provided on the entire surface is obtained. For the layer, a matte ink is used in which 10 parts by weight of spherical alumina and 40 parts by weight of calcium carbonate are added to a total of 50 parts by weight of a matting agent per 100 parts by weight of the resin content.
 また特許文献2には、基材上に、印刷層と透明樹脂層とを順に有し、該透明樹脂層の最表面にエンボス模様を施した化粧材が提案されている。 Further, Patent Document 2 proposes a decorative material in which a printing layer and a transparent resin layer are sequentially provided on a base material, and an embossed pattern is applied to the outermost surface of the transparent resin layer.
 上記の用途に用いられる化粧材、化粧シート等の物品として、例えば耐候性等の表面特性を付与するため、その表面層の形成に硬化性の樹脂を用い、その硬化物を層とする手法がとられている(例えば、特許文献3~5参照)。特許文献3に記載の化粧シートには、電子線硬化性樹脂組成物に電子線を照射して硬化させることで、表面層(トップコート層)を形成することが記載されており、特許文献4には、艶消シリカを含有する電離放射線硬化性樹脂組成物の架橋硬化物により表面層(艶調整樹脂層)を形成することが記載されている。また、特許文献5には、表面保護層として紫外線硬化性樹脂層を採用することが記載されている。 As an article such as a decorative material or a decorative sheet used for the above-mentioned applications, for example, in order to impart surface characteristics such as weather resistance, a method of using a curable resin for forming the surface layer and using the cured product as a layer is used. (See, for example, Patent Documents 3 to 5). The decorative sheet described in Patent Document 3 describes that a surface layer (top coat layer) is formed by irradiating an electron beam-curable resin composition with an electron beam and curing it. Describes that a surface layer (gloss adjusting resin layer) is formed by a crosslinked cured product of an ionizing radiation curable resin composition containing matte silica. Further, Patent Document 5 describes that an ultraviolet curable resin layer is used as the surface protective layer.
 上記の用途の中でも、外壁、軒天井、屋根、塀、柵等の外装用部材については、屋外で用いられ、風雨、さらには日射による紫外線の影響により色調の変化、樹脂の劣化等の問題が生じることとなる。このような用途において用いる化粧シートについて、その耐光性を向上させる手法として、化粧材の表面保護層中に耐候剤として紫外線吸収剤を添加することが一般的である。また、基本的には室内での使用が想定される内装用部材等の用途であっても、窓際等で日光に晒されるものについては、外装用部材と同様に耐光性が求められる場合がある。 Among the above applications, exterior members such as outer walls, eaves ceilings, roofs, walls, and fences are used outdoors and have problems such as color change and resin deterioration due to the effects of ultraviolet rays caused by wind and rain and solar radiation. It will occur. As a method for improving the light resistance of a decorative sheet used in such an application, it is common to add an ultraviolet absorber as a weathering agent into the surface protective layer of the decorative material. In addition, even for interior materials that are basically expected to be used indoors, light resistance may be required for those that are exposed to sunlight near windows, etc., as with exterior materials. ..
 しかし、紫外線吸収剤は経時的に表面保護層からブリードアウト(bleed out)しやすいという問題がある。紫外線吸収剤がブリードアウトすると、べたつきが生じるなど、化粧シートの表面の美観が損なわれるとともに、ブリードアウトした紫外線吸収剤は雨で流出等により徐々に失われ経時的に表面保護層中の紫外線吸収剤濃度が低下することで、耐候性が低下するといった問題が生じる。このような状況下、紫外線吸収剤のブリードアウトを解消するために、例えば特定のベンゾトリアゾール系化合物等から選ばれる電子線反応型紫外線吸収剤を含有する、電子線硬化型樹脂を主成分とした樹脂の硬化層を有する化粧シートが提案されている(例えば、特許文献1)。特許文献1に記載の化粧シートによれば、紫外線吸収剤のブリードアウトの問題は解消し得る。 However, there is a problem that the ultraviolet absorber tends to bleed out from the surface protective layer over time. When the UV absorber bleeds out, the appearance of the surface of the decorative sheet is spoiled, such as stickiness, and the bleed-out UV absorber is gradually lost due to outflow due to rain, etc., and UV absorption in the surface protective layer over time. As the agent concentration decreases, there arises a problem that the weather resistance decreases. Under such circumstances, in order to eliminate the bleed-out of the ultraviolet absorber, for example, an electron beam curable resin containing an electron beam reaction type ultraviolet absorber selected from a specific benzotriazole compound or the like is used as a main component. A decorative sheet having a cured layer of resin has been proposed (for example, Patent Document 1). According to the decorative sheet described in Patent Document 1, the problem of bleed-out of the ultraviolet absorber can be solved.
 上記の用途に用いられる化粧材、化粧シートには、近年の顧客の高級品志向の高まりに伴い、高級感を有するものが求められるようにもなっている。
 高級感を付与する手法としては、その表面に凹凸形状を付与し、質感を高める手法が一般的に採用される。具体的には、賦型シート、エンボス版等を用いたエンボス加工、あるいは凹凸形状を有する層を具備する転写シートを用いて、表面に凹凸形状を有する層を転写して凹凸形状を付与することで、艶消効果(マット効果)を発現させる方法等が挙げられる。例えば、特許文献6には、基材シートの表面に電離放射線硬化性樹脂で凹凸形状を設けた層を有し、剥離する際に凹凸形状が割れたりしないような架橋密度を付与することにより、所望の模様形状を再現する賦型シート、及び該賦型シートを用いたポリエステル化粧板が提案されている。また、特許文献2には、基材上に、印刷層と透明樹脂層とを順に有し、該透明樹脂層の最表面にエンボス模様を施した化粧シートが提案されている。
With the recent increase in customers' preference for high-end products, cosmetic materials and decorative sheets used for the above purposes are also required to have a high-class feel.
As a method of giving a sense of quality, a method of giving an uneven shape to the surface to enhance the texture is generally adopted. Specifically, embossing using a shaping sheet, an embossed plate, or the like, or using a transfer sheet provided with a layer having an uneven shape, the layer having an uneven shape is transferred to the surface to give the uneven shape. Then, a method of expressing a matte effect (matte effect) and the like can be mentioned. For example, Patent Document 6 has a layer having an uneven shape made of an ionizing radiation curable resin on the surface of a base sheet, and imparts a crosslink density so that the uneven shape does not crack when peeled off. A shaped sheet that reproduces a desired pattern shape and a polyester veneer using the shaped sheet have been proposed. Further, Patent Document 2 proposes a decorative sheet in which a printing layer and a transparent resin layer are sequentially provided on a base material, and an embossed pattern is applied to the outermost surface of the transparent resin layer.
 また、艶消効果(マット効果)を有する化粧材、化粧シートとして、表面に艶消塗膜を形成したシートが、黒板、ホワイトボード(白板)等の各種筆記ボードの表面を構成する筆記(用)シート、反射型スクリーンといった用途に用いられることがある。これらの用途に用いられる艶消塗膜形成シートは、例えば講義室、会議室といった室内に設置された場合に、室内灯等の映り込みが少なくし、また光沢を抑制させることで、筆記ボード、映写スクリーンに表示される文字等の視認性に優れていることが求められる。 In addition, as a decorative material having a matte effect (matte effect) and a decorative sheet, a sheet having a matte coating film formed on the surface constitutes the surface of various writing boards such as a blackboard and a white board. ) May be used for sheets, reflective screens, etc. When the matte coating film forming sheet used for these purposes is installed in a room such as a lecture room or a conference room, the reflection of the interior light or the like is reduced and the gloss is suppressed, so that the writing board, etc. It is required to have excellent visibility of characters and the like displayed on the projection screen.
 例えば、特許文献7及び8には、ホワイトボード筆記層を有するホワイトボードシートが提案されている。特許文献7及び8のホワイトボードシート等をはじめとし、従来品には、光の散乱により、室内灯等の映り込みを抑制し、また光沢を抑制し、筆記ボード、映写スクリーン等に表示される文字等の視認性を向上させるべく、シリカ、炭酸カルシウム等の艶消剤、その他顔料等が表面塗膜中に添加されている。すなわち、従来品は、当該艶消剤による艶消効果によって、室内灯の映り込みや光沢を抑制し、視認性を向上させるというものである。 For example, Patent Documents 7 and 8 propose a whiteboard sheet having a whiteboard writing layer. In the conventional products such as the whiteboard sheets of Patent Documents 7 and 8, the reflection of interior lights and the like is suppressed by the scattering of light, and the gloss is suppressed and displayed on the writing board, the projection screen and the like. In order to improve the visibility of characters and the like, matting agents such as silica and calcium carbonate, and other pigments are added to the surface coating film. That is, the conventional product suppresses the reflection and gloss of the interior light by the matting effect of the matting agent, and improves the visibility.
 中でも特に、ホワイトボード等の筆記シートは、マーカーによる筆記と消去に対応するため、適度な表面の濡れ性と易掃除性とを均衡させて、マーカーの筆記性と消去性も求められる。マーカーの筆記性と消去性のためには、その表面はより平滑であることが必要となる。 In particular, since writing sheets such as whiteboards support writing and erasing with markers, the writing and erasability of markers are also required by balancing the appropriate wettability and easy cleaning of the surface. For the writability and erasability of the marker, its surface needs to be smoother.
特開2000-062081号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-062081 特開2011-073207号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-073207 特開2000-117905号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-117905 特開2004-148632号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-148632 特開2000-103019号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2000-103019 特開平2-235744号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2-235744 特公平7-64155号公報Special Fair 7-64155 Gazette 特開平11-28892号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 11-28892
 艶消効果(マット効果)により質感を向上させる手法としては、上記特許文献1のように艶消剤(matting agent、「マット剤」とも称される。)を用い、それ自体が有する光拡散効果により艶消効果を得る手法、上記特許文献2のようにエンボス加工を施すことで最表面に凹凸形状を形成する手法等が主に挙げられる。
 しかし、特許文献1のように艶消剤を用いる場合、艶消効果をより優れたものとするにはその使用量を増加させる必要があるが、その使用量が多くなるにつれて、艶消剤が塗膜から脱落し、かつ塗膜を傷つけることで耐擦傷性が低下するなどの理由により、表面特性が低下する傾向にある。他方、表面特性の低下を抑制するために使用量を少なくすると艶消効果が低下する傾向にあり、表面特性と艶消効果とは二律相反の関係にある。そのため、艶消剤を用いたマット効果には限界がある。
 また、特許文献2のようにエンボス加工を用いる場合、エンボスの版の作製は多大な手間がかかり容易なことではなく、さらに所望の柄ごとに版を作製する必要が生じる。そのため、顧客の需要の多様性に十分に対応しやすい手法であるとはいえない。
As a method for improving the texture by the matting effect (matting effect), a matting agent (also referred to as "matting agent") is used as in Patent Document 1, and the light diffusing effect itself has. A method of obtaining a matte effect by the above method, a method of forming an uneven shape on the outermost surface by embossing as in Patent Document 2 above, and the like are mainly mentioned.
However, when a matting agent is used as in Patent Document 1, it is necessary to increase the amount of the matting agent used in order to make the matting effect more excellent. However, as the amount of the matting agent used increases, the matting agent becomes more effective. The surface characteristics tend to be deteriorated due to reasons such as the scratch resistance being lowered by falling off from the coating film and damaging the coating film. On the other hand, if the amount used is reduced in order to suppress the deterioration of the surface characteristics, the matting effect tends to decrease, and the surface characteristics and the matting effect have a bilateral reciprocal relationship. Therefore, there is a limit to the matte effect using a matting agent.
Further, when embossing is used as in Patent Document 2, it is not easy to prepare an embossed plate because it takes a lot of time and effort, and it is necessary to prepare a plate for each desired pattern. Therefore, it cannot be said that the method is sufficiently easy to respond to the diversity of customer demand.
 艶消剤が塗膜から脱落し、かつ塗膜を傷つけることによる耐擦傷性の低下は、例えば建築物の内装用部材の中でも床材の用途、また使用頻度が高い窓枠、扉、扉枠、手すり等の建具部材の用途、また黒板消し(又は白板消し)、マーカーによる摩擦が繰り返して加わるホワイトボードシートにおいて、顕著となる。 The decrease in scratch resistance due to the matting agent falling off from the coating film and damaging the coating film is caused by, for example, the use of flooring materials among interior members of buildings, and window frames, doors, and door frames that are frequently used. This is remarkable in applications of fitting members such as handrails, blackboard erasers (or whiteboard erasers), and whiteboard sheets to which friction by markers is repeatedly applied.
 また近年、屋外用途の化粧シートは、地球温暖化の影響による平均気温の上昇に伴い、より過酷な日射条件下で用いられるようになっており、従来の化粧材では対応しきれず、その劣化の進行は年々早まる傾向にある。そのため、これまでの紫外線吸収剤のブリードアウトの発生を抑制する設計思想自体は妥当といえるが、これを実現するための手段の見直しが必要になっている。 Further, in recent years, decorative sheets for outdoor use have come to be used under more severe solar radiation conditions due to the rise in average temperature due to the influence of global warming, and conventional cosmetic materials cannot cope with the deterioration. Progress tends to accelerate year by year. Therefore, it can be said that the conventional design concept itself for suppressing the occurrence of bleed-out of the ultraviolet absorber is appropriate, but it is necessary to review the means for realizing this.
 さらに、表面特性、中でも表面に付着した汚れを除染しやすい易除染性(「消去性」とも称する。)に優れ、かつ艶消効果及び質感にも優れる化粧シートが、例えば汚れが付着しやすい建築物の床材、マーカーによる筆記と消去とが繰り返されるホワイトボード等の分野において要望される中、これに十分対応できる化粧シートは存在しない状況にある。 Further, a decorative sheet having excellent surface characteristics, especially easy decontamination property (also referred to as "erasability") that easily decontaminates stains adhering to the surface, and excellent matting effect and texture, for example, adheres to stains. While there are demands in fields such as flooring materials for easy buildings and whiteboards where writing and erasing with markers are repeated, there is no decorative sheet that can sufficiently meet these demands.
 このように、艶消効果に加えて、さらに所望に応じた表面特性が求められているところ、これに十分対応できる化粧材、化粧シート等の物品は存在しない状況にある。 As described above, in addition to the matting effect, surface characteristics that are more desired are required, but there is no article such as a decorative material or a decorative sheet that can sufficiently cope with this.
 表面層を形成する硬化性樹脂としては、上記特許文献3~5のように、電離放射線硬化性樹脂、中でも電子線硬化性樹脂、紫外線硬化性樹脂等が採用される。紫外線を用いて硬化し得る紫外線硬化性樹脂を採用する場合、特許文献5にも開示されるように、通常光重合開始剤を使用することが一般的である。紫外線は電子線等の他の電離放射線に比べてエネルギーが極めて小さいため、光重合開始剤を添加しないと、電離放射線により硬化性を発現するエチレン性不飽和基等の官能基による硬化が促進しないため、目的とする表面特性が得られないためである。このように、表面層を形成する樹脂組成物の硬化方法により、当該樹脂組成物の組成を調整する必要がある中、いかなる樹脂組成物を用いても、優れた表面特性を有する層を形成することが求められている。また、意匠性の向上のため、艶消効果が求められる場合もある。
 このような状況下、表面層の硬化に際して光重合開始剤を添加しなくても、優れた表面特性が得られ、また艶消効果の視認性も得られ得る電離放射線硬化性樹脂からなる表面層の形成方法がもとめられていた。
As the curable resin forming the surface layer, ionizing radiation curable resins, particularly electron beam curable resins, ultraviolet curable resins and the like are adopted as described in Patent Documents 3 to 5. When an ultraviolet curable resin that can be cured using ultraviolet rays is adopted, as disclosed in Patent Document 5, it is common to usually use a photopolymerization initiator. Since ultraviolet rays have extremely low energy compared to other ionizing radiation such as electron beams, curing by functional groups such as ethylenically unsaturated groups that develop curability by ionizing radiation is not promoted unless a photopolymerization initiator is added. Therefore, the desired surface characteristics cannot be obtained. As described above, while it is necessary to adjust the composition of the resin composition by the curing method of the resin composition forming the surface layer, any resin composition can be used to form a layer having excellent surface properties. Is required. In addition, a matte effect may be required to improve the design.
Under such circumstances, a surface layer made of an ionizing radiation curable resin can obtain excellent surface properties and visibility of a matte effect without adding a photopolymerization initiator when curing the surface layer. The formation method of was sought.
 また、顧客の高級品志向が高まっていることについては、より高い質感が求められるようになっている。しかし、特許文献3に記載される賦型フィルムが有する凹凸形状は、撥液性樹脂で所定の絵柄を形成し、次いで無機フィラーを含む2液硬化型樹脂組成物を塗布することで、該撥液性樹脂の撥液効果により該絵柄上の2液硬化型樹脂組成物だけがはじかれることで形成されるものである。そのため、繊細な凹凸形状の形成には限界があるため、優れた艶消効果を付与するには至らず、所望の要求に対応しきれない場合があった。
 また、特許文献2のようにエンボス加工を施すことで最表面に凹凸形状を形成する手法の場合、エンボスの版の作製は多大な手間がかかり容易なことではなく、さらに所望の柄ごとに版を作製する必要が生じる。そのため、顧客の需要の多様性に十分に対応しやすい手法であるとはいえない。
In addition, there is a growing demand for higher quality textures as customers become more enthusiastic about luxury products. However, the uneven shape of the shaped film described in Patent Document 3 is formed by forming a predetermined pattern with a liquid-repellent resin and then applying a two-component curable resin composition containing an inorganic filler to repel the uneven shape. It is formed by repelling only the two-component curable resin composition on the pattern due to the liquid-repellent effect of the liquid resin. Therefore, since there is a limit to the formation of a delicate uneven shape, it is not possible to impart an excellent matting effect, and there are cases where a desired requirement cannot be met.
Further, in the case of the method of forming an uneven shape on the outermost surface by embossing as in Patent Document 2, the production of the embossed plate is not easy because it takes a lot of time and effort, and the plate is made for each desired pattern. Will need to be made. Therefore, it cannot be said that the method is sufficiently easy to respond to the diversity of customer demand.
 上記のホワイトボード筆記層を有するホワイトボードシートに用いられる物品について、艶消効果による優れた視認性を得るために上記のような艶消剤、顔料等を使用する場合、これらの粒子と塗膜樹脂との間にマーカーが染み込みやすく、一度染み込んでしまうと拭き取ってもマーカーを消去できない(マーカー消去性が低下する)という問題が生じやすくなる。また、艶消剤、顔料等の粒子を用いた艶消効果により室内灯等の光の映り込みや光沢を抑制し、視認性を向上させるには、多量の粒子が必要となるため、インクを消去できないという問題はより顕著となる。さらに、多量の粒子を使用すると、艶消剤、顔料等の粒子の形状に対応する形状がより表出し、平滑性が失われるため、マーカー消去性が低下する。このように、艶消剤、顔料等を用いた艶消効果により、室内灯の映り込みや光沢を抑制し、視認性を向上させることと、とりわけマーカー消去性と、には二律相反の関係がある。そのため、上記特許文献1及び2に記載されるホワイトボードシートでは、艶消効果による視認性とマーカー消去性のいずれについても十分ではなく、更なる改良が求められる。 When the above-mentioned matting agents, pigments, etc. are used for the articles used for the whiteboard sheet having the above-mentioned whiteboard writing layer in order to obtain excellent visibility due to the matting effect, these particles and a coating film are used. The marker easily soaks into the resin, and once it soaks in, the problem that the marker cannot be erased even if it is wiped off (marker erasability deteriorates) tends to occur. In addition, since a large amount of particles are required to suppress the reflection and gloss of light from interior lights and improve visibility by the matting effect using particles such as matting agents and pigments, ink is used. The problem of not being able to erase becomes more pronounced. Further, when a large amount of particles are used, the shape corresponding to the shape of the particles such as the matting agent and the pigment is more exposed, and the smoothness is lost, so that the marker erasability is lowered. In this way, the matting effect using a matting agent, pigment, etc. suppresses the reflection and gloss of the interior light to improve visibility, and in particular, the marker erasing property has a bilateral relationship. There is. Therefore, the whiteboard sheets described in Patent Documents 1 and 2 are not sufficient in both visibility and marker erasability due to the matting effect, and further improvement is required.
 本発明は、艶消効果の視認性及び質感に優れ、所望に応じた各種表面特性を有する艶消物品、及び艶消物品の製造方法を提供することを課題とするものである。 An object of the present invention is to provide a matte article having excellent visibility and texture of a matte effect and having various surface characteristics as desired, and a method for producing the matte article.
 上記課題を解決すべく、本発明は、シワ形成安定剤を所定量で含有することで、不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有する艶消層を採用することにより、艶消効果の視認性及び質感に優れ、また所望に応じた各種表面特性を有する艶消物品、多様化する要望に対応し得る、賦型に用いられる艶消物品が得られることを見出した。
 また、物品の製造方法について、(i)シワ形成安定剤を所定量で含有する樹脂組成物を特定の照射処理を行うことにより艶消層を形成することで、当該艶消層は不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有するものとなり、艶消効果の視認性及び質感に優れ、所望に応じた各種表面特性を有する艶消物品を容易に得られること、さらには、(ii)光重合開始剤を含まない樹脂組成物であっても、特定の照射処理を行うことにより表面シワ層を形成することで、当該表面シワ層はシワを有するものとなり、所望の表面特性を有し、また艶消効果の視認性をも有し得る艶消物品を容易に得られること、を見出した。
In order to solve the above problems, the present invention visually recognizes the matte effect by incorporating a wrinkle formation stabilizer in a predetermined amount and adopting a matte layer having an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles. It has been found that a matte article having excellent properties and texture and having various surface properties as desired, and a matte article used for shaping that can meet diversifying demands can be obtained.
Further, regarding the method for producing an article, (i) a matte layer is formed by subjecting a resin composition containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer in a predetermined amount to a specific irradiation treatment, so that the matte layer is irregular. It has a concavo-convex shape composed of wrinkles, is excellent in visibility and texture of the matte effect, and can easily obtain a matte article having various surface characteristics as desired. Further, (ii) photopolymerization. Even if the resin composition does not contain an initiator, by forming a surface wrinkle layer by performing a specific irradiation treatment, the surface wrinkle layer becomes wrinkled, has desired surface characteristics, and also has a desired surface property. It has been found that a matte article that can also have the visibility of a matte effect can be easily obtained.
 本発明によれば、艶消効果の視認性及び質感に優れ、また所望に応じた各種表面特性を有する艶消物品、多様化する要望に対応し得る賦型に用いられる艶消物品、また艶消物品の製造方法を提供することができる。 According to the present invention, a matte article having excellent visibility and texture of a matte effect and having various surface characteristics as desired, a matte article used for shaping that can meet diversifying demands, and a gloss. A method of manufacturing an erasable article can be provided.
本発明の艶消物品の一実施形態を示す平面視における模式図である。It is a schematic diagram in the plan view which shows one Embodiment of the matte article of this invention. 本発明の艶消物品の艶消層の一実施形態を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte layer of the matte article of this invention. 本発明の艶消物品の一実施形態を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte article of this invention. 本発明の艶消物品の一実施形態を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte article of this invention. 実施例1Aで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1A. 実施例2Aで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2A. 実施例3Aで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3A. 比較例1Aで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1A. 比較例2Aで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2A. 実施例1Bで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1B. 実施例2Bで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2B. 実施例3Bで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3B. 比較例1Bで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1B. 比較例2Bで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2B. 実施例1Cで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1C. 実施例2Cで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2C. 実施例3Cで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3C. 比較例1Cで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1C. 比較例2Cで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2C. 実施例1Dで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1D. 実施例2Dで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2D. 実施例3Dで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3D. 比較例1Dで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1D. 比較例2Dで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2D. 実施例1Eで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1E. 実施例2Eで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2E. 実施例3Eで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3E. 比較例1Eで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1E. 比較例2Eで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2E. 実施例1Fで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。It is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1F. 実施例2Fで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。It is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2F. 比較例1Fで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1F. 比較例2Fで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。It is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2F. 本発明の艶消物品Gの一実施形態を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte article G of this invention. 本発明の艶消物品Gの一実施形態を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte article G of this invention. 実施例1Gで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1G. 実施例2Gで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2G. 実施例3Gで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3G. 比較例1Gで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1G. 比較例2Gで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2G. 本発明の艶消物品Hの一実施形態を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte article H of this invention. 本発明の艶消物品Hの一実施形態を示す断面図である。It is sectional drawing which shows one Embodiment of the matte article H of this invention. 実施例1Hで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1H. 実施例2Hで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2H. 実施例3Hで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3H. 比較例1Hで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1H. 比較例2Hで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2H. 実施例1Iで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。8 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1I. 実施例2Iで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。2 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2I. 実施例3Iで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。3 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3I. 比較例1Iで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 1I. 比較例2Iで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。2 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2I. 実施例1Jで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 1J. 実施例2Jで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 2J. 実施例3Jで得られた艶消物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the matte article obtained in Example 3J. 比較例2Jで得られた物品の表面の光学顕微鏡画像である。6 is an optical microscope image of the surface of the article obtained in Comparative Example 2J.
 以下、本発明の実施形態(以下、「本実施形態」と称することがある。)について説明する。なお、本明細書中において、数値範囲の記載に関する「以上」、「以下」及び「~」に係る数値は任意に組み合わせできる数値であり、実施例の数値は数値範囲の上下限に用い得る数値である。 Hereinafter, an embodiment of the present invention (hereinafter, may be referred to as “the present embodiment”) will be described. In addition, in this specification, the numerical values relating to "greater than or equal to", "less than or equal to" and "..." relating to the description of the numerical range are numerical values that can be arbitrarily combined, and the numerical values of Examples are numerical values that can be used for the upper and lower limits of the numerical range. Is.
[艶消物品A]
 本実施形態の艶消物品は、艶消層を有する艶消物品であって、前記艶消層が、シワ形成安定剤を樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成され、前記艶消層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、前記艶消層の60°グロス値が5.0以下である、という艶消物品(以下、単に「艶消物品A」とも称する。)である。艶消物品Aは、このような構成を有することにより、表面特性、中でも耐擦傷性に優れ、かつ艶消効果の視認性及び質感にも優れるものとなる。
[Matte article A]
The matte article of the present embodiment is a matte article having a matte layer, and the matte layer is 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass of a wrinkle formation stabilizer with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is composed of a cured product of the resin composition contained below, has an uneven shape in which at least one surface of the matte layer is composed of irregular wrinkles, and the 60 ° gloss value of the matte layer is 5.0. The following is a matte article (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "matte article A"). By having such a structure, the matte article A is excellent in surface characteristics, particularly scratch resistance, and also excellent in visibility and texture of the matte effect.
〔艶消層〕
 艶消物品Aにおける艶消層は、シワ形成安定剤を樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物(以下、「艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物」と称することがある。)の硬化物により構成される層である。すなわち、本実施形態において艶消層は、当該艶消層を形成する樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下の含有量で、シワ形成安定剤を含む層である。
[Matte layer]
The matte layer in the matte article A is a resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less of a wrinkle formation stabilizer with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin (hereinafter, "resin for forming a matte layer". It is a layer composed of a cured product of (sometimes referred to as "composition"). That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer is a layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer at a content of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte layer. be.
(シワ形成安定剤)
 シワ形成安定剤は、艶消層の少なくとも一方の表面でシワの形成を安定させることで、艶消物品Aの全面にわたり均一に艶消効果の視認性が発現し、部分的な艶のムラが低減される、安定的な艶消効果の視認性(以下、単に「安定的な艶消効果の視認性」といった表現、これに準ずる表現を用いる場合がある。)とともに、艶消物品Aの全面にわたりシワが安定して形成することによる面状態の均一性(「質感」とも称する。)を付与する機能を有するものである。すなわち、従来技術におけるいわゆる「艶消剤」と本実施形態における「シワ形成安定剤」とは、例えその構成物質、平均粒子径が同じであった場合においても、両者の艶消の機構(作用)、艶消を発現させるための構造、及び使用量と、表面の艶(グロス値)の程度との関係において異なるものとなる。
 シワ形成安定剤が有する、上記の「シワの形成を安定させる」ことは、より具体的には、「シワ」の形状及びその幾何学的特性値(シワが有する凹凸形状における個々の突起部(凸部の長さ、幅及びこれらの比)、また例えば、Rz(最大高さ)、Rsm(曲線要素の平均長さ)、Ra(算術平均粗さ)、Ssk(スキューネス)、Sku(クルトシス)等の統計的指標、またこれらの諸特性値又は諸指標、さらにはこれらに起因する艶消表面層の表面の60°グロス値の面内分布(分散σ)等の各種の数値及び指標が、「シワ形成安定剤」を用いることにより、これを用いない場合に比べて収束することを意味する。
(Wrinkle formation stabilizer)
The wrinkle formation stabilizer stabilizes the formation of wrinkles on at least one surface of the matte layer, so that the visibility of the matte effect is uniformly exhibited over the entire surface of the matte article A, and partial gloss unevenness is generated. Along with the reduced visibility of the stable matting effect (hereinafter, the expression "stable matting effect visibility" or a similar expression may be used), the entire surface of the matte article A. It has a function of imparting uniformity of surface condition (also referred to as "texture") by stably forming wrinkles over a period of time. That is, the so-called "matting agent" in the prior art and the "wrinkle forming stabilizer" in the present embodiment have the same matting mechanism (action) even when their constituent substances and average particle diameters are the same. ), The structure for developing matte, and the relationship between the amount used and the degree of gloss (gloss value) on the surface are different.
More specifically, the above-mentioned "stabilizing the formation of wrinkles" possessed by the wrinkle formation stabilizer means the shape of the "wrinkles" and its geometric characteristic value (individual protrusions in the uneven shape of the wrinkles (). Convex length, width and ratio of these), and also, for example, Rz (maximum height), Rsm (average length of curved elements), Ra (arithmetic mean roughness), Sk (skunes), Sk (Kurtosis). Statistical indicators such as, these characteristic values or indicators, and various numerical values and indicators such as the in-plane distribution (dispersion σ) of the 60 ° gloss value of the surface of the matte surface layer due to these. By using the "wrinkle formation stabilizer", it means that it converges as compared with the case where it is not used.
 また一般に、艶消剤等の粒子を含む樹脂層表面が他の物体と接触し、擦られた場合、表面近傍の粒子が脱落する傾向がある。従って、もっぱら艶消剤の添加によって層表面の艶を低下させる仕様である場合、かかる粒子の脱落によって、他の物体との接触、摩擦時に艶変化を生じることになる。かかる機構による艶変化は、艶消剤の含有量の多い低艶仕様であるほど顕著となってくる。特に、60°グロス値G60が10以下の表面を艶消剤の添加により実現する場合は、樹脂100質量部に対して、(樹脂と艶消剤の種類との分散形態いかんにもよるが、)大体50質量部程度以上の添加が必要になり、他の物体との接触、摩擦時の艶消剤の脱落による艶変化は大きなものとなる。
 艶消物品Aにおける艶消層においては、後述の実施例及び比較例でも実証されるように、60°グロス値G60が5.0以下の表面を艶消剤添加により実現する場合でも、樹脂100質量部に対するシワ形成安定剤の含有量は10質量部程度以下、より具体的には6.0質量部以下ですむこととなる。例えば、本発明の実施例においては、シワ形成安定剤の総含有量が最大6質量部で60°グロス値G60が5.0以下、さらには2.0以下という低艶を実現している。なお、後述するが、本明細書において60°グロス値が5.0以下のものを「艶消」と扱うこととする。
 従って、艶消物品Aにおいては、後述の実施例及び比較例でも実証されるように、同じ低艶表面を実現する場合、特に60°グロス値G60が10以下、更には5.0以下を実現する場合において、従来の艶消物品に比べて、粒子含有量が大幅に低減されるため、他の物体との接触、摩擦時の艶消剤脱落に起因する艶の変化は少ないものとなる。
Further, in general, when the surface of the resin layer containing particles such as a matting agent comes into contact with another object and is rubbed, the particles in the vicinity of the surface tend to fall off. Therefore, in the case of a specification in which the gloss of the layer surface is lowered exclusively by adding a matting agent, the loss of such particles causes a gloss change at the time of contact with another object or friction. The gloss change due to such a mechanism becomes more remarkable as the content of the matting agent is higher in the low gloss specification. In particular, if the 60 ° gloss value G 60 is realized by the addition of 10 following surface matting agent with respect to 100 parts by weight of resin, depending on the dispersed form Ikan the (kind of resin and matting agent ,) It is necessary to add about 50 parts by mass or more, and the change in gloss due to contact with other objects and removal of the matting agent during friction becomes large.
In matting layers in matte article A, as demonstrated in Examples and Comparative Examples described later, the 60 ° gloss value G 60 is 5.0 or less of the surface even if realized by matting agent added, the resin The content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer with respect to 100 parts by mass is about 10 parts by mass or less, and more specifically, 6.0 parts by mass or less. For example, in the embodiment of the present invention, 60 ° gloss value G 60 is 5.0 or less in a total content of up to 6 parts by weight of the wrinkle formation stabilizers, further realizes a low gloss of 2.0 or less .. As will be described later, in the present specification, those having a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less are treated as “matte”.
Therefore, in flatting the article A, as demonstrated in Examples and Comparative Examples described below, to achieve the same low gloss surface, in particular 60 ° gloss value G 60 is 10 or less, more 5.0 or less In the case of realization, since the particle content is significantly reduced as compared with the conventional matte article, the change in gloss due to the contact with other objects and the removal of the matting agent at the time of friction is small. ..
 上記特許文献1等の従来技術において、艶消表現のために用いられてきた艶消剤は、物理的な形状及び固有の屈折率に起因する光拡散効果により、それ自体が艶消効果を発現するものである。具体的には、一般に艶消剤と称されるものは、一般に艶消剤粒子と周囲の樹脂及び空気との屈折率差を有し、その粒子の輪郭形状に対応した光線の反射及び屈折性界面による光拡散効果により艶消効果の視認性を発現するものである。一方、本実施形態の艶消物品において、シワ形成安定剤は、粒子それ自体による光線の反射及び屈折による光拡散が艶消効果の視認性を発現するのではなく、シワ形成安定剤に起因して艶消層の表面におけるシワの形成を安定させることで、かかる表面と空気との屈折率差界面での光拡散効果により艶消物品に安定的に艶消効果の視認性とともに質感を付与するというものである。よって、本実施形態で用いられるシワ形成安定剤は、それ自体が艶消効果の視認性を発現する艶消剤とは、(仮に、両者の構成物質、平均粒子径が同じであったとしても、)両者の艶消の機構(作用)、艶消を発現させるための構造等は異なるものである。
 さらに、「シワ形成安定剤」と「艶消剤」とは、含有量と表面の艶(グロス値)との関係においても異なる。同じ物質Aをシワ形成開始剤AW(W:シワ,wrincleの略称)として用い、これを特定量Cで含有させて表面にシワを形成させた場合の表面の60°グロス値G60° AW(C)は、同物質Aを単なる艶消剤AM(M:マット、matteの略称)として用い、これを当該特定量Cで含有させるも表面にシワが形成しない場合の表面の60°グロス値G60° AM(C)よりも明らかに低下する。すなわち、以下の関係式が成立する。
   G60° AW(C)<G60° AM(C)
In the prior art such as Patent Document 1, the matting agent used for matting expression itself exhibits a matting effect due to the light diffusing effect caused by the physical shape and the inherent refractive index. Is what you do. Specifically, what is generally called a matting agent generally has a difference in refractive index between the matting agent particles and the surrounding resin and air, and the reflection and refractive index of light rays corresponding to the contour shape of the particles. The visibility of the matte effect is exhibited by the light diffusion effect of the interface. On the other hand, in the matte article of the present embodiment, the wrinkle formation stabilizer is caused by the wrinkle formation stabilizer, in which the light diffusion due to the reflection and refraction of light rays by the particles themselves does not exhibit the visibility of the matte effect. By stabilizing the formation of wrinkles on the surface of the matte layer, the matte article is stably given a texture as well as the visibility of the matte effect by the light diffusion effect at the interface between the surface and the air with a refractive index difference. That is. Therefore, the wrinkle-forming stabilizer used in the present embodiment is different from the matting agent that itself exhibits the visibility of the matting effect (even if both constituent substances and the average particle size are the same). ,) The matting mechanism (action) of both, the structure for expressing matting, etc. are different.
Further, the "wrinkle formation stabilizer" and the "matte agent" are also different in the relationship between the content and the gloss (gloss value) of the surface. When the same substance A is used as a wrinkle formation initiator AW (W: wrinkle, an abbreviation for wrinkle) and is contained in a specific amount C to form wrinkles on the surface, the surface 60 ° gloss value G 60 ° AW ( In C), the same substance A is used as a mere matting agent AM (M: abbreviation for matte, matte), and the 60 ° gloss value G of the surface when wrinkles are not formed on the surface even if this is contained in the specific amount C. It is clearly lower than 60 ° AM (C). That is, the following relational expression holds.
G 60 ° AW (C) <G 60 ° AM (C)
 艶消層は、従来艶消剤として用いられてきた剤を含んでもよいが、艶消剤を用いても得られない程度に極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感が安定的に得られるという発明の効果の特徴を考慮すると、艶消剤を含まないことが好ましい。このように、艶消物品Aは、従来艶消効果の視認性を得るために用いていた艶消剤を実質的に含まなくても、極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を有するものであるといえる。そのため、艶消剤を含める(添加する)場合においては、艶消層表面のシワによる艶消効果を補強する程度でたりる。ここで、「艶消剤を含まない」とは、艶消剤を全く含まないことに加えて、含んでいても艶消剤自体の作用効果に基づく艶消効果の視認性を有することがない、具体的には艶消剤の含有量が樹脂100質量部に対して15.0質量部未満、好ましくは10.0質量部以下、より好ましくは3.0質量部以下であることを意味する。
 なお、本願明細書において「艶消剤」は、既述のように粒子の輪郭形状に対応した光線の反射及び屈折性界面による光拡散効果により艶消効果の視認性を発現する観点から、具体的には当該艶消剤が含まれ得る層、すなわち艶消層の厚さの100%超及び30μm超のいずれか小さい方を下限とする平均粒子径を有する粒子を意味する。
The matte layer may contain an agent that has been conventionally used as a matting agent, but the visibility and texture of an extremely excellent matting effect that cannot be obtained even if a matting agent is used can be stably obtained. Considering the characteristic of the effect of the invention, it is preferable not to contain a matting agent. As described above, the matte article A has extremely excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect even if it does not substantially contain the matting agent conventionally used for obtaining the visibility of the matte effect. You can say that. Therefore, when a matting agent is included (added), the matting effect due to wrinkles on the surface of the matte layer is only reinforced. Here, "does not contain a matting agent" means that, in addition to not containing a matting agent at all, even if it is contained, it does not have the visibility of a matting effect based on the action effect of the matting agent itself. Specifically, it means that the content of the matting agent is less than 15.0 parts by mass, preferably 10.0 parts by mass or less, and more preferably 3.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. ..
In the specification of the present application, the term "matting agent" is specifically used from the viewpoint of exhibiting the visibility of the matting effect by the light diffusing effect due to the reflection of light rays corresponding to the contour shape of the particles and the refractive interface as described above. Specifically, it means a layer in which the matting agent can be contained, that is, particles having an average particle diameter whose lower limit is the smaller of more than 100% and more than 30 μm of the thickness of the matte layer.
 シワ形成安定剤は、既述のように艶消剤ではない、平均粒子径が艶消層の厚さの100%以下及び30μm以下のいずれか小さい方を上限とするものである、例えば有機粒子、無機粒子等の各種の粒子を採用することができる。本実施形態において、シワ形成安定剤を用いない場合、シワの形成が不安定となり、全体としてみればシワの形成による優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感は安定的に得られない。 The wrinkle formation stabilizer is not a matting agent as described above, and has an average particle diameter of 100% or less or 30 μm or less of the thickness of the matte layer, whichever is smaller, whichever is the upper limit, for example, organic particles. , Various particles such as inorganic particles can be adopted. In the present embodiment, when the wrinkle formation stabilizer is not used, the formation of wrinkles becomes unstable, and the visibility and texture of the excellent matting effect due to the formation of wrinkles cannot be stably obtained as a whole.
 艶消物品Aで用いられるシワ形成安定剤としては、艶消剤ではない、平均粒子径が艶消層の厚さの100%以下の粒子であれば特に制限なく用いることが可能であり、中でも平均粒子径が1μm以上、かつ前記艶消層の厚さの100%以下及び30μm以下のいずれか小さい方を上限とするシワ形成安定剤1、平均粒子径が1μm未満であるシワ形成安定剤2を用いることが好ましい。本実施形態においては、シワ形成安定剤として、一種又は複数種のシワ形成安定剤1を用いてもよいし、一種又は複数種のシワ形成安定剤2を用いてもよいし、一種又は複数種のシワ形成安定剤1と一種又は複数種のシワ形成安定剤2とを組み合わせて用いてもよい。本実施形態においては、シワの形成を安定させて、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる観点から、シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の二種のシワ形成安定剤を用いることが好ましい。 The wrinkle-forming stabilizer used in the matte article A can be used without particular limitation as long as it is not a matting agent and has an average particle size of 100% or less of the thickness of the matte layer. Wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 having an average particle size of 1 μm or more and 100% or less or 30 μm or less of the thickness of the matte layer, whichever is smaller, and wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 having an average particle size of less than 1 μm. Is preferably used. In the present embodiment, one or more kinds of wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 may be used, one or more kinds of wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 may be used, or one or more kinds of wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 may be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer. Wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and one or more kinds of wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 may be used in combination. In the present embodiment, from the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles and stably improving the visibility and texture of the matting effect, two types of wrinkle formation stabilizers, wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, are used. Is preferably used.
 シワ形成安定剤としては、例えば有機粒子、無機粒子を用いることができる。
 有機粒子を構成する有機物としては、ポリメチルメタクリレート、アクリル-スチレン共重合体樹脂、メラミン樹脂、ポリカーボネート、ポリスチレン、ポリ塩化ビニル樹脂、ベンゾグアナミン-メラミン-ホルムアルデヒド縮合物、シリコーン、フッ素系樹脂及びポリエステル系樹脂等が挙げられる。
 無機粒子を構成する無機物としては、シリカ、アルミナ、炭酸カルシウム、アルミノシリケート及び硫酸バリウム等が挙げられ、これらの中でも透明性に優れるシリカが好ましい。
As the wrinkle formation stabilizer, for example, organic particles and inorganic particles can be used.
The organic substances constituting the organic particles include polymethylmethacrylate, acrylic-styrene copolymer resin, melamine resin, polycarbonate, polystyrene, polyvinyl chloride resin, benzoguanamine-melamine-formaldehyde condensate, silicone, fluororesin and polyester resin. And so on.
Examples of the inorganic substance constituting the inorganic particles include silica, alumina, calcium carbonate, aluminosilicate, barium sulfate and the like, and among these, silica having excellent transparency is preferable.
 シワ形成安定剤の形状としては、特に制限はないが、例えば球形、多面体、鱗片状、不定形等が挙げられる。 The shape of the wrinkle formation stabilizer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a spherical shape, a polyhedron, a scaly shape, and an amorphous shape.
 シワ形成安定剤の平均粒子径は、シワの形成を安定させて、艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる観点から、上限としては、艶消層の厚さに対しては、好ましくは艶消層の厚さの90%以下、より好ましくは艶消層の厚さの80%以下、更に好ましくは艶消層の厚さの70%以下であり、絶対値については、好ましくは20μm以下、より好ましくは10μm以下、更に好ましくは8μm以下、より更に好ましくは7μm以下であり、艶消層の厚さに対する上限と絶対値の上限とを任意に組み合わせた場合のいずれか小さい方とすればよい。例えば、艶消層の厚さの90%以下及び20μm以下のいずれか小さい方を上限としてもよいし、艶消層の厚さの90%以下及び10μm以下のいずれか小さい方を上限とすることもできる。なお、艶消層の厚さについては後述する。また下限として好ましくは1nm以上、より好ましくは3nm以上、更に好ましくは5nm以上である。 The average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer is preferably glossy with respect to the thickness of the matte layer as an upper limit from the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles and improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect. 90% or less of the thickness of the matte layer, more preferably 80% or less of the thickness of the matte layer, further preferably 70% or less of the thickness of the matte layer, and the absolute value is preferably 20 μm or less. It is more preferably 10 μm or less, further preferably 8 μm or less, still more preferably 7 μm or less, and it may be the smaller of the case where the upper limit of the thickness of the matte layer and the upper limit of the absolute value are arbitrarily combined. .. For example, the upper limit may be 90% or less of the thickness of the matte layer or 20 μm or less, whichever is smaller, or 90% or less of the thickness of the matte layer or 10 μm or less, whichever is smaller. You can also. The thickness of the matte layer will be described later. The lower limit is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 3 nm or more, and further preferably 5 nm or more.
 既述のようにシワ形成安定剤1及び2に分けて用いる場合、シワ形成安定剤1の平均粒子径は、シワの形成を安定させて、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる観点から、好ましくは1.3μm以上、より好ましくは1.5μm以上、更に好ましくは1.8μm以上であり、上限としては既述のとおりである。
 また、これと同様の観点から、シワ形成安定剤2の平均粒子径は、好ましくは1nm以上、より好ましくは3nm以上、更に好ましくは5nm以上であり、上限として好ましくは900nm以下、より好ましくは700nm以下、更に好ましくは500nm以下である。
 本明細書において、シワ形成安定剤の平均粒子径は、レーザ光回折法による粒度分布測定における質量平均値d50として測定したものである。
When used separately for the wrinkle formation stabilizers 1 and 2 as described above, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 stabilizes the formation of wrinkles and stably improves the visibility and texture of the matting effect. From the viewpoint of making the mixture, it is preferably 1.3 μm or more, more preferably 1.5 μm or more, still more preferably 1.8 μm or more, and the upper limit is as described above.
From the same viewpoint as this, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 is preferably 1 nm or more, more preferably 3 nm or more, further preferably 5 nm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 900 nm or less, more preferably 700 nm. Below, it is more preferably 500 nm or less.
In the present specification, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer is measured as the mass average value d50 in the particle size distribution measurement by the laser light diffraction method.
 シワ形成安定剤の含有量、シワ形成安定剤としてシワ形成安定剤1と2とを併用する場合はこれらの合計の含有量は、艶消層を形成する樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下である。0.5質量部未満であると、シワ形成安定剤の使用効果を得ることができずシワの形成が安定しないため、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感が得られない。他方、6.0質量部を超えると、シワ形成安定の効果が飽和してくるとともに、背景技術とその課題にて述べたような、耐擦傷性、耐汚染性、易除染性(消去性)等の表面特性の低下の影響が増大する傾向がある。さらに、6.0質量部を超えた場合、シワ形成安定剤及び樹脂の種類、艶消層(又は表面シワ層)の形成条件いかんによっては、シワの形成が安定しにくくなり、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感が得られにくくなり、また表面特性が低下する場合もあり得るからである。 The content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, and when the wrinkle formation stabilizers 1 and 2 are used in combination as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the total content of these is 0.5 with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte layer. It is not less than a part by mass and not more than 6.0 parts by mass. If it is less than 0.5 parts by mass, the effect of using the wrinkle formation stabilizer cannot be obtained and the formation of wrinkles is not stable, so that the visibility and texture of the matte effect cannot be stably obtained. On the other hand, if it exceeds 6.0 parts by mass, the effect of stabilizing wrinkle formation becomes saturated, and as described in the background technology and its problems, scratch resistance, stain resistance, and easy decontamination (erasability). ), Etc. tend to increase the effect of deterioration of surface characteristics. Furthermore, if it exceeds 6.0 parts by mass, the formation of wrinkles becomes difficult to stabilize depending on the type of wrinkle formation stabilizer and resin, and the formation conditions of the matte layer (or surface wrinkle layer), and the gloss becomes stable. This is because it becomes difficult to obtain the visibility and texture of the erasing effect, and the surface characteristics may be deteriorated.
 シワ形成安定剤によるシワの形成を安定させて、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる観点から、シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の合計の含有量は、艶消層を形成する樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.75質量部以上、より好ましくは1.0質量部以上、更に好ましくは1.2質量部以上であり、上限としては安定的な艶消効果の視認性の向上の観点から、6.0質量部以下であれば特に制限はない。 From the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles by the wrinkle formation stabilizer and stably improving the visibility and texture of the matting effect, the total content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 is matte. With respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the layer, it is preferably 0.75 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1.0 part by mass or more, still more preferably 1.2 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is a stable luster. From the viewpoint of improving the visibility of the erasing effect, there is no particular limitation as long as it is 6.0 parts by mass or less.
 また、シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の各々の含有量としては、合計の含有量が上記範囲内であれば特に制限はないが、シワ形成安定剤2の含有量は樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1質量部以上、より好ましくは0.5質量部以上、更に好ましくは1.0質量部以上であり、上限として6.0質量部以下であり、好ましくは5.0質量部以下、より好ましくは3.5質量部以下、更に好ましくは3.0質量部以下である。また、シワ形成安定剤1とシワ形成安定剤2との配合割合(シワ形成安定剤1/シワ形成安定剤2)としては、好ましくは0.05~0.95、より好ましくは0.10~0.90、更に好ましくは0.20~0.80、より更に好ましくは0.30~0.70である。 The content of each of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 is not particularly limited as long as the total content is within the above range, but the content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 is 100 mass by mass of the resin. It is preferably 0.1 part by mass or more, more preferably 0.5 part by mass or more, still more preferably 1.0 part by mass or more, and the upper limit is 6.0 parts by mass or less, preferably 5 parts. It is 0.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3.5 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 3.0 parts by mass or less. The blending ratio of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 (wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 / wrinkle formation stabilizer 2) is preferably 0.05 to 0.95, more preferably 0.10 to. It is 0.90, more preferably 0.20 to 0.80, and even more preferably 0.30 to 0.70.
 シワ形成安定剤としては、既述のように有機粒子、無機粒子を用い得るが、これらの粒子の種類自体は、従来艶消剤としても用いられるものを含むものともいえ、例えば上記の特許文献1に記載の化粧シートのマット層には、球形状アルミナ、炭酸カルシウムといった艶消剤が用いられている。球形状アルミナ、炭酸カルシウムといった艶消剤が、物理的な形状に起因する光拡散効果により、それ自体が艶消効果の視認性を発現するためには、特許文献1に記載されるように、樹脂分100重量部あたりに球形状アルミナ10重量部及び炭酸カルシウム40重量部の合計50重量部程度の含有量で使用する必要がある。しかし、艶消物品Aにおいては、既述のように少量の含有量としても、すなわち物理的な形状に起因する光拡散効果により、それ自体が艶消効果の視認性及び質感を発現するために必要な含有量より少ない含有量としても、艶消剤により得られる効果に比べて極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感が得られている。よって、艶消物品Aは、実質的に艶消剤を含まないにも関わらず、表面にシワが安定して形成することにより、艶消剤を用いた場合に比べてより優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感が安定的に得られている、といえる。 As the wrinkle formation stabilizer, organic particles and inorganic particles can be used as described above, but the types of these particles themselves can be said to include those conventionally used as a matting agent. For example, the above-mentioned patent documents. A matting agent such as spherical alumina or calcium carbonate is used for the matte layer of the decorative sheet according to 1. As described in Patent Document 1, in order for a matting agent such as spherical alumina or calcium carbonate to exhibit the visibility of the matting effect by itself due to the light diffusion effect caused by the physical shape, as described in Patent Document 1. It is necessary to use it in a total content of about 50 parts by weight of 10 parts by weight of spherical alumina and 40 parts by weight of calcium carbonate per 100 parts by weight of the resin content. However, in the matte article A, as described above, even if the content is small, that is, due to the light diffusion effect due to the physical shape, the matte article itself exhibits the visibility and texture of the matte effect. Even if the content is less than the required content, the visibility and texture of the matting effect are extremely excellent as compared with the effect obtained by the matting agent. Therefore, although the matte article A does not substantially contain a matte agent, wrinkles are stably formed on the surface thereof, so that the matte article A has a more excellent matte effect than the case where the matte agent is used. It can be said that the visibility and texture of the product are stably obtained.
(艶消層の表面形状)
 艶消層は、上記の特定のシワ形成安定剤を特定の含有量で含む艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成される層であり、既述のように艶消層の表面においてシワの形成が安定することで、シワの形状に起因する光拡散効果により安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を発現する層である。図1は本実施形態の艶消物品Aの一実施形態を示す平面視における模式図であり、実施例で得られた艶消物品Aの表面の画像を模式化したものである。図1には、本実施形態の艶消物品Aは、その表面、すなわち艶消層の表面にシワが形成されていることが示されている。
(Surface shape of matte layer)
The matte layer is a layer composed of a cured product of a resin composition for forming a matte layer containing the above-mentioned specific wrinkle formation stabilizer in a specific content, and is a layer formed by a cured product of the resin composition for forming the matte layer. In this layer, the formation of wrinkles is stable, and the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably exhibited by the light diffusion effect caused by the shape of the wrinkles. FIG. 1 is a schematic view in a plan view showing an embodiment of the matte article A of the present embodiment, and is a schematic image of the surface of the matte article A obtained in the embodiment. FIG. 1 shows that the matte article A of the present embodiment has wrinkles formed on its surface, that is, on the surface of the matte layer.
 艶消物品Aは、艶消層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有する。このようなシワにより構成される凹凸形状は、シワ形成安定剤により形成が安定し、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を発現することとなる。また、不規則なシワは、複数の突起部により形成する複数の凸部と、複数の突起部により囲まれて形成する凹部と、により構成されていることが好ましく、当該突起部は線条の突起部を有していることが好ましい。本明細書において、「線条の突起部」(以下、「線条突起部」とも称する。)とは、当該突起部の長さと幅との比(長さ/幅)が3以上、好ましくは5以上、より好ましくは10以上であることを意味し、当該長さ及び幅の決定方法は後述の通りである。
 本実施形態において、より好ましい不規則なシワは、複数の線条突起部により形成する複数の凸部と、当該複数の線条突起部により囲まれて形成する凹部により構成されるもの、である。
The matte article A has an uneven shape in which at least one surface of the matte layer is composed of irregular wrinkles. The uneven shape formed by such wrinkles is stably formed by the wrinkle forming stabilizer, and the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably exhibited. Further, the irregular wrinkle is preferably composed of a plurality of convex portions formed by a plurality of protrusions and a concave portion formed by being surrounded by the plurality of protrusions, and the protrusions are linear. It is preferable to have a protrusion. In the present specification, the “streak protrusion” (hereinafter, also referred to as “streak protrusion”) means that the ratio (length / width) of the length to the width of the protrusion is 3 or more, preferably. It means that it is 5 or more, more preferably 10 or more, and the method for determining the length and width is as described later.
In the present embodiment, a more preferable irregular wrinkle is one composed of a plurality of convex portions formed by a plurality of linear protrusions and a concave portion formed by being surrounded by the plurality of linear protrusions. ..
 これらのシワに関する態様としては、例えば図1に示される態様が挙げられる。図1には、艶消物品Aの表面、すなわち艶消層の表面に、平面視において不規則なシワを有していること、また不規則なシワが、湾曲した複数の線条突起部により形成する複数の凸部3と、複数の突起部(複数の凸部3)により囲まれて形成する凹部2とを含むことにより構成されていること、また湾曲した複数の凸部3の少なくとも一部が、平面視(図1~3においてはz方向からの観察)において、各々蛇行する線条突起部により形成され、当該蛇行する線条突起部に囲まれるようにして、蛇行する凹部2が形成していることも示されている。本実施形態の艶消物品Aは、図1に示されるシワの形成の安定により安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を発現している。 Examples of the mode relating to these wrinkles include the mode shown in FIG. In FIG. 1, the surface of the matte article A, that is, the surface of the matte layer, has irregular wrinkles in a plan view, and the irregular wrinkles are formed by a plurality of curved streaks. It is configured by including a plurality of convex portions 3 to be formed and a concave portion 2 formed by being surrounded by a plurality of protrusions (plurality of convex portions 3), and at least one of the plurality of curved convex portions 3. In a plan view (observation from the z direction in FIGS. 1 to 3), each portion is formed by meandering linear protrusions, and the meandering recess 2 is surrounded by the meandering linear protrusions. It is also shown to be forming. The matte article A of the present embodiment stably exhibits the visibility and texture of the matte effect due to the stable formation of wrinkles shown in FIG.
 ここで「湾曲」とは、平面視において、連続する線条の凸部3の延在方向が一方側から他方側に反転している部分を1箇所以上有することを意味する。延在方向が一方側から他方側に反転している部分の例としては、例えば線条の凸部3の平面視形状の幅を無視したとき(幅を0とみなしたとき)に連続曲線で近似される場合に、変曲点を有する形態等が挙げられる。また、線条の凸部3の平面視形状の幅を無視したときに直線で近似される場合に、V字型の折線又は3角形の1頂点を挟む2辺で近似される部分を有する形態等が挙げられる。
 また「蛇行」とは、平面視において、連続する線条の凸部3の延在方向が一方側から他方側に反転している部分(以下、「反転部分」とも称する。)を、少なくとも2箇所以上有し、線条の凸部3をその延在方向に進んだときに、互いに隣接する当該2箇所において交互に線条の凸部3の延在方向が逆向きに反転部分する部分を有することを意味する。例えば、線条の凸部3の平面視形状の幅を無視したときに連続曲線で近似される場合に、ローマ字「S」で近似される部分を有する形態等が挙げられる。また、線条の凸部3の平面視形状の幅を無視したときに直線で近似される場合に、ローマ字「W」で近似される部分を有する形態等が挙げられる。
Here, "curvature" means having one or more portions in which the extending direction of the convex portion 3 of the continuous line is reversed from one side to the other side in a plan view. As an example of the part where the extending direction is reversed from one side to the other side, for example, when the width of the plan view shape of the convex portion 3 of the line is ignored (when the width is regarded as 0), a continuous curve is used. When approximated, a form having an inflection point and the like can be mentioned. Further, when the width of the convex portion 3 of the line is approximated by a straight line when the width of the plan view shape is ignored, a form having a V-shaped polygonal line or a portion approximated by two sides sandwiching one apex of a triangle. And so on.
Further, "meandering" refers to a portion in which the extending direction of the convex portion 3 of the continuous streak is reversed from one side to the other side (hereinafter, also referred to as "reversed portion") in a plan view of at least 2. When the convex portion 3 of the streak is advanced in the extending direction, the portion where the extending direction of the convex portion 3 of the streak is alternately reversed at the two adjacent portions is provided. Meanders to have. For example, when the width of the convex portion 3 of the line is approximated by a continuous curve when the width of the plan view shape is ignored, a form having a portion approximated by the Roman character "S" can be mentioned. Further, when the width of the convex portion 3 of the line is approximated by a straight line when the width of the plan view shape is ignored, a form having a portion approximated by the Roman character "W" can be mentioned.
 本明細書において、不規則とは、一定の法則を有する形状、また一定の法則をもって配列される、いわゆるパターン化している、とはいえないことを意味する。不規則ではない形状(規則的な形状)の典型的な例としては、例えば円柱形状の単位レンズをその長手方向と直行する方向に複数個が互いに隣接して配列した、いわゆる「レンティキュラーレンズ(lenticular lens)」のように、特定の方向に一定の周期性をもって配列した形状等が挙げられる。よって、本実施形態における不規則なシワは、一つの突起部の形状自体が周期性等の一定の法則をもって形成される形状ではなく不規則であること、また複数の突起部により形成する複数の凸部の形状が一定の法則をもって形成及び配列されるものではなく不規則であること、またこのような複数の突起部により囲まれた凹部の形状も不規則であること、を包含するものである。
 艶消物品Aにおいて、一つの突起部(一つの凸部)の形状自体、複数の突起部(複数の凸部)の各々の形状及びその配列、複数の突起部により囲まれた凹部の形状のいずれかが不規則であれば、不規則なシワを有することによる艶消効果の視認性及び質感は得られるが、いずれもが不規則であることが好ましい。艶消物品Aは、不規則なシワを有することにより、その艶消効果の視認性及び質感は向上し、極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を安定的に発現するものとなる。
In the present specification, irregular means that it cannot be said that a shape has a certain rule and is arranged with a certain rule, that is, a so-called pattern. A typical example of a non-irregular shape (regular shape) is a so-called "lenticular lens" in which a plurality of cylindrical unit lenses are arranged adjacent to each other in a direction orthogonal to the longitudinal direction thereof. Examples thereof include shapes arranged with a certain periodicity in a specific direction, such as “lenticular lens)”. Therefore, the irregular wrinkles in the present embodiment are that the shape of one protrusion itself is not a shape formed by a certain rule such as periodicity, but is irregular, and a plurality of protrusions are formed. It includes that the shape of the convex portion is not formed and arranged according to a certain rule but is irregular, and that the shape of the concave portion surrounded by such a plurality of protrusions is also irregular. be.
In the matte article A, the shape of one protrusion (one convex portion) itself, the shape of each of the plurality of protrusions (plurality of convex portions) and their arrangement, and the shape of the concave portion surrounded by the plurality of protrusions. If any of them is irregular, the visibility and texture of the matte effect due to having irregular wrinkles can be obtained, but it is preferable that all of them are irregular. Since the matte article A has irregular wrinkles, the visibility and texture of the matte effect are improved, and the extremely excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably exhibited.
 既述のように、艶消層はその少なくとも一方の表面にシワ、すなわち凹凸形状を有する。凹凸形状における凸部と凹部は、例えば艶消物品Aの表面の画像の明度差を利用して、濃度分布画像で最も濃い部分を階調255とし、濃度分布画像で最も薄い部分を階調0として、階調0~255について、階調0~127を凹部、階調128~255を凸部と、二値化処理して区分すればよい。 As described above, the matte layer has wrinkles, that is, uneven shapes on at least one surface thereof. For the convex and concave portions in the concave-convex shape, for example, by utilizing the difference in brightness of the image on the surface of the matte article A, the darkest part in the density distribution image is set to gradation 255, and the lightest part in the density distribution image is gradation 0. As for the gradations 0 to 255, the gradations 0 to 127 may be binarized and the gradations 128 to 255 may be binarized.
 艶消物品Aの表面は、少なくともその一部に不規則なシワが形成されていることが好ましく、全面にわたって不規則なシワが形成されていることがより好ましい。シワが形成する箇所は、艶消物品Aの表面であれば特に制限はなく、例えば後述する絵柄に応じた箇所(当該絵柄上)だけに限らず、当該表面の少なくとも一部であれば、シワの形成による艶消効果の視認性及び質感は発現する。例えば、後述する絵柄層を有し、かつ一部に不規則なシワが形成する場合、シワは絵柄層の絵柄に応じた箇所(例えば絵柄上)に形成すると、当該絵柄が周囲に比べてより艶消された箇所として視認されるため、意匠性の向上を図ることができる。
 また図1にも示されるように、不規則ながらもある程度の均質性をもった複数の突起部により形成される複数の凸部と、当該凸部により囲まれた凹部と、を有していることが好ましい。よって、1の凸部(突起部)において、その幅が極端に変化する形状、その高さが極端に変化する形状は、艶消効果の視認性及び質感を得るにあたり好ましい態様とはいえない。不規則なシワを形成する凸部(突起部)、凹部の形状について、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる上で優位となり得る具体的な態様について、以下説明する。
The surface of the matte article A preferably has irregular wrinkles formed at least in a part thereof, and more preferably irregular wrinkles are formed over the entire surface. The portion where the wrinkle is formed is not particularly limited as long as it is the surface of the matte article A. The visibility and texture of the matte effect due to the formation of the wrinkles are exhibited. For example, when a pattern layer described later is provided and irregular wrinkles are formed in a part of the wrinkles, if the wrinkles are formed at a location corresponding to the pattern of the pattern layer (for example, on the pattern), the pattern becomes more visible than the surroundings. Since it is visually recognized as a matte part, it is possible to improve the design.
Further, as shown in FIG. 1, it has a plurality of convex portions formed by a plurality of protrusions having a certain degree of homogeneity although irregular, and a concave portion surrounded by the convex portions. Is preferable. Therefore, it cannot be said that the shape in which the width of the convex portion (protrusion portion) of 1 is extremely changed and the shape in which the height thereof is extremely changed is not a preferable mode for obtaining the visibility and texture of the matte effect. The shapes of the convex portions (protrusions) and the concave portions that form irregular wrinkles will be described below with reference to specific aspects that can be advantageous in stably improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect.
 艶消層の少なくとも一方の表面に形成するシワの形状について、その凸部の高さ(突起部の高さ)は、好ましくは0.5μm以上、より好ましくは1μm以上、更に好ましくは2μm以上であり、上限としては10μm以下程度である。また、凸部の幅は、好ましくは0.1μm以上、より好ましくは0.3μm以上、更に好ましくは0.5μm以上であり、上限として好ましくは10μm以下、より好ましくは4μm以下、更に好ましくは3μm以下である。凸部の高さ及び幅が上記範囲内であると、凹部との関係で、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感が向上する。
 ここで、凸部の上記寸法は、本実施形態の艶消物品の任意の10箇所(100μm四方の領域×10箇所)における任意の10の凸部(突起部)、すなわち合計100の凸部の平均値である。また、図1に示されるように、1の凸部(突起部)においてその幅は同じではなく広狭があるため、1の凸部(突起部)の幅は、当該1の凸部(突起部)における任意の5箇所の幅の平均値とする。凸部(突起部)の高さについても同様とする。
Regarding the shape of the wrinkles formed on at least one surface of the matte layer, the height of the convex portion (height of the protrusion) is preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more, still more preferably 2 μm or more. Yes, the upper limit is about 10 μm or less. The width of the convex portion is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.3 μm or more, still more preferably 0.5 μm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 4 μm or less, still more preferably 3 μm. It is as follows. When the height and width of the convex portion are within the above ranges, the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably improved in relation to the concave portion.
Here, the above-mentioned dimensions of the convex portion are the arbitrary 10 convex portions (projections) in any 10 locations (100 μm square area × 10 locations) of the matte article of the present embodiment, that is, a total of 100 convex portions. It is an average value. Further, as shown in FIG. 1, since the width of the convex portion (projection portion) of 1 is not the same and is wide and narrow, the width of the convex portion (projection portion) of 1 is the convex portion (projection portion) of 1. ) Is the average value of the widths of any five places. The same applies to the height of the convex portion (protruding portion).
 凹部の深さは、好ましくは0.5μm以上、より好ましくは1μm以上、更に好ましくは2μm以上であり、上限としては10μm以下程度である。また、凹部の幅は、好ましくは0.1μm以上、より好ましくは0.2μm以上、更に好ましくは0.3μm以上であり、上限として好ましくは10μm以下、より好ましくは3μm以下、更に好ましくは2μm以下である。凹部の深さ及び幅が上記範囲内であると、凸部との関係で、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感が向上する。
 ここで、凹部の寸法は、上記の凸部の寸法と同様に決定する。
The depth of the recess is preferably 0.5 μm or more, more preferably 1 μm or more, still more preferably 2 μm or more, and the upper limit is about 10 μm or less. The width of the recess is preferably 0.1 μm or more, more preferably 0.2 μm or more, still more preferably 0.3 μm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 10 μm or less, more preferably 3 μm or less, still more preferably 2 μm or less. Is. When the depth and width of the concave portion are within the above ranges, the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably improved in relation to the convex portion.
Here, the dimensions of the concave portion are determined in the same manner as the dimensions of the convex portion described above.
 凸部の頂から凹部の底までの距離(凸部と凹部との高低差)は、好ましくは1μm以上、より好ましくは2μm以上、更に好ましくは4μm以上であり、上限として好ましくは20μm以下、より好ましくは8μm以下、更に好ましくは7μm以下である。当該距離が上記範囲内であると、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感が向上する。
 ここで、凹部の寸法は、上記の凸部の寸法と同様に決定する。
The distance from the top of the convex portion to the bottom of the concave portion (height difference between the convex portion and the concave portion) is preferably 1 μm or more, more preferably 2 μm or more, further preferably 4 μm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 20 μm or less. It is preferably 8 μm or less, more preferably 7 μm or less. When the distance is within the above range, the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably improved.
Here, the dimensions of the concave portion are determined in the same manner as the dimensions of the convex portion described above.
 凸部の占有割合は、好ましくは15%以上、より好ましくは20%以上、更に好ましくは30%以上であり、上限として好ましくは80%以下、より好ましくは70%以下、更に好ましくは60%以下である。凸部の占有割合が上記範囲内であると、当該凸部に囲まれる凹部の占有割合との関係で、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感が向上する。
 ここで、凸部の占有割合は、艶消物品Aの任意の10箇所(100μm四方の領域×10箇所)における凸部の占有割合の平均値である。
The occupancy ratio of the convex portion is preferably 15% or more, more preferably 20% or more, further preferably 30% or more, and the upper limit is preferably 80% or less, more preferably 70% or less, still more preferably 60% or less. Is. When the occupancy ratio of the convex portion is within the above range, the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably improved in relation to the occupancy ratio of the concave portion surrounded by the convex portion.
Here, the occupancy ratio of the convex portion is an average value of the occupancy ratio of the convex portion at any 10 locations (100 μm square region × 10 locations) of the matte article A.
 凸部及び凹部は、略同一方向及び略同一幅の箇所を有していてもよいが、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感の向上の観点から、その長さは短いことが好ましい。具体的には、略同一方向及び略同一幅の凸部及び凹部が連続する長さは、好ましくは95μm以下、より好ましくは80μm以下、更に好ましくは70μm以下であり、下限として好ましくは5μm以上、より好ましくは10μm以上、更に好ましくは15μm以上である。当該長さが上記範囲内であると、シワがより不規則となるため、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感が向上する。
 ここで、艶消物品Aの任意の10箇所(100μm四方の領域×10箇所)における任意の10の凸部及び凹部(すなわち合計100の凸部及び凹部)について、その80%以上が上記の条件を満たすものであることが好ましく、より好ましくは85%以上、更に好ましくは90%以上、より更に好ましくは95%以上である。また、本明細書における「略同一」の「略」は、概ね同じであることを意味し、枝分かれすることなく、方向の場合は±3°以内の違いを意味し、幅の場合は±5%以内の違いを意味する。
The convex portion and the concave portion may have portions having substantially the same direction and substantially the same width, but the length thereof is preferably short from the viewpoint of stably improving the visibility of the matting effect and improving the texture. Specifically, the continuous length of the convex portions and concave portions in substantially the same direction and substantially the same width is preferably 95 μm or less, more preferably 80 μm or less, further preferably 70 μm or less, and the lower limit is preferably 5 μm or more. It is more preferably 10 μm or more, still more preferably 15 μm or more. When the length is within the above range, wrinkles become more irregular, so that the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably improved.
Here, 80% or more of any 10 convex portions and concave portions (that is, a total of 100 convex portions and concave portions) in any 10 locations (100 μm square area × 10 locations) of the matte article A are under the above conditions. It is preferable that it satisfies the above conditions, more preferably 85% or more, further preferably 90% or more, still more preferably 95% or more. In addition, "abbreviation" of "substantially the same" in the present specification means that they are almost the same, meaning a difference within ± 3 ° in the case of direction without branching, and ± 5 in the case of width. Means a difference within%.
 また、100μm四方の領域における凸部(突起部)の数は、好ましくは10以上、より好ましくは20以上、更に好ましくは30以上であり、上限として好ましくは200以下、より好ましくは100以下、更に好ましくは70以下である。当該凸部の数が上記範囲内であると、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感が向上する。
 当該凸部の数は、艶消物品Aの10箇所(100μm四方の領域×10箇所)における凸部の数の平均値である。
The number of protrusions (protrusions) in a 100 μm square region is preferably 10 or more, more preferably 20 or more, still more preferably 30 or more, and the upper limit is preferably 200 or less, more preferably 100 or less, and further. It is preferably 70 or less. When the number of the convex portions is within the above range, the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably improved.
The number of the convex portions is an average value of the number of convex portions in 10 locations (100 μm square region × 10 locations) of the matte article A.
 図2は、艶消物品Aの一実施形態を示す断面図であり、艶消物品をその厚さ方向(同図においてはZ方向)に平行な面で切断した断面図である。
 凹部の形状としては、例えば図2の2aのように鋭角状のものでもよいし、また2bのように半円又は半楕円状のものであってもよく、これらの組合せであってもよい。また一つの凸部が一部に凹部を有する、図2の2cのような形状であってもよい。
 他方、凸部の形状としては、図2の3a、3bのように幅の広狭はあるものの、半円又は半楕円の形状を呈する。
FIG. 2 is a cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the matte article A, which is a cross-sectional view of the matte article cut along a plane parallel to the thickness direction (Z direction in the figure).
The shape of the concave portion may be, for example, an acute-angled shape as shown in 2a of FIG. 2, a semicircular or semi-elliptical shape as shown in 2b, or a combination thereof. Further, it may have a shape as shown in 2c of FIG. 2 in which one convex portion has a concave portion in a part.
On the other hand, as the shape of the convex portion, although the width is wide and narrow as shown in 3a and 3b of FIG. 2, it exhibits a semicircular or semi-elliptical shape.
 艶消層の厚さは、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を発現し得る程度に上記のシワを形成することができる厚さであれば特に制限はないが、作製のしやすさ等も考慮すると、通常1μm以上であり、好ましくは2μm以上、より好ましくは3μm以上、更に好ましくは4μm以上、より更に好ましくは5μm以上であり、上限として好ましくは300μm以下、より好ましくは200μm以下、更に好ましくは150μm以下、より更に好ましくは100μm以下である。
 本明細書において、艶消層の厚さは、艶消物品の断面について、走査電子顕微鏡(SEM)を用いて撮影した画像から20箇所の厚さを測定し、20箇所の値の平均値とする。なお、SEMの加速電圧は3kV、倍率は厚さに応じて設定とする。また、他の層の厚さについても同様である。
The thickness of the matte layer is not particularly limited as long as it can form the above-mentioned wrinkles to the extent that the visibility and texture of the matte effect can be stably exhibited, but it is easy to produce. In consideration of the above, it is usually 1 μm or more, preferably 2 μm or more, more preferably 3 μm or more, further preferably 4 μm or more, still more preferably 5 μm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 300 μm or less, more preferably 200 μm or less. It is more preferably 150 μm or less, and even more preferably 100 μm or less.
In the present specification, the thickness of the matte layer is the average value of the values of 20 points obtained by measuring the thickness of 20 points from the image taken with a scanning electron microscope (SEM) for the cross section of the matte article. do. The acceleration voltage of the SEM is set to 3 kV, and the magnification is set according to the thickness. The same applies to the thickness of other layers.
 艶消層は、部分的に設けられるものであってもよいし、全面にわたって設けられるものであってもよいが、安定的な艶消効果の視認性及び質感の向上の観点から、全面にわたって設けられていることが好ましい。
 艶消層が部分的に設けられるものである場合、本実施形態の艶消物品Aは実質的に艶消層以外の層として、後述する基材を好ましく有する。
The matte layer may be provided partially or over the entire surface, but from the viewpoint of improving the visibility of the stable matte effect and improving the texture, the matte layer may be provided over the entire surface. It is preferable that
When the matte layer is partially provided, the matte article A of the present embodiment preferably has a base material described later as a layer other than the matte layer.
(樹脂)
 艶消層を形成する樹脂としては、上記シワ形成安定剤を所定量で含む艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物を形成し、硬化することにより硬化物となり艶消層を構成する樹脂であればよい。このような樹脂としては、電離放射線硬化性樹脂が挙げられる。艶消層は、艶消物品Aの最表面に設けられ得る層であるため、シワ形成安定剤によりシワを形成しやすい樹脂であることの他、艶消物品として使用性向上の観点から、耐擦傷性、耐汚染性、耐候性等の表面特性、また加工特性を発現しやすい樹脂であることが好ましく、電離放射線硬化性樹脂はこれらの観点から好ましい樹脂である。艶消物品Aは、艶消層に含まれるシワ形成安定剤の含有量が極めて少ないため、その表面特性として、艶消層を形成する樹脂の性能がより直接的に発揮されることとなる。
(resin)
The resin that forms the matte layer is a resin that forms a resin composition for forming a matte layer containing the above wrinkle formation stabilizer in a predetermined amount and is cured to become a cured product and constitutes the matte layer. good. Examples of such a resin include an ionizing radiation curable resin. Since the matte layer is a layer that can be provided on the outermost surface of the matte article A, it is a resin that easily forms wrinkles with a wrinkle formation stabilizer, and is resistant to use as a matte article from the viewpoint of improving usability. It is preferable that the resin easily exhibits surface characteristics such as scratch resistance, stain resistance, and weather resistance, and processing characteristics, and the ionizing radiation curable resin is a preferable resin from these viewpoints. Since the content of the wrinkle-forming stabilizer contained in the matte layer is extremely small in the matte article A, the performance of the resin forming the matte layer is more directly exhibited as its surface property.
 電離放射線硬化性樹脂は、電離放射線硬化性官能基を有する樹脂のことであり、電離放射線硬化性官能基は電離放射線の照射によって架橋硬化する基であり、例えば(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基などのエチレン性二重結合を有する官能基などが好ましく挙げられる。なお、本明細書において、(メタ)アクリロイル基とは、アクリロイル基又はメタクロイル基を示す。また、本明細書において、(メタ)アクリレートとは、アクリレート又はメタクリレートを示す。
 また、電離放射線とは、電磁波又は荷電粒子線のうち、分子を重合及び/又は架橋し得るエネルギー量子を有するものを意味し、通常、紫外線(UV)又は電子線(EB)が用いられるが、その他、X線、γ線などの電磁波、α線、イオン線などの荷電粒子線も含まれる。
An ionizing thermosetting resin is a resin having an ionizing radiation curable functional group, and an ionizing radiation curable functional group is a group that is crosslinked and cured by irradiation with ionizing radiation, for example, a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group, and the like. A functional group having an ethylenic double bond such as an allyl group is preferable. In addition, in this specification, a (meth) acryloyl group means an acryloyl group or a metachloroyl group. Moreover, in this specification, (meth) acrylate means acrylate or methacrylate.
Further, the ionizing radiation means an electromagnetic wave or a charged particle beam having an energy quantum capable of polymerizing and / or cross-linking a molecule, and usually, an ultraviolet ray (UV) or an electron beam (EB) is used. In addition, electromagnetic waves such as X-rays and γ-rays, and charged particle rays such as α-rays and ion rays are also included.
 電離放射線硬化性樹脂としては、電子線硬化性樹脂及び紫外線硬化性樹脂が挙げられ、シワ形成安定剤によるシワの形成を安定させて、艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる観点から、紫外線硬化性樹脂が好ましい。
 電離放射線硬化性樹脂は、具体的には、従来電離放射線硬化性樹脂として慣用されている重合性モノマー、重合性オリゴマーの中から適宜選択して用いることができる。
Examples of the ionizing radiation curable resin include an electron beam curable resin and an ultraviolet curable resin. From the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles by the wrinkle formation stabilizer and improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect, ultraviolet rays are used. A curable resin is preferable.
Specifically, the ionizing radiation curable resin can be appropriately selected and used from the polymerizable monomers and polymerizable oligomers conventionally used as ionizing radiation curable resins.
 重合性モノマーとしては、分子中にラジカル重合性不飽和基を持つ(メタ)アクリレート系モノマーが好ましく、中でも多官能性(メタ)アクリレートモノマーが好ましい。ここで「(メタ)アクリレート」とは「アクリレート又はメタクリレート」を意味する。
 多官能性(メタ)アクリレートモノマーとしては、分子中に2つ以上の電離放射線硬化性官能基を有し、かつ該官能基として少なくとも(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する(メタ)アクリレートモノマーが挙げられる。(メタ)アクリレートモノマーとしては、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有するものであれば特に限定されないが、例えばジエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート等のジ(メタ)アクリレート(官能基数:2);トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート等のトリ(メタ)アクリレート(官能基数:3);トリメチロールプロパンテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート等のテトラ(メタ)アクリレート(官能基数:4);ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリロイル基を5つ以上有する(メタ)アクリレート(官能基数:5以上)等が挙げられる。
As the polymerizable monomer, a (meth) acrylate-based monomer having a radically polymerizable unsaturated group in the molecule is preferable, and a polyfunctional (meth) acrylate monomer is particularly preferable. Here, "(meth) acrylate" means "acrylate or methacrylate".
Examples of the polyfunctional (meth) acrylate monomer include a (meth) acrylate monomer having two or more ionizing radiation-curable functional groups in the molecule and having at least a (meth) acryloyl group as the functional group. The (meth) acrylate monomer is not particularly limited as long as it has a (meth) acryloyl group, but is, for example, a di (meth) acrylate such as diethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate or propylene glycol di (meth) acrylate (number of functional groups:: 2); Tri (meth) acrylate such as trimethyl propanetri (meth) acrylate (number of functional groups: 3); Tetra (meth) acrylate such as trimethylol propanetetra (meth) acrylate and dipentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate ( Number of functional groups: 4); Examples thereof include (meth) acrylate having 5 or more (meth) acryloyl groups such as dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate (number of functional groups: 5 or more). ..
 シワの形成を安定させて、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる観点、更に耐擦傷性及び耐候性等の表面特性、また加工特性を向上させる観点から、多官能性(メタ)アクリレートモノマーの官能基数は2以上8以下が好ましく、2以上6以下がより好ましく、2以上4以下がさらに好ましく、2以上3以下がよりさらに好ましい。これらの多官能性(メタ)アクリレートは、単独で、又は複数種を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Polyfunctionality (meth) from the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles and stably improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect, and further improving the surface characteristics such as scratch resistance and weather resistance, and the processing characteristics. ) The number of functional groups of the acrylate monomer is preferably 2 or more and 8 or less, more preferably 2 or more and 6 or less, further preferably 2 or more and 4 or less, and further preferably 2 or more and 3 or less. These polyfunctional (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 重合性オリゴマーとしては、例えば、分子中に2つ以上の電離放射線硬化性官能基を有し、かつ該官能基として少なくとも(メタ)アクリロイル基を有する(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマーが挙げられる。例えば、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、エポキシ(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、ポリエーテル(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、ポリカーボネート(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、アクリル(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー等が挙げられる。
 さらに、重合性オリゴマーとしては、他にポリブタジエンオリゴマーの側鎖に(メタ)アクリレート基をもつ疎水性の高いポリブタジエン(メタ)アクリレート系オリゴマー、主鎖にポリシロキサン結合をもつシリコーン(メタ)アクリレート系オリゴマー、小さな分子内に多くの反応性基をもつアミノプラスト樹脂を変性したアミノプラスト樹脂(メタ)アクリレート系オリゴマー、及びノボラック型エポキシ樹脂、ビスフェノール型エポキシ樹脂、脂肪族ビニルエーテル、芳香族ビニルエーテル等の分子中にカチオン重合性官能基を有するオリゴマー等がある。
Examples of the polymerizable oligomer include a (meth) acrylate oligomer having two or more ionizing radiation-curable functional groups in the molecule and having at least a (meth) acryloyl group as the functional group. For example, urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer, epoxy (meth) acrylate oligomer, polyester (meth) acrylate oligomer, polyether (meth) acrylate oligomer, polycarbonate (meth) acrylate oligomer, acrylic (meth) acrylate oligomer and the like can be mentioned.
Further, as the polymerizable oligomer, a highly hydrophobic polybutadiene (meth) acrylate-based oligomer having a (meth) acrylate group in the side chain of the polybutadiene oligomer, and a silicone (meth) acrylate-based oligomer having a polysiloxane bond in the main chain. In molecules such as aminoplast resin (meth) acrylate-based oligomers modified from aminoplast resins having many reactive groups in small molecules, novolak type epoxy resins, bisphenol type epoxy resins, aliphatic vinyl ethers, aromatic vinyl ethers, etc. There are oligomers and the like having cationically polymerizable functional groups.
 これらの重合性オリゴマーは、単独で、又は複数種を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
 シワの形成を安定させて、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる観点、更に耐擦傷性及び耐候性等の表面特性、また加工特性を向上させる観点から、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、エポキシ(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、ポリエステル(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、ポリエーテル(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、ポリカーボネート(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、アクリル(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマーが好ましく、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー、ポリカーボネート(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマーがより好ましく、ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマーが更に好ましい。
These polymerizable oligomers may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Urethane (meth) acrylate from the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles and stably improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect, and further improving the surface characteristics such as scratch resistance and weather resistance, and the processing characteristics. Acrylate, epoxy (meth) acrylate oligomer, polyester (meth) acrylate oligomer, polyether (meth) acrylate oligomer, polycarbonate (meth) acrylate oligomer, acrylic (meth) acrylate oligomer are preferable, urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer, polycarbonate (meth) ) Acrylate oligomers are more preferred, and urethane (meth) acrylate oligomers are even more preferred.
 これらの重合性オリゴマーの官能基数は、シワの形成を安定させて、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる観点、更に耐擦傷性及び耐候性等の表面特性、また加工特性を向上させる観点から、2以上8以下のものが好ましく、上限としては、6以下がより好ましく、4以下がさらに好ましく、3以下がよりさらに好ましい。
 また、これと同様の観点から、これらの重合性オリゴマーの重量平均分子量は、2,500以上7,500以下が好ましく、3,000以上7,000以下がより好ましく、3,500以上6,000以下がさらに好ましい。ここで、重量平均分子量は、GPC分析によって測定され、かつ標準ポリスチレンで換算された平均分子量である。
The number of functional groups of these polymerizable oligomers determines the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles and stably improving the visibility and texture of the matting effect, as well as the surface characteristics such as scratch resistance and weather resistance, and the processing characteristics. From the viewpoint of improvement, those having 2 or more and 8 or less are preferable, and as the upper limit, 6 or less is more preferable, 4 or less is further preferable, and 3 or less is further preferable.
From the same viewpoint as this, the weight average molecular weight of these polymerizable oligomers is preferably 2,500 or more and 7,500 or less, more preferably 3,000 or more and 7,000 or less, and 3,500 or more and 6,000. The following is more preferable. Here, the weight average molecular weight is an average molecular weight measured by GPC analysis and converted with standard polystyrene.
 艶消物品Aにおいて、艶消層を形成する樹脂としては、上記重合性オリゴマーと重合性モノマーとを組み合わせて用いることが好ましい。この場合、重合性オリゴマーと重合性モノマーとの合計100質量部に対する重合性オリゴマーの含有量は、好ましくは40質量部以上、より好ましくは50質量部以上、更に好ましくは55質量部以上、より更に好ましくは60質量部以上であり、上限として好ましくは90質量部以下、より好ましくは80質量部以下、更に好ましくは70質量部以下である。重合性オリゴマーの含有量が上記範囲内であると、シワの形成を安定させて、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させることができ、更に耐擦傷性及び耐候性等の表面特性、また加工特性を向上させることもできる。 In the matte article A, as the resin forming the matte layer, it is preferable to use the above-mentioned polymerizable oligomer and the polymerizable monomer in combination. In this case, the content of the polymerizable oligomer with respect to a total of 100 parts by mass of the polymerizable oligomer and the polymerizable monomer is preferably 40 parts by mass or more, more preferably 50 parts by mass or more, still more preferably 55 parts by mass or more, still more. It is preferably 60 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is preferably 90 parts by mass or less, more preferably 80 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 70 parts by mass or less. When the content of the polymerizable oligomer is within the above range, the formation of wrinkles can be stabilized, the visibility and texture of the matte effect can be stably improved, and the surface such as scratch resistance and weather resistance can be improved. It is also possible to improve the characteristics and processing characteristics.
(樹脂組成物)
 艶消層は、上記シワ形成安定剤を所定含有量で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成され、当該樹脂組成物は、具体的には上記樹脂と、上記シワ形成安定剤を所定含有量で含むものである。本実施形態で用いられる樹脂組成物は、上記シワ形成安定剤及び樹脂の他、所望の性能等に応じて、他の成分を含んでもよい。
 艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物は、例えばその粘度を低下させる等の目的で、単官能性(メタ)アクリレートを含有してもよい。これらの単官能性(メタ)アクリレートは、単独で、又は複数種を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
(Resin composition)
The matte layer is composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing the wrinkle formation stabilizer in a predetermined content, and the resin composition specifically contains the resin and the wrinkle formation stabilizer in a predetermined content. It includes. The resin composition used in the present embodiment may contain other components in addition to the above wrinkle formation stabilizer and resin, depending on desired performance and the like.
The resin composition for forming a matte layer may contain a monofunctional (meth) acrylate for the purpose of lowering the viscosity thereof, for example. These monofunctional (meth) acrylates may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 また、上記樹脂が紫外線により硬化する紫外線硬化性樹脂である場合、光重合開始剤、光重合促進剤等の添加剤を含むことが好ましい。これらの添加剤を含むことにより、シワの形成が促進され、艶消効果の視認性及び質感が向上する。
 光重合開始剤としては、アセトフェノン、ベンゾフェノン、α-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン、ミヒラーケトン、ベンゾイン、ベンジルジメチルケタール、ベンゾイルベンゾエート、α-アシルオキシムエステル、チオキサントン類等から選ばれる1種以上が挙げられる。
 また、光重合促進剤は、硬化時の空気による重合阻害を軽減させ硬化速度を速めることができるものであり、例えば、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミルエステル、p-ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチルエステル等から選ばれる1種以上が挙げられる。
When the resin is an ultraviolet curable resin that is cured by ultraviolet rays, it preferably contains additives such as a photopolymerization initiator and a photopolymerization accelerator. By including these additives, the formation of wrinkles is promoted, and the visibility and texture of the matte effect are improved.
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include one or more selected from acetophenone, benzophenone, α-hydroxyalkylphenone, Michler ketone, benzoin, benzyl dimethyl ketal, benzoyl benzoate, α-acyl oxime ester, thioxanthones and the like.
Further, the photopolymerization accelerator can reduce the polymerization inhibition by air at the time of curing and accelerate the curing rate. For example, from p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid isoamyl ester, p-dimethylaminobenzoic acid ethyl ester and the like. One or more selected species can be mentioned.
 艶消層は艶消物品Aの最表面に設けられ得る層であることから、耐候性を有する層であることが好ましく、例えば紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等の各種耐候剤を含むことが好ましい。
 紫外線吸収剤としては、化粧シートに汎用される紫外線吸収剤を特に制限なく用いることができ、例えばベンゾトリアゾール系紫外線吸収剤、ベンゾフェノン系紫外線吸収剤、トリアジン系紫外線吸収剤、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤等が挙げられる。光安定剤としても、化粧シートに汎用される光安定剤を特に制限なく用いることができ、例えばピペリジニルセバケート系光安定剤等のヒンダードアミン系光安定剤等が挙げられる。また、これらの紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤は、分子中に(メタ)アクリロイル基、ビニル基、アリル基等のエチレン性二重結合を有する反応性官能基を有するものであってもよい。
 これらの紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等の耐候剤は、単独で、又は複数種を組み合わせて用いることができる。
Since the matte layer is a layer that can be provided on the outermost surface of the matte article A, it is preferably a layer having weather resistance, and preferably contains various weather resistant agents such as an ultraviolet absorber and a light stabilizer. ..
As the ultraviolet absorber, an ultraviolet absorber generally used for cosmetic sheets can be used without particular limitation. For example, a benzotriazole-based ultraviolet absorber, a benzophenone-based ultraviolet absorber, a triazine-based ultraviolet absorber, and a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber can be used. Examples include agents. As the light stabilizer, a light stabilizer generally used for decorative sheets can be used without particular limitation, and examples thereof include hindered amine-based light stabilizers such as piperidinyl sebacate-based light stabilizers. Further, these ultraviolet absorbers and light stabilizers may have a reactive functional group having an ethylenic double bond such as a (meth) acryloyl group, a vinyl group or an allyl group in the molecule.
These weather resistant agents such as ultraviolet absorbers and light stabilizers can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
〔60°グロス値〕
 艶消物品Aは、優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を有する物品であり、60°グロス値が5.0以下というものである。本明細書において「艶消」は、光沢を視認しにくいことを意味し、物品の色調、柄等によりかわるため一概にはいえないが、例えば60°グロス値が5.0以下のものを「艶消」と扱うものとする。
 これまで、例えば黒色その他暗色(「暗色」とは、明度が低く、例えばJIS Z8781-4:2013に準拠して測定されるCIE(国際照明委員会)L表色系におけるL値(以下、単に「L値」と称することがある。)が、通常40以下程度、好ましくは30以下であることを意味する。)を呈する艶消物品では、艶消剤を用いても60°グロス値が20.0以下、好ましくは10.0以下という優れた艶消効果の視認性を得るのは可能ではあるものの、艶消剤を多く使用することから、層形成時のスジ、ムラが発生するため容易に製造できるものではなく、また表面特性が低下するものとなっていた。また例えば黒色その他暗色以外の色調を呈する艶消物品についても、艶消剤を用いても60°グロス値の数値に下限があり、黒色を呈する艶消物品と同様であり、いずれにしても表面特性に優れ、また艶消効果の視認性にも優れる物品を容易に得られなかった。このような傾向は、60°グロス値を小さくするほど顕著となる。
[60 ° gloss value]
The matte article A is an article having excellent visibility and texture of a matte effect, and has a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less. In the present specification, "matte" means that it is difficult to visually recognize the gloss, and it cannot be said unconditionally because it changes depending on the color tone, pattern, etc. of the article. It shall be treated as "matte".
So far, for example, black and other dark colors (“dark color” means low brightness, for example, CIE (International Commission on Illumination) L * a * b * L in the color system, which is measured in accordance with JIS Z8781-4: 2013. For matte articles exhibiting a * value (hereinafter, may be simply referred to as "L * value"), which usually means about 40 or less, preferably 30 or less), a matting agent is used. Although it is possible to obtain excellent visibility of the matting effect with a 60 ° gloss value of 20.0 or less, preferably 10.0 or less, since a large amount of matting agent is used, streaks during layer formation are obtained. Since unevenness occurs, it is not easy to manufacture, and the surface characteristics are deteriorated. Further, for example, for a matte article exhibiting a color tone other than black or other dark colors, there is a lower limit to the value of the 60 ° gloss value even if a matting agent is used, which is the same as that of a matte article exhibiting black color, and in any case, the surface surface. It was not easy to obtain an article having excellent characteristics and excellent visibility of the matte effect. Such a tendency becomes more remarkable as the 60 ° gloss value is reduced.
 艶消物品Aでは、シワ形成安定剤を用い、かつその含有量を既述のように少量とすることにより、シワの形成を安定させて、安定的に優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感が得られるに至った。また、シワ形成安定剤の使用量を極めて少量に抑えることで、樹脂組成物の著しい粘度上昇を抑えられることにより、層形成が可能となり、かつシワ形成安定剤に使用される粒子に起因する表面特性の低下への影響も最小限に抑えられているため、艶消層に用いられる樹脂の特性に応じた、優れた耐擦傷性、耐汚染性、耐候性等の表面特性を自ずと有するものとなる。 In the matte article A, by using a wrinkle formation stabilizer and reducing the content thereof as described above, the formation of wrinkles is stabilized, and the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stable and excellent. Has come to be obtained. Further, by suppressing the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used to an extremely small amount, it is possible to form a layer by suppressing a significant increase in the viscosity of the resin composition, and the surface caused by the particles used in the wrinkle formation stabilizer. Since the effect on the deterioration of the characteristics is also minimized, it naturally has surface characteristics such as excellent scratch resistance, stain resistance, and weather resistance according to the characteristics of the resin used for the matte layer. Become.
 艶消物品Aは、既述のように色調に応じてかわるものの、前記艶消層側の60°グロス値として5.0以下、更には4.0以下、3.6以下、2.0以下と極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性を発現し得るものである。
 また、黒色その他暗色以外の色調を呈する艶消物品についても、上記60°グロス値を有し得るものである。艶消物品Aの前記艶消層側の60°グロス値は、当該物品の最表面を形成する層の表面の60°グロス値と実質的に同じである。また、更に他の層を有し、かつ艶消層より表面側に当該他の層が設けられる場合、60°グロス値は当該他の層の60°グロス値を意味することとなるが、艶消物品Aが特定の60°グロス値を有するのは、実質的には艶消層の構成によるものである。
 本明細書において、艶消層側の60°グロス値は、JIS K 5600-4-7:1999に準拠して測定した60°鏡面光沢度のことであり、任意の10箇所におけるグロスメータ等を用いて艶消層側から測定し得る値の平均値である。
Although the matte article A changes according to the color tone as described above, the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side is 5.0 or less, and further 4.0 or less, 3.6 or less, 2.0 or less. It is possible to exhibit extremely excellent visibility of the matting effect.
Further, a matte article exhibiting a color tone other than black or other dark colors can also have the above 60 ° gloss value. The 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side of the matte article A is substantially the same as the 60 ° gloss value on the surface of the layer forming the outermost surface of the article. Further, when the other layer is further provided and the other layer is provided on the surface side of the matte layer, the 60 ° gloss value means the 60 ° gloss value of the other layer, but is glossy. The reason why the erased article A has a specific 60 ° gloss value is substantially due to the composition of the matte layer.
In the present specification, the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side is the 60 ° mirror surface gloss measured in accordance with JIS K 5600-4-7: 1999, and a gloss meter or the like at any 10 points is used. It is an average value of values that can be measured from the matte layer side.
 また、艶消物品Aの60°グロス値について、その標準偏差(σ)は、0.30未満であることが好ましい。60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)は、任意の10箇所における60°グロス値のばらつき具合を示す数値であり、小さければ小さいほどばらつきが少ない、すなわちシワの形成がより安定していることを意味する指標となる。後述する実施例でも示されるように、艶消物品Aの60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)はいずれも0.30未満となっており、シワの形成が安定しており、標準偏差(σ)が小さいことが、優れた表面特性、中でも耐擦傷性に優れ、かつ優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を有することにつながる。 Further, it is preferable that the standard deviation (σ) of the matte article A is less than 0.30 with respect to the 60 ° gloss value. The standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value is a numerical value indicating the degree of variation of the 60 ° gloss value at any 10 points, and the smaller the deviation, the smaller the variation, that is, the more stable the formation of wrinkles. It is a meaningful index. As shown in Examples described later, the standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value of the matte article A is less than 0.30, the formation of wrinkles is stable, and the standard deviation (σ). ) Is small, which leads to excellent surface characteristics, particularly excellent scratch resistance, and excellent visibility and texture of matting effect.
 表面特性の向上、また艶消効果の視認性及び質感の向上の観点から、60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)は、好ましくは2.8以下、より好ましくは2.5以下、更に好ましくは2.3以下である。また、下限については、小さければ小さいほど好ましいことから制限は特にないが、艶消層表面の60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)を完全に0に収束させることは困難であるとともに、そこまでの必要性は高くないことから、60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)の下限は通常0.05以上とされる。 From the viewpoint of improving the surface characteristics, the visibility of the matte effect, and the texture, the standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value is preferably 2.8 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less, still more preferably. It is 2.3 or less. The lower limit is not particularly limited because the smaller it is, the more preferable it is. However, it is difficult to completely converge the standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value on the surface of the matte layer to 0, and to that extent. Since the need for is not high, the lower limit of the standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value is usually set to 0.05 or more.
〔層構成について〕
 艶消物品Aは、既述のように特定の艶消層を有する物品であればよく、基材を有することは要しない。すなわち、艶消物品Aは、基材は所望に応じて有するものであり、基材を有しない層構成もとり得る。よって、艶消物品Aの一番単純な層構成は、基材を有しない、艶消層のみの単一層による層構成、具体的にはシワ形成安定剤を樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成され、前記艶消層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、前記艶消層の60°グロス値が5.0以下である艶消層のみの単一層による層構成となる。
[Layer structure]
The matte article A may be an article having a specific matte layer as described above, and does not need to have a base material. That is, the matte article A has a base material as desired, and may have a layer structure without a base material. Therefore, the simplest layer structure of the matte article A is a layer structure consisting of a single layer having no base material and only a matte layer, specifically, a wrinkle formation stabilizer is applied to 100 parts by mass of the resin. The matte layer is composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing 5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less, and has an uneven shape in which at least one surface of the matte layer is formed of irregular wrinkles. The layer structure is composed of a single layer having only a matte layer having a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less.
(より現実的な層構成)
 しかし、艶消物品Aを上記単一層による層構成とする場合、通常は機械的強度、後加工適性、意匠性等の、艶消物品に要求される各種性能を得る選択肢が制約される場合が多い。そのため、艶消物品Aの層構成としては、基材を有する、すなわち基材と艶消層とを有する層構成であることが好ましい。そしてこの場合、図3に示されるように、基材と艶消層とを有し、艶消層の不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有する面が基材とは反対側の面であることが好ましい。艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させることができるからである。
(More realistic layer structure)
However, when the matte article A has a layer structure consisting of the single layer, options for obtaining various performances required for the matte article, such as mechanical strength, post-processing suitability, and designability, may be restricted. many. Therefore, the layer structure of the matte article A is preferably a layer structure having a base material, that is, a base material and a matte layer. In this case, as shown in FIG. 3, a surface having a base material and a matte layer and having an uneven shape formed by irregular wrinkles of the matte layer is a surface opposite to the base material. It is preferable to have. This is because the visibility and texture of the matte effect can be improved.
〔基材〕
 艶消物品Aは、上記艶消層に加えて、所望に応じて更に基材を有してもよく、既述のように、各種の制約を回避する観点から基材を有することが好ましい。基材は、艶消層を設ける支持体として機能する。
 基材の形態(乃至は形状)は、フィルム、シート、板、多面体、多角柱、円柱、錐体、球面、回転楕円体面等の各種形状とすることができ、特に制限はない。なお、フィルム、シート、及び板は、相対的に厚さの薄いものから順にフィルム、シート及び板と称されるが、本明細書中においてはこれら三種を厳密に区別する意義はなく、これらの三種の相違によって本願発明の権利解釈に相違が生じることはない。
〔Base material〕
In addition to the matte layer, the matte article A may further have a base material, if desired, and as described above, it is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding various restrictions. The base material functions as a support for providing a matte layer.
The form (or shape) of the base material can be various shapes such as a film, a sheet, a plate, a polyhedron, a polygonal prism, a cylinder, a cone, a spherical surface, and a rotating elliptical surface, and is not particularly limited. The films, sheets, and plates are referred to as films, sheets, and plates in order from the one having a relatively thin thickness, but in the present specification, it is not meaningful to strictly distinguish these three types, and these three types are used. There is no difference in the interpretation of rights of the present invention due to the three types of differences.
 本実施形態で用いられる基材としては、通常化粧材、化粧シート等の物品の基材として用いられるものを制限なく採用することができ、例えば、紙、不織布及び織布等の繊維質材料、樹脂、木質系材料、金属、非金属無機材料等からなる基材が代表的に挙げられる。
 基材は単層でもよいし、上記材料からなる層を2層以上積層したものであってもよい。基材が2以上の層の積層体の場合、異種材料の層を2層以上積層し、各層の材料の有する諸性能を互いに補完してなるものが好ましい。2層以上積層してなる基材の例としては、以下のA~Jが挙げられる。なお、「/」は各層の界面を示す。
 (A)樹脂/木質系材料
 (B)樹脂/金属
 (C)樹脂/繊維質材料
 (D)樹脂/非金属無機材料
 (E)樹脂1/樹脂2
 (F)金属/木質系材料
 (G)金属/非金属無機材料
 (H)金属/繊維質材料
 (I)金属1/金属2
 (J)非金属無機材料/繊維質材料
 上記Eにおいて、樹脂1と樹脂2とは互いに別種の樹脂を示す(例えば、樹脂1がオレフィン樹脂、樹脂2がアクリル樹脂)。また、上記Hにおいて、金属1と金属2とは互いに別種の金属を示す(例えば、金属1が銅、金属2がクロム)。
As the base material used in the present embodiment, those usually used as a base material for articles such as decorative materials and decorative sheets can be used without limitation, and for example, fibrous materials such as paper, non-woven fabric and woven cloth, etc. A typical example is a base material made of a resin, a wood-based material, a metal, a non-metallic inorganic material, or the like.
The base material may be a single layer, or may be a stack of two or more layers made of the above materials. When the base material is a laminate of two or more layers, it is preferable that two or more layers of different materials are laminated to complement each other's various performances of the materials of each layer. Examples of the base material formed by laminating two or more layers include the following A to J. In addition, "/" indicates the interface of each layer.
(A) Resin / wood-based material (B) Resin / metal (C) Resin / fibrous material (D) Resin / non-metal inorganic material (E) Resin 1 / Resin 2
(F) Metal / wood-based material (G) Metal / non-metal inorganic material (H) Metal / fibrous material (I) Metal 1 / Metal 2
(J) Non-Metallic Inorganic Material / Fibrous Material In E above, the resin 1 and the resin 2 represent different types of resins (for example, the resin 1 is an olefin resin and the resin 2 is an acrylic resin). Further, in the above H, the metal 1 and the metal 2 represent different types of metals (for example, the metal 1 is copper and the metal 2 is chromium).
 また、基材が積層体である場合、積層体の各構成層の層間に、隣接各層間の接着力を強化するための層として、接着剤層、粘着剤層、プライマー層(アンカー層、易接着層とも称される。)を更に設ける等の構成であってもよい。 When the base material is a laminated body, an adhesive layer, an adhesive layer, and a primer layer (anchor layer, easy) are used as layers for strengthening the adhesive force between the adjacent layers between the layers of each constituent layer of the laminated body. It may be configured to further provide an adhesive layer).
 繊維質材料の基材としては、例えばクラフト紙、チタン紙、リンター紙、硫酸紙、パラフィン紙、グラシン紙、パーチメント紙、壁紙用裏打紙、薄葉紙、上質紙、和紙、板紙、石膏ボード用原紙等の紙基材が挙げられる。また紙基材としては、その繊維間又は多層の紙基材との層間強度を向上させるため、またケバ(毛羽)立ち防止のために、更にアクリル樹脂、スチレン-ブタジエンゴム、メラミン樹脂、ウレタン樹脂等の各種樹脂を添加(抄造後に樹脂を含浸、又は抄造時に内填)させたものでもよい。このような紙基材としては、紙間強化紙、樹脂含浸紙等が挙げられる。また、繊維質材料層に樹脂層を積層した基材としては、建材分野で汎用される壁紙用裏打紙の表面に、塩化ビニル樹脂層、オレフィン樹脂層、アクリル樹脂層等の各種樹脂層を積層した壁紙原反等も挙げられる。 Examples of the base material of the fibrous material include kraft paper, titanium paper, linter paper, sulfated paper, paraffin paper, glassin paper, parchment paper, backing paper for wallpaper, thin leaf paper, high-quality paper, Japanese paper, board paper, base paper for gypsum board, etc. Paper substrate can be mentioned. Further, as the paper base material, in order to improve the interlayer strength between the fibers or between the multi-layered paper base material and to prevent fluffing, further acrylic resin, styrene-butadiene rubber, melamine resin, urethane resin Various resins such as the above may be added (impregnated with the resin after the fabrication or internally filled at the time of the fabrication). Examples of such a paper base material include inter-paper reinforced paper and resin-impregnated paper. Further, as a base material in which a resin layer is laminated on a fibrous material layer, various resin layers such as a vinyl chloride resin layer, an olefin resin layer, and an acrylic resin layer are laminated on the surface of a backing paper for wallpaper, which is widely used in the field of building materials. There is also the original wallpaper.
 不織布又は織布の基材としては、例えばガラス、アルミナ、シリカ、炭素等の無機材料により構成される無機繊維、ポリエステル樹脂、アクリル樹脂、ポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン等の各種合成樹脂により構成される有機繊維、絹、木綿、麻等のタンパク質系又はセルロース系の天然繊維、ガラス繊維、炭素繊維等の各種繊維で構成される不織布又は織布、またこれらの複合体等の基材が挙げられる。 Examples of the base material of the non-woven fabric or woven fabric include inorganic fibers made of inorganic materials such as glass, alumina, silica, and carbon, and organic fibers made of various synthetic resins such as polyester resin, acrylic resin, polyethylene, and polypropylene. Examples thereof include non-woven fabrics or woven fabrics composed of various fibers such as protein-based or cellulose-based natural fibers such as silk, cotton and linen, glass fibers and carbon fibers, and base materials such as composites thereof.
 樹脂の基材としては、合成樹脂、天然樹脂等の各種樹脂により構成される基材が挙げられる。合成樹脂としては、熱可塑性樹脂、硬化性樹脂を用いることができる。
 熱可塑性樹脂としては、例えば、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレン、ポリメチルペンテン、ポリオレフィン系熱可塑性エラストマー、アイオノマー等のポリオレフィン樹脂;ポリ塩化ビニル、ポリ塩化ビニリデン、塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル共重合体等の塩化ビニル樹脂;ポリエチレンテレフタレート(PET)、ポリブチレンテレフタレート(PBT)、ポリエチレンナフタレート(PEN)、エチレングリコール-テレフタル酸-イソフタル酸共重合体、ポリエステル系熱可塑性エラストマー等のポリエステル樹脂;ポリメチル(メタ)アクリレート、ポリブチル(メタ)アクリレート、メチル(メタ)アクリレート-ブチル(メタ)アクリレート共重合体等のアクリル樹脂;ナイロン6、ナイロン66等に代表されるポリアミド樹脂;三酢酸セルロース、セロファン、セルロイド等のセルロース系樹脂;ポリスチレン、アクリロニトリル-スチレン共重合体、アクリロニトリル-ブタジエン-スチレン樹脂(ABS樹脂)等のスチレン系樹脂;ポリビニルアルコール、エチレン-酢酸ビニル共重合体、エチレン-ビニルアルコール共重合体、ポリカーボネート樹脂、ポリアリレート樹脂、ポリイミド樹脂等の熱可塑性樹脂からなる樹脂基材が挙げられる。
 硬化性樹脂としては、既述の艶消層を構成し得る電離放射線硬化性樹脂、その他熱硬化性樹脂等が挙げられる。
 また、天然樹脂としては、天然ゴム、松脂、琥珀等が挙げられる。
Examples of the base material of the resin include a base material composed of various resins such as synthetic resin and natural resin. As the synthetic resin, a thermoplastic resin and a curable resin can be used.
Examples of the thermoplastic resin include polyolefin resins such as polypropylene, polyethylene, polymethylpentene, polyolefin-based thermoplastic elastomers, and ionomers; vinyl chloride resins such as polyvinyl chloride, polyvinylidene chloride, and vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymers; Polyester resins such as polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polybutylene terephthalate (PBT), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), ethylene glycol-terephthalic acid-isophthalic acid copolymer, polyester-based thermoplastic elastomer; polymethyl (meth) acrylate, polybutyl ( Acrylic resins such as meta) acrylate and methyl (meth) acrylate-butyl (meth) acrylate copolymers; polyamide resins typified by nylon 6, nylon 66 and the like; cellulose-based resins such as cellulose triacetate, cellophane and cellroid; polystyrene , Acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer, styrene resin such as acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin (ABS resin); polyvinyl alcohol, ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer, ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, polycarbonate resin, thermoplastic resin, Examples thereof include a resin base material made of a thermoplastic resin such as a polyimide resin.
Examples of the curable resin include an ionizing radiation curable resin that can form the matte layer described above, and other thermosetting resins.
Moreover, as a natural resin, natural rubber, pine fat, amber and the like can be mentioned.
 木質系材料の基材としては、杉、檜、松、欅、楢、樫、胡桃、ラワン、チーク、ゴムの木等の各種樹種の木材からなる木材基材が挙げられる。木材基材は、突板と称されるフィルム、又はシート形態、あるいは単板、合板、集成材、パーチクルボード、繊維板等の板形態とすることができる。 Examples of the base material for wood-based materials include wood base materials made of wood of various tree species such as cedar, cypress, pine, zelkova, oak, oak, walnut, lauan, teak, and rubber tree. The wood base material may be in the form of a film called veneer or a sheet, or in the form of a single plate, plywood, laminated lumber, particle board, fiber plate or the like.
 金属としては、アルミニウム又はジュラルミン等のアルミニウムを含む合金、鉄又は炭素鋼、ステンレス鋼等の鉄を含む合金、銅又は真鍮、青銅等の銅を含む合金、金、銀、クロム、ニッケル、コバルト、錫、チタン等が挙げられる。また、金属により構成される金属基材としては、これらの金属をめっき等の処理を施したものを用いることもできる。
 また、非金属無機材料としては、セメント、ALC(軽量気泡コンクリート)、石膏、珪酸カルシウム、木片セメント等の非セラミック系窯業系材料、陶磁器、土器、硝子、琺瑯等のセラミックス系窯業系材料、石灰岩(大理石を含む。)、花崗岩、安山岩等の天然石等が挙げられる。
Metals include aluminum-containing alloys such as aluminum or duralmin, iron-containing alloys such as iron or carbon steel and stainless steel, copper-containing alloys such as copper or brass and bronze, gold, silver, chromium, nickel and cobalt, Examples include tin and titanium. Further, as the metal base material composed of metal, those obtained by subjecting these metals to a treatment such as plating can also be used.
Non-metallic inorganic materials include non-ceramic ceramic materials such as cement, ALC (lightweight cellular concrete), plaster, calcium silicate, and wood piece cement, ceramic ceramic materials such as ceramics, earthenware, glass, and limestone, and limestone. (Including marble), natural stones such as granite and limestone.
 基材は、着色されていてもよいし、着色されていなくてもよく(透明でもよく)、着色されている場合、着色の態様には特に制限はなく、透明着色であってもよいし、不透明着色(隠蔽着色)であってもよく、これらは任意に選択できる。 The base material may be colored or uncolored (transparent), and when it is colored, the mode of coloring is not particularly limited and may be transparently colored. It may be opaque coloring (concealed coloring), and these may be arbitrarily selected.
 基材は、着色されている場合、着色剤としては、例えば、チタン白等の白色顔料、鉄黒、黄鉛、チタン黄、弁柄、カドミウム赤、群青、コバルトブルー等の無機顔料;キナクリドンレッド、イソインドリノンイエロー、フタロシアニンブルー、ニッケル-アゾ錯体、アゾメチンアゾ系黒色顔料、ペリレン系黒色顔料等の有機顔料又は染料;アルミニウム、真鍮等の鱗片状箔片からなる金属顔料;二酸化チタン被覆雲母、塩基性炭酸鉛等の鱗片状箔片からなる真珠光沢(パール)顔料等の着色剤が挙げられる。例えば、物品を貼着する被着材の表面色相がばらついている場合に、表面色相を隠蔽し、絵柄層、所望に応じて設けられる広面積装飾層の色調の安定性を向上させたい場合は、白色顔料等の無機顔料を用いればよい。 When the base material is colored, the colorant includes, for example, white pigments such as titanium white, and inorganic pigments such as iron black, yellow lead, titanium yellow, petals, cadmium red, ultramarine blue, and cobalt blue; quinacridone red. Organic pigments or dyes such as isoindolinone yellow, phthalocyanine blue, nickel-azo complex, azomethine azo black pigment, perylene black pigment; metal pigment consisting of scaly foil pieces such as aluminum and brass; titanium dioxide coated mica, base Examples thereof include colorants such as pearl pigments made of scaly foil pieces such as lead carbonate. For example, when the surface hue of the adherend to which the article is attached varies, it is desired to conceal the surface hue and improve the color tone stability of the pattern layer and the wide area decorative layer provided as desired. , Inorganic pigments such as white pigments may be used.
 合成樹脂の着色の場合は、樹脂中への着色剤の添加(混練、練り込み)、樹脂と着色剤とを含む塗料の塗膜の塗布による形成等の、いずれの手段を採用することができる。紙、不織布、又は織布の着色の場合は、パルプや繊維材料との混抄、あるいは塗膜形成等のいずれかの手段、又はこれらの併用により行うことができる。
 木材の着色の場合は、染料による染色、あるいは塗膜形成のいずれかの手段、又はこれらの併用により行うことができる。金属の着色の場合、塗膜形成の他、陽極酸化法を用いて表面に金属酸化物皮膜を形成する電解着色法等を採用することができる。また、非金属無機材料の場合、塗膜形成、あるいは基材中への添加のいずれかの手段、又はこれらの併用により行うことができる。
In the case of coloring a synthetic resin, any means can be adopted, such as addition of a colorant to the resin (kneading, kneading), formation by applying a coating film of a paint containing the resin and the colorant, and the like. .. In the case of coloring paper, non-woven fabric, or woven fabric, it can be carried out by any means such as mixed extraction with pulp or fiber material, formation of a coating film, or a combination thereof.
In the case of coloring wood, it can be carried out by either dyeing with a dye, forming a coating film, or a combination thereof. In the case of coloring a metal, in addition to forming a coating film, an electrolytic coloring method for forming a metal oxide film on the surface by using an anodic oxidation method or the like can be adopted. Further, in the case of a non-metallic inorganic material, it can be carried out by either means of forming a coating film or adding it to a base material, or a combination thereof.
 基材には、必要に応じて、添加剤が配合されてもよい。添加剤としては、主に樹脂の場合において、例えば、炭酸カルシウム、クレーなどの無機、水酸化マグネシウムなどの難燃剤、酸化防止剤、滑剤、発泡剤、酸化防止剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等が挙げられる。添加剤の配合量は、表面特性、加工特性等を阻害しない範囲であれば特に制限はなく、要求特性等に応じて適宜設定できる。 Additives may be added to the base material, if necessary. As additives, mainly in the case of resins, for example, inorganics such as calcium carbonate and clay, flame retardants such as magnesium hydroxide, antioxidants, lubricants, foaming agents, antioxidants, ultraviolet absorbers, and light stabilizers. And so on. The blending amount of the additive is not particularly limited as long as it does not impair the surface characteristics, processing characteristics, etc., and can be appropriately set according to the required characteristics, etc.
 本実施形態の艶消物品の耐候性を向上させる観点から、上記添加剤の中でも、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等の耐候剤を用いることが好ましい。
 紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤としては、上記艶消層に含み得るものとして例示したものが挙げられる。
 これらの紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等の耐候剤、その他各種添加剤は、単独で、又は複数種を組み合わせて用いることができる。
From the viewpoint of improving the weather resistance of the matte article of the present embodiment, it is preferable to use a weather resistant agent such as an ultraviolet absorber and a light stabilizer among the above additives.
Examples of the ultraviolet absorber and the light stabilizer include those exemplified as those that can be contained in the matte layer.
These ultraviolet absorbers, weathering agents such as light stabilizers, and various other additives can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 基材の形状及び寸法は、特に制限なく用途及び所望の諸性能、加工適性に応じて適宜選択すればよい。
 基材がフィルム、シート、又は板の形態である基材である場合、物品の設計上の代表的な寸法として厚さがある。かかる厚さについては特に制限はないが、一般的には製造加工適性、機械的強度、使用取扱性及び経済性等の観点から、10μm以上10cm以下程度とすればよい。また、フィルム、シートの形態である場合は、その厚さは、20μm以上が好ましく、40μm以上がより好ましく、上限として300μm以下が好ましく、200μm以下がより好ましく、100μm以下がさらに好ましい。
 基材が板の形態である場合は、その厚さは1mm以上2cm以下が好ましい。
 また、基材が紙基材の場合、坪量は、通常20~150g/mが好ましく、30~100g/mがより好ましい。
The shape and dimensions of the base material are not particularly limited and may be appropriately selected according to the intended use, desired various performances, and processing suitability.
When the base material is a base material in the form of a film, sheet, or plate, thickness is a typical design dimension of the article. The thickness is not particularly limited, but generally, it may be about 10 μm or more and 10 cm or less from the viewpoint of manufacturing processability, mechanical strength, usability, economy, and the like. In the form of a film or sheet, the thickness thereof is preferably 20 μm or more, more preferably 40 μm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 300 μm or less, more preferably 200 μm or less, further preferably 100 μm or less.
When the base material is in the form of a plate, the thickness thereof is preferably 1 mm or more and 2 cm or less.
Further, if the substrate is a paper substrate, basis weight, usually preferably 20 ~ 150g / m 2, more preferably 30 ~ 100g / m 2.
 基材は、物品を構成する他の層、物品を積層する被着材との密着性を高めるために、その片面又は両面に、酸化法、凹凸化法等の物理的表面処理、又は化学的表面処理等の表面処理を施したり、プライマー層を形成してもよい。
 酸化法としては、例えばコロナ放電処理、クロム酸化処理、火炎処理、熱風処理、オゾン-紫外線処理法等が挙げられ、凹凸化法としては、例えばサンドブラスト法、溶剤処理法等が挙げられる。これらの表面処理は、基材の種類に応じて適宜選択されるが、一般にはコロナ放電処理が表面処理の効果及び操作性等の観点から好ましい。
In order to improve the adhesion of the base material to the other layers constituting the article and the adherend on which the article is laminated, one or both sides of the base material may be physically surface-treated by an oxidation method, an unevenness method, etc., or chemically. Surface treatment such as surface treatment may be performed, or a primer layer may be formed.
Examples of the oxidation method include a corona discharge treatment, a chromium oxidation treatment, a flame treatment, a hot air treatment, an ozone-ultraviolet treatment method and the like, and examples of the unevenness method include a sandblast method and a solvent treatment method. These surface treatments are appropriately selected depending on the type of the base material, but in general, the corona discharge treatment is preferable from the viewpoint of the effect and operability of the surface treatment.
〔その他の層〕
 艶消物品Aは、上記艶消層の他、上記の基材、さらにはその他の層として、例えばプライマー層、透明性樹脂層、装飾層、接着層等を必要に応じて有し得る。これらの層を有する艶消物品Aの一実施形態を示す断面図を図3及び図4に示す。図3及び4は、艶消物品Aの一実施形態を示す断面図であり、艶消物品1(艶消物品A)をその厚さ方向(同図においてはZ方向)に平行な面で切断した断面図である。
 図3に示される艶消物品1(艶消物品A)は、基材5及び艶消層4を順に有しており、図4に示される艶消物品1(艶消物品A)は、基材5、装飾層6、接着層7、透明性樹脂層8、プライマー層9及び艶消層4を順に有している。
[Other layers]
In addition to the matte layer, the matte article A may have the above-mentioned base material and other layers such as a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, and an adhesive layer, if necessary. 3 and 4 are cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article A having these layers. 3 and 4 are cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article A, in which the matte article 1 (matte article A) is cut in a plane parallel to the thickness direction (Z direction in the figure). It is a cross-sectional view.
The matte article 1 (matte article A) shown in FIG. 3 has a base material 5 and a matte layer 4 in this order, and the matte article 1 (matte article A) shown in FIG. 4 is a base. It has a material 5, a decorative layer 6, an adhesive layer 7, a transparent resin layer 8, a primer layer 9, and a matte layer 4 in this order.
(プライマー層)
 艶消物品Aは、例えば複数の層により構成される場合、既述のように当該複数の層の層間密着性を向上させるために、プライマー層を有してもよい。
 艶消物品Aが艶消層以外の層を有する場合、例えば艶消層と基材とを有する場合、艶消層と基材との間に、層間密着性の向上のため、プライマー層を設けることができる。
(Primer layer)
When the matte article A is composed of, for example, a plurality of layers, it may have a primer layer in order to improve the interlayer adhesion of the plurality of layers as described above.
When the matte article A has a layer other than the matte layer, for example, when the matte layer and the base material are provided, a primer layer is provided between the matte layer and the base material in order to improve the interlayer adhesion. be able to.
 プライマー層は、主としてバインダー樹脂から構成され、必要に応じて、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等の添加剤を含有してもよい。 The primer layer is mainly composed of a binder resin, and may contain additives such as an ultraviolet absorber and a light stabilizer, if necessary.
 バインダー樹脂としては、ウレタン樹脂、アクリルポリオール樹脂、アクリル樹脂、エステル樹脂、アミド樹脂、ブチラール樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ウレタン-アクリル共重合体、ポリカーボネート系ウレタン-アクリル共重合体(ポリマー主鎖にカーボネート結合を有し、末端、側鎖に2個以上の水酸基を有する重合体(ポリカーボネートポリオール)由来のウレタン-アクリル共重合体)、塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル共重合体樹脂、塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル-アクリル共重合体樹脂、塩素化プロピレン樹脂、ニトロセルロース樹脂(硝化綿)、酢酸セルロース樹脂等の樹脂が好ましく挙げられ、これらを単独で、又は複数種を組み合わせて用いることができる。
 また、バインダー樹脂は、これら樹脂に、イソシアネート系硬化剤、エポキシ系硬化剤等の硬化剤を添加し、架橋硬化したものであってもよい。これらの中でも、アクリルポリオール樹脂等のポリオール系樹脂をイソシアネート系硬化剤で架橋硬化したものが好ましく、アクリルポリオール樹脂をイソシアネート系硬化剤で架橋硬化したものがより好ましい。
As the binder resin, urethane resin, acrylic polyol resin, acrylic resin, ester resin, amide resin, butyral resin, styrene resin, urethane-acrylic copolymer, polycarbonate-based urethane-acrylic copolymer (carbonate bond to the polymer main chain). Urethane-acrylic copolymer derived from a polymer (polycarbonate polyol) having two or more hydroxyl groups at the end and side chains), vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer resin, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate-acrylic common weight Resins such as a coalesced resin, a chlorinated propylene resin, a nitrocellulose resin (nitrified cotton), and a cellulose acetate resin are preferably mentioned, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
Further, the binder resin may be one obtained by cross-linking and curing these resins by adding a curing agent such as an isocyanate-based curing agent or an epoxy-based curing agent. Among these, a polyol resin such as an acrylic polyol resin is preferably cross-linked and cured with an isocyanate-based curing agent, and a acrylic polyol resin is more preferably cross-linked and cured with an isocyanate-based curing agent.
 プライマー層の厚さは、0.5μm以上10μm以下が好ましく、1μm以上8μm以下がより好ましく、2μm以上6μm以下がさらに好ましい。 The thickness of the primer layer is preferably 0.5 μm or more and 10 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or more and 8 μm or less, and further preferably 2 μm or more and 6 μm or less.
 艶消物品Aは、被着体との接着性の向上等を目的として、艶消層の少なくとも一方のシワを有する表面とは反対側に、また基材を有する場合は、当該基材の艶消層が設けられる側とは反対側に、プライマー層(「裏面プライマー層」とも称される。)を有することもできる。 For the purpose of improving the adhesiveness to the adherend, the matte article A is on the side opposite to the wrinkled surface of at least one of the matte layers, and when it has a base material, the matte base material is glossy. A primer layer (also referred to as a "backside primer layer") may be provided on the side opposite to the side on which the vanishing layer is provided.
(透明性樹脂層)
 艶消物品Aは、その強度を高めるため、また後述する装飾層を有する場合は当該装飾層の保護等の観点から、透明性樹脂層を有してもよい。とりわけ、艶消物品Aを床材の用途、また使用頻度が高い窓枠、扉、扉枠、手すり等の建具部材の用途に用いる場合に有効である。
 透明性樹脂層は、当該基材と艶消層との間に設ければよく、装飾層を有する場合は、当該装飾層を保護するため、当該装飾層と艶消層との間に設ければよい。
(Transparent resin layer)
The matte article A may have a transparent resin layer in order to increase its strength and, when it has a decorative layer described later, from the viewpoint of protecting the decorative layer and the like. In particular, it is effective when the matte article A is used as a flooring material and as a fitting member such as a window frame, a door, a door frame, and a handrail which is frequently used.
The transparent resin layer may be provided between the base material and the matte layer, and when the decorative layer is provided, the transparent resin layer is provided between the decorative layer and the matte layer in order to protect the decorative layer. Just do it.
 透明性樹脂層を構成する樹脂としては、ポリオレフィン系樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、ポリカーボネート樹脂、アクリロニトリル-ブタジエン-スチレン樹脂(以下、「ABS樹脂」とも称する。)、アクリル樹脂、塩化ビニル樹脂等が挙げられ、これらの中でも加工適性等の観点からポリオレフィン系樹脂、塩化ビニル樹脂が好ましい。また、これらの各種樹脂を2種類以上積層して、又は混合して使用してもよい。 Examples of the resin constituting the transparent resin layer include polyolefin-based resin, polyester resin, polycarbonate resin, acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin (hereinafter, also referred to as “ABS resin”), acrylic resin, vinyl chloride resin and the like. Among these, polyolefin resins and vinyl chloride resins are preferable from the viewpoint of processability and the like. Further, two or more kinds of these various resins may be laminated or mixed and used.
 透明性樹脂層は、透明性樹脂層よりも基材側を視認できる程度に透明であればよく、また装飾層を有する場合は当該装飾層を視認できる程度に透明であればよく、無色透明の他、着色透明及び半透明であってもよい。すなわち、本明細書において、「透明性」とは、無色透明の他、着色透明及び半透明も含むことを意味する。 The transparent resin layer may be transparent to the extent that the base material side can be visually recognized from the transparent resin layer, and if it has a decorative layer, it may be transparent to the extent that the decorative layer can be visually recognized, and is colorless and transparent. In addition, it may be colored transparent or translucent. That is, in the present specification, "transparency" means that in addition to colorless and transparent, colored transparent and translucent are also included.
 透明性樹脂層は、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等の耐候剤、また着色剤等の添加剤を含有してもよい。これらの耐候剤、着色剤等の添加剤としては、既述のものを用いればよい。
 透明性樹脂層の厚さは、装飾層を保護する観点、また加工適性等を考慮すると、20μm以上150μm以下が好ましく、40μm以上120μm以下がより好ましく、60μm以上100μm以下が更に好ましい。
The transparent resin layer may contain a weathering agent such as an ultraviolet absorber and a light stabilizer, and an additive such as a colorant. As the additives such as these weather resistant agents and colorants, those described above may be used.
The thickness of the transparent resin layer is preferably 20 μm or more and 150 μm or less, more preferably 40 μm or more and 120 μm or less, and further preferably 60 μm or more and 100 μm or less, from the viewpoint of protecting the decorative layer and considering processing suitability.
(装飾層)
 艶消物品Aは、意匠性を向上させる観点から、装飾層を有してもよい。装飾層は、艶消層のシワを有する少なくとも一方の面とは反対側の面に設ければよく、基材を有する場合は基材と艶消層との間に、また透明性樹脂層を有する場合は装飾層、透明性樹脂層及び艶消層の順に設ければよい。
(Decorative layer)
The matte article A may have a decorative layer from the viewpoint of improving the design. The decorative layer may be provided on a surface opposite to at least one surface having wrinkles of the matte layer, and when a base material is provided, a transparent resin layer is provided between the base material and the matte layer. If it is provided, it may be provided in the order of a decorative layer, a transparent resin layer, and a matte layer.
 装飾層は、例えば、全面を被覆する着色層(いわゆるベタ着色層、図4中の「6a」)であってもよいし、種々の模様をインキと印刷機を使用して印刷することにより形成される絵柄層(図4中の「6b」)であってもよい。また、図4に示されるように、ベタ着色層と絵柄層とを組み合わせたものであってもよい。 The decorative layer may be, for example, a colored layer that covers the entire surface (so-called solid colored layer, “6a” in FIG. 4), or is formed by printing various patterns using ink and a printing machine. It may be a pattern layer (“6b” in FIG. 4) to be printed. Further, as shown in FIG. 4, a solid coloring layer and a pattern layer may be combined.
 絵柄層の絵柄(模様)としては、特に制限なく所望に応じた絵柄を採用すればよく、例えば木材板表面の年輪や導管溝等の木目柄、大理石、花崗岩等の石板表面の石目柄、布帛表面の布目柄、皮革表面の皮シボ柄、幾何学模様、文字、図形、またこれらを組み合わせたもの等が挙げられる。 As the pattern (pattern) of the pattern layer, a pattern as desired may be adopted without particular limitation. For example, a wood grain pattern such as an annual ring or a conduit groove on the surface of a wood board, a stone grain pattern on a stone board surface such as marble or granite, etc. Examples include a texture pattern on the surface of a cloth, a textured pattern on a leather surface, a geometric pattern, characters, figures, and a combination thereof.
 装飾層に用いられるインキとしては、バインダー樹脂に顔料、染料等の着色剤、体質顔料、溶剤、安定剤、可塑剤、触媒、硬化剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等を適宜混合したものが使用される。
 装飾層のバインダー樹脂としては特に制限はなく、例えば、ウレタン樹脂、アクリルポリオール樹脂、アクリル樹脂、エステル樹脂、アミド樹脂、ブチラール樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ウレタン-アクリル共重合体、塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル共重合体樹脂、塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル-アクリル共重合体樹脂、塩素化プロピレン樹脂、ニトロセルロース樹脂、酢酸セルロース樹脂等の樹脂が挙げられる。また、1液硬化型樹脂、イソシアネート化合物等の硬化剤を伴う2液硬化型樹脂など、種々のタイプの樹脂を用いることができる。
The ink used for the decorative layer is a binder resin mixed with colorants such as pigments and dyes, extender pigments, solvents, stabilizers, plasticizers, catalysts, curing agents, ultraviolet absorbers, light stabilizers, etc. as appropriate. used.
The binder resin of the decorative layer is not particularly limited, and for example, urethane resin, acrylic polyol resin, acrylic resin, ester resin, amide resin, butyral resin, styrene resin, urethane-acrylic copolymer, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate common weight. Examples thereof include a coalesced resin, a vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate-acrylic copolymer resin, a chlorinated propylene resin, a nitrocellulose resin, and a cellulose acetate resin. Further, various types of resins such as a one-component curable resin and a two-component curable resin with a curing agent such as an isocyanate compound can be used.
 着色剤としては、隠蔽性及び耐候性に優れる顔料が好ましい。顔料は基材に用いられ得る顔料として例示したものと同様のものを用いることができる。
 着色剤の含有量は、装飾層を構成する樹脂100質量部に対して、5質量部以上90質量部以下が好ましく、15質量部以上80質量部以下がより好ましく、30質量部以上70質量部以下がさらに好ましい。
As the colorant, a pigment having excellent hiding power and weather resistance is preferable. As the pigment, the same pigment as those exemplified as the pigment that can be used for the base material can be used.
The content of the colorant is preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 90 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, and 30 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting the decorative layer. The following is more preferable.
 装飾層は、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等の耐候剤、着色剤等の添加剤を含有してもよい。
 装飾層の厚さは、所望の絵柄に応じて適宜選択すればよいが、被着材の地色を隠蔽し、かつ意匠性を向上させる観点から、0.5μm以上20μm以下が好ましく、1μm以上10μm以下がより好ましく、2μm以上5μm以下が更に好ましい。
The decorative layer may contain an ultraviolet absorber, a weathering agent such as a light stabilizer, and an additive such as a colorant.
The thickness of the decorative layer may be appropriately selected according to the desired pattern, but from the viewpoint of hiding the ground color of the adherend and improving the design, it is preferably 0.5 μm or more and 20 μm or less, and 1 μm or more. 10 μm or less is more preferable, and 2 μm or more and 5 μm or less is further preferable.
(接着層)
 艶消物品Aが、透明性樹脂層を有する場合、基材と透明性樹脂層との間には、両層の密着性を向上するために接着層を有してもよい。
 基材と透明性樹脂層との間に、更に装飾層を有する場合、接着層と装飾層との位置関係は特に限定されず、具体的には、基材に近い側から装飾層、接着層及び透明性樹脂層をこの順に有していてもよいし、基材に近い側から接着層、装飾層及び透明性樹脂層をこの順に有していてもよい。
(Adhesive layer)
When the matte article A has a transparent resin layer, an adhesive layer may be provided between the base material and the transparent resin layer in order to improve the adhesion between the two layers.
When a decorative layer is further provided between the base material and the transparent resin layer, the positional relationship between the adhesive layer and the decorative layer is not particularly limited, and specifically, the decorative layer and the adhesive layer are from the side closer to the base material. And the transparent resin layer may be provided in this order, or the adhesive layer, the decorative layer and the transparent resin layer may be provided in this order from the side closer to the base material.
 接着層は、例えば、ウレタン系接着剤、アクリル系接着剤、エポキシ系接着剤、ゴム系接着剤等の接着剤から構成することができる。これら接着剤の中でも、ウレタン系接着剤が接着力の点で好ましい。
 ウレタン系接着剤としては、例えば、ポリエーテルポリオール、ポリエステルポリオール、アクリルポリオール等の各種ポリオール化合物と、イソシアネート化合物等の硬化剤とを含む2液硬化型ウレタン樹脂を利用した接着剤が挙げられる。
The adhesive layer can be composed of, for example, an adhesive such as a urethane-based adhesive, an acrylic-based adhesive, an epoxy-based adhesive, or a rubber-based adhesive. Among these adhesives, urethane-based adhesives are preferable in terms of adhesive strength.
Examples of the urethane-based adhesive include an adhesive using a two-component curable urethane resin containing various polyol compounds such as a polyether polyol, a polyester polyol, and an acrylic polyol, and a curing agent such as an isocyanate compound.
 接着層の厚さは、効率よく所望の接着力を得る観点から、0.1μm以上30μm以下が好ましく、1μm以上15μm以下がより好ましく、2μm以上10μm以下がさらに好ましい。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is preferably 0.1 μm or more and 30 μm or less, more preferably 1 μm or more and 15 μm or less, and further preferably 2 μm or more and 10 μm or less from the viewpoint of efficiently obtaining the desired adhesive force.
(艶消物品Aが有する性能)
 艶消物品Aは、優れた表面特性、中でも優れた耐擦傷性を有しており、例えば、下記ラビング試験を行う前の前記艶消層側の60°グロス値をGとし、前記ラビング試験を行った後の前記艶消層側の60°グロス値をGとしたときの、グロス値の変化率(|(G-G)|/G×100)が、20%以下であるという、優れた耐擦傷性(特に耐スチールウール性)を有するものである。
(ラビング試験)
 摩耗試験機II形(JIS L0849:2013)に艶消物品を土台に配置し、当該艶消物品の艶消層に接触するようにスチールウール#0000をセットして、荷重1500g/cm、移動速度100mm/秒、往復移動距離100mmで30回往復させた。
(Performance of matte article A)
Matte articles A, excellent surface property, have inter alia good scratch resistance, for example, a 60 ° gloss value of the matting layer side before performing the following rubbing test and G 0, the rubbing test When the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side is G 1 , the rate of change of the gloss value (| (G 1 − G 0 ) | / G 0 × 100) is 20% or less. It has excellent scratch resistance (particularly steel wool resistance).
(Rubbing test)
Place the matte article on the base of the abrasion tester type II (JIS L0849: 2013), set steel wool # 0000 so as to contact the matte layer of the matte article, load 1500 g / cm 2 , move. It was reciprocated 30 times at a speed of 100 mm / sec and a reciprocating movement distance of 100 mm.
 グロス値の変化率は、ラビング試験の前後におけるグロス値の変化の幅をみることで、艶消物品の耐擦傷性の一つである耐スチールウール性の指標とするものである。グロス値の変化率が大きいほど、ラビング試験後のグロス値が高くなる、すなわち艶消物品の表面が小傷により艶が高くなるため、耐スチールウール性に劣ることを示す。
 艶消物品Aは、優れた耐擦傷性を有していることから、グロス値の変化率は、既述のように20%以下となり、更には15%以下、10%以下、8%以下、5%以下となり得る。
The rate of change in the gloss value is used as an index of steel wool resistance, which is one of the scratch resistance of the matte article, by observing the range of change in the gloss value before and after the rubbing test. The larger the rate of change in the gloss value, the higher the gloss value after the rubbing test, that is, the surface of the matte article becomes glossy due to small scratches, which indicates that the steel wool resistance is inferior.
Since the matte article A has excellent scratch resistance, the rate of change of the gloss value is 20% or less as described above, and further, 15% or less, 10% or less, 8% or less, It can be less than 5%.
〔艶消物品Aの製造方法〕
 艶消物品Aは、既述のように、艶消層の単一層による層構成を有する場合、また少なくとも基材を含む層構成を有する場合がある。以下、艶消物品Aの製造方法について、単一層の場合、基材及びその他の層を有する場合、分けて説明する。
[Manufacturing method of matte article A]
As described above, the matte article A may have a layer structure consisting of a single layer of the matte layer, or may have a layer structure including at least a base material. Hereinafter, the method for producing the matte article A will be described separately when it has a single layer and when it has a base material and other layers.
 まず、単一層の場合は、以下の方法により艶消物品Aを製造することができる。
 離型性支持体の離型層を有する面に、上記の艶消層形成用樹脂組成物、すなわち平均粒子径が1μm以上、かつ前記艶消層の厚さの100%以下及び30μm以下のいずれか小さい方を上限とするシワ形成安定剤1と、平均粒子径が1μm未満であるシワ形成安定剤2とを、前記シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の合計量として樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物を塗布して塗布層を形成する工程、少なくとも100nm以上200nm未満の波長光で照射して硬化させて艶消層を形成する、艶消層形成工程を経て製造することが好ましい。また、樹脂組成物が溶剤を含有する場合、塗布層を形成する工程の後、溶剤乾燥工程を経てもよい。
 離型層を有する離型性支持体は、艶消物品Aを使用する際に剥離すればよい。
First, in the case of a single layer, the matte article A can be produced by the following method.
The resin composition for forming a matte layer, that is, having an average particle diameter of 1 μm or more and 100% or less or 30 μm or less of the thickness of the matte layer on the surface of the releasable support having a releasable layer. The wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 having the smaller one as the upper limit and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 having an average particle diameter of less than 1 μm are 100 parts by mass of the resin as the total amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2. A step of applying a resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less to form a coating layer, and irradiating with light having a wavelength of at least 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm to cure the matte layer. It is preferably produced through a matte layer forming step of forming. When the resin composition contains a solvent, a solvent drying step may be performed after the step of forming the coating layer.
The releasable support having the releasable layer may be peeled off when the matte article A is used.
 次に、基材及びその他の層を有する場合は、以下の方法により艶消物品Aを製造することができる。
 艶消物品Aは、例えば基材(好ましくは基材シート)の一方の主面側に、シワ形成安定剤を樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物を塗布して塗布層を形成する工程、少なくとも100nm以上200nm未満の波長光で照射して前記塗布層を硬化させて艶消層を形成する、艶消層形成工程を経て製造することが好ましい。また、樹脂組成物が溶剤を含有する場合、塗布層を形成する工程の後、溶剤乾燥工程を経てもよい。
Next, when the base material and other layers are provided, the matte article A can be produced by the following method.
The matte article A contains, for example, a wrinkle formation stabilizer on one main surface side of a base material (preferably a base material sheet) in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. , A step of applying a resin composition for forming a matte layer to form a coating layer, irradiating with light having a wavelength of at least 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm to cure the coating layer to form a matte layer. It is preferably manufactured through a forming step. When the resin composition contains a solvent, a solvent drying step may be performed after the step of forming the coating layer.
 上記艶消物品Aの製造方法は、とりわけ、前記艶消層側の60°グロス値が5.0以下という艶消物品Aを製造する場合に好適な製造方法となり得る。中でも、艶消物品Aの製造方法は、特に、μmオーダーの粒子の添加量が樹脂100質量部に対して6.0質量部以下という低含有量に抑えて、しかも60°グロス値が5.0以下の艶消(低艶、低光沢)の表面を実現し得る点において、従来公知の艶消化粧材、艶消化粧シート等の艶消物品の製造方法とは一線を画するものである。
 このような製造方法により、艶消物品Aを容易に得ることが可能となる。具体的には、艶消層の形成にあたり、少なくとも100nm以上200nm未満という低波長(短波長)の紫外線を、艶消層を形成するシワ形成安定剤を含む艶消形成用の樹脂組成物に照射することにより、当該艶消層の少なくとも一方の表面に、シワを形成させることができ、艶消物品(艶消層)に安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を付与しやすくなる。
The method for producing the matte article A can be particularly suitable for producing the matte article A having a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less on the matte layer side. Above all, in the method for producing the matte article A, in particular, the amount of particles added on the order of μm is suppressed to a low content of 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin, and the 60 ° gloss value is 5. In that a matte surface (low gloss, low gloss) of 0 or less can be realized, it is different from the conventionally known methods for manufacturing matte articles such as matte cosmetic materials and matte cosmetic sheets. ..
By such a manufacturing method, the matte article A can be easily obtained. Specifically, when forming the matte layer, a low wavelength (short wavelength) ultraviolet ray of at least 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm is irradiated to a resin composition for matte formation containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer for forming the matte layer. By doing so, wrinkles can be formed on at least one surface of the matte layer, and it becomes easy to stably impart the visibility and texture of the matte effect to the matte article (matte layer).
 このような低波長の紫外線を、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物に照射することにより、艶消層の少なくとも一方の表面においてシワが形成し艶消効果の視認性及び質感が発現する機構についての詳細は不明であるが、以下の機構によるものと推察される。 Regarding the mechanism by which wrinkles are formed on at least one surface of the matte layer by irradiating the resin composition for forming the matte layer with such low-wavelength ultraviolet rays, and the visibility and texture of the matte effect are exhibited. The details of this are unknown, but it is presumed that it is due to the following mechanism.
 艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物を所定の厚さで塗布した塗布物に低波長の紫外線を照射すると、当該紫外線のエネルギーが表面部分のみに浸透し、それより下層にはエネルギーが到達しないことにより、当該樹脂組成物の表面部分だけが硬化をはじめることから、表面だけが硬化収縮を生じることで、シワが形成するものと考えられる。このように、シワの形成は、低波長の紫外線の照射により、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物の表面からの一定の厚み方向のみが硬化した状態において生じていると考えられる。
 また、後述する実施例と比較例との対比より、シワ形成安定剤を含まない場合にシワの形成が不安定となり艶消効果の視認性が艶消層の全面にわたって安定して、十分な程度には発現しないことから、当該艶消効果の視認性の安定的な発現は、低波長の紫外線による表面部分のみの硬化だけでは説明できない。すなわち、艶消物品Aがシワを安定的に有することで艶消効果の視認性を発現するには、シワ形成安定剤が含まれることが必要不可欠である。シワ形成安定剤を含まない場合にシワの形成の安定による安定的な艶消効果の視認性が得られていないことを考慮すると、シワ形成安定剤がシワ形成のきっかけとなる核のような機能を有しており、当該核を中心に、上記樹脂組成物の表面部分の樹脂が集まりシワの凸部(突起部)と、凸部(突起部)の形成とともに凹部が形成し、結果としてシワの形成が安定するものと考えられる。そして、このようにして形成したシワは、その形状に起因する光拡散効果により艶消物品Aに艶消効果の視認性を安定的に付与するとともに、質感をも安定的に付与するものと考えられる。
When a coating material coated with a resin composition for forming a matte layer to a predetermined thickness is irradiated with low-wavelength ultraviolet rays, the energy of the ultraviolet rays permeates only the surface portion, and the energy does not reach the lower layer. Therefore, it is considered that wrinkles are formed by causing curing shrinkage only on the surface because only the surface portion of the resin composition starts to cure. As described above, it is considered that the formation of wrinkles occurs in a state where only a certain thickness direction from the surface of the resin composition for forming a matte layer is cured by irradiation with ultraviolet rays having a low wavelength.
Further, as a comparison between Examples and Comparative Examples described later, when the wrinkle formation stabilizer is not contained, the formation of wrinkles becomes unstable and the visibility of the matte effect is stable over the entire surface of the matte layer, which is sufficient. Therefore, the stable expression of the visibility of the matting effect cannot be explained only by the curing of only the surface portion by low-wavelength ultraviolet rays. That is, in order for the matte article A to stably have wrinkles to exhibit the visibility of the matte effect, it is indispensable to include a wrinkle formation stabilizer. Considering that the stable matting effect due to the stabilization of wrinkle formation is not obtained when the wrinkle formation stabilizer is not contained, the wrinkle formation stabilizer functions like a nucleus that triggers wrinkle formation. The resin on the surface portion of the resin composition gathers around the core, and wrinkles are formed along with the formation of the convex portion (projection portion) and the convex portion (projection portion) of the wrinkle, resulting in wrinkles. It is considered that the formation of is stable. Then, it is considered that the wrinkles formed in this way stably impart the visibility of the matte effect to the matte article A by the light diffusion effect due to its shape, and also stably impart the texture. Be done.
 本製造方法で用いられるシワ形成安定剤、シワ形成安定剤を含む艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物は、上記の艶消物品Aで用いられ得るシワ形成安定剤、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物として説明した内容と同じである。 The resin composition for forming a matte layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer and a wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the present production method is a wrinkle formation stabilizer and a resin for forming a matte layer that can be used in the above-mentioned matte article A. It is the same as the content described as the composition.
 本製造方法では、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物を少なくとも100nm以上200nm未満の波長光で照射することが好ましい。この照射により、当該紫外線のエネルギーが表面部分のみに浸透し、それより下層にはエネルギーが到達しないことにより、当該樹脂組成物の表面部分だけが硬化をはじめることから、表面だけが硬化収縮を生じることでシワの形成が安定し、当該樹脂組成物表層はシワを有する硬化物となり、艶消層を構成するものとなる。そして、かかる後、硬化の進行が遅い当該表面近傍部分から深さ方向に離れた深奥部分への硬化が進み、当該樹脂組成物の層は硬化物となり、もって当該樹脂組成物の全厚さにわたり硬化し、かつ表面に光拡散効果を発現するシワを有する艶消層を構成するものとなる。当該深奥部分への硬化の進行を促進する観点からは、後述するように、100nm以上200nm未満の波長光で照射した後、さらに他の照射処理を行うことが好ましい。 In this production method, it is preferable to irradiate the resin composition for forming a matte layer with light having a wavelength of at least 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm. By this irradiation, the energy of the ultraviolet rays permeates only the surface portion, and the energy does not reach the lower layer, so that only the surface portion of the resin composition starts to cure, so that only the surface undergoes curing shrinkage. As a result, the formation of wrinkles is stable, and the surface layer of the resin composition becomes a cured product having wrinkles, which constitutes a matte layer. After that, the curing progresses from the portion near the surface where the curing progresses slowly to the deep portion separated in the depth direction, and the layer of the resin composition becomes a cured product, thus covering the entire thickness of the resin composition. It constitutes a matte layer having wrinkles that are cured and exhibit a light diffusing effect on the surface. From the viewpoint of accelerating the progress of curing to the deep portion, it is preferable to perform another irradiation treatment after irradiating with light having a wavelength of 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm, as will be described later.
 少なくとも100nm以上200nm未満の波長光としては、例えば、Ar、Kr、Xe、Ne等の希ガス、F、Cl、I、Br等のハロゲンによる希ガスのハロゲン化物等ガス、又はこれらの混合ガスの放電によって形成される励起状態の2量体、すなわちエキシマ(excimer)からの紫外線波長域の光を含む「エキシマ光」が好ましい。エキシマ光の波長及び光源となるエキシマとしては、例えばArのエキシマから輻射される波長126nmの光(以下、「126nm(Ar)」のように略称する。)、146nm(Kr)、157nm(F)、172nm(Xe)、193nm(ArF)等の波長光を好ましく採用することができる。エキシマ光としては、自然放出光、誘導放出によるコヒーレンス(可干渉性)の高いレーザ光のいずれも用いることができるが、通常自然放出光を用いれば十分である。なお、当該光(紫外線)を放射する放電ランプは、「エキシマランプ」とも称されている。
 エキシマ光は波長ピークが単一であり、また通常の紫外線(例えば、メタルハライドランプ、水銀ランプ等から放射される紫外線)と比べて波長の半値幅が狭いことが特徴として挙げられる。このようなエキシマ光を用いることで、シワの形成が安定し、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感が向上する。
The wavelength light of at least 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm includes, for example, a rare gas such as Ar, Kr, Xe, Ne, a halide of a rare gas due to a halogen such as F, Cl, I, Br, or a mixed gas thereof. An excited state dimer formed by electric discharge, that is, "excimer light" containing light in the ultraviolet wavelength range from an excimer is preferable. The wavelength of the excimer light and the excimer used as the light source include, for example, light having a wavelength of 126 nm radiated from the excimer of Ar 2 (hereinafter, abbreviated as “126 nm (Ar 2 )”), 146 nm (Kr 2 ), and 157 nm. Light having a wavelength of (F 2 ), 172 nm (Xe 2 ), 193 nm (ArF) or the like can be preferably adopted. As the excimer light, either spontaneous emission light or laser light having high coherence (coherence) due to stimulated emission can be used, but it is usually sufficient to use spontaneous emission light. The discharge lamp that emits the light (ultraviolet rays) is also referred to as an "excimer lamp".
Excimer light has a single wavelength peak, and is characterized by having a narrower half-width of wavelength than ordinary ultraviolet rays (for example, ultraviolet rays emitted from a metal halide lamp, a mercury lamp, or the like). By using such excimer light, the formation of wrinkles is stabilized, and the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably improved.
 シワの形成を安定させて、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる観点から、波長としては好ましくは120nm以上、より好ましくは140nm以上、更に好ましくは150nm以上、より更に好ましくは155nm以上であり、上限として200nm未満であり、特に好ましくは、172nm(Xe)である。このように、本製造方法では、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる観点から、より低波長の波長光を用いることが好ましく、低波長紫外線(波長:280nm以下)のうち、200nm未満の領域の低波長紫外線が好ましい、ともいえる。 From the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles and stably improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect, the wavelength is preferably 120 nm or more, more preferably 140 nm or more, still more preferably 150 nm or more, still more preferably 155 nm. As described above, the upper limit is less than 200 nm, and particularly preferably 172 nm (Xe 2 ). As described above, in the present manufacturing method, from the viewpoint of stably improving the visibility and texture of the matting effect, it is preferable to use light having a lower wavelength, and among the low-wavelength ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 280 nm or less), It can be said that low-wavelength ultraviolet rays in the region of less than 200 nm are preferable.
 本製造方法において、上記波長光の積算光量は、シワの形成を安定させて、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる観点から、好ましくは1mJ/cm以上、より好ましくは10mJ/cm以上、更に好ましくは30mJ/cm以上、より更に好ましくは50mJ/cm以上である。また上限としては特に制限はなく、波長光の照射に必要な灯数を低減し、また生産効率の向上等の生産性の観点から、上限として好ましくは1,000mJ/cm以下、より好ましくは500mJ/cm以下、更に好ましくは300mJ/cm以下である。
 また、これと同様の観点から、紫外線出力密度は、好ましくは0.01W/cm以上、より好ましくは0.1W/cm以上、更に好ましくは0.5W/cm以上であり、上限として好ましくは10W/cm以下、より好ましくは5W/cm以下、更に好ましくは3W/cm以下である。
 また、上記波長光を照射する際の酸素濃度は、より低いことが好ましく、好ましくは1,000ppm以下、より好ましくは750ppm以下、更に好ましくは500ppm以下、より更に好ましくは300ppm以下である。
In the present production method, the integrated light amount of the wavelength light is preferably 1 mJ / cm 2 or more, more preferably 10 mJ, from the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles and stably improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect. / cm 2 or more, more preferably 30 mJ / cm 2 or more, even more preferably 50 mJ / cm 2 or more. The upper limit is not particularly limited, and the upper limit is preferably 1,000 mJ / cm 2 or less, more preferably 1,000 mJ / cm 2 or less, from the viewpoint of reducing the number of lights required for irradiating wavelength light and improving productivity such as improvement of production efficiency. It is 500 mJ / cm 2 or less, more preferably 300 mJ / cm 2 or less.
From the same viewpoint as this, the ultraviolet output density is preferably 0.01 W / cm or more, more preferably 0.1 W / cm or more, still more preferably 0.5 W / cm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 10 W. It is / cm or less, more preferably 5 W / cm or less, still more preferably 3 W / cm or less.
The oxygen concentration when irradiating the wavelength light is preferably lower, preferably 1,000 ppm or less, more preferably 750 ppm or less, still more preferably 500 ppm or less, still more preferably 300 ppm or less.
 本製造方法における艶消層形成工程では、上記の少なくとも100nm以上200nm未満の波長光での照射の他、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物の硬化に寄与する他の処理を行ってもよい。
 例えば、既述の表面部分と表面から深さ方向に離れた深奥部分の硬化の進行度合いの違いによるシワの形成を安定させ、かつ深奥部分への硬化の進行を促進する観点から、例えば200nm以上の波長光、例えば、380nm以上、好ましくは385nm以上400nm以下程度の波長光で予め照射して艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物を全体的に予備硬化させた後に、100nm以上200nm未満の波長光で照射してもよいし、また100nm以上200nm未満の波長光での照射後に、樹脂組成物を更に硬化させるために後硬化を行ってもよい。予備硬化、後硬化については、艶消層に求められる所望の性状(例えば、耐擦傷性、耐汚染性等の表面特性、また加工特性)に応じて採用の要否を適宜決めればよい。また、上記波長光は紫外線に属するものであるが、紫外線に限らず他の電離放射線、例えば電子線等を用いることも可能である。例えば、後硬化においては、艶消層の表面特性の向上の観点から、電子線が好ましく用いられ得る。
In the matte layer forming step in the present production method, in addition to the above-mentioned irradiation with wavelength light of at least 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm, other treatments that contribute to the curing of the resin composition for forming the matte layer may be performed.
For example, from the viewpoint of stabilizing the formation of wrinkles due to the difference in the degree of hardening progress between the surface portion and the deep portion separated from the surface in the depth direction and promoting the progress of hardening to the deep portion, for example, 200 nm or more. Wavelength light of 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm after pre-irradiating with wavelength light of 380 nm or more, preferably 385 nm or more and 400 nm or less to pre-cure the resin composition for forming a matte layer. Or, after irradiation with light having a wavelength of 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm, post-curing may be performed to further cure the resin composition. Regarding pre-curing and post-curing, the necessity of adoption may be appropriately determined according to the desired properties required for the matte layer (for example, surface characteristics such as scratch resistance and stain resistance, and processing characteristics). Further, although the above-mentioned wavelength light belongs to ultraviolet rays, it is also possible to use not only ultraviolet rays but also other ionizing radiations such as electron beams. For example, in post-curing, an electron beam can be preferably used from the viewpoint of improving the surface characteristics of the matte layer.
 本製造方法において、艶消層は、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物を、グラビア印刷法、バーコート法、ロールコート法、リバースロールコート法、コンマコート法等の公知の方式で塗布した塗布層(未硬化樹脂層)を、少なくとも100nm以上200nm未満の波長光で照射して形成することができる。 In the present production method, the matte layer is coated by applying a resin composition for forming a matte layer by a known method such as a gravure printing method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a reverse roll coating method, or a comma coating method. The layer (uncured resin layer) can be formed by irradiating with light having a wavelength of at least 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm.
 また、本製造方法で得られる艶消物品は、上記の艶消物品Aで採用し得る層として説明した、基材の他、透明性樹脂層等の他の層を有し得る。
 例えば、装飾層、接着層及びプライマー層は、各層を形成する組成物を含む塗布液を、上記の公知の方式で塗布し、必要に応じて、乾燥、硬化することにより形成することができる。また、透明性樹脂層を形成する場合は、透明性樹脂層を形成する樹脂フィルムをドライラミネート等により形成することができる。
Further, the matte article obtained by the present production method may have another layer such as a transparent resin layer in addition to the base material described as the layer that can be adopted in the above-mentioned matte article A.
For example, the decorative layer, the adhesive layer, and the primer layer can be formed by applying a coating liquid containing a composition forming each layer by the above-mentioned known method, and if necessary, drying and curing. When forming the transparent resin layer, the resin film forming the transparent resin layer can be formed by dry laminating or the like.
〔化粧部材A〕
 艶消物品Aの代表的な用途としては、艶消物品Aをそのままで、建築物や各種家具、車両、家電製品等の表面を構成する、いわゆる化粧部材として用いることもできるし、また被着材と積層して、複合して、乃至は組み合わせて化粧部材として用いることも可能である(以下、これらの艶消物品Aを用いた化粧部材を「化粧部材A」と称することがある。)。いずれとするかは、所望に応じて決定すればよい。
 被着材を有する場合、化粧部材Aは、当該被着材と上記の艶消物品Aとを有するものであり、具体的には、被着材の装飾を要する面と、艶消物品Aの艶消層のシワが形成され艶消効果の視認性及び質感を発現する一方の面とは反対側の面と、を対向させて積層したものである。また、艶消物品Aがシート形態を有している場合は、被着材に積層しやすいという特徴も有している。
[Cosmetic member A]
As a typical use of the matte article A, the matte article A can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc., or is adhered. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with a material, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles A may be referred to as "decorative member A"). .. Which one to use may be determined as desired.
When the decorative member A has an adherend, the decorative member A has the adherend and the above-mentioned matte article A. Specifically, the surface of the adherend that requires decoration and the matte article A. The matte layer is laminated so that the wrinkles of the matte layer are formed and the surface on the opposite side to the one surface that exhibits the visibility and texture of the matte effect is opposed to each other. Further, when the matte article A has a sheet form, it also has a feature that it can be easily laminated on the adherend.
(被着材)
 被着材としては、上記基材として採用し得るものとして例示した材料から適宜選択される材料からなる部材が挙げられる。
 被着材は、上記の中から用途に応じて適宜選択すればよく、壁、天井、床等の建築物の内装用部材又は外壁、屋根、軒天井、柵、門扉等の外装用部材、窓枠、扉、手すり、幅木、廻り縁、モール等の建具又は造作部材を用途とする場合は、木質系材料により構成される木質部材、金属により構成される金属部材及び樹脂により構成される樹脂部材から選ばれる少なくとも一種の部材からなるものが好ましく、玄関ドア等の外装部材、窓枠、扉等の建具を用途とする場合は、金属部材及び樹脂部材から選ばれる少なくとも一種の部材からなるものが好ましい。
(Adhesion material)
Examples of the adherend include a member made of a material appropriately selected from the materials exemplified as those that can be adopted as the base material.
The adherend may be appropriately selected from the above depending on the intended use, and may be used as an interior member of a building such as a wall, a ceiling, or a floor, or an exterior member such as an outer wall, a roof, an eaves ceiling, a fence, or a gate, or a window. When fittings or building members such as frames, doors, handrails, skirting boards, surrounding edges, moldings, etc. are used, wood members made of wood-based materials, metal members made of metal, and resins made of resin. It is preferably composed of at least one member selected from the members, and when the use is for exterior members such as entrance doors, window frames, doors and other fittings, those composed of at least one member selected from metal members and resin members. Is preferable.
 被着材の厚さは、用途及び材料に応じて適宜選択すればよく、0.1mm以上100mm以下が好ましく、0.3mm以上5mmがより好ましく、0.5mm以上3mm以下が更に好ましい。 The thickness of the adherend may be appropriately selected depending on the application and material, and is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 100 mm or less, more preferably 0.3 mm or more and 5 mm, and further preferably 0.5 mm or more and 3 mm or less.
(接着剤層)
 被着材と艶消物品Aとは、優れた接着性を得るため、接着剤層を介して貼着されることが好ましい。
(Adhesive layer)
The adherend and the matte article A are preferably attached via an adhesive layer in order to obtain excellent adhesiveness.
 接着剤層に用いられる接着剤としては、特に限定されず、公知の接着剤を使用することができ、用途に応じて適宜選択すればよい。例えば、湿気硬化型接着剤、嫌気硬化型接着剤、乾燥硬化型接着剤、UV硬化型接着剤、感熱接着剤(例えば、ホットメルト型接着剤)、感圧接着剤等の接着剤が好ましく挙げられる。 The adhesive used for the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, and a known adhesive can be used and may be appropriately selected depending on the intended use. For example, adhesives such as moisture-curable adhesives, anaerobic curable adhesives, dry-curable adhesives, UV-curable adhesives, heat-sensitive adhesives (for example, hot melt adhesives), and pressure-sensitive adhesives are preferable. Be done.
 これらの接着剤に用いられる樹脂としては、例えば、アクリル樹脂、ウレタン樹脂、塩化ビニル系樹脂、酢酸ビニル系樹脂、塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル共重合体、スチレン-アクリル共重合、ポリエステル樹脂、アミド樹脂、シアノアクリレート樹脂、エポキシ樹脂等が挙げられ、これらを単独で、又は複数種を組み合わせて用いることができる。また、イソシアネート化合物等を硬化剤とする2液硬化型のウレタン系接着剤、エステル系接着剤も適用し得る。
 また、接着剤層には、粘着剤を用いることもできる。粘着剤としては、アクリル系、ウレタン系、シリコーン系、ゴム系等の各種粘着剤を適宜選択して用いることができる。
Examples of the resin used for these adhesives include acrylic resin, urethane resin, vinyl chloride resin, vinyl acetate resin, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer, styrene-acrylic copolymer, polyester resin, and amide resin. Examples thereof include cyanoacrylate resin and epoxy resin, and these can be used alone or in combination of two or more. Further, a two-component curable urethane-based adhesive or an ester-based adhesive using an isocyanate compound or the like as a curing agent can also be applied.
Further, an adhesive may be used for the adhesive layer. As the pressure-sensitive adhesive, various pressure-sensitive adhesives such as acrylic, urethane, silicone, and rubber can be appropriately selected and used.
 接着剤層の厚さは特に制限はないが、優れた接着性を得る観点から、1μm以上100μm以下が好ましく、5μm以上50μm以下がより好ましく、10μm以上30μm以下が更に好ましい。 The thickness of the adhesive layer is not particularly limited, but from the viewpoint of obtaining excellent adhesiveness, it is preferably 1 μm or more and 100 μm or less, more preferably 5 μm or more and 50 μm or less, and further preferably 10 μm or more and 30 μm or less.
(化粧部材Aの製造方法)
 化粧部材Aは、艶消物品Aと被着材とを積層する工程を経て製造することができる。
 本工程は、被着材と、艶消物品Aとを積層する工程であり、被着材の装飾を要する面と、艶消物品Aの艶消層のシワが形成され艶消効果の視認性及び質感を発現する一方の面とは反対側の面と、また艶消物品Aが基材を有する場合は基材側の面とを対向させて積層する。被着材と艶消物品Aとの積層する方法としては、例えば、接着剤層を介して艶消物品Aを板状の被着材に加圧ローラーで加圧して積層するラミネート方法等が挙げられる。
(Manufacturing method of decorative member A)
The decorative member A can be manufactured through a step of laminating the matte article A and the adherend.
This step is a step of laminating the adherend and the matte article A, and wrinkles are formed on the surface of the adherend that requires decoration and the matte layer of the matte article A, and the visibility of the matte effect is visible. And the surface opposite to one surface that develops the texture, and if the matte article A has a substrate, the surface on the substrate side is opposed to each other and laminated. Examples of the method of laminating the adherend and the matte article A include a laminating method of laminating the matte article A on a plate-shaped adherend by pressing it with a pressure roller via an adhesive layer. Be done.
 接着剤としてホットメルト接着剤(感熱接着剤)を用いる場合、接着剤を構成する樹脂の種類にもよるが、加温温度は160℃以上200℃以下が好ましく、反応性ホットメルト接着剤では100℃以上130℃以下が好ましい。また、真空成形加工の場合は加熱しながら行うことが一般的であり、80℃以上130℃以下が好ましく、より好ましくは90℃以上120℃以下である。 When a hot melt adhesive (heat sensitive adhesive) is used as the adhesive, the heating temperature is preferably 160 ° C. or higher and 200 ° C. or lower, and 100 for the reactive hot melt adhesive, although it depends on the type of resin constituting the adhesive. It is preferably ° C. or higher and 130 ° C. or lower. Further, in the case of vacuum forming, it is generally performed while heating, and it is preferably 80 ° C. or higher and 130 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 90 ° C. or higher and 120 ° C. or lower.
(化粧部材Aの用途)
 以上のようにして得られる化粧部材Aは、任意切断し、表面や木口部にルーター、カッター等の切削加工機を用いて溝加工、面取加工等の任意加飾を施すことができる。そして種々の用途、例えば、壁、天井、床等の建築物の内装用部材、外壁、軒天井、屋根、塀、柵等の外装用部材、窓枠、扉、扉枠、手すり、幅木、廻り縁、モール等の建具又は造作部材の他、箪笥、棚、机等の一般家具、食卓、流し台等の厨房家具、台所、トイレ、風呂場、洗面台等の水廻りで用いられる各種家具及び部材、又は家電、OA機器等のキャビネット等の表面化粧板、車両の内装、外装用部材等の各種部材として好適に用いられる。艶消物品Aは、シートの形態である場合は、上記の各種部材用の化粧シートとして好適に用いられる。また、艶消物品Aの、表面特性、中でも耐擦傷性に優れ、かつ艶消効果の視認性及び質感にも優れるという特徴を考慮すると、耐擦傷性が特に求められる用途、例えば建築物の内装用部材の中でも床材の用途、また使用頻度が高い窓枠、扉、扉枠、手すり等の建具部材の用途に好適に用いられる。
 更に、上記の各種部材の他にも、艶消物品Aは、単体で、又は他の素材と積層乃至は複合化した形態で、包装材料、ディスプレイ用防眩フィルム、白板又は黒板、クレジットカード、キャッシュカード、テレフォンカード、各種証明書類等の各種カード、各種キーボード類の鍵盤、窓、扉、間仕切り等の透明板(窓ガラス等)、人工皮革等に用いることができる。
(Use of decorative member A)
The decorative member A obtained as described above can be arbitrarily cut, and the surface and the end of the wood can be arbitrarily decorated by using a cutting machine such as a router or a cutter to perform grooving, chamfering, or the like. And various uses, for example, interior members of buildings such as walls, ceilings, floors, exterior members such as outer walls, eaves ceilings, roofs, walls, fences, window frames, doors, door frames, handrails, skirts, etc. In addition to fittings or building members such as surrounding edges and malls, general furniture such as stools, shelves and desks, kitchen furniture such as dining tables and sinks, and various furniture used around water such as kitchens, toilets, bathrooms and washbasins. It is suitably used as various members such as members, surface decorative boards for cabinets of home appliances, OA equipment, etc., interior and exterior members of vehicles, and the like. When the matte article A is in the form of a sheet, it is suitably used as a decorative sheet for the above-mentioned various members. Further, considering the surface characteristics of the matte article A, particularly excellent scratch resistance, and excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect, applications in which scratch resistance is particularly required, such as the interior of a building, are considered. Among the members, it is suitably used for flooring, and for fitting members such as window frames, doors, door frames, and handrails that are frequently used.
Further, in addition to the above-mentioned various members, the matte article A may be a packaging material, an antiglare film for a display, a white board or a blackboard, a credit card, etc. It can be used for cash cards, telephone cards, various cards such as various certificates, keys for various keyboards, transparent plates (window glass, etc.) for windows, doors, partitions, artificial leather, and the like.
[艶消物品B]
 本実施形態の艶消物品Aの中でも、特に二種のシワ形成安定剤を採用したもの、すなわち、艶消層を有する艶消物品であって、前記艶消層が、平均粒子径が1μm以上、かつ前記艶消層の厚さの100%以下及び30μm以下のいずれか小さい方を上限とするシワ形成安定剤1と、平均粒子径が1μm未満であるシワ形成安定剤2とを、前記シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の合計量として樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成され、前記艶消層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、前記艶消層の60°グロス値が5.0以下である、という艶消物品(以下、単に「艶消物品B」とも称する。)が好ましい。艶消物品Bは、このような構成を有することにより、艶消効果の視認性及び質感にも優れるものとなる。
[Matte article B]
Among the matte articles A of the present embodiment, particularly those using two kinds of wrinkle formation stabilizers, that is, matte articles having a matte layer, the matte layer has an average particle diameter of 1 μm or more. The wrinkle-forming stabilizer 1 having an upper limit of 100% or less and 30 μm or less of the thickness of the matte layer, whichever is smaller, and the wrinkle-forming stabilizer 2 having an average particle diameter of less than 1 μm are used. The total amount of the formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 is composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. A matte article (hereinafter, simply "matte article B") in which at least one surface has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles and the 60 ° gloss value of the matte layer is 5.0 or less. Also referred to as) is preferable. By having such a configuration, the matte article B is also excellent in the visibility and texture of the matte effect.
〔艶消層〕
 艶消物品Bにおける艶消層は、平均粒子径が1μm以上、かつ前記艶消層の厚さの100%以下及び30μm以下のいずれか小さい方を上限とするシワ形成安定剤1と、平均粒子径が1μm未満であるシワ形成安定剤2とを、前記シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の合計量として樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成される層である。すなわち、本実施形態において艶消層は、当該艶消層を形成する樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下の含有量で、シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2を含む層である。
[Matte layer]
The matte layer in the matte article B includes a wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 having an average particle diameter of 1 μm or more and an upper limit of 100% or less or 30 μm or less of the thickness of the matte layer, whichever is smaller, and average particles. The wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 having a diameter of less than 1 μm is used as the total amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is a layer composed of a cured product of the resin composition containing the mixture. That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer contains 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte layer, and wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and wrinkle formation. It is a layer containing the stabilizer 2.
(シワ形成安定剤)
 シワ形成安定剤は、上記艶消物品Aで採用されるものとして説明した、シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2が採用される。
 シワ形成安定剤について、シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の平均粒径、種類、含有量等、またシワ形成安定剤を用いることにより発現する効果、シワ形成安定剤と艶消剤との違いについては、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した内容と同じである。
(Wrinkle formation stabilizer)
As the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 described as those used in the matte article A are adopted.
Regarding the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size, type, content, etc. of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the effects exhibited by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent. The difference is the same as the content described for the matte article A.
(艶消層の表面形状)
 艶消物品Bの艶消層の表面形状は、少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸を有することを要し、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した内容と同じである。また、艶消物品Aの艶消層の表面形状の説明に用いた図1及び2は、艶消物品Bの艶消層の表面形状にも適用し得る。
(Surface shape of matte layer)
The surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article B needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, and is the same as the content described for the matte article A. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article B.
(樹脂)
 艶消物品Bの艶消層の形成に用いられる樹脂は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂に関する内容と同じである。
(resin)
The resin used for forming the matte layer of the matte article B is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
(樹脂組成物)
 艶消物品Bの艶消層の形成に用いられる樹脂組成物は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂組成物に関する内容と同じである。
(Resin composition)
The resin composition used for forming the matte layer of the matte article B is the same as that of the resin composition described for the matte article A.
〔60°グロス値〕
 艶消物品Bの60°グロス値は、5.0以下であり、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した60°グロス値に関する内容と同じである。よって、60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)についても同じである。
[60 ° gloss value]
The 60 ° gloss value of the matte article B is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
〔層構成について〕
 艶消物品Bの一番単純な層構成、より現実的な層構成等の層構成は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した層構成に関する内容と同じである。
[Layer structure]
The layer structure such as the simplest layer structure and the more realistic layer structure of the matte article B is the same as the content regarding the layer structure described for the matte article A.
〔基材〕
 艶消物品Bの基材は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した基材に関する内容と同じである。
〔Base material〕
The base material of the matte article B is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
〔その他の層〕
 艶消物品Bは、艶消層の他、上記の基材、またその他の層として、例えばプライマー層、透明性樹脂層、装飾層、接着層等を必要に応じて有し得る。これらのその他の層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明したその他の層に関する内容と同じである。よって、図3及び図4に示される層構成は、艶消物品Bにも適用し得る。
[Other layers]
In addition to the matte layer, the matte article B may have the above-mentioned base material and other layers such as a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, and an adhesive layer, if necessary. These other layers are the same as those relating to the other layers described for Matte Article A above. Therefore, the layer structure shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 can also be applied to the matte article B.
〔艶消物品Bの製造方法〕
 艶消物品Bの製造方法についても、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した製造方法に関する内容と同じである。
[Manufacturing method of matte article B]
The manufacturing method of the matte article B is also the same as that of the manufacturing method described for the matte article A.
〔化粧部材B〕
 艶消物品Bの代表的な用途としては、艶消物品Bをそのままで、建築物や各種家具、車両、家電製品等の表面を構成する、いわゆる化粧部材として用いることもできるし、また被着材と積層して、複合して、乃至は組み合わせて化粧部材として用いることも可能である(以下、これらの艶消物品Bを用いた化粧部材を「化粧部材B」と称することがある。)。いずれとするかは、所望に応じて決定すればよい。
 化粧部材Bにおける艶消物品Bの形態、被着材、接着剤層、化粧部材Bの用途等は、上記化粧部材Aにおいて説明した内容と同じである。
[Cosmetic member B]
As a typical use of the matte article B, the matte article B can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc., or is adhered. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with a material, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles B may be referred to as "decorative member B"). .. Which one to use may be determined as desired.
The form of the matte article B in the decorative member B, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the use of the decorative member B, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
[艶消物品C]
 本実施形態の艶消物品Aの中でも、特定の一種のシワ形成安定剤を採用したもの、すなわち、艶消層を有する艶消物品であって、前記艶消層が、平均粒子径が1μm以上、かつ前記艶消層の厚さの100%以下及び30μm以下のいずれか小さい方を上限とするシワ形成安定剤1を、樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成され、前記艶消層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、前記艶消層の60°グロス値が5.0以下である、という艶消物品(以下、単に「艶消物品C」とも称する。)が好ましい。艶消物品Cは、このような構成を有することにより、艶消効果の視認性及び質感にも優れるものとなる。
[Matte article C]
Among the matte articles A of the present embodiment, those adopting a specific kind of wrinkle formation stabilizer, that is, a matte article having a matte layer, the matte layer has an average particle diameter of 1 μm or more. And, the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 having the upper limit of 100% or less and 30 μm or less of the thickness of the matte layer, whichever is smaller, is 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is composed of a cured product of the resin composition contained below, has an uneven shape in which at least one surface of the matte layer is composed of irregular wrinkles, and the 60 ° gloss value of the matte layer is 5.0. A matte article (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "matte article C"), which is as follows, is preferable. By having such a configuration, the matte article C is also excellent in the visibility and texture of the matte effect.
〔艶消層〕
 艶消物品Cにおける艶消層は、平均粒子径が1μm以上、かつ前記艶消層の厚さの100%以下及び30μm以下のいずれか小さい方を上限とするシワ形成安定剤1を、樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成される層である。すなわち、本実施形態において艶消層は、当該艶消層を形成する樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下の含有量で、シワ形成安定剤1を含む層である。
[Matte layer]
The matte layer in the matte article C contains a wrinkle-forming stabilizer 1 having an average particle size of 1 μm or more and an upper limit of 100% or less or 30 μm or less of the thickness of the matte layer, whichever is smaller. It is a layer composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to parts by mass. That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer is a layer containing the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 in a content of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte layer. Is.
(シワ形成安定剤)
 シワ形成安定剤は、上記艶消物品Aで採用されるものとして説明した、シワ形成安定剤1が採用される。
 シワ形成安定剤について、シワ形成安定剤1の平均粒径、種類、含有量等、またシワ形成安定剤を用いることにより発現する効果、シワ形成安定剤と艶消剤との違いについては、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した内容と同じである。
(Wrinkle formation stabilizer)
As the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 described as being adopted in the matte article A is adopted.
Regarding the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size, type, content, etc. of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1, the effect developed by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer, and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are described above. It is the same as the content described for the matte article A.
(艶消層の表面形状)
 艶消物品Cの艶消層の表面形状は、少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸を有することを要し、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した内容と同じである。また、艶消物品Aの艶消層の表面形状の説明に用いた図1及び2は、艶消物品Cの艶消層の表面形状にも適用し得る。
(Surface shape of matte layer)
The surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article C needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, and is the same as the content described for the matte article A. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article C.
(樹脂)
 艶消物品Cの艶消層の形成に用いられる樹脂は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂に関する内容と同じである。
(resin)
The resin used for forming the matte layer of the matte article C is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
(樹脂組成物)
 艶消物品Cの艶消層の形成に用いられる樹脂組成物は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂組成物に関する内容と同じである。
(Resin composition)
The resin composition used for forming the matte layer of the matte article C is the same as the content relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A.
〔60°グロス値〕
 艶消物品Cの60°グロス値は、5.0以下であり、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した60°グロス値に関する内容と同じである。よって、60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)についても同じである。
[60 ° gloss value]
The 60 ° gloss value of the matte article C is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
〔層構成について〕
 艶消物品Cの一番単純な層構成、より現実的な層構成等の層構成は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した層構成に関する内容と同じである。
[Layer structure]
The layer structure such as the simplest layer structure and the more realistic layer structure of the matte article C is the same as the content regarding the layer structure described for the matte article A.
〔基材〕
 艶消物品Cの基材は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した基材に関する内容と同じである。
〔Base material〕
The base material of the matte article C is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
〔その他の層〕
 艶消物品Cは、艶消層の他、上記の基材、またその他の層として、例えばプライマー層、透明性樹脂層、装飾層、接着層等を必要に応じて有し得る。これらのその他の層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明したその他の層に関する内容と同じである。よって、図3及び図4に示される層構成は、艶消物品Cにも適用し得る。
 
[Other layers]
In addition to the matte layer, the matte article C may have the above-mentioned base material and other layers such as a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, and an adhesive layer, if necessary. These other layers are the same as those relating to the other layers described for Matte Article A above. Therefore, the layer structure shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 can also be applied to the matte article C.
〔艶消物品Cの製造方法〕
 艶消物品Cの製造方法についても、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した製造方法に関する内容と同じである。
[Manufacturing method of matte article C]
The manufacturing method of the matte article C is also the same as that of the manufacturing method described for the matte article A.
〔化粧部材C〕
 艶消物品Cの代表的な用途としては、艶消物品Cをそのままで、建築物や各種家具、車両、家電製品等の表面を構成する、いわゆる化粧部材として用いることもできるし、また被着材と積層して、複合して、乃至は組み合わせて化粧部材として用いることも可能である(以下、これらの艶消物品Cを用いた化粧部材を「化粧部材C」と称することがある。)。いずれとするかは、所望に応じて決定すればよい。
 化粧部材Cにおける艶消物品Cの形態、被着材、接着剤層、化粧部材Cの製造方法、化粧部材Cの用途等は、上記化粧部材Aにおいて説明した内容と同じである。
[Cosmetic member C]
As a typical use of the matte article C, the matte article C can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc., or is adhered. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with a material, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles C may be referred to as "decorative member C"). .. Which one to use may be determined as desired.
The form of the matte article C in the decorative member C, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the method for producing the decorative member C, the use of the decorative member C, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
[艶消物品D]
 本実施形態の艶消物品Aの中でも、特定の一種のシワ形成安定剤を採用したもの、すなわち、艶消層を有する艶消物品であって、前記艶消層が、平均粒子径が1μm未満であるシワ形成安定剤を、樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成され、前記艶消層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、前記艶消層の60°グロス値が5.0以下である、という艶消物品(以下、単に「艶消物品D」とも称する。)が好ましい。艶消物品Dは、このような構成を有することにより、艶消効果の視認性及び質感にも優れるものとなる。
[Matte article D]
Among the matte articles A of the present embodiment, those adopting a specific kind of wrinkle formation stabilizer, that is, a matte article having a matte layer, the matte layer has an average particle size of less than 1 μm. The wrinkle formation stabilizer is composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin, and at least one surface of the matte layer is non-existent. A matte article (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "matte article D") having an uneven shape composed of regular wrinkles and having a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less of the matte layer is preferable. .. By having such a configuration, the matte article D is also excellent in the visibility and texture of the matte effect.
〔艶消層〕
 艶消物品Dにおける艶消層は、平均粒子径が1μm未満であるシワ形成安定剤を、樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成される層である。すなわち、本実施形態において艶消層は、当該艶消層を形成する樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下の含有量で、平均粒子径が1μm未満であるシワ形成安定剤を含む層である。
[Matte layer]
The matte layer in the matte article D contains a wrinkle-forming stabilizer having an average particle size of less than 1 μm in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is a layer composed of things. That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer has a content of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte layer, and the average particle size is less than 1 μm. It is a layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer.
(シワ形成安定剤)
 シワ形成安定剤は、上記艶消物品Aで採用されるものとして説明した、平均粒子径が1μm未満であるシワ形成安定剤2が採用される。
 シワ形成安定剤について、シワ形成安定剤2の平均粒径、種類、含有量等、またシワ形成安定剤を用いることにより発現する効果、シワ形成安定剤と艶消剤との違いについては、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した内容と同じである。
(Wrinkle formation stabilizer)
As the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 having an average particle size of less than 1 μm, which has been described as being used in the matte article A, is adopted.
Regarding the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size, type, content, etc. of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the effect exhibited by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer, and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are described above. It is the same as the content described for the matte article A.
(艶消層の表面形状)
 艶消物品Dの艶消層の表面形状は、少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸を有することを要し、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した内容と同じである。また、艶消物品Aの艶消層の表面形状の説明に用いた図1及び2は、艶消物品Dの艶消層の表面形状にも適用し得る。
(Surface shape of matte layer)
The surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article D needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, and is the same as the content described for the matte article A. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article D.
(樹脂)
 艶消物品Dの艶消層の形成に用いられる樹脂は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂に関する内容と同じである。
(resin)
The resin used for forming the matte layer of the matte article D is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
(樹脂組成物)
 艶消物品Dの艶消層の形成に用いられる樹脂組成物は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂組成物に関する内容と同じである。
(Resin composition)
The resin composition used for forming the matte layer of the matte article D is the same as the content relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A.
〔60°グロス値〕
 艶消物品Cの60°グロス値は、5.0以下であり、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した60°グロス値に関する内容と同じである。よって、60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)についても同じである。
[60 ° gloss value]
The 60 ° gloss value of the matte article C is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
〔層構成について〕
 艶消物品Dの一番単純な層構成、より現実的な層構成等の層構成は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した層構成に関する内容と同じである。
[Layer structure]
The layer structure such as the simplest layer structure and the more realistic layer structure of the matte article D is the same as the content relating to the layer structure described for the matte article A.
〔基材〕
 艶消物品Dの基材は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した基材に関する内容と同じである。
〔Base material〕
The base material of the matte article D is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
〔その他の層〕
 艶消物品Dは、艶消層の他、上記の基材、またその他の層として、例えばプライマー層、透明性樹脂層、装飾層、接着層等を必要に応じて有し得る。これらのその他の層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明したその他の層に関する内容と同じである。よって、図3及び図4に示される層構成は、艶消物品Dにも適用し得る。
[Other layers]
In addition to the matte layer, the matte article D may have the above-mentioned base material and other layers such as a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, and an adhesive layer, if necessary. These other layers are the same as those relating to the other layers described for Matte Article A above. Therefore, the layer structure shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 can also be applied to the matte article D.
〔艶消物品Dの製造方法〕
 艶消物品Dの製造方法についても、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した製造方法に関する内容と同じである。
[Manufacturing method of matte article D]
The manufacturing method of the matte article D is also the same as that of the manufacturing method described for the matte article A.
〔化粧部材D〕
 艶消物品Dの代表的な用途としては、艶消物品Dをそのままで、建築物や各種家具、車両、家電製品等の表面を構成する、いわゆる化粧部材として用いることもできるし、また被着材と積層して、複合して、乃至は組み合わせて化粧部材として用いることも可能である(以下、これらの艶消物品Dを用いた化粧部材を「化粧部材D」と称することがある。)。いずれとするかは、所望に応じて決定すればよい。
 化粧部材Dにおける艶消物品Dの形態、被着材、接着剤層、化粧部材Dの製造方法、化粧部材Dの用途等は、上記化粧部材Aにおいて説明した内容と同じである。
[Cosmetic member D]
As a typical use of the matte article D, the matte article D can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc., or is adhered. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with a material, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles D may be referred to as "decorative member D"). .. Which one to use may be determined as desired.
The form of the matte article D in the decorative member D, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the method for producing the decorative member D, the use of the decorative member D, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
[艶消物品E]
 本実施形態の艶消物品は、上記艶消物品Aにおいて、艶消層が艶消易除染層である、という艶消物品(以下、単に「艶消物品E」とも称する。)であり、具体的には、艶消層を有する艶消物品であり、前記艶消層が、シワ形成安定剤を樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成され、前記艶消層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、前記艶消層の60°グロス値が5.0以下であり、前記艶消層が艶消易除染層である、艶消物品である。艶消物品Eは、このような構成を有することにより、表面特性、中でも易除染性に優れ、かつ艶消効果の視認性及び質感にも優れるものとなる。
[Matte article E]
The matte article of the present embodiment is a matte article (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "matte article E") in which the matte layer is a matte easy decontamination layer in the matte article A. Specifically, it is a matte article having a matte layer, and the matte layer contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. The matte layer is composed of a cured product, has an uneven shape in which at least one surface of the matte layer is composed of irregular wrinkles, and has a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less. A matte article in which the matte layer is an easy matte decontamination layer. By having such a structure, the matte article E is excellent in surface characteristics, particularly easy decontamination, and also excellent in visibility and texture of the matte effect.
〔艶消層(艶消易除染層)〕
 艶消物品Eにおける艶消層は、特に易除染性を発現する艶消易除染層であり、シワ形成安定剤を樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成される層である。すなわち、本実施形態において艶消層は主に易除染性を発現する艶消易除染層であり、当該艶消易除染層を形成する樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下の含有量で、シワ形成安定剤を含む層である。
[Matte layer (matte easy decontamination layer)]
The matte layer in the matte article E is a matte decontamination layer that exhibits particularly easy decontamination property, and the wrinkle formation stabilizer is added in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is a layer composed of the cured product of the resin composition contained below. That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer is a matte easy decontamination layer that mainly exhibits easy decontamination property, and is 0.5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte easy decontamination layer. It is a layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer with a content of 6.0 parts by mass or less.
(シワ形成安定剤)
 シワ形成安定剤は、上記艶消物品Aで採用されるものとして説明した、シワ形成安定剤が採用される。シワ形成安定剤を用いることにより、艶消易除染層の表面におけるシワの形成を安定させることで、かかる表面と空気との屈折率差界面での光拡散効果による艶消効果による視認性とともに、質感が安定的に得られる。また、後述するように、シワを有することにより、優れた易除染性が得られる。
 シワ形成安定剤としてシワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の少なくとも一方を用い得ること、シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の平均粒径、シワ形成安定剤の種類、含有量等、またシワ形成安定剤を用いることにより発現する効果、シワ形成安定剤と艶消剤との違いについても、基本的には、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した内容と同じである。
(Wrinkle formation stabilizer)
As the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the wrinkle formation stabilizer described as being adopted in the matte article A is adopted. By using a wrinkle formation stabilizer, the formation of wrinkles on the surface of the matte decontamination layer is stabilized, and the visibility due to the matte effect due to the light diffusion effect at the interface between the surface and the air is also visible. , The texture can be obtained stably. Further, as will be described later, by having wrinkles, excellent easy decontamination property can be obtained.
At least one of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 can be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the type and content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, etc. Further, the effect developed by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are basically the same as those described for the matte article A.
(艶消易除染層の表面形状)
 艶消物品Eの艶消易除染層の表面形状は、少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸を有することを要し、上記艶消物品Aの艶消層について説明した内容と同じである。また、艶消物品Aの艶消層の表面形状の説明に用いた図1及び2は、艶消物品Eの艶消易除染層にも適用し得る。艶消易除染層の表面形状が、上記艶消物品Aの艶消層について説明した表面形状を有することで、表面特性、中でも易除染性、及び艶消効果の視認性及び質感が向上する。
(Surface shape of matte decontamination layer)
The surface shape of the matte decontamination layer of the matte article E needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, and the content described for the matte layer of the matte article A. Is the same as. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the matte easy decontamination layer of the matte article E. When the surface shape of the matte decontamination layer has the surface shape described for the matte layer of the matte article A, the surface characteristics, especially the easy decontamination property, and the visibility and texture of the matte effect are improved. do.
 ここで、艶消易除染層の表面形状により得られる効果は、艶消物品Aの艶消層で得られる優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を安定的に発現するという効果も挙げられるが、艶消物品Fにおいて重要な効果は易除染性である。
 艶消易除染層は既述のように不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有するものである。そして、不規則なシワは、複数の突起部により形成する複数の凸部と、複数の突起部により囲まれて形成する凹部と、により構成されていることが好ましく、当該突起部は線条の突起部を有していることが好ましい。線条であると、汚染物質をふき取る際に、当該汚染物質が線条のシワに沿って滑らかに移動することで除染しやすくなるため、特に易除染性が向上する。
 また、シワは、例えば図1に示されるような線条で滑らかな形状を呈していることから、汚染物質をふき取る際に、当該汚染物質が線条のシワに沿って滑らかに移動することで除染しやすくなるため、易除染性も安定的に発現している。
Here, the effect obtained by the surface shape of the matte easy decontamination layer also includes the effect of stably expressing the visibility and texture of the excellent matte effect obtained by the matte layer of the matte article A. However, an important effect in the matte article F is easy decontamination.
As described above, the matte easy decontamination layer has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles. The irregular wrinkle is preferably composed of a plurality of convex portions formed by a plurality of protrusions and a concave portion formed by being surrounded by the plurality of protrusions, and the protrusions are formed of streaks. It is preferable to have a protrusion. In the case of streaks, when the contaminants are wiped off, the contaminants move smoothly along the wrinkles of the striae, which facilitates decontamination, and thus the decontamination property is particularly improved.
Further, since the wrinkles have a smooth shape with lines as shown in FIG. 1, for example, when the contaminants are wiped off, the contaminants move smoothly along the wrinkles of the stripes. Since it is easy to decontaminate, the easy decontamination property is also stably exhibited.
(樹脂)
 艶消物品Eの艶消易除染層の形成に用いられる樹脂は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂に関する内容と同じである。
(resin)
The resin used for forming the matte decontamination layer of the matte article E is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
(易除染剤)
 艶消物品Eの艶消易除染層は、易除染剤を含むことが好ましい。易除染剤を含まなくても、既述のように、艶消易除染層が有するシワにより優れた易除染性を有するものであるが、易除染剤を用いることで、易除染性が更に向上する。
 易除染剤としては、化粧材、化粧シート等の物品に防汚剤、撥液剤等として用いられるもの、例えばフッ素樹脂、シリコーン樹脂及びフッ素-シリコーン共重合樹脂等、またフッ素及びシリコーン非含有の界面活性剤も使用可能である。
(Easy decontamination agent)
The matte easy decontamination layer of the matte article E preferably contains an easy decontamination agent. Even if it does not contain an easy decontamination agent, as described above, it has excellent easy decontamination properties due to the wrinkles of the matte easy decontamination layer, but it can be easily removed by using an easy decontamination agent. Dyeability is further improved.
As the easy decontamination agent, those used as antifouling agents, liquid repellents, etc. in articles such as decorative materials and decorative sheets, such as fluororesin, silicone resin, fluorosilicone copolymer resin, etc., and fluorine and silicone-free. Surfactants can also be used.
 中でも、フッ素樹脂が好ましく、加水分解性シリル基を有するフッ素含有ケイ素化合物等が具体的に挙げられる。加水分解性シリル基を有するフッ素含有ケイ素化合物としては、例えば、パーフルオロポリエーテル基、パーフルオロアルキレン基、パーフルオロアルキル基等が、加水分解性シリル基のケイ素原子に、連結基を介して又は直接結合する含フッ素有機基として存在する化合物が挙げられる。なお、パーフルオロポリエーテル基とは、パーフルオロアルキレン基とエーテル性酸素原子とが交互に結合した構造を有する2価の基のことである。
 このようなフッ素含有ケイ素化合物としては、例えば、信越化学工業(株)製「KP-801」、「KY-130」、「KY-178」、「X-71-195」、ダイキン工業(株)製「オプツールDSX」、「オプツールDSX-E」、「オプツールUF503」等が商業的に入手可能であり、生産性及び防汚性の観点から、「X-71-195」、「オプツールDSX-E」、「オプツールUF503」が好ましい。
Among them, a fluororesin is preferable, and a fluorine-containing silicon compound having a hydrolyzable silyl group and the like can be specifically mentioned. Examples of the fluorine-containing silicon compound having a hydrolyzable silyl group include a perfluoropolyether group, a perfluoroalkylene group, and a perfluoroalkyl group, which are attached to the silicon atom of the hydrolyzable silyl group via a linking group. Examples thereof include compounds existing as a fluorine-containing organic group to be directly bonded. The perfluoropolyether group is a divalent group having a structure in which a perfluoroalkylene group and an ethereal oxygen atom are alternately bonded.
Examples of such a fluorine-containing silicon compound include "KP-801", "KY-130", "KY-178", "X-71-195" manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd., and Daikin Industries, Ltd. "Optool DSX", "Optool DSX-E", "Optool UF503", etc. are commercially available, and from the viewpoint of productivity and antifouling property, "X-71-195", "Optool DSX-E", etc. , "Optur UF503" is preferable.
 易除染剤の樹脂100質量部に対する含有量は、より効率的に易除染性を向上させる観点から、好ましくは0.5質量部以上、より好ましくは1.0質量部以上、更に好ましくは1.5質量部以上であり、上限として好ましくは25.0質量部以下、より好ましくは15.0質量部以下、更に好ましくは10.0質量部以下である。 The content of the easy decontamination agent with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, more preferably 1.0 part by mass or more, still more preferably, from the viewpoint of improving the easy decontamination property more efficiently. It is 1.5 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is preferably 25.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15.0 parts by mass or less, and further preferably 10.0 parts by mass or less.
(樹脂組成物)
 艶消物品Eの艶消易除染層の形成に用いられる樹脂組成物(艶消易除染層形成用の樹脂組成物)は、既述のように易除染剤を含み得ること以外は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂組成物に関する内容と同じである。
(Resin composition)
The resin composition (resin composition for forming the matte easy decontamination layer) used for forming the matte easy decontamination layer of the matte article E except that it may contain an easy decontamination agent as described above. , The same as the content relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A.
〔60°グロス値〕
 艶消物品Eの60°グロス値は、5.0以下であり、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した60°グロス値に関する内容と同じである。よって、60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)についても同じである。
[60 ° gloss value]
The 60 ° gloss value of the matte article E is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
〔層構成について〕
 艶消物品Eは、上記艶消物品Aと同様に、基材を有することを必須としない。よって、艶消物品Eの一番単純な層構成としては、基材を有しない、艶消易除染層のみの単一層による層構成もとり得る。
 また、上記艶消物品Aと同様に、艶消物品Eは、単一層による層構成とする場合、通常は機械的強度、後加工適性、意匠性等の、艶消物品に要求される各種性能を得る選択肢が制約される場合が多い。そのため、艶消物品Eの層構成としては、基材を有する、すなわち基材と艶消層とを有する層構成であることが好ましい。
[Layer structure]
As with the matte article A, the matte article E does not necessarily have a base material. Therefore, as the simplest layer structure of the matte article E, a layer structure consisting of a single layer having no base material and only a matte easy decontamination layer can be adopted.
Further, similarly to the above-mentioned matte article A, when the matte article E has a layer structure consisting of a single layer, various performances usually required for the matte article such as mechanical strength, post-processing suitability, designability, etc. Often the choices to get are limited. Therefore, the layer structure of the matte article E is preferably a layer structure having a base material, that is, a base material and a matte layer.
〔基材〕
 艶消物品Eは、上記艶消層に加えて、所望に応じて更に基材を有してもよく、既述のように、各種の制約を回避する観点から基材を有することが好ましい。基材は、艶消層を設ける支持体として機能する。また、艶消物品Eは、通常被着材に貼着して用いることが多いことを考慮すると、基材の形態(乃至は形状)としては、フィルム、シート、板が好ましく、フィルム、シートがより好ましい。
 その他、艶消物品Eの基材については、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した基材に関する内容と同じである。
〔Base material〕
In addition to the matte layer, the matte article E may further have a base material, if desired, and as described above, it is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding various restrictions. The base material functions as a support for providing a matte layer. Further, considering that the matte article E is usually used by being attached to an adherend, the form (or shape) of the base material is preferably a film, a sheet, or a plate, and the film or the sheet is preferable. More preferred.
Other than that, the base material of the matte article E is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
〔その他の層〕
 艶消物品Eは、上記の艶消層(艶消易除染層)、基材の他、その他の層として、例えばプライマー層、透明性樹脂層、装飾層、接着層等を必要に応じて有し得る。これらの層を有する艶消物品Eの一実施形態を示す断面図を図3及び図4に示す。図3及び4は、艶消物品Eの一実施形態を示す断面図でもある。艶消物品1(艶消物品E)をその厚さ方向(同図においてはZ方向)に平行な面で切断した断面図である。
 図3に示される艶消物品1(艶消物品E)は、基材5及び艶消層(艶消易除染層)4を順に有しており、図4に示される艶消物品1(艶消物品E)は、基材5、装飾層6、接着層7、透明性樹脂層8、プライマー層9及び艶消層(艶消易除染層)4を順に有している。
[Other layers]
In addition to the above-mentioned matte layer (matte easy decontamination layer) and base material, the matte article E includes, for example, a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, an adhesive layer, and the like as necessary. Can have. 3 and 4 are cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article E having these layers. 3 and 4 are also cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article E. It is sectional drawing which cut | cut the matte article 1 (matte article E) in the plane parallel to the thickness direction (Z direction in the figure).
The matte article 1 (matte article E) shown in FIG. 3 has a substrate 5 and a matte layer (matte easy decontamination layer) 4 in this order, and the matte article 1 (matte article 1) shown in FIG. The matte article E) has a base material 5, a decorative layer 6, an adhesive layer 7, a transparent resin layer 8, a primer layer 9, and a matte layer (matte easy decontamination layer) 4 in this order.
(プライマー層)
 艶消物品Eが有し得るプライマー層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明したプライマー層に関する内容と同じである。
(Primer layer)
The primer layer that the matte article E can have is the same as that of the primer layer described for the matte article A.
(透明性樹脂層)
 艶消物品Eが有し得る透明性樹脂層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した透明性樹脂層に関する内容と同じである。
(Transparent resin layer)
The transparent resin layer that the matte article E can have is the same as that of the transparent resin layer described for the matte article A.
(装飾層)
 艶消物品Eが有し得る装飾層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した装飾層に関する内容と同じである。
(Decorative layer)
The decorative layer that the matte article E can have is the same as the content relating to the decorative layer described for the matte article A.
(接着層)
 艶消物品Eが有し得る接着層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した接着層に関する内容と同じである。
(Adhesive layer)
The adhesive layer that the matte article E can have is the same as that of the adhesive layer described for the matte article A.
(艶消物品Eが有する性能)
 艶消物品Eは、優れた表面特性、中でも優れた易除染性を有しており、例えば、JIS K6902:2007(熱硬化性樹脂高圧化粧板試験方法)の「15.3 C法」に準拠して、汚染物質としてアセトン(材料番号3)、家庭用アンモニア(材料番号4)、10%くえん酸(材料番号5)、黒油性マーカー(材料番号12)及びクレヨン(材料番号14)を用いて、汚染試験を行い、「15.3.5.2 洗浄手順」に基づく0等級~5等級の基準により洗浄性を評価した場合に、少なくとも3等級以上(3等級~0等級)であるという洗浄性とともに、「15.3.6.2 耐汚染性」に基づく等級5、3及び1の基準により耐汚染性を評価した場合に、少なくとも等級3以上(等級3又は5)という耐汚染性を有するものである。
(Performance of matte article E)
The matte article E has excellent surface properties, especially excellent decontamination property, and is described in, for example, "15.3 C method" of JIS K6902: 2007 (heat-curable resin high-pressure decorative board test method). Compliantly, use acetone (Material No. 3), household ammonia (Material No. 4), 10% pericate (Material No. 5), black oil-based marker (Material No. 12) and crayon (Material No. 14) as pollutants. When the contamination test is performed and the detergency is evaluated according to the criteria of 0 to 5 grades based on "15.35.2 Cleaning Procedure", it is said that the detergency is at least 3 grades or more (3 grades to 0 grades). Stain resistance of at least grade 3 or higher (grade 3 or 5) when the stain resistance is evaluated according to the criteria of grades 5, 3 and 1 based on "15.3.6.2 Contamination resistance" as well as detergency. It has.
〔艶消物品Eの製造方法〕
 艶消物品Eの製造方法について、艶消易除染層形成用の樹脂組成物に易除染剤が含まれる場合がある点で、上記艶消物品Aとは異なるが、他の点、すなわちシワ形成安定剤の平均粒径、種類、艶消易除染層形成用の樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂の種類、シワ形成安定剤の含有量、艶消易除染層形成用の樹脂組成物の塗布方法、厚さ、また艶消易除染層形成工程における照射条件等は、上記艶消物品Aの製造方法について説明した内容と同じである。
 また、艶消易除染層(艶消層)のみの単一層とする場合、基材及びその他の層を有する場合、の製造方法の工程も、上記艶消物品Aの製造方法について説明した内容と同じである。
[Manufacturing method of matte article E]
The method for producing the matte article E is different from the above-mentioned matte article A in that the resin composition for forming the matte easy decontamination layer may contain an easy decontamination agent, but other points, that is, Average particle size and type of wrinkle formation stabilizer, type of resin contained in the resin composition for forming a matte decontamination layer, content of wrinkle formation stabilizer, resin composition for forming a matte decontamination layer The coating method, the thickness, the irradiation conditions in the matte easy decontamination layer forming step, and the like are the same as those described for the method for producing the matte article A.
Further, the process of the manufacturing method in the case of using only a single layer of the matte easy decontamination layer (matte layer) and the case of having a base material and other layers also describes the manufacturing method of the matte article A. Is the same as.
〔化粧部材E〕
 艶消物品Eの代表的な用途としては、艶消物品Eをそのままで、建築物や各種家具、車両、家電製品等の表面を構成する、いわゆる化粧部材として用いることもできるし、また被着材と積層して、複合して、乃至は組み合わせて化粧部材として用いることも可能である(以下、これらの艶消物品Eを用いた化粧部材を「化粧部材E」と称することがある。)。いずれとするかは、所望に応じて決定すればよい。
 化粧部材Eにおける艶消物品Eの形態、被着材、接着剤層、化粧部材Eの製造方法、化粧部材Eの用途等は、上記化粧部材Aにおいて説明した内容と同じである。
[Cosmetic member E]
As a typical use of the matte article E, the matte article E can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc., or is adhered. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with a material, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles E may be referred to as "decorative member E"). .. Which one to use may be determined as desired.
The form of the matte article E in the decorative member E, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the method for producing the decorative member E, the use of the decorative member E, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
[艶消物品F]
 本実施形態の艶消物品は、上記艶消物品Aにおいて、艶消層が艶消耐光層であり、艶消耐光層を構成する樹脂組成物が、更にヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤を含む、という艶消物品(以下、単に「艶消物品F」とも称する。)であり、具体的には、艶消層を有する艶消物品であり、前記艶消層が、シワ形成安定剤を樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含み、かつヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤を含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成され、前記艶消層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、前記艶消層の60°グロス値が5.0以下であり、前記艶消層が艶消耐光層である、艶消物品である。艶消物品Fは、このような構成を有することにより、耐光性に優れ、かつ艶消効果の視認性及び質感にも優れるものとなる。
[Matte article F]
In the matte article of the present embodiment, in the matte article A, the matte layer is a matte light-resistant layer, and the resin composition constituting the matte light-resistant layer further contains a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber. (Hereinafter, also simply referred to as "matte article F"), specifically, a matte article having a matte layer, wherein the matte layer is a wrinkle forming stabilizer resin 100. It is composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to parts by mass and containing a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber, and at least one surface of the matte layer is formed. A matte article having an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles, the matte layer having a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less, and the matte layer being a matte light resistant layer. By having such a structure, the matte article F is excellent in light resistance and also excellent in visibility and texture of the matte effect.
〔艶消層(艶消耐光層)〕
 艶消物品Fにおける艶消層は、特に耐光性を発現する艶消耐光層であり、シワ形成安定剤を樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含み、かつヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤を含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成される層である。すなわち、本実施形態において艶消層は特に耐光性を発現する艶消耐光層であり、当該艶消易除染層を形成する樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下の含有量で、シワ形成安定剤を含み、かつヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤を含む層である。
[Matte layer (matte light resistant layer)]
The matte layer in the matte article F is a matte light-resistant layer that particularly exhibits light resistance, and contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. Moreover, it is a layer composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber. That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer is a matte light-resistant layer that particularly exhibits light resistance, and is 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte easy decontamination layer. It is a layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer and a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber at a content of less than a part.
(シワ形成安定剤)
 シワ形成安定剤は、上記艶消物品Aで採用されるものとして説明した、シワ形成安定剤が採用される。シワ形成安定剤を用いることにより、艶消耐光層の表面におけるシワの形成を安定させることで、かかる表面と空気との屈折率差界面での光拡散効果による艶消効果による視認性とともに、質感が安定的に得られる。また後述するように、外装用部材等の屋外の日光、風雨、及び寒熱変化に曝露される環境下で用いられても、従来の艶消剤に比べて、艶の変化が少ないという効果も得られる。
 シワ形成安定剤としてシワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の少なくとも一方を用い得ること、シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の平均粒径、シワ形成安定剤の種類、含有量等、またシワ形成安定剤を用いることにより発現する効果、シワ形成安定剤と艶消剤との違いについても、基本的には、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した内容と同じである。
(Wrinkle formation stabilizer)
As the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the wrinkle formation stabilizer described as being adopted in the matte article A is adopted. By stabilizing the formation of wrinkles on the surface of the matte light-resistant layer by using a wrinkle formation stabilizer, the texture as well as the visibility due to the matte effect due to the light diffusion effect at the interface between the surface and the air with a refractive index difference. Can be obtained stably. Further, as will be described later, even when used in an environment exposed to outdoor sunlight, wind and rain, and changes in cold heat such as exterior members, the effect of less change in gloss is obtained as compared with conventional matting agents. Be done.
At least one of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 can be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the type and content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, etc. Further, the effect developed by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are basically the same as those described for the matte article A.
 また、艶消物品Fにおいて、その主な用途に関連し、シワ形成安定剤を用いることにより、以下の点で従来の艶消剤に比べて優れた効果が得られる。
 艶消物品Fは耐光性に優れる物品であるため、外壁、軒天井、屋根、塀、柵等の外装用部材等の日光、風雨、及び寒熱変化に曝露される環境下で汎用されるものとなる。一般に、艶消剤等の粒子を含む樹脂層を屋外の日光、風雨、及び寒熱変化に曝露させた場合、経時的に表面近傍の粒子が脱落する傾向がある。従って、もっぱら艶消剤の添加によって層表面の艶を低下させる仕様である場合、かかる粒子の脱落によって、屋外曝露経時で艶変化を生じることになる。かかる機構による屋外曝露時の艶変化は、艶消剤の含有量の多い低艶仕様であるほど顕著となってくる。特に、60°グロス値G60が10以下の表面を艶消剤添加により実現する場合、樹脂100質量部に対して、(樹脂と艶消剤との種類と分散形態いかんにもよるが、)大体50質量部程度以上の添加が必要になり、艶消剤の脱落による屋外曝露時の艶変化は大きなものとなる。
Further, in the matte article F, in relation to its main use, by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer, an excellent effect can be obtained as compared with the conventional matte agent in the following points.
Since the matte article F is an article having excellent light resistance, it is widely used in an environment exposed to sunlight, wind and rain, and cold changes such as exterior members such as outer walls, eaves ceilings, roofs, walls, and fences. Become. In general, when a resin layer containing particles such as a matting agent is exposed to outdoor sunlight, wind and rain, and changes in cold heat, particles near the surface tend to fall off over time. Therefore, if the specifications are such that the gloss of the layer surface is reduced solely by the addition of a matting agent, the shedding of such particles causes a gloss change over time of outdoor exposure. The gloss change during outdoor exposure due to such a mechanism becomes more remarkable as the low gloss specification has a higher content of the matting agent. In particular, if the 60 ° gloss value G 60 is realized by matting agent added 10 following surface, with respect to 100 parts by weight of the resin, (depending on the kind and dispersion form Ikan of resin and matting agent) It is necessary to add about 50 parts by mass or more, and the gloss change at the time of outdoor exposure due to the removal of the matting agent becomes large.
 艶消物品Fにおける艶消耐光層においては、後述の実施例及び比較例でも実証されるように、60°グロス値G60が5.0以下の表面を艶消剤添加により実現する場合でも、樹脂100質量部に対するシワ形成安定剤の含有量は10質量部程度以下ですむこととなる。例えば、後述する実施例においては、シワ形成安定剤の総含有量が最大6質量部で60°グロス値G60が5.0以下、さらには2.0以下という低艶を実現している。
 従って、艶消物品Fにおいては、後述の実施例及び比較例でも実証されるように、同じ低艶表面を実現する場合、特に60°グロス値G60が10以下を実現する場合において、従来の艶消化粧材料、化粧シート等の艶消物品に比べて、粒子含有量が大幅に低減されるため、屋外曝露経時によっても艶の変化は少ないものとなる。
In matte light layer of matte article F, as demonstrated in Examples and Comparative Examples described later, the 60 ° gloss value G 60 is 5.0 or less of the surface even if realized by matting agent added, The content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin is about 10 parts by mass or less. For example, in the Examples below, 60 ° gloss value G 60 is 5.0 or less in a total content of up to 6 parts by weight of the wrinkle formation stabilizers, further realizes a low gloss of 2.0 or less.
Thus, in the matte article F, as demonstrated in Examples and Comparative Examples described below, to achieve the same low gloss surface, in the case of particularly 60 ° gloss value G 60 realize the 10 or less, the conventional Compared with matte articles such as matte cosmetic materials and decorative sheets, the particle content is significantly reduced, so that the change in gloss is small even with the aging of outdoor exposure.
(艶消耐光層の表面形状)
 艶消物品Fの艶消耐光層の表面形状は、少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸を有することを要し、上記艶消物品Aの艶消層について説明した内容と同じである。また、艶消物品Aの艶消層の表面形状の説明に用いた図1及び2は、艶消物品Fの艶消耐光層にも適用し得る。艶消耐光層の表面形状が、上記艶消物品Aの艶消層について説明した表面形状を有することで、耐光性、艶消効果の視認性及び質感が向上する。
(Surface shape of matte light resistant layer)
The surface shape of the matte light-resistant layer of the matte article F needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, which is the same as the content described for the matte layer of the matte article A. Is. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the matte light resistant layer of the matte article F. When the surface shape of the matte light-resistant layer has the surface shape described for the matte layer of the matte article A, the light resistance, the visibility of the matte effect, and the texture are improved.
(樹脂)
 艶消物品Fの艶消耐光層の形成に用いられる樹脂は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂に関する内容と同じである。
(resin)
The resin used for forming the matte light-resistant layer of the matte article F is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
(紫外線吸収剤)
 艶消物品Fの艶消耐光層は、紫外線吸収剤としてヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤を含む。当該紫外線吸収剤を含まないと、優れた耐光性が得られない。ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤としては、好ましくは以下一般式(1)で示されるものが挙げられる。
(UV absorber)
The matte light-resistant layer of the matte article F contains a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber as an ultraviolet absorber. If the ultraviolet absorber is not contained, excellent light resistance cannot be obtained. As the hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber, those represented by the following general formula (1) are preferably mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
 一般式(1)中、R11は単結合又は2価の有機基であり、R12は炭化水素基又は-C(=O)OR15で示されるエステル基、-O-C(=O)R16で示されるアシルオキシ基又は-OR17で示されるアルコキシ基であり、R13、R14、R15、R16及びR17は各々独立して1価の有機基であり、n11及びn12は各々独立して0~5の整数である。 In the general formula (1), R 11 is a single-bonded or divalent organic group, R 12 is a hydrocarbon group or an ester group represented by -C (= O) OR 15 , -OC (= O). It is an acyloxy group represented by R 16 or an alkoxy group represented by −OR 17 , and R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are independently monovalent organic groups, respectively, and n 11 and n. 12 is an independently integer of 0 to 5.
 ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤は、一般式(1)で示されるように、大きい分子構造を有するものであるため、立体障害の観点から、艶消耐光層よりブリードアウトして抜け難いという分子構造上の特性を有している。そのため、艶消物品Fは、優れた耐光性が長期にわたって持続し得るものとなる。 As shown by the general formula (1), the hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber has a large molecular structure, and therefore has a molecular structure that bleeds out from the matte light-resistant layer and is difficult to remove from the viewpoint of steric hindrance. It has the above characteristics. Therefore, the matte article F can maintain excellent light resistance for a long period of time.
 R11の2価の有機基としては、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基等の脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましく挙げられ、耐候性の観点から、アルキレン基がより好ましい。これらの脂肪族炭化水素基の炭素数は、好ましくは1以上、上限として好ましくは20以下、より好ましくは12以下、更に好ましくは8以下、特に好ましくは4以下である。アルキレン基、アルケニレン基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよいが、直鎖状、分岐状が好ましい。 The divalent organic group R 11, an alkylene group, an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, an alkenylene group is preferably exemplified, from the viewpoint of weather resistance, an alkylene group is more preferable. The number of carbon atoms of these aliphatic hydrocarbon groups is preferably 1 or more, and the upper limit is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 12 or less, still more preferably 8 or less, and particularly preferably 4 or less. The alkylene group and the alkaneylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but linear or branched is preferable.
 R12の1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアリールアルキル基等が好ましく挙げられ、アルキル基がより好ましい。アルキル基の炭素数は、好ましくは1以上、より好ましくは3以上、更に好ましくは6以上であり、上限として好ましくは20以下、より好ましくは16以下、更に好ましくは12以下である。アルキル基、アルケニル基は、直鎖状、分岐状、環状のいずれであってもよいが、直鎖状、分岐状が好ましく、分岐状がより好ましい。 As the monovalent organic group of R 12 , an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group and the like are preferably mentioned, and an alkyl group is more preferable. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably 1 or more, more preferably 3 or more, still more preferably 6 or more, and the upper limit is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 16 or less, still more preferably 12 or less. The alkyl group or alkenyl group may be linear, branched or cyclic, but linear or branched is preferable, and branched is more preferable.
 R13及びR14の1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアリールアルキル基等が挙げられ、アリール基、アリールアルキル基等の芳香族炭化水素基が好ましく、アリール基が好ましい。 Examples of the monovalent organic group of R 13 and R 14 include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group and the like, and an aromatic hydrocarbon group such as an aryl group and an arylalkyl group can be used. Preferably, an aryl group is preferred.
 R13及びR14のアリール基の炭素数としては、好ましくは6以上、上限として好ましくは20以下、より好ましくは12以下、更に好ましくは10以下である。また、アリールアルキル基の炭素数としては、好ましくは7以上、上限として好ましくは20以下、より好ましくは12以下、更に好ましくは10以下である。 The number of carbon atoms of the aryl groups of R 13 and R 14 is preferably 6 or more, and the upper limit is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and further preferably 10 or less. The number of carbon atoms of the arylalkyl group is preferably 7 or more, and the upper limit is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 12 or less, and further preferably 10 or less.
 R15、R16及びR17の1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、アルケニル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、及びアリールアルキル基等が挙げられ、アルキル基、アルケニル基等の脂肪族炭化水素基が好ましく、アルキル基がより好ましい。R15、R16及びR17がアルキル基、アルケニル基の場合の炭素数としては、好ましくは2以上、より好ましくは4以上であり、上限として好ましくは20以下、より好ましくは16以下、更に好ましくは12以下である。 Examples of the monovalent organic group of R 15 , R 16 and R 17 include an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an arylalkyl group and the like, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon such as an alkyl group and an alkenyl group. Groups are preferred, alkyl groups are more preferred. When R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are an alkyl group or an alkenyl group, the number of carbon atoms is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 4 or more, and the upper limit is preferably 20 or less, more preferably 16 or less, still more preferable. Is 12 or less.
 上記のR11、R12、R13、R14、R15、R16及びR17の基は、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アミノ基、炭素数1以上4以下のアルキル基等の置換基を有していてもよい。 The groups of R 11 , R 12 , R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 and R 17 described above have substituents such as halogen atoms, hydroxyl groups, amino groups, and alkyl groups having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. May be.
 また、n11及びn12は各々独立して1~5の整数であり、好ましくは1~3の整数、より好ましくは1~2の整数である。n11及びn12が2以上の整数である場合、複数のR13及びR14は同じでもよく、異なっていてもよく、入手容易性の観点から、同じであることが好ましい。 Further, n 11 and n 12 are independently integers of 1 to 5, preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 2. When n 11 and n 12 are integers of 2 or more, the plurality of R 13 and R 14 may be the same or different, and are preferably the same from the viewpoint of availability.
 上記一般式(1)で示されるヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤の中でも、特に以下化学式(2)~(4)で示されるヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤が好ましい。化学式(2)で示される紫外線吸収剤は、上記一般式(1)において、R11がエチレン基、R12が-O-C(=O)R16で示されるアシルオキシ基(R16が3-ヘプチル基)、R13及びR14が水素原子のものであり、例えば市販品(「アデカスタブLA-46(品番)」、融点:106℃、株式会社ADEKA製)として入手可能である。 Among the hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorbers represented by the general formula (1), the hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorbers represented by the following chemical formulas (2) to (4) are particularly preferable. UV absorber represented by the chemical formula (2), in the above-mentioned formula (1), R 11 is an ethylene group, R 12 is -O-C (= O) acyloxy group (R 16 represented by R 16 is 3- Heptyl group), R 13 and R 14 are hydrogen atoms, and are available as, for example, commercially available products (“ADEKA STAB LA-46 (product number)”, melting point: 106 ° C., manufactured by ADEKA Corporation).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
 化学式(3)で示される紫外線吸収剤は、上記一般式(1)において、R11が単結合、R12がイソオクチル基、R13及びR14がフェニル基であり、n11及びn12が1のものであり、例えば市販品(「Tinuvin1600(品番)」、融点:120℃、BASF社製)として入手可能である。 In the above general formula (1), the ultraviolet absorber represented by the chemical formula (3) has R 11 as a single bond, R 12 as an isooctyl group, R 13 and R 14 as a phenyl group, and n 11 and n 12 as 1. For example, it is available as a commercially available product (“Tinuvin 1600 (product number)”, melting point: 120 ° C., manufactured by BASF).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
 化学式(4)で示される紫外線吸収剤は、上記一般式(1)において、R11が単結合、R12がヘキシル基、R13及びR14が水素原子のものであり、例えば市販品(「Tinuvin1577(品番)」、融点:148℃、BASF社製)として入手可能である。 The ultraviolet absorber represented by the chemical formula (4) has, in the above general formula (1), that R 11 is a single bond, R 12 is a hexyl group, and R 13 and R 14 are hydrogen atoms. It is available as "Tinuvin 1577 (product number)", melting point: 148 ° C., manufactured by BASF).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 艶消物品Fにおいて、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤の含有量は、艶消耐光層形成用の樹脂組成物中の樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1質量部以上、より好ましくは1.0質量部以上、更に好ましくは2.0質量部以上、より更に好ましくは3.0質量部以上であり、ブリードアウト抑制の観点から上限として好ましくは10.0質量部以下、より好ましくは8.0質量部以下、更に好ましくは7.0質量部以下、より更に好ましくは6.0質量部以下である。このように、特定の紫外線吸収剤を採用することにより、紫外線吸収剤のブリードアウトによる喪失を抑制できるため、通常配合される量よりも少量であっても、優れた耐光性が得られる。また、艶消耐光層形成用の樹脂組成物に用いられる樹脂として電離放射線硬化性樹脂を採用することで、更にブリードアウトを抑制できるため、より少量であっても、優れた耐光性が得られることとなる。 In the matte article F, the content of the hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber is preferably 0.1 part by mass or more, more preferably 0.1 part by mass or more, based on 100 parts by mass of the resin in the resin composition for forming the matte light-resistant layer. It is 1.0 part by mass or more, more preferably 2.0 part by mass or more, still more preferably 3.0 part by mass or more, and from the viewpoint of suppressing bleed-out, the upper limit is preferably 10.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 10.0 parts by mass or more. It is 8.0 parts by mass or less, more preferably 7.0 parts by mass or less, and even more preferably 6.0 parts by mass or less. As described above, by adopting a specific ultraviolet absorber, loss due to bleed-out of the ultraviolet absorber can be suppressed, so that excellent light resistance can be obtained even if the amount is smaller than the amount normally blended. Further, by adopting an ionizing radiation curable resin as the resin used in the resin composition for forming the matte light-resistant layer, bleed-out can be further suppressed, so that excellent light resistance can be obtained even with a smaller amount. It will be.
(樹脂組成物)
 艶消物品Fの艶消耐光層の形成に用いられる樹脂組成物(艶消耐光層形成用の樹脂組成物)は、既述のようにヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤を含むこと以外は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂組成物に関する内容と同じである。
(Resin composition)
The resin composition (resin composition for forming the matte light-resistant layer) used for forming the matte light-resistant layer of the matte article F is described above except that it contains a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber as described above. It is the same as the content regarding the resin composition described for the matte article A.
〔60°グロス値〕
 艶消物品Fの60°グロス値は、5.0以下であり、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した60°グロス値に関する内容と同じである。よって、60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)についても同じである。
[60 ° gloss value]
The 60 ° gloss value of the matte article F is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
〔層構成について〕
 艶消物品Fは、上記艶消物品Aと同様に、基材を有することを必須としない。よって、艶消物品Eの一番単純な層構成としては、基材を有しない、艶消耐光層のみの単一層による層構成もとり得る。
 また、上記艶消物品Aと同様に、艶消物品Fは、単一層による層構成とする場合、通常は機械的強度、後加工適性、意匠性等の、艶消物品に要求される各種性能を得る選択肢が制約される場合が多い。そのため、艶消物品Fの層構成としては、基材を有する、すなわち基材と艶消層とを有する層構成であることが好ましい。
[Layer structure]
As with the matte article A, the matte article F does not have to have a base material. Therefore, as the simplest layer structure of the matte article E, a layer structure having only a matte light-resistant layer without a base material can be adopted.
Further, similarly to the above-mentioned matte article A, when the matte article F has a layer structure consisting of a single layer, various performances usually required for the matte article such as mechanical strength, post-processing suitability, designability, etc. Often the choices to get are limited. Therefore, the layer structure of the matte article F is preferably a layer structure having a base material, that is, a base material and a matte layer.
〔基材〕
 艶消物品Fは、上記艶消層に加えて、所望に応じて更に基材を有してもよく、既述のように、各種の制約を回避する観点から基材を有することが好ましい。基材は、艶消層を設ける支持体として機能する。また、艶消物品Fは、通常被着材に貼着して用いることが多いことを考慮すると、基材の形態(乃至は形状)としては、フィルム、シート、板が好ましく、フィルム、シートがより好ましい。
 艶消物品Fの基材について、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した基材に関する内容と同じである。
〔Base material〕
In addition to the matte layer, the matte article F may further have a base material, if desired, and as described above, it is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding various restrictions. The base material functions as a support for providing a matte layer. Further, considering that the matte article F is usually used by being attached to an adherend, the form (or shape) of the base material is preferably a film, a sheet, or a plate, and the film or the sheet is preferable. More preferred.
The base material of the matte article F is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
〔その他の層〕
 艶消物品Fは、上記の艶消層(艶消耐光層)、基材の他、その他の層として、例えばプライマー層、透明性樹脂層、装飾層、接着層等を必要に応じて有し得る。これらの層を有する艶消物品Fの一実施形態を示す断面図を図3及び図4に示す。図3及び4は、艶消物品Fの一実施形態を示す断面図でもある。艶消物品1(艶消物品F)をその厚さ方向(同図においてはZ方向)に平行な面で切断した断面図である。
 図3に示される艶消物品1(艶消物品F)は、基材5及び艶消層(艶消耐光層)4を順に有しており、図4に示される艶消物品1(艶消物品F)は、基材5、装飾層6、接着層7、透明性樹脂層8、プライマー層9及び艶消層(艶消耐光層)4を順に有している。
[Other layers]
The matte article F has, for example, a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, an adhesive layer, and the like as other layers in addition to the above-mentioned matte layer (matte light-resistant layer) and base material, if necessary. obtain. 3 and 4 are cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article F having these layers. 3 and 4 are also cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article F. It is sectional drawing which cut | cut the matte article 1 (matte article F) in the plane parallel to the thickness direction (Z direction in the figure).
The matte article 1 (matte article F) shown in FIG. 3 has a base material 5 and a matte layer (matte light resistant layer) 4 in this order, and the matte article 1 (matte article F) shown in FIG. Article F) has a base material 5, a decorative layer 6, an adhesive layer 7, a transparent resin layer 8, a primer layer 9, and a matte layer (matte light resistant layer) 4 in this order.
(プライマー層)
 艶消物品Fが有し得るプライマー層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明したプライマー層に関する内容と同じである。
(Primer layer)
The primer layer that the matte article F can have is the same as that of the primer layer described for the matte article A.
(透明性樹脂層)
 艶消物品Fが有し得る透明性樹脂層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した透明性樹脂層に関する内容と同じである。
(Transparent resin layer)
The transparent resin layer that the matte article F can have is the same as that of the transparent resin layer described for the matte article A.
(装飾層)
 艶消物品Fが有し得る装飾層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した装飾層に関する内容と同じである。
(Decorative layer)
The decorative layer that the matte article F can have is the same as the content regarding the decorative layer described for the matte article A.
(接着層)
 艶消物品Fが有し得る接着層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した接着層に関する内容と同じである。
(Adhesive layer)
The adhesive layer that the matte article F can have is the same as that of the adhesive layer described for the matte article A.
(艶消物品Fが有する性能)
 艶消物品Fは、優れた表面特性、中でも優れた耐光性を有しており、例えば、耐候性試験装置「S-UV(雨あり)」を用いて200時間の耐候性試験を行い、当該耐候性試験を行う前の前記艶消耐光層側の60°グロス値をGとし、当該耐候性試験を行った後の前記艶消耐光層側の60°グロス値をGとしたときの、グロス値の変化率(|(G-G)|/G×100)が、20%以下であるという、優れた耐光性を有するものである。
(Performance of matte article F)
The matte article F has excellent surface characteristics, especially excellent light resistance. For example, a weather resistance test device "S-UV (with rain)" is used to perform a weather resistance test for 200 hours. When the 60 ° gloss value on the matte light-resistant layer side before the weather resistance test is set to G 0 and the 60 ° gloss value on the matte light-resistant layer side after the weather resistance test is set to G 1. , The rate of change of the gloss value (| (G 1 − G 0 ) | / G 0 × 100) is 20% or less, which is an excellent light resistance.
 グロス値の変化率は、耐候性試験の前後におけるグロス値の変化の幅をみることで、艶消物品Fの耐光性の指標とするものである。グロス値の変化率が大きいほど、耐候性試験後のグロス値が高くなる、すなわち艶消物品Fの表面が劣化により艶が高くなるため、耐光性に劣ることを示す。
 本実施形態の艶消物品Fは、優れた耐光性を有していることから、グロス値の変化率は、既述のように20%以下となり、更には15%以下、10%以下、8%以下となり得る。
The rate of change in the gloss value is used as an index of the light resistance of the matte article F by observing the range of change in the gloss value before and after the weather resistance test. The larger the rate of change in the gloss value, the higher the gloss value after the weather resistance test, that is, the surface of the matte article F becomes more glossy due to deterioration, which indicates that the light resistance is inferior.
Since the matte article F of the present embodiment has excellent light resistance, the rate of change of the gloss value is 20% or less as described above, and further 15% or less, 10% or less, 8 It can be less than%.
〔艶消物品Fの製造方法〕
 艶消物品Fの製造方法について、艶消耐光層形成用の樹脂組成物にヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤が含まれる点で、上記艶消物品Aとは異なるが、他の点、すなわちシワ形成安定剤の平均粒径、種類、艶消耐光層形成用の樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂の種類、シワ形成安定剤の含有量、艶消耐光層形成用の樹脂組成物の塗布方法、厚さ、また艶消耐光層形成工程における照射条件等は、上記艶消物品Aの製造方法について説明した内容と同じである。
 また、艶消耐光層(艶消層)のみの単一層とする場合、基材及びその他の層を有する場合、の製造方法の工程も、上記艶消物品Aの製造方法について説明した内容と同じである。
[Manufacturing method of matte article F]
The method for producing the matte article F is different from the above-mentioned matte article A in that the resin composition for forming the matte light-resistant layer contains a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber, but other points, that is, wrinkle formation. Average particle size and type of stabilizer, type of resin contained in the resin composition for forming a matte light-resistant layer, content of wrinkle-forming stabilizer, application method and thickness of the resin composition for forming a matte light-resistant layer. The irradiation conditions and the like in the matte light-resistant layer forming step are the same as those described for the method for producing the matte article A.
Further, when a single layer having only a matte light resistant layer (matte layer) is used, or when a base material and other layers are provided, the steps of the manufacturing method are the same as those described for the manufacturing method of the matte article A. Is.
〔化粧部材F〕
 艶消物品Fの代表的な用途としては、艶消物品Fをそのままで、建築物や各種家具、車両、家電製品等の表面を構成する、いわゆる化粧部材として用いることもできるし、また被着材と積層して、複合して、乃至は組み合わせて化粧部材として用いることも可能である(以下、これらの艶消物品Fを用いた化粧部材を「化粧部材F」と称することがある。)。いずれとするかは、所望に応じて決定すればよい。
 化粧部材Fにおける艶消物品Fの形態、被着材、接着剤層、化粧部材Fの製造方法、化粧部材Fの用途等は、上記化粧部材Aにおいて説明した内容と同じである。
[Cosmetic member F]
As a typical use of the matte article F, the matte article F can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc., or is adhered. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with a material, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles F may be referred to as "decorative member F"). .. Which one to use may be determined as desired.
The form of the matte article F in the decorative member F, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the method for producing the decorative member F, the use of the decorative member F, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
[艶消物品G]
 本実施形態の艶消物品は、上記艶消物品Aにおいて、艶消層が艶消筆記層である、という艶消物品(以下、単に「艶消物品G」とも称する。)であり、具体的には、艶消層を有する艶消物品であり、前記艶消層が、シワ形成安定剤を樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成され、前記艶消層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、前記艶消層の60°グロス値が5.0以下であり、前記艶消層が艶消筆記層である、艶消物品である。艶消物品Gは、このような構成を有することにより、艶消効果による視認性と、マーカー消去性とに優れるものとなる。
[Matte article G]
The matte article of the present embodiment is a matte article (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "matte article G") in which the matte layer is a matte writing layer in the matte article A, and is specific. Is a matte article having a matte layer, and the matte layer contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is composed of a cured product, has an uneven shape in which at least one surface of the matte layer is composed of irregular wrinkles, the 60 ° gloss value of the matte layer is 5.0 or less, and the matte layer. A matte article in which the layer is a matte writing layer. By having such a configuration, the matte article G is excellent in visibility due to the matte effect and marker erasability.
〔艶消層(艶消筆記層)〕
 艶消物品Gにおける艶消層は、特にマーカー消去性を発現する艶消筆記層であり、シワ形成安定剤を樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成される層である。すなわち、本実施形態において艶消層は特にマーカー消去性を発現する艶消筆記層であり、当該艶消筆記層を形成する樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下の含有量で、シワ形成安定剤を含む層である。
[Matte layer (matte writing layer)]
The matte layer in the matte article G is a matte writing layer that particularly exhibits marker erasability, and contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. It is a layer composed of a cured product of the resin composition. That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer is a matte writing layer that particularly exhibits marker erasability, and is 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte writing layer. It is a layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer at the following contents.
(シワ形成安定剤)
 シワ形成安定剤は、上記艶消物品Aで採用されるものとして説明した、シワ形成安定剤が採用される。シワ形成安定剤を用いることにより、艶消筆記層の表面におけるシワの形成を安定させることで、かかる表面と空気との屈折率差界面での光拡散効果による艶消効果による視認性とともに、マーカー消去性が安定的に得られる。
 シワ形成安定剤としてシワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の少なくとも一方を用い得ること、シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の平均粒径、シワ形成安定剤の種類、含有量等、またシワ形成安定剤を用いることにより発現する効果、シワ形成安定剤と艶消剤との違いについても、基本的には、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した内容と同じである。
(Wrinkle formation stabilizer)
As the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the wrinkle formation stabilizer described as being adopted in the matte article A is adopted. By stabilizing the formation of wrinkles on the surface of the matte writing layer by using a wrinkle formation stabilizer, a marker as well as visibility due to the matte effect due to the light diffusion effect at the interface between the surface and the air with a refractive index difference. Stable erasability can be obtained.
At least one of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 can be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the type and content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, etc. Further, the effect developed by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are basically the same as those described for the matte article A.
(艶消筆記層の表面形状)
 艶消物品Gの艶消筆記層の表面形状は、少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸を有することを要し、上記艶消物品Aの艶消層について説明した内容と同じである。また、艶消物品Aの艶消層の表面形状の説明に用いた図1及び2は、艶消物品Gの艶消筆記層にも適用し得る。艶消筆記層の表面形状が、上記艶消物品Aの艶消層について説明した表面形状を有することで、艶消効果による視認性及びマーカー消去性が向上する。
(Surface shape of matte writing layer)
The surface shape of the matte writing layer of the matte article G needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, which is the same as the content described for the matte layer of the matte article A. Is. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the matte writing layer of the matte article G. When the surface shape of the matte writing layer has the surface shape described for the matte layer of the matte article A, the visibility and marker erasability due to the matte effect are improved.
 ここで、艶消筆記層の表面形状により得られる効果は、艶消物品Aの艶消層で得られる優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を安定的に発現するという効果も挙げられるが、艶消物品Gにおいて重要な効果はマーカー消去性である。
 艶消筆記層は既述のように不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有するものである。そして、不規則なシワは、複数の突起部により形成する複数の凸部と、複数の突起部により囲まれて形成する凹部と、により構成されていることが好ましく、当該突起部は線条の突起部を有していることが好ましい。線条であると、マーカーをふき取る際に、当該マーカーが線条のシワに沿って滑らかに移動することで消去しやすくなるため、特にマーカー消去性が向上する。
 また、シワは、例えば図1に示されるような線条で滑らかな形状を呈していることから、マーカーをふき取る際に、当該マーカーが線条のシワに沿って滑らかに移動することで消去しやすくなるため、マーカー消去性も安定的に発現している。
Here, the effect obtained by the surface shape of the matte writing layer includes the effect of stably expressing the excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect obtained by the matte layer of the matte article A. An important effect in the matte article G is marker erasability.
The matte writing layer has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles as described above. The irregular wrinkle is preferably composed of a plurality of convex portions formed by a plurality of protrusions and a concave portion formed by being surrounded by the plurality of protrusions, and the protrusions are formed of streaks. It is preferable to have a protrusion. In the case of a streak, when the marker is wiped off, the marker moves smoothly along the wrinkles of the streak, which makes it easier to erase the marker, so that the marker erasability is particularly improved.
Further, since the wrinkles have a smooth shape with the streaks as shown in FIG. 1, for example, when the marker is wiped off, the marker is erased by smoothly moving along the wrinkles of the streaks. Since it becomes easy, the marker scavenging property is also stably expressed.
(樹脂)
 艶消物品Gの艶消筆記層の形成に用いられる樹脂は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂に関する内容と同じである。
(resin)
The resin used for forming the matte writing layer of the matte article G is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
(樹脂組成物)
 艶消物品Gの艶消筆記層の形成に用いられる樹脂組成物(艶消筆記層形成用の樹脂組成物)は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂組成物に関する内容と同じである。
(Resin composition)
The resin composition (resin composition for forming the matte writing layer) used for forming the matte writing layer of the matte article G is the same as the content relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A.
〔60°グロス値〕
 艶消物品Gの60°グロス値は、5.0以下であり、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した60°グロス値に関する内容と同じである。よって、60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)についても同じである。
[60 ° gloss value]
The 60 ° gloss value of the matte article G is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
〔層構成について〕
 艶消物品Gは、上記艶消物品Aと同様に、基材を有することを必須としない。よって、艶消物品Gの一番単純な層構成としては、基材を有しない、艶消易除染層のみの単一層による層構成もとり得る。
 また、上記艶消物品Aと同様に、艶消物品Gは、単一層による層構成とする場合、通常は機械的強度、後加工適性、意匠性等の、艶消物品に要求される各種性能を得る選択肢が制約される場合が多い。そのため、艶消物品Gの層構成としては、基材を有する、すなわち基材と艶消層とを有する層構成であることが好ましい。
[Layer structure]
As with the matte article A, the matte article G does not necessarily have a base material. Therefore, as the simplest layer structure of the matte article G, a layer structure consisting of a single layer having no base material and having only a matte easy decontamination layer can be adopted.
Further, similarly to the above-mentioned matte article A, when the matte article G has a layer structure consisting of a single layer, various performances usually required for the matte article such as mechanical strength, post-processing suitability, designability, etc. Often the choices to get are limited. Therefore, the layer structure of the matte article G is preferably a layer structure having a base material, that is, a base material and a matte layer.
〔基材〕
 艶消物品Gは、上記艶消層に加えて、所望に応じて更に基材を有してもよく、既述のように、各種の制約を回避する観点から基材を有することが好ましい。基材は、艶消層を設ける支持体として機能する。また、艶消物品Gは、通常被着材に貼着して用いることが多いことを考慮すると、基材の形態(乃至は形状)としては、フィルム、シート、板が好ましく、フィルム、シートがより好ましい。
 その他、艶消物品Gの基材について、基材を構成する材料等は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した基材に関する内容と同じである。
〔Base material〕
In addition to the matte layer, the matte article G may further have a base material, if desired, and as described above, it is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding various restrictions. The base material functions as a support for providing a matte layer. Further, considering that the matte article G is usually used by being attached to an adherend, the form (or shape) of the base material is preferably a film, a sheet, or a plate, and the film or the sheet is preferable. More preferred.
In addition, regarding the base material of the matte article G, the materials and the like constituting the base material are the same as those relating to the base material described for the matte article A.
 また、艶消物品Gで用いられる基材は、その形態シートである基材(基材シート)と着色層とを有するものであることが好ましい。この場合、上記着色剤を含むインキを用いて、所望の色調となるように着色層を設ければよい。
 着色層に用いられるインキとしては、バインダー樹脂に上記の着色剤、また体質顔料、溶剤、安定剤、可塑剤、触媒、硬化剤、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等を適宜混合したものが使用される。
Further, the base material used in the matte article G preferably has a base material (base material sheet) which is a form sheet thereof and a colored layer. In this case, an ink containing the above-mentioned colorant may be used to provide a colored layer so as to obtain a desired color tone.
As the ink used for the coloring layer, an ink obtained by appropriately mixing the above-mentioned coloring agent, extender pigment, solvent, stabilizer, plasticizer, catalyst, curing agent, ultraviolet absorber, light stabilizer, etc. with the binder resin is used. NS.
 基材シートが有する着色層の形成に用いられるインキのバインダー樹脂としては特に制限はなく、例えば、ウレタン樹脂、アクリルポリオール樹脂、アクリル樹脂、エステル樹脂、アミド樹脂、ブチラール樹脂、スチレン樹脂、ウレタン-アクリル共重合体、塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル共重合体樹脂、塩化ビニル-酢酸ビニル-アクリル共重合体樹脂、塩素化プロピレン樹脂、ニトロセルロース樹脂、酢酸セルロース樹脂等の樹脂が挙げられる。また、1液硬化型樹脂、イソシアネート化合物等の硬化剤を伴う2液硬化型樹脂など、種々のタイプの樹脂を用いることができる。
 着色剤の含有量は、着色層を構成する樹脂100質量部に対して、5質量部以上90質量部以下が好ましく、15質量部以上80質量部以下がより好ましく、30質量部以上70質量部以下がさらに好ましい。
The binder resin of the ink used for forming the colored layer of the base sheet is not particularly limited, and for example, urethane resin, acrylic polyol resin, acrylic resin, ester resin, amide resin, butyral resin, styrene resin, urethane-acrylic. Examples thereof include copolymers, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate copolymer resins, vinyl chloride-vinyl acetate-acrylic copolymer resins, chlorinated propylene resins, nitrocellulose resins, cellulose acetate resins and the like. Further, various types of resins such as a one-component curable resin and a two-component curable resin with a curing agent such as an isocyanate compound can be used.
The content of the colorant is preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 90 parts by mass or less, more preferably 15 parts by mass or more and 80 parts by mass or less, and 30 parts by mass or more and 70 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin constituting the colored layer. The following is more preferable.
 着色層は、紫外線吸収剤、光安定剤等の耐候剤等の添加剤を含有してもよい。
 着色層の厚さは、所望の色調等に応じて適宜選択すればよいが、被着材の地色を隠蔽し、かつ意匠性を向上させる観点から、0.5μm以上20μm以下が好ましく、1μm以上10μm以下がより好ましく、2μm以上5μm以下が更に好ましい。
The colored layer may contain additives such as an ultraviolet absorber, a weathering agent such as a light stabilizer, and the like.
The thickness of the colored layer may be appropriately selected according to the desired color tone and the like, but from the viewpoint of hiding the ground color of the adherend and improving the design, it is preferably 0.5 μm or more and 20 μm or less, and 1 μm. More than 10 μm is more preferable, and 2 μm or more and 5 μm or less is further preferable.
 また、上記着色層の形成以外の方法として、合成樹脂の着色の場合は、樹脂中への着色剤の添加(混練、練り込み)、樹脂と着色剤とを含む塗料の塗膜の塗布による形成等の、いずれの手段を採用することができる。紙、不織布、又は織布の着色の場合は、パルプや繊維材料との混抄、あるいは塗膜形成等のいずれかの手段、又はこれらの併用により行うことができる。
 木材の着色の場合は、染料による染色、あるいは塗膜形成のいずれかの手段、又はこれらの併用により行うことができる。金属の着色の場合、塗膜形成の他、陽極酸化法を用いて表面に金属酸化物皮膜を形成する電解着色法等を採用することができる。また、非金属無機材料の場合、塗膜形成、あるいは基材中への添加のいずれかの手段、又はこれらの併用により行うことができる。
Further, as a method other than the above-mentioned formation of the coloring layer, in the case of coloring a synthetic resin, the formation by adding a coloring agent (kneading, kneading) into the resin and applying a coating film of a paint containing the resin and the coloring agent. Any means such as, etc. can be adopted. In the case of coloring paper, non-woven fabric, or woven fabric, it can be carried out by any means such as mixed extraction with pulp or fiber material, formation of a coating film, or a combination thereof.
In the case of coloring wood, it can be carried out by either dyeing with a dye, forming a coating film, or a combination thereof. In the case of coloring a metal, in addition to forming a coating film, an electrolytic coloring method for forming a metal oxide film on the surface by using an anodic oxidation method or the like can be adopted. Further, in the case of a non-metallic inorganic material, it can be carried out by either means of forming a coating film or adding it to a base material, or a combination thereof.
 基材シートが有する着色層は、基本的には全面を被覆するいわゆるベタ着色層からなる層であるが、所望に応じて種々の模様、例えばドットパターン等の模様を有する絵柄層を有してもよい。 The colored layer of the base sheet is basically a layer composed of a so-called solid colored layer that covers the entire surface, but has a pattern layer having various patterns, for example, a dot pattern or the like, if desired. May be good.
〔その他の層〕
 艶消物品Gは、上記の艶消層(艶消筆記層)、基材の他、その他の層として、例えばプライマー層、透明性樹脂層、装飾層、接着層等を必要に応じて有し得る。これらの層を有する艶消物品Gの一実施形態を示す断面図を図34及び図35に示す。艶消物品1(艶消物品G)をその厚さ方向(同図においてはZ方向)に平行な面で切断した断面図である。
 図34に示される艶消物品1(艶消物品G)は、基材5(基材シート51と着色層52との二層積層構成)及び艶消層(艶消筆記層)4を順に有しており、図35に示され艶消物品1(艶消物品G)は、着色してなる基材シート5(基材シート51と着色層52との二層積層構成)、接着層6、透明性樹脂層7、プライマー層8及び艶消層(艶消筆記層)4を順に有している。
[Other layers]
The matte article G has, for example, a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, an adhesive layer, and the like as other layers in addition to the above-mentioned matte layer (matte writing layer) and base material, if necessary. obtain. A cross-sectional view showing an embodiment of the matte article G having these layers is shown in FIGS. 34 and 35. It is sectional drawing which cut | cut the matte article 1 (matte article G) in the plane parallel to the thickness direction (Z direction in the figure).
The matte article 1 (matte article G) shown in FIG. 34 has a base material 5 (a two-layer laminated structure of a base material sheet 51 and a colored layer 52) and a matte layer (matte writing layer) 4 in this order. The matte article 1 (matte article G) shown in FIG. 35 includes a colored base sheet 5 (a two-layer laminated structure of a base sheet 51 and a colored layer 52), an adhesive layer 6, and the like. It has a transparent resin layer 7, a primer layer 8, and a matte layer (matte writing layer) 4 in this order.
(プライマー層)
 艶消物品Gが有し得るプライマー層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明したプライマー層に関する内容と同じである。
(Primer layer)
The primer layer that the matte article G can have is the same as that of the primer layer described for the matte article A.
(透明性樹脂層)
 艶消物品Gが有し得る透明性樹脂層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した透明性樹脂層に関する内容と同じである。
(Transparent resin layer)
The transparent resin layer that the matte article G can have is the same as that of the transparent resin layer described for the matte article A.
(装飾層)
 艶消物品Gが有し得る装飾層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した装飾層に関する内容と同じである。
(Decorative layer)
The decorative layer that the matte article G can have is the same as the content relating to the decorative layer described for the matte article A.
(接着層)
 艶消物品Gが有し得る接着層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した接着層に関する内容と同じである。
(Adhesive layer)
The adhesive layer that the matte article G can have is the same as that of the adhesive layer described for the matte article A.
(艶消物品Gが有する性能)
 艶消物品Gは、優れたマーカー消去性を有しており、例えば、JIS S6052:2014で規定される「ペン先形状が丸芯で、かつ、中字1)の黒のマーカー」(注1)中字とは筆記線の太さが、約1.5mm~2.5mmのもの)を用いて、以下のa)~c)の方法に従い行ったマーカーの落ちやすさの試験を行い、当該試験前と、試験後の色差(ΔEab)が3.0以下であるという、優れたマーカー消去性を有するものである。
(マーカーの落ちやすさの試験)
a)当該マーカーでシートの艶消筆記層を2cm×4cmの範囲で塗りつぶす。
b)塗りつぶしてから1分経過後、未使用のメラミンフォーム製白板用イレーザー(2cm×2cm、ホワイトボード用激落ちイレーサー(オート株式会社))を用いて消去する。
c)上記a)及びb)を50回繰り返す。
(Performance of matte article G)
The matte article G has excellent marker erasability. For example, "a black marker having a round core and a middle character 1) defined by JIS S6052: 2014" (Note 1). The middle character means that the thickness of the writing line is about 1.5 mm to 2.5 mm), and the marker's ease of dropping test was performed according to the methods a) to c) below, and before the test. The color difference (ΔE * ab) after the test is 3.0 or less, which means that the marker has excellent marker erasability.
(Test of marker dropability)
a) Fill the matte writing layer of the sheet with the marker in an area of 2 cm x 4 cm.
b) One minute after painting, erase using an unused melamine foam whiteboard eraser (2 cm x 2 cm, whiteboard sharp drop eraser (Auto Co., Ltd.)).
c) Repeat a) and b) above 50 times.
 色差(ΔEab)は、試験前の明度及び色度の測定値をL 、a 及びb とし、上記試験後の明度及び色度の測定値をL 、a 及びb としたときに、以下の数式により得られる算出値である。
  ΔEab=〔(L -L +(a -a +(b -a 1/2
 また、L、a、bは、JIS Z8781-5:2013の色の表示方法に規定されたものであり、市販の分光測色計(例えば、分光色彩計・色差計「SE6000」(型番)、日本電色工業株式会社製)等を用いて測定することができる。
For the color difference (ΔE * ab), the measured values of brightness and chromaticity before the test are L * 1 , a * 1 and b * 1, and the measured values of brightness and chromaticity after the above test are L * 2 , a *. It is a calculated value obtained by the following formula when 2 and b * 2 are set.
ΔE * ab = [(L * 2- L * 1 ) 2 + (a * 2- a * 1 ) 2 + (b * 2- a * 2 ) 2 ] 1/2
Further, L * , a * , and b * are defined in the color display method of JIS Z8781-5: 2013, and are commercially available spectrophotometers (for example, spectrocolorimeter / color difference meter "SE6000" (for example). Model number), manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Kogyo Co., Ltd.), etc. can be used for measurement.
〔艶消物品Gの製造方法〕
 艶消物品Gの製造方法について、シワ形成安定剤の平均粒径、種類、艶消筆記層形成用の樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂の種類、シワ形成安定剤の含有量、艶消筆記層形成用の樹脂組成物の塗布方法、厚さ、また艶消筆記層形成工程における照射条件等は、上記艶消物品Aの製造方法について説明した内容と同じである。
 また、艶消筆記層(艶消層)のみの単一層とする場合、基材及びその他の層を有する場合、の製造方法の工程も、上記艶消物品Aの製造方法について説明した内容と同じである。
[Manufacturing method of matte article G]
Regarding the method for producing the matte article G, the average particle size and type of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the type of resin contained in the resin composition for forming the matte writing layer, the content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, and the formation of the matte writing layer. The method of applying the resin composition for use, the thickness, the irradiation conditions in the process of forming the matte writing layer, and the like are the same as those described for the method for producing the matte article A.
Further, when a single layer having only a matte writing layer (matte layer) is used, or when a base material and other layers are provided, the steps of the manufacturing method are the same as those described for the manufacturing method of the matte article A. Is.
〔化粧部材G〕
 艶消物品Gの代表的な用途としては、艶消物品Gを単体で、又は被着材と積層して、複合して、乃至は組み合わせた形態で、白板、黒板等の筆記ボードが挙げられる(以下、これらの艶消物品Gを用いた化粧部材を「化粧部材G」と称することがある。)。いずれの形態とするかは、所望に応じて決定すればよい。
 被着材を有する場合、化粧部材G(筆記ボード)は、当該被着材と上記の本実施形態の艶消物品Gとを有するものであり、具体的には、被着材の筆記性を要する面と、艶消物品Gの艶消筆記層のシワが形成され視認性及びマーカー消去性を発現する一方の面とは反対側の面と、を対向させて積層したものである。
[Cosmetic member G]
A typical use of the matte article G is a writing board such as a white board or a blackboard in a form in which the matte article G is used alone or laminated with an adherend and combined or combined. (Hereinafter, a decorative member using these matte articles G may be referred to as "decorative member G"). Which form may be used may be determined as desired.
When having an adherend, the decorative member G (writing board) has the adherend and the matte article G of the present embodiment described above, and specifically, the writability of the adherend is improved. The required surface and the surface opposite to one surface on which wrinkles of the matte writing layer of the matte article G are formed to exhibit visibility and marker erasability are laminated so as to face each other.
 被着材としては、上記化粧部材Aにおいて採用され得る被着材として説明したものから適宜選択すればよいが、筆記ボードという用途を考慮すると、各種素材の平板、シート(又はフィルム)等が好ましい。被着材の厚さは、用途及び材料に応じて適宜選択すればよく、0.1mm以上100mm以下が好ましく、0.3mm以上5mmがより好ましく、0.5mm以上3mm以下が更に好ましい。
 また、本実施形態の艶消物品Gは被着材への積層のしやすさ等を考慮すると、既述のようにシート形態を有していることが好ましい。
The adherend may be appropriately selected from those described as the adherends that can be used in the decorative member A, but in consideration of the use as a writing board, flat plates, sheets (or films) and the like of various materials are preferable. .. The thickness of the adherend may be appropriately selected depending on the application and material, and is preferably 0.1 mm or more and 100 mm or less, more preferably 0.3 mm or more and 5 mm, and further preferably 0.5 mm or more and 3 mm or less.
Further, the matte article G of the present embodiment preferably has a sheet form as described above, considering the ease of laminating on the adherend.
 その他、化粧部材Gにおける艶消物品Gの形態、被着材、接着剤層、化粧部材Gの製造方法等は、上記化粧部材Aにおいて説明した内容と同じである。 In addition, the form of the matte article G in the decorative member G, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the manufacturing method of the decorative member G, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
 以上のようにして得られる化粧部材G(筆記ボード)は、任意切断し、表面や木口部にルーター、カッター等の切削加工機を用いて溝加工、面取加工、また曲げ加工等の任意加飾を施すことができる。 The decorative member G (writing board) obtained as described above is arbitrarily cut, and grooving, chamfering, bending, etc. are arbitrarily applied to the surface and the end of the wood using a cutting machine such as a router or a cutter. Can be decorated.
[艶消物品H]
 本実施形態の艶消物品は、上記艶消物品Aにおいて、艶消層が艶消賦型層である、という艶消物品(以下、単に「艶消物品H」とも称する。)であり、具体的には、艶消層を有する艶消物品であり、前記艶消層が、シワ形成安定剤を樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成され、前記艶消層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、前記艶消層の60°グロス値が5.0以下であり、前記艶消層が艶消賦型層である、艶消物品である。艶消物品Hは、このような構成を有することにより、顧客の多様化する要望に容易に対応でき、優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を付与するもの、すなわち賦型シートとして用いられる。
[Matte article H]
The matte article of the present embodiment is a matte article (hereinafter, also simply referred to as "matte article H") in which the matte layer is a matte-type layer in the matte article A, and is specific. Specifically, it is a matte article having a matte layer, and the matte layer contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. The matte layer has a concavo-convex shape composed of irregular wrinkles on at least one surface of the matte layer, and the matte layer has a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less. A matte article in which the matte layer is a matte type layer. By having such a configuration, the matte article H can easily respond to the diversifying demands of customers, and is used as a type sheet, that is, an article that imparts excellent visibility and texture of a matte effect.
〔艶消層(艶消賦型層)〕
 艶消物品Hにおける艶消層は、顧客の多様化する要望に容易に対応でき、優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を付与する艶消賦型層であり、シワ形成安定剤を樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成される層である。すなわち、本実施形態において艶消層は顧客の多様化する要望に容易に対応でき、優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を付与する艶消賦型層であり、当該艶消賦型層を形成する樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下の含有量で、シワ形成安定剤を含む層である。
[Matte layer (matte type layer)]
The matte layer in the matte article H is a matte type layer that can easily respond to the diversifying demands of customers and imparts excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect, and the wrinkle formation stabilizer is resin 100. It is a layer composed of a cured product of a resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to parts by mass. That is, in the present embodiment, the matte layer is a matte type layer that can easily respond to the diversifying demands of customers and imparts excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect. It is a layer containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer at a content of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin to be formed.
(シワ形成安定剤)
 シワ形成安定剤は、上記艶消物品Aで採用されるものとして説明した、シワ形成安定剤が採用される。シワ形成安定剤を用いることにより、艶消筆記層の表面におけるシワの形成を安定させることで、かかる表面と空気との屈折率差界面での光拡散効果による艶消効果による視認性とともに、質感を付与し得るものとなる。
 その他、シワ形成安定剤としてシワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の少なくとも一方を用い得ること、シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の平均粒径、シワ形成安定剤の種類、含有量等、またシワ形成安定剤を用いることにより発現する効果、シワ形成安定剤と艶消剤との違いについても、基本的には、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した内容と同じである。
(Wrinkle formation stabilizer)
As the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the wrinkle formation stabilizer described as being adopted in the matte article A is adopted. By stabilizing the formation of wrinkles on the surface of the matte writing layer by using a wrinkle formation stabilizer, the texture as well as the visibility due to the matte effect due to the light diffusion effect at the interface between the surface and the air with a refractive index difference. Can be granted.
In addition, at least one of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 can be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the type and content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer. The amount and the like, the effect exhibited by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer, and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matte agent are basically the same as those described for the matte article A.
(艶消賦型層の表面形状)
 艶消物品Hの艶消賦型層の表面形状は、少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸を有することを要し、上記艶消物品Aの艶消層について説明した内容と同じである。また、艶消物品Aの艶消層の表面形状の説明に用いた図1及び2は、艶消物品Hの艶消賦型層にも適用し得る。艶消賦型層の表面形状が、上記艶消物品Aの艶消層について説明した表面形状を有することで、顧客の多様化する要望に容易に対応でき、優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を付与することができる。
(Surface shape of matte type layer)
The surface shape of the matte-type layer of the matte article H needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface, and is the same as the content described for the matte layer of the matte article A. It is the same. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the matte type layer of the matte article H. By having the surface shape of the matte-type layer having the surface shape described for the matte layer of the matte article A, it is possible to easily respond to the diversifying demands of customers, and the visibility of the excellent matte effect and the visibility of the matte effect are excellent. Texture can be added.
(樹脂)
 艶消物品Hの艶消賦型層の形成に用いられる樹脂は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂に関する内容と同じである。
(resin)
The resin used for forming the matte-type layer of the matte article H is the same as that of the resin described for the matte article A.
(樹脂組成物)
 艶消物品Hの艶消賦型層の形成に用いられる樹脂組成物(艶消賦型層形成用の樹脂組成物)は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂組成物に関する内容と同じである。
(Resin composition)
The resin composition used for forming the matte-type layer of the matte article H (resin composition for forming the matte-type layer) is the same as the content relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A. ..
 また、艶消物品Hについては、艶消物品Hを用いて賦型した後、当該艶消物品Hを剥離する必要があるため、艶消賦型層は剥離性を有することが好ましい。このような観点から、艶消賦型層には、離型剤が含まれることが好ましい、すなわち艶消賦型層形成用の樹脂組成物には、離型剤が含まれていることが好ましい。離型剤としては、フッ素系離型剤、シリコーン系離型剤等が挙げられ、より安価かつ高い離型性を得る観点から、シリコーン系離型剤が好ましい。 Further, with respect to the matte article H, it is necessary to peel off the matte article H after molding with the matte article H, so that the matte type layer preferably has peelability. From this point of view, it is preferable that the matte type layer contains a release agent, that is, the resin composition for forming the matte type layer preferably contains a release agent. .. Examples of the release agent include a fluorine-based release agent, a silicone-based release agent, and the like, and a silicone-based release agent is preferable from the viewpoint of obtaining cheaper and higher releasability.
 シリコーン系離型剤としては、ポリシロキサン構造を基本構造とするものが挙げられ、中でもその側鎖及び末端の少なくともいずれかに有機基が導入された変性シリコーンオイルが好ましく、両末端に有機基が導入された変性シリコーンオイルがより好ましい。有機基としては、より質感の高い意匠性を得る観点から、(メタ)アクリル基、アミノ基、エポキシ基、メルカプト基、カルビノール基、フェノール基、カルボキシル基等の反応性官能基、ポリエーテル基、アラルキル基、フロロアルキル基、アルキル基、脂肪酸アミド基、フェニル基等の非反応性基官能基等が好ましく挙げられる。中でも反応性官能基が好ましく、特に(メタ)アクリル基が好ましい、すなわち特に(メタ)アクリル変性シリコーンオイルが好ましい。また、これらの有機基は窒素原子、硫黄原子、水酸基、アルキル基等の置換基を有していてもよい。 Examples of the silicone-based mold release agent include those having a polysiloxane structure as a basic structure, and among them, modified silicone oil in which an organic group is introduced into at least one of the side chain and the terminal thereof is preferable, and organic groups are present at both ends. The introduced modified silicone oil is more preferred. As the organic group, from the viewpoint of obtaining a design with a higher texture, a reactive functional group such as a (meth) acrylic group, an amino group, an epoxy group, a mercapto group, a carbinol group, a phenol group or a carboxyl group, or a polyether group , Non-reactive group functional groups such as aralkyl group, fluoroalkyl group, alkyl group, fatty acid amide group and phenyl group are preferably mentioned. Among them, a reactive functional group is preferable, and a (meth) acrylic group is particularly preferable, that is, a (meth) acrylic-modified silicone oil is particularly preferable. Further, these organic groups may have substituents such as a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, a hydroxyl group and an alkyl group.
 離型剤の含有量は、艶消賦型層を形成する樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1~5質量部、より好ましくは0.5~3質量部、更に好ましくは1~2質量部である。離型剤の含有量が上記範囲内であると、効率的に離型剤の添加効果が得られる。 The content of the release agent is preferably 0.1 to 5 parts by mass, more preferably 0.5 to 3 parts by mass, and further preferably 1 to 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte type layer. 2 parts by mass. When the content of the release agent is within the above range, the effect of adding the release agent can be efficiently obtained.
〔60°グロス値〕
 艶消物品Hの60°グロス値は、5.0以下であり、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した60°グロス値に関する内容と同じである。よって、60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)についても同じである。艶消物品Hは主に賦型シートとして用いられるものであるから、艶消物品Hの60°グロス値は、艶消物品Hが付与し得る60°グロス値(賦型した対象物の60°グロス値)であることも意味する。
 本実施形態の艶消賦型シートが、シワの形成の安定により安定的に艶消効果及び質感を有していれば、これを用いて賦型した化粧材も同様に、安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を有する高級感のある化粧材となり得る。また、賦型シートが有する60°グロス値とは、これを用いて得られる化粧材が有する60°グロス値とは、両者の色調が同様のものであれば、多少の相違は発生するが、基本的には同じ程度になる。
[60 ° gloss value]
The 60 ° gloss value of the matte article H is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value. Since the matte article H is mainly used as a shaping sheet, the 60 ° gloss value of the matte article H is the 60 ° gloss value that the matte article H can give (60 ° of the shaped object). It also means that it is a gloss value).
If the matte-type sheet of the present embodiment has a stable matte effect and texture due to the stable formation of wrinkles, the decorative material molded using the matte-type sheet also has a stable matte effect. It can be a high-class decorative material having the visibility and texture of the effect. Further, if the 60 ° gloss value of the shaped sheet and the 60 ° gloss value of the decorative material obtained by using the fixed sheet have the same color tone, some differences will occur. Basically it will be about the same.
〔層構成について〕
 艶消物品Hは、上記艶消物品Aと同様に、基材を有することを必須としない。よって、艶消物品Hの一番単純な層構成としては、基材を有しない、艶消賦型層のみの単一層による層構成もとり得る。
 また、上記艶消物品Aと同様に、艶消物品Hは、単一層による層構成とする場合、通常は機械的強度、後加工適性、意匠性等の、艶消物品に要求される各種性能を得る選択肢が制約される場合が多い。そのため、艶消物品Hの層構成としては、基材を有する、すなわち基材と艶消層とを有する層構成であることが好ましい。
[Layer structure]
As with the matte article A, the matte article H does not have to have a base material. Therefore, as the simplest layer structure of the matte article H, a layer structure having only a matte-type layer without a base material can be adopted.
Further, similarly to the above-mentioned matte article A, when the matte article H has a layer structure consisting of a single layer, various performances usually required for the matte article such as mechanical strength, post-processing suitability, designability, etc. Often the choices to get are limited. Therefore, the layer structure of the matte article H is preferably a layer structure having a base material, that is, a base material and a matte layer.
〔基材〕
 艶消物品Hは、上記艶消層に加えて、所望に応じて更に基材を有してもよく、既述のように、各種の制約を回避する観点から基材を有することが好ましい。基材は、艶消層を設ける支持体として機能する。また、艶消物品Hは、通常被着材に貼着して用いることが多いことを考慮すると、基材の形態(乃至は形状)としては、フィルム、シート、板が好ましく、フィルム、シートがより好ましい。
 その他、艶消物品Hの基材について、基材を構成する材料等は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した基材に関する内容と同じである。
〔Base material〕
In addition to the matte layer, the matte article H may further have a base material, if desired, and as described above, it is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding various restrictions. The base material functions as a support for providing a matte layer. Further, considering that the matte article H is usually used by being attached to an adherend, the form (or shape) of the base material is preferably a film, a sheet, or a plate, and the film or the sheet is preferable. More preferred.
In addition, regarding the base material of the matte article H, the materials and the like constituting the base material are the same as those relating to the base material described for the matte article A.
〔その他の層〕
 艶消物品Hは、上記の艶消層(艶消賦型層)、基材の他、その他の層として、例えばプライマー層、樹脂層、接着層等を必要に応じて有し得る。これらの層を有する艶消物品Hの一実施形態を示す断面図を図41及び図42に示す。艶消物品1(艶消物品H)をその厚さ方向(同図においてはZ方向)に平行な面で切断した断面図である。
 図41に示される艶消物品1(艶消物品H)は、基材5及び艶消賦型層4を順に有しており、図42に示される艶消物品1(艶消物品H)は、基材5、接着層6、樹脂層7、プライマー層8及び艶消賦型層4を順に有している。なお、艶消物品Hは既述ように賦型シートとして用いられるものであり、他の艶消物品とは異なり、それ自体を化粧部材として用いることはないため、装飾層は有しなくてもよい。
[Other layers]
The matte article H may have, for example, a primer layer, a resin layer, an adhesive layer and the like as other layers in addition to the above-mentioned matte layer (matte type layer) and base material, if necessary. 41 and 42 are cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article H having these layers. It is sectional drawing which cut | cut the matte article 1 (matte article H) in the plane parallel to the thickness direction (Z direction in the figure).
The matte article 1 (matte article H) shown in FIG. 41 has a base material 5 and a matte-type layer 4 in this order, and the matte article 1 (matte article H) shown in FIG. 42 has a substrate 5 and a matte-type layer 4 in this order. , A base material 5, an adhesive layer 6, a resin layer 7, a primer layer 8 and a matte type layer 4 in this order. As described above, the matte article H is used as a shaping sheet, and unlike other matte articles, it is not used as a decorative member by itself, so that it does not have to have a decorative layer. good.
(プライマー層)
 艶消物品Hが有し得るプライマー層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明したプライマー層に関する内容と同じである。
(Primer layer)
The primer layer that the matte article H can have is the same as that of the primer layer described for the matte article A.
(樹脂層)
 艶消物品Hは、賦型シートとして用いられるため、その強度を高めるため樹脂層を有してもよい。艶消物品Hを賦型シートとして繰り返し使用する場合には、耐久性が求められるため、樹脂層を有することは有効である。
 樹脂層は、当該基材シートと艶消賦型層との間に設ければよい。
 その他の例えば樹脂の種類等については、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した透明性樹脂層に関する内容と同じである。
(Resin layer)
Since the matte article H is used as a shaping sheet, it may have a resin layer in order to increase its strength. When the matte article H is repeatedly used as a shaping sheet, durability is required, so it is effective to have a resin layer.
The resin layer may be provided between the base material sheet and the matte type layer.
Other, for example, the type of resin is the same as that of the transparent resin layer described for the matte article A.
(接着層)
 艶消物品Hが有し得る接着層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した接着層に関する内容と同じである。
(Adhesive layer)
The adhesive layer that the matte article H can have is the same as that of the adhesive layer described for the matte article A.
〔艶消物品Hの製造方法〕
 艶消物品Hの製造方法について、シワ形成安定剤の平均粒径、種類、艶消賦型層形成用の樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂の種類、シワ形成安定剤の含有量、艶消賦型層形成用の樹脂組成物の塗布方法、厚さ、また艶消賦型層形成工程における照射条件等は、上記艶消物品Aの製造方法について説明した内容と同じである。
 また、艶消賦型層(艶消層)のみの単一層とする場合、基材及びその他の層を有する場合、の製造方法の工程も、上記艶消物品Aの製造方法について説明した内容と同じである。
[Manufacturing method of matte article H]
Regarding the method for producing the matte article H, the average particle size and type of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the type of resin contained in the resin composition for forming the matte type layer, the content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, and the matte type. The method of applying the resin composition for layer formation, the thickness, the irradiation conditions in the matte-imparted layer forming step, and the like are the same as those described for the method for producing the matte article A.
Further, when a single layer having only a matte type layer (matte layer) is used, or when a base material and other layers are provided, the steps of the manufacturing method are also the same as those described for the manufacturing method of the matte article A. It is the same.
〔艶消化粧材H〕
 艶消物品Hは既述のように賦型シートとして用いられるものであり、他の艶消物品と異なり、それ自体を化粧部材として用いることはない。艶消物品Hを用いて賦型したものを、艶消化粧材Hと称し、以下その製造方法について説明する。
[Matte decorative material H]
The matte article H is used as a shaping sheet as described above, and unlike other matte articles, it is not used as a decorative member by itself. A product molded using the matte article H is referred to as a matte decorative material H, and a method for producing the matte decorative material H will be described below.
(艶消化粧材Hの製造方法)
 艶消化粧材Hの製造方法は、既述の艶消物品Hを賦型シートとして用いて賦型することを特徴とするものである。艶消物品Hは、艶消化粧材の製造方法において、賦型シートとして好適に用いられる。艶消物品Hは、シワの形成の安定により安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感を有することから、これを用いて賦型して得られる艶消化粧材Hは、艶消効果の視認性及び質感のある高級感を有するものとなる。
(Manufacturing method of matte decorative material H)
The method for producing the matte decorative material H is characterized in that the above-mentioned matte article H is used as a shaping sheet for shaping. The matte article H is suitably used as a shaping sheet in a method for producing a matte decorative material. Since the matte article H has the visibility and texture of the matte effect stably due to the stable formation of wrinkles, the matte decorative material H obtained by molding using this has the visibility of the matte effect. It will have a sense of quality and texture.
 艶消化粧材Hの製造方法における好ましい態様の一つとしては、艶消物品Hをローラーに配置したエンボスローラーを用いて賦型する態様が挙げられる。これにより賦型対象部材に、艶消物品Hが有するシワを賦型し、当該シワによる安定的な艶消効果の視認性及び質感のある高級感を付与することが可能となる。
 この場合、艶消物品Hは、エンボス版の代替品として機能するため、賦型対象部材としては、エンボス版を用いて表面に凹凸形状を付与するものであれば、特に制限なく使用可能である。
One of the preferred embodiments in the method for producing the matte decorative material H is an embodiment in which the matte article H is molded by using an embossing roller arranged on a roller. As a result, it is possible to mold the wrinkles of the matte article H on the member to be shaped, and to impart the visibility of a stable matting effect due to the wrinkles and a high-class feeling with a texture.
In this case, since the matte article H functions as a substitute for the embossed plate, the embossed plate can be used without particular limitation as long as the embossed plate is used to impart an uneven shape to the surface. ..
 また、艶消化粧材Hの製造方法における他の好ましい態様の一つとしては、樹脂組成物を含浸した基材と、艶消物品Hとを、当該艶消物品Hの艶消賦型層と、基材とが対向するように配置し、加熱加圧成形して樹脂組成物を硬化させた後、当該艶消物品Hを剥離することで賦型する態様が挙げられる。本態様は、主に主に箪笥、棚、机等の一般家具の表面化粧板、扉(ドア)等の建具、各種カウンター等に用いられる、メラミン樹脂化粧板、ジアリルフタレート(DAP)樹脂化粧板、ポリエステル化粧板、グアナミン樹脂化粧板、フェノール樹脂化粧板等の熱硬化性樹脂化粧板の製造方法に好適に採用される方法である。 Further, as one of the other preferable aspects in the method for producing the matte decorative material H, the base material impregnated with the resin composition and the matte article H are combined with the matte-imparted layer of the matte article H. An embodiment is described in which the resin composition is arranged so as to face the base material, heat-press molded to cure the resin composition, and then the matte article H is peeled off to form a shape. In this embodiment, melamine resin veneer and diallyl phthalate (DAP) resin veneer are mainly used for surface veneer of general furniture such as porcelain, shelves, desks, fittings such as doors, and various counters. , A method preferably adopted for a method for producing a heat-curable resin decorative board such as a polyester decorative board, a guanamine resin decorative board, and a phenol resin decorative board.
 樹脂組成物を含浸した基材としては、例えば熱硬化性樹脂を含浸させた繊維基材又は紙基材を採用することができる。
 樹脂組成物に含まれる熱硬化性樹脂としては、常温又は加熱することにより硬化するものであれば特に制限なく使用することができ、例えば、メラミン樹脂、尿素樹脂、メラミン-尿素樹脂、グアナミン樹脂、ジアリルフタレート樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、フェノール樹脂、エポキシ樹脂、アミノアルキッド樹脂、ケイ素樹脂、ポリシロキサン樹脂等が好ましく挙げられ、メラミン樹脂、尿素樹脂、メラミン-尿素樹脂、グアナミン樹脂、スルホンアミド樹脂等の熱硬化性樹脂が挙げられ、メラミン樹脂、ジアリルフタレート樹脂、ポリエステル樹脂、グアナミン樹脂、フェノール樹脂等は中でも汎用される樹脂である。
As the base material impregnated with the resin composition, for example, a fiber base material or a paper base material impregnated with a thermosetting resin can be adopted.
The thermosetting resin contained in the resin composition can be used without particular limitation as long as it can be cured at room temperature or by heating. For example, melamine resin, urea resin, melamine-urea resin, guanamine resin, etc. Diallyl phthalate resin, polyester resin, phenol resin, epoxy resin, aminoalkyd resin, silicon resin, polysiloxane resin and the like are preferable, and melamine resin, urea resin, melamine-urea resin, guanamine resin, sulfonamide resin and the like are heat-cured. Examples thereof include melamine resin, diallyl phthalate resin, polyester resin, guanamine resin, phenol resin and the like, which are widely used resins.
 上記の樹脂組成物を含浸した基材に加えて、補強層として、熱硬化性樹脂を含浸させた繊維基材又は紙基材を用いてもよく、この場合の熱硬化性樹脂としては、フェノール樹脂が好ましい、すなわちメラミン樹脂化粧板等のコア紙として汎用される、フェノール樹脂含浸紙が好ましい。より具体的には、例えば坪量150~250g/mのクラフト紙に、フェノール樹脂を含浸させて、100~140℃程度で乾燥させることにより得られるもの等が挙げられる。また補強層として用いる熱硬化性樹脂を含浸させた繊維基材又は紙基材は、一枚でも、複数枚を用いてもよい。 In addition to the base material impregnated with the above resin composition, a fiber base material or a paper base material impregnated with a thermosetting resin may be used as the reinforcing layer, and the thermosetting resin in this case is phenol. A resin is preferable, that is, a phenol resin impregnated paper which is widely used as a core paper such as a melamine resin decorative board is preferable. More specifically, for example, kraft paper having a basis weight of 150 to 250 g / m 2 is impregnated with a phenol resin and dried at about 100 to 140 ° C. to obtain the same. Further, the fiber base material or the paper base material impregnated with the thermosetting resin used as the reinforcing layer may be one sheet or a plurality of sheets.
 加熱加圧成形の条件としては、使用する熱硬化性樹脂の種類に応じて適宜調整すればよく、特に制限はないが、通常100℃以上200℃以下、好ましくは120℃以上160℃以下の温度条件で、圧力は0.1MPa以上、好ましくは0.49MPa以上であり、上限としては好ましくは1.47MPa以下程度であり、時間は10秒から120分間である。 The conditions for heat and pressure molding may be appropriately adjusted according to the type of thermosetting resin used, and are not particularly limited, but are usually 100 ° C. or higher and 200 ° C. or lower, preferably 120 ° C. or higher and 160 ° C. or lower. Under the conditions, the pressure is 0.1 MPa or more, preferably 0.49 MPa or more, and the upper limit is preferably about 1.47 MPa or less, and the time is 10 seconds to 120 minutes.
 その他、樹脂化粧板を形成する各構成は、従来の樹脂化粧板で採用される構成に従えばよく、特に制限はない。 In addition, each configuration for forming the resin veneer may follow the configuration adopted in the conventional resin veneer, and there is no particular limitation.
 以上のようにして得られる艶消化粧材Hは、任意切断し、表面や木口部にルーター、カッター等の切削加工機を用いて溝加工、面取加工等の任意加飾を施すことができる。そして種々の用途、例えば、壁、天井、床等の建築物の内装用部材、外壁、軒天井、屋根、塀、柵等の外装用部材、窓枠、扉、扉枠、手すり、幅木、廻り縁、モール等の建具又は造作部材の他、箪笥、棚、机等の一般家具、食卓、流し台等の厨房家具、又は家電、OA機器等のキャビネット等の表面化粧板、車両の内装、外装用部材、更に包装材料、ディスプレイ用防眩フィルム等に用いることができる。すなわち、本実施形態の艶消物品Hは、これらの各種部材に凹凸形状を賦型するための賦型シートとして好適に用いられる。
 また、艶消化粧材Hのうち、樹脂化粧板については、主に箪笥、棚、机等の一般家具の表面化粧板、扉(ドア)等の建具、各種カウンター等に好適に用いられる。
The matte decorative material H obtained as described above can be arbitrarily cut, and the surface and the end of the wood can be arbitrarily decorated by grooving, chamfering, etc. using a cutting machine such as a router or a cutter. .. And various uses, for example, interior members of buildings such as walls, ceilings, floors, exterior members such as outer walls, eaves ceilings, roofs, walls, fences, window frames, doors, door frames, handrails, skirting trees, etc. In addition to fittings or building components such as surrounding edges and malls, general furniture such as stools, shelves and desks, kitchen furniture such as dining tables and sinks, surface decorative boards such as cabinets for home appliances and OA equipment, vehicle interiors and exteriors. It can be used for materials, packaging materials, antiglare films for displays, and the like. That is, the matte article H of the present embodiment is suitably used as a shaping sheet for shaping the uneven shape on these various members.
Further, among the matte decorative materials H, the resin decorative board is mainly preferably used for the surface decorative board of general furniture such as chests of drawers, shelves and desks, fittings such as doors, and various counters.
[艶消物品の製造方法I]
 本実施形態の艶消物品の製造方法は、
 シワ形成安定剤を、樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含み、かつ光重合開始剤を含む樹脂組成物を、以下(1)及び(2)の照射処理を順に行い、前記樹脂組成物を硬化させて艶消層を形成する工程を含む、
前記艶消層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、
前記艶消層の60°グロス値が5.0以下である艶消物品を製造する、
ことを特徴とするものである(以下、単に「製造方法I」と称することがある。)。
(1)100nm以上200nm未満の波長光の照射処理
(2)電子線及び200nm以上400nm以下の波長光の少なくとも一方での照射処理
 このような工程を含む製造方法により、優れた表面特性とともに、優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を有する艶消物品を容易に製造することが可能となる。
[Manufacturing method of matte article I]
The method for manufacturing the matte article of the present embodiment is
The resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less of the wrinkle formation stabilizer with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin and containing the photopolymerization initiator is irradiated with the following (1) and (2). The treatment is carried out in order, and the step of curing the resin composition to form a matte layer is included.
At least one surface of the matte layer has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles.
A matte article having a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less in the matte layer is manufactured.
(Hereinafter, it may be simply referred to as "manufacturing method I").
(1) Irradiation treatment of wavelength light of 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm (2) Irradiation treatment of at least one of electron beam and wavelength light of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less It is possible to easily manufacture a matte article having the visibility and texture of the matte effect.
 製造方法Iは、上記艶消物品Aの製造方法として説明した製造方法に比べて、上記(2)の照射処理を要する点で異なるが、その他の(1)の照射処理、シワ形成安定剤、艶消層及びその表面形状、艶消層を形成する樹脂及び樹脂組成物、得られる艶消物品の60°グロス値、得られる艶消物品を構成する各層等については、基本的に上記艶消物品Aで説明した内容と同じである。
 以下、製造方法Iについて、更に詳細に説明する。
The production method I is different from the production method described as the production method of the matte article A in that the irradiation treatment of the above (2) is required, but the other irradiation treatment of (1), the wrinkle formation stabilizer, and the like. The matte layer and its surface shape, the resin and resin composition forming the matte layer, the 60 ° gloss value of the obtained matte article, each layer constituting the obtained matte article, etc. are basically the above-mentioned matte. It is the same as the content described in Article A.
Hereinafter, the manufacturing method I will be described in more detail.
〔艶消層を形成する工程〕
 艶消層を形成する工程は、シワ形成安定剤を、樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含み、かつ光重合開始剤を含む樹脂組成物を、上記(1)及び(2)の照射処理を順に行い、前記樹脂組成物を硬化させて、艶消層を形成するものである。
 製造方法Iは、所定量のシワ形成安定剤及び光重合開始剤を含む樹脂組成物を上記(1)及び(2)の二種の照射処理を順に行い、当該樹脂組成物を硬化させて、少なくとも一方の面にシワを有する艶消層を形成する、艶消層を形成する工程を有することで、優れた表面特性とともに、優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を有する艶消物品を容易に製造することを可能とするものである。すなわち、製造方法Iにより得られる艶消物品(以下、製造方法Iにより得られる艶消物品を、「艶消物品I」と称することがある。)が有する艶消層は、所定量のシワ形成安定剤及び光重合開始剤を含む樹脂組成物を上記(1)及び(2)の二種の照射処理を順に行い、当該樹脂組成物を硬化させて得られる、少なくとも一方の面に不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有する層である、といえる。
[Step of forming a matte layer]
In the step of forming the matte layer, the resin composition containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin and containing a photopolymerization initiator is described above. The irradiation treatments (1) and (2) are carried out in order, and the resin composition is cured to form a matte layer.
In the production method I, a resin composition containing a predetermined amount of a wrinkle formation stabilizer and a photopolymerization initiator is subjected to the two types of irradiation treatments (1) and (2) in this order, and the resin composition is cured. By having a step of forming a matte layer having wrinkles on at least one surface, a matte article having excellent surface characteristics as well as excellent visibility and texture of a matte effect can be easily produced. It is possible to manufacture the product. That is, the matte layer contained in the matte article obtained by the manufacturing method I (hereinafter, the matte article obtained by the manufacturing method I may be referred to as "matte article I") forms a predetermined amount of wrinkles. A resin composition containing a stabilizer and a photopolymerization initiator is subjected to the above two types of irradiation treatments (1) and (2) in order, and the resin composition is cured to obtain irregularities on at least one surface. It can be said that the layer has an uneven shape composed of wrinkles.
(シワ形成安定剤)
 製造方法Iにおいて、シワ形成安定剤は、上記艶消物品Aで採用されるものとして説明した、シワ形成安定剤が採用される。
 シワ形成安定剤としてシワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の少なくとも一方を用い得ること、シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の平均粒径、シワ形成安定剤の種類、含有量等、またシワ形成安定剤を用いることにより発現する効果、シワ形成安定剤と艶消剤との違いについても、基本的には、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した内容と同じである。
(Wrinkle formation stabilizer)
In the production method I, as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the wrinkle formation stabilizer described as being adopted in the matte article A is adopted.
At least one of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 can be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the type and content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, etc. Further, the effect developed by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are basically the same as those described for the matte article A.
(艶消層の表面形状)
 製造方法Iにより得られる艶消物品Iの艶消層の表面形状は、少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸を有することを要し、上記艶消物品Aの艶消層について説明した内容と同じである。また、艶消物品Aの艶消層の表面形状の説明に用いた図1及び2は、艶消物品Iの艶消層にも適用し得る。艶消層の表面形状が、上記艶消物品Aの艶消層について説明した表面形状を有することで、艶消物品Iは優れた表面特性とともに、優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を有するものとなる。
(Surface shape of matte layer)
The surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article I obtained by the manufacturing method I needs to have irregularities formed by irregular wrinkles on at least one surface of the matte article A. It is the same as the explanation. Further, FIGS. 1 and 2 used for explaining the surface shape of the matte layer of the matte article A can also be applied to the matte layer of the matte article I. Since the surface shape of the matte layer has the surface shape described for the matte layer of the matte article A, the matte article I has excellent surface characteristics as well as excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect. It becomes a thing.
(樹脂)
 製造方法Iにおいて、艶消層の形成に用いられる樹脂は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂に関する内容と同じである。
(resin)
In the production method I, the resin used for forming the matte layer is the same as the content relating to the resin described for the matte article A.
(光重合開始剤)
 製造方法Iにおいて、艶消層は、シワ形成安定剤を所定量で含み、かつ光重合開始剤を含む樹脂組成物を硬化させて形成する層であることから、光重合開始剤を含む。光重合開始剤を含むことを要する点で、上記艶消物品Aとは異なる。
 光重合開始剤を用いて艶消層を形成する樹脂組成物中の樹脂を適度に硬化させることで、主にシワ形成安定剤を用いることで発現する艶消層のシワを保持し、製造方法Iにより得られる艶消物品Iの艶消効果の視認性及び質感を優れたものとし得る。また、樹脂組成物の硬化を促進させることから、優れた表面特性も得られることとなる。特に、後述する(2)の照射処理において、紫外線の照射を採用する場合、光重合開始剤を含むことは優れた表面特性を得る点で有効である。
(Photopolymerization initiator)
In the production method I, the matte layer contains a photopolymerization initiator because it is a layer formed by curing a resin composition containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer in a predetermined amount and containing a photopolymerization initiator. It differs from the above-mentioned matte article A in that it needs to contain a photopolymerization initiator.
A production method in which the wrinkles of the matte layer, which are mainly developed by using a wrinkle formation stabilizer, are retained by appropriately curing the resin in the resin composition for forming the matte layer using a photopolymerization initiator. The visibility and texture of the matte effect of the matte article I obtained by I can be made excellent. Further, since the curing of the resin composition is promoted, excellent surface properties can be obtained. In particular, when irradiation with ultraviolet rays is adopted in the irradiation treatment of (2) described later, it is effective to include a photopolymerization initiator in terms of obtaining excellent surface characteristics.
 光重合開始剤としては、上記艶消物品Aの艶消層を構成する樹脂組成物に含み得る光重合開始剤として例示したもの、すなわちアセトフェノン、ベンゾフェノン、α-ヒドロキシアルキルフェノン、ミヒラーケトン、ベンゾイン、ベンジルジメチルケタール、ベンゾイルベンゾエート、α-アシルオキシムエステル、チオキサントン類等、またこれらを基本構造として有する化合物等が挙げられる。
 本実施形態において、光重合開始剤としては、これらを単独で、又は複数種を組み合わせて用いることが可能である。
Examples of the photopolymerization initiator include those exemplified as the photopolymerization initiator that can be contained in the resin composition constituting the matte layer of the matte article A, that is, acetophenone, benzophenone, α-hydroxyalkylphenone, Michler ketone, benzoin, and benzyl. Examples thereof include dimethyl ketal, benzoyl benzoate, α-acyl oxime ester, thioxanthones, and compounds having these as a basic structure.
In the present embodiment, as the photopolymerization initiator, these can be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 光重合開始剤の含有量は、シワの形状を保持し、安定的に艶消効果を向上させる観点から、艶消層を形成する樹脂100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1質量部以上、より好ましくは0.3質量部以上、更に好ましくは0.5質量部以上であり、上限として好ましくは5質量部以下、より好ましくは3質量部以下、更に好ましくは1.5質量部以下、より更に好ましくは1.0質量部以下である。 The content of the photopolymerization initiator is preferably 0.1 part by mass or more with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the matte layer from the viewpoint of maintaining the shape of the wrinkles and stably improving the matting effect. , More preferably 0.3 parts by mass or more, further preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more, and the upper limit is preferably 5 parts by mass or less, more preferably 3 parts by mass or less, still more preferably 1.5 parts by mass or less. Even more preferably, it is 1.0 part by mass or less.
(樹脂組成物)
 製造方法Iにおいて、艶消層の形成に用いられる樹脂組成物(艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物)は、既述のように光重合開始剤を含むことを要する点で上記艶消物品Aとは異なるものの、他の含み得る各種耐候剤等の添加剤等については、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂組成物に関する内容と同じである。
(Resin composition)
In the production method I, the resin composition used for forming the matte layer (resin composition for forming the matte layer) needs to contain a photopolymerization initiator as described above, and the matte article A is described above. However, other additives such as various weather resistant agents that may be contained are the same as those relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A.
(照射処理)
 本実施形態の製造方法Iは、既述の艶消層を形成する樹脂組成物を硬化させて艶消層を形成するにあたり、以下の(1)及び(2)の照射処理を順に行うことを要する。
(1)100nm以上200nm未満の波長光の照射処理
(2)電子線及び200nm以上400nm以下の波長光の少なくとも一方での照射処理
(Irradiation treatment)
In the production method I of the present embodiment, in order to form the matte layer by curing the resin composition for forming the matte layer described above, the following irradiation treatments (1) and (2) are sequentially performed. It takes.
(1) Irradiation treatment of wavelength light of 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm (2) Irradiation treatment of at least one of electron beam and wavelength light of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less
 上記(1)の照射処理は、上記艶消物品Aの製造方法において説明した(1)の照射処理に関する内容と同じであり、艶消層の形成にあたり、(1)の照射処理により、100nm以上200nm未満という低波長の紫外線を、艶消層を形成するシワ形成安定剤及び光重合開始剤を含む艶消形成用の樹脂組成物に照射することにより、当該艶消層の少なくとも一方の表面に、シワを形成させることができる。
 上記(2)の照射処理を要することについては、上記(1)の照射処理に続いて、(2)の照射処理を行うことにより、電子線及び上記低波長よりも長い波長の波長光(紫外線)の少なくとも一方を照射することで、シワが保持された樹脂組成物をそのまま硬化させることができるため、優れた表面特性とともに、安定的に優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を有する艶消物品Iを容易に製造することが可能となる。
The irradiation treatment of (1) is the same as that of the irradiation treatment of (1) described in the method for producing the matte article A, and 100 nm or more is formed by the irradiation treatment of (1) in forming the matte layer. By irradiating a resin composition for matting formation containing a wrinkle formation stabilizer and a photopolymerization initiator forming a matte layer with ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of less than 200 nm, the surface of at least one of the matte layers is exposed to ultraviolet rays. , Wrinkles can be formed.
Regarding the need for the irradiation treatment of (2) above, by performing the irradiation treatment of (2) following the irradiation treatment of (1) above, the electron beam and wavelength light (ultraviolet rays) having a wavelength longer than the lower wavelength are obtained. ), The resin composition in which the wrinkles are retained can be cured as it is by irradiating at least one of them. Article I can be easily manufactured.
 本実施形態の製造方法Iにおいて、上記(1)の照射処理の後、(2)の電子線及び200nm以上400nm以下の波長の紫外線の少なくとも一方での照射処理が行われる。既述のように、(2)の照射処理により、上記(1)の照射処理により形成したシワの形状をそのまま硬化させて優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感が安定的に得られるとともに、艶消層を形成する樹脂が硬化することで、優れた表面特性が得られることとなる。 In the production method I of the present embodiment, after the irradiation treatment of (1) above, irradiation treatment of at least one of the electron beam of (2) and the ultraviolet rays having a wavelength of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less is performed. As described above, by the irradiation treatment of (2), the shape of the wrinkles formed by the irradiation treatment of (1) above is cured as it is, and excellent visibility and texture of a matte effect can be stably obtained. By curing the resin forming the matte layer, excellent surface characteristics can be obtained.
 (2)の照射処理で採用される電子線の照射条件としては、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物が硬化すれば特に制限はないが、電子線の加速電圧は好ましくは10kV以上、より好ましくは30kV以上、更に好ましくは50kV、より更に好ましくは75kV以上であり、上限として好ましくは300kV以下、より好ましくは250kV以下、更に好ましくは200kV以下である。電子線の加速電圧が上記範囲内であると、シワの形状をそのまま保持しやすくなるので安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感が向上し、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物の硬化により優れた表面特性が効率的に得られる。
 また、これと同様の観点から、電子線の照射線量は、好ましくは5kGy以上、より好ましくは10kGy以上、更に好ましくは15kGy以上であり、上限として好ましくは150kGy以下、より好ましくは125kGy以下、更に好ましくは100kGy以下である。
 電子線源としては、上記照射条件を発揮し得るものであれば特に制限はなく、例えばコックロフトワルトン型、バンデグラフト型、共振変圧器型、絶縁コア変圧器型、また直線型、ダイナミトロン型、高周波型等の各種電子線加速器を用いることができる。
The irradiation conditions of the electron beam adopted in the irradiation treatment of (2) are not particularly limited as long as the resin composition for forming the matte layer is cured, but the acceleration voltage of the electron beam is preferably 10 kV or more, more preferably. Is 30 kV or more, more preferably 50 kV, still more preferably 75 kV or more, and the upper limit is preferably 300 kV or less, more preferably 250 kV or less, still more preferably 200 kV or less. When the acceleration voltage of the electron beam is within the above range, the shape of the wrinkles can be easily maintained as it is, so that the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably improved, and the resin composition for forming the matte layer is cured. Excellent surface properties can be obtained efficiently.
From the same viewpoint as this, the irradiation dose of the electron beam is preferably 5 kGy or more, more preferably 10 kGy or more, still more preferably 15 kGy or more, and the upper limit is preferably 150 kGy or less, more preferably 125 kGy or less, still more preferably. Is 100 kGy or less.
The electron beam source is not particularly limited as long as it can exhibit the above irradiation conditions. For example, a cockloft Walton type, a van de Graaff type, a resonance transformer type, an insulated core transformer type, a linear type, and a dynamitron type. , High frequency type and other various electron beam accelerators can be used.
 (2)照射処理で採用される200nm以上400nm以下の紫外線は、例えば超高圧水銀灯、高圧水銀灯、低圧水銀灯、カーボンアーク灯、ブラックライト蛍光灯、メタルハライドランプ灯等を光源とする紫外線照射装置を用いて照射することができる。また、200nm以上400nm以下のエキシマ光、例えば222nm(KrCl)、247nm(KrF)、308nm(XeCl)等の波長光を用いてもよい。 (2) For the ultraviolet rays of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less used in the irradiation treatment, for example, an ultraviolet irradiation device using an ultra-high pressure mercury lamp, a high pressure mercury lamp, a low pressure mercury lamp, a carbon arc lamp, a black light fluorescent lamp, a metal halide lamp, or the like as a light source is used. Can be irradiated. Further, excimer light of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less, for example, wavelength light of 222 nm (KrCl), 247 nm (KrF), 308 nm (XeCl) or the like may be used.
 (2)照射処理で採用される紫外線の波長としては、好ましくは330nm以上であり、上限として好ましくは390nm以下である。紫外線の波長が上記範囲内であると、シワの形状をそのまま保持しやすくなるので安定的に艶消効果の視認性及び質感が向上し、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物の硬化により優れた表面特性が効率的に得られる。
 これと同様の観点から、(2)の照射処理に用いられ得る紫外線照射装置の出力は、好ましくは50W/cm以上、より好ましくは100W/cm以上であり、上限として好ましくは300W/cm以下、より好ましくは200W/cm以下である。また、照射速度は、好ましくは1r/min以上であり、より好ましくは3r/min以上であり、上限として好ましくは50r/min以下、より好ましくは10r/min以下である。
(2) The wavelength of ultraviolet rays used in the irradiation treatment is preferably 330 nm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 390 nm or less. When the wavelength of ultraviolet rays is within the above range, the shape of the wrinkles can be easily maintained as it is, so that the visibility and texture of the matte effect are stably improved, and the resin composition for forming the matte layer is cured. Surface properties can be obtained efficiently.
From the same viewpoint as this, the output of the ultraviolet irradiation device that can be used for the irradiation treatment of (2) is preferably 50 W / cm or more, more preferably 100 W / cm or more, and the upper limit is preferably 300 W / cm or less. More preferably, it is 200 W / cm or less. The irradiation rate is preferably 1 r / min or more, more preferably 3 r / min or more, and the upper limit is preferably 50 r / min or less, more preferably 10 r / min or less.
 本実施形態の製造方法Iにおいて、(2)の照射処理としては、電子線及び紫外線の少なくとも一方での照射処理を行えば、優れた表面特性とともに、優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感が安定的に得られる。 In the manufacturing method I of the present embodiment, if the irradiation treatment of (2) is performed by irradiation treatment of at least one of electron beam and ultraviolet light, not only excellent surface characteristics but also excellent visibility and texture of matting effect can be obtained. It can be obtained stably.
 本実施形態の製造方法Iは、上記(1)及び(2)の照射処理の前に、(3)予備硬化のための照射処理を行ってもよい。(3)予備硬化のための照射処理を行うことで、艶消層の艶消効果の視認性及び質感が向上し、また表面特性も向上する。(3)予備硬化のための照射処理において用いられる波長光としては、例えば320nm超の波長光、好ましくは320nm超400nm以下、より好ましくは385nm以上400nm以下の波長光が挙げられる。この波長光を用いて予め照射して艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物を全体的に予備硬化させることができる。
 予備硬化については、艶消層に求められる所望の性状(例えば、加工特性、耐汚染性等の表面特性)に応じて採用の要否を適宜決めればよい。また、上記波長光は紫外線に属するものであるが、紫外線に限らず他の電離放射線、例えば電子線等を用いることも可能である。
In the production method I of the present embodiment, (3) irradiation treatment for pre-curing may be performed before the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) above. (3) By performing the irradiation treatment for pre-curing, the visibility and texture of the matte effect of the matte layer are improved, and the surface characteristics are also improved. (3) Examples of the wavelength light used in the irradiation treatment for pre-curing include wavelength light of more than 320 nm, preferably more than 320 nm and 400 nm or less, and more preferably 385 nm or more and 400 nm or less. The resin composition for forming a matte layer can be pre-cured as a whole by irradiating it in advance using this wavelength light.
Regarding the pre-curing, the necessity of adoption may be appropriately determined according to the desired properties required for the matte layer (for example, surface characteristics such as processing characteristics and stain resistance). Further, although the above-mentioned wavelength light belongs to ultraviolet rays, it is also possible to use not only ultraviolet rays but also other ionizing radiations such as electron beams.
 本実施形態の製造方法Iにおいて、艶消層は、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物を、グラビア印刷法、バーコート法、ロールコート法、リバースロールコート法、コンマコート法等の公知の方式で塗布した塗布層(未硬化樹脂層)を、上記(1)及び(2)の照射処理を順に行うこととなる。
 本実施形態の製造方法により得られる艶消化粧材が、後述する基材を有する場合、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物は当該基材の少なくとも一方の主面側に塗布すれば、当該主面側に艶消剤が形成される。
In the production method I of the present embodiment, the matte layer is a known method such as a gravure printing method, a bar coating method, a roll coating method, a reverse roll coating method, a comma coating method, or the like, in which a resin composition for forming a matte layer is used. The coating layer (uncured resin layer) coated in 1 is subjected to the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) above in order.
When the matte decorative material obtained by the production method of the present embodiment has a base material described later, the resin composition for forming a matte layer can be applied to at least one main surface side of the base material. A matting agent is formed on the surface side.
(60°グロス値)
 製造方法Iにより得られる艶消物品Iの60°グロス値は、5.0以下であり、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した60°グロス値に関する内容と同じである。よって、60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)についても同じである。
 本実施形態の製造方法Iによれば、シワ形成安定剤を既述のように少量とし、また光重合開始剤を含む樹脂組成物を採用し、かつ上記(1)及び(2)の特定条件による照射処理を行うことにより、優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感が安定的に得られるに至った。また、シワ形成安定剤の使用量を少量に抑えることで、樹脂組成物の著しい粘度上昇を抑えられることにより、層形成が容易に可能となり、艶消層に用いられる樹脂の特性に応じた、優れた耐汚染性、耐擦傷性、耐候性等の表面特性を自ずと有するものとなる。
(60 ° gloss value)
The 60 ° gloss value of the matte article I obtained by the manufacturing method I is 5.0 or less, which is the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
According to the production method I of the present embodiment, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer is small as described above, the resin composition containing the photopolymerization initiator is adopted, and the specific conditions of the above (1) and (2) are specified. By performing the irradiation treatment with the above, the visibility and texture of the excellent matting effect can be stably obtained. Further, by suppressing the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used to a small amount, it is possible to easily form a layer by suppressing a significant increase in the viscosity of the resin composition, and it is possible to easily form a layer according to the characteristics of the resin used for the matte layer. It naturally has surface characteristics such as excellent stain resistance, scratch resistance, and weather resistance.
〔他の層の形成〕
 製造方法Iにより得られる艶消物品Iは、後述するように、基材、その他透明性樹脂層等の他の層を有し得る。他の層を有する場合の製造方法について、例えば後述する図3及び図4に示される艶消物品を例にとって説明する。図3及び4は、本実施形態の製造方法Iにより得られる艶消物品Iの一実施形態を示す断面図であり、艶消物品1(艶消物品I)をその厚さ方向(同図においてはZ方向)に平行な面で切断した断面図である。
[Formation of other layers]
The matte article I obtained by the production method I may have other layers such as a base material and other transparent resin layers, as will be described later. The manufacturing method in the case of having another layer will be described by taking, for example, the matte articles shown in FIGS. 3 and 4 described later as an example. 3 and 4 are cross-sectional views showing an embodiment of the matte article I obtained by the manufacturing method I of the present embodiment, and the matte article 1 (matte article I) is taken in the thickness direction (in the same figure). Is a cross-sectional view cut along a plane parallel to (Z direction).
 図3に示される基材5及び艶消層4を有する艶消物品であれば、基材の一方の主面側に、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物を塗布し、上記(1)及び(2)の照射処理を順に行うことで、当該樹脂組成物を硬化させて、艶消層を形成することで、図3に示される艶消物品が得られる。 In the case of a matte article having the base material 5 and the matte layer 4 shown in FIG. 3, a resin composition for forming the matte layer is applied to one main surface side of the base material, and the above (1) and By performing the irradiation treatment of (2) in order, the resin composition is cured to form a matte layer, whereby the matte article shown in FIG. 3 can be obtained.
 図4に示される基材5、装飾層6、接着層7、透明性樹脂層8、プライマー層9及び艶消層4を有する艶消物品であれば、基材の一方の主面上に、装飾層、接着層を形成する組成物を含む塗布液を、上記公知の方式で塗布し、必要に応じて、乾燥、硬化して、装飾層及び接着層を形成する。次いで、当該接着層上に透明性樹脂層を形成する樹脂フィルムをドライラミネートにより形成し、透明性樹脂層上にプライマー層を形成する組成物を上記の公知の方式で塗布し、必要に応じて、乾燥、硬化することによりプライマー層を形成する。さらに、プライマー層上に、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物を塗布し、上記(1)及び(2)の照射処理を順に行うことで、当該樹脂組成物を硬化させて、艶消層を形成することで、図4に示される艶消物品が得られる。なお、所望の性能に応じて不要な層があれば、適宜省略して製造すればよい。 In the case of a matte article having the base material 5, the decorative layer 6, the adhesive layer 7, the transparent resin layer 8, the primer layer 9, and the matte layer 4 shown in FIG. 4, on one main surface of the base material, A coating liquid containing a composition for forming a decorative layer and an adhesive layer is applied by the above-mentioned known method, and if necessary, dried and cured to form the decorative layer and the adhesive layer. Next, a resin film for forming a transparent resin layer on the adhesive layer is formed by dry lamination, and a composition for forming a primer layer on the transparent resin layer is applied by the above-mentioned known method, and if necessary. A primer layer is formed by drying and curing. Further, a resin composition for forming a matte layer is applied onto the primer layer, and the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) above are carried out in order to cure the resin composition and form a matte layer. By forming, the matte article shown in FIG. 4 is obtained. If there is an unnecessary layer according to the desired performance, it may be omitted as appropriate.
 図3及び4は、いずれも艶消物品Iが基材を有する艶消物品であることが示されているが、後述するように基材を有しない、すなわち艶消層のみの単一層による層構成もとり得る。この場合の艶消物品Iの製造方法は、上記艶消物品Aにおいて説明した、単一層による層構成をとる場合の製造方法に関する内容と同様、離型性支持体の離型層を有する面に、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物を塗布する塗布層の形成工程、当該樹脂組成物を硬化させて艶消層を形成する艶消層形成工程を有するものとすればよく、当該硬化の際に上記(1)及び(2)の照射処理を順に行えばよい。また、必要に応じて溶剤乾燥工程を有してもよいこと、艶消物品Iを使用する際に剥離層を有する離型性支持体を剥離して用いればよいことも、同じである。 3 and 4 both show that the matte article I is a matte article having a base material, but as will be described later, it does not have a base material, that is, a layer consisting of a single layer having only a matte layer. It can also be configured. The manufacturing method of the matte article I in this case is the same as the content regarding the manufacturing method in the case of adopting the layer structure with a single layer described in the above-mentioned matte article A, on the surface of the releasable support having the release layer. It suffices to have a step of forming a coating layer for applying a resin composition for forming a matte layer, and a step of forming a matte layer for curing the resin composition to form a matte layer. The irradiation treatments (1) and (2) above may be carried out in order. Further, it is also the same that a solvent drying step may be provided if necessary, and the releasable support having a release layer may be peeled off and used when the matte article I is used.
〔その他の層〕
 製造方法Iにより得られる艶消物品Iは、既述のように上記艶消層の他、その他の層として、例えば基材、プライマー層、透明性樹脂層、装飾層、接着層等を必要に応じて有し得る。製造方法Iで製造し得る艶消物品Iが有し得る、上記の各層について説明する。
[Other layers]
The matte article I obtained by the manufacturing method I requires, for example, a base material, a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, an adhesive layer, etc. as other layers in addition to the above-mentioned matte layer as described above. May have depending on. Each of the above layers that the matte article I that can be produced by the production method I can have will be described.
〔基材〕
 艶消物品Iは、上記艶消物品Aで説明したのと同様に、上記艶消層に加えて、所望に応じて更に基材を有してもよく、既述のように、各種の制約を回避する観点から基材を有することが好ましい。すなわち、艶消物品Iの一番単純な層構成は、艶消物品Aと同様、基材を有しない、艶消層のみの単一層による層構成となる。また基材を有する場合、既述のように、艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる観点から、艶消層のシワを有する少なくとも一方の面とは反対側の面に基材を有することが好ましい。
 艶消物品Iで採用され得る基材は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した基材に関する内容と同じである。
〔Base material〕
The matte article I may have a base material in addition to the matte layer as described in the above-mentioned matte article A, and as described above, various restrictions may be provided. It is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding the above. That is, the simplest layer structure of the matte article I is, like the matte article A, a layer structure consisting of a single layer having no base material and only a matte layer. In the case of having a base material, as described above, from the viewpoint of improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect, the base material should be provided on the surface opposite to at least one surface having wrinkles in the matte layer. Is preferable.
The base material that can be used in the matte article I is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
(プライマー層)
 艶消物品Iが有し得るプライマー層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明したプライマー層に関する内容と同じである。
(Primer layer)
The primer layer that the matte article I can have is the same as that of the primer layer described for the matte article A.
(透明性樹脂層)
 艶消物品Iが有し得る透明性樹脂層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した透明性樹脂層に関する内容と同じである。
(Transparent resin layer)
The transparent resin layer that the matte article I can have is the same as that of the transparent resin layer described for the matte article A.
(装飾層)
 艶消物品Iが有し得る装飾層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した装飾層に関する内容と同じである。
(Decorative layer)
The decorative layer that the matte article I can have is the same as the content regarding the decorative layer described for the matte article A.
(接着層)
 艶消物品Iが有し得る接着層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した接着層に関する内容と同じである。
(Adhesive layer)
The adhesive layer that the matte article I can have is the same as that of the adhesive layer described for the matte article A.
〔化粧部材I〕
 製造方法Iにより得られる艶消物品Iの代表的な用途としては、艶消物品Iをそのままで、建築物や各種家具、車両、家電製品等の表面を構成する、いわゆる化粧部材として用いることもできるし、また被着材と積層して、複合して、乃至は組み合わせて化粧部材として用いることも可能である(以下、これらの艶消物品Iを用いた化粧部材を「化粧部材I」と称することがある。)。いずれとするかは、所望に応じて決定すればよい。
 化粧部材Iにおける艶消物品Iの形態、被着材、接着剤層、化粧部材Iの製造方法、化粧部材Iの用途等は、上記化粧部材Aにおいて説明した内容と同じである。
[Cosmetic member I]
As a typical use of the matte article I obtained by the manufacturing method I, the matte article I can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, vehicles, home appliances, etc. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with an adherend, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles I is referred to as "decorative member I". It may be called.). Which one to use may be determined as desired.
The form of the matte article I in the decorative member I, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the method for producing the decorative member I, the use of the decorative member I, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
[物品の製造方法J]
 本実施形態の物品の製造方法は、
 光重合開始剤を含まない樹脂組成物を、以下(1)及び(2)の照射処理を順に行い、前記樹脂組成物を硬化させて、表面シワ層を形成する工程を含む、
ことを特徴とするものである(以下、単に「製造方法J」と称することがある。)。
(1)100nm以上200nm未満の波長光の照射処理
(2)電子線及び200nm以上400nm以下の波長光の少なくとも一方での照射処理
 このような工程を含む製造方法により、優れた表面特性を有する化粧材を容易に製造することが可能となる。また、表面層の硬化に際して上記(1)及び(2)の特性の照射処理を採用することにより、光重合開始剤を添加しなくても、優れた表面特性が得られ、また艶消効果の視認性をも得られることとなる。
[Manufacturing method J of goods]
The method for manufacturing the article of the present embodiment is
The resin composition containing no photopolymerization initiator is subjected to the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) in this order, and the resin composition is cured to form a surface wrinkle layer.
(Hereinafter, it may be simply referred to as "manufacturing method J").
(1) Irradiation treatment of wavelength light of 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm (2) Irradiation treatment of at least one of electron beam and wavelength light of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less A cosmetic having excellent surface characteristics by a manufacturing method including such a step. The material can be easily manufactured. Further, by adopting the irradiation treatment having the above-mentioned characteristics (1) and (2) when curing the surface layer, excellent surface characteristics can be obtained without adding a photopolymerization initiator, and a matting effect can be obtained. Visibility can also be obtained.
 製造方法Jは、上記艶消物品Aの製造方法として説明した製造方法に比べて、樹脂組成物に光重合開始剤を含む場合がないこと、また上記(2)の照射処理を要する点で異なるが、その他の(1)の照射処理、シワ形成安定剤、艶消層(製造方法Jにおける「表面シワ層」に該当する。)及びその表面形状、艶消層(表面シワ層)を形成する樹脂及び樹脂組成物、得られる物品の60°グロス値、得られる物品を構成する各層等については、基本的に上記艶消物品Aで説明した内容と同じである。
 以下、製造方法Jについて、更に詳細に説明する。
The production method J is different from the production method described as the production method of the matte article A in that the resin composition does not contain a photopolymerization initiator and that the irradiation treatment of the above (2) is required. Formes the other irradiation treatment of (1), the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the matte layer (corresponding to the "surface wrinkle layer" in the manufacturing method J), its surface shape, and the matte layer (surface wrinkle layer). The resin and the resin composition, the 60 ° gloss value of the obtained article, each layer constituting the obtained article, and the like are basically the same as those described in the above-mentioned matte article A.
Hereinafter, the manufacturing method J will be described in more detail.
〔表面シワ層を形成する工程〕
 表面シワ層を形成する工程は、光重合開始剤を含まない樹脂組成物を、上記(1)及び(2)の照射処理を順に行い、前記樹脂組成物を硬化させて、表面シワ層を形成するものである。
 製造方法Jは、光重合開始剤を含まない樹脂組成物を上記(1)及び(2)の二種の照射処理を順に行い、当該樹脂組成物を硬化させて、少なくとも一方の面にシワを有する表面シワ層を形成する、表面シワ層を形成する工程を有することで、優れた表面特性を有する物品を容易に製造することを可能とするものである。すなわち、製造方法Jにより得られる物品が有する表面シワ層は、光重合開始剤を含まない樹脂組成物を上記(1)及び(2)の二種の照射処理を順に行い、当該樹脂組成物を硬化させて得られる、少なくとも一方の面にシワを有する層である、といえる。
 また、表面シワ層には、後述するように好ましくはシワ形成安定剤が含まれる。シワ形成安定剤が含まれなくても、上記二種の照射処理を順に行うことで、表面シワ層はシワを有するものとなるが、シワ形成安定剤が含まれることにより、シワの形成が安定しやすくなる。そして、シワの形成が安定することで、表面シワ層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、また表面シワ層の60°グロス値が5.0以下となり、安定的に優れた艶消効果の視認性が得られやすくなる。
[Step of forming a surface wrinkle layer]
In the step of forming the surface wrinkle layer, the resin composition containing no photopolymerization initiator is subjected to the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) in this order, and the resin composition is cured to form the surface wrinkle layer. Is what you do.
In the production method J, the resin composition containing no photopolymerization initiator is subjected to the above two types of irradiation treatments (1) and (2) in order, the resin composition is cured, and wrinkles are formed on at least one surface. By having a step of forming a surface wrinkle layer having a surface wrinkle layer, it is possible to easily manufacture an article having excellent surface characteristics. That is, the surface wrinkle layer of the article obtained by the production method J is subjected to the two types of irradiation treatments (1) and (2) above in order for the resin composition containing no photopolymerization initiator, and the resin composition is obtained. It can be said that it is a layer having wrinkles on at least one surface obtained by curing.
Further, the surface wrinkle layer preferably contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer as described later. Even if the wrinkle formation stabilizer is not contained, the surface wrinkle layer will have wrinkles by performing the above two types of irradiation treatment in order, but the wrinkle formation stabilizer is included to stabilize the formation of wrinkles. It will be easier to do. Then, by stabilizing the formation of wrinkles, at least one surface of the surface wrinkle layer has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles, and the 60 ° gloss value of the surface wrinkle layer becomes 5.0 or less. It becomes easy to obtain stable and excellent visibility of the matte effect.
 表面シワ層が有するシワは、艶消効果の視認性を発揮し得るものであり、製造方法Jによれば、光重合開始剤を含まない樹脂組成物を特定の二種の照射処理を行うことで、当該樹脂組成物を硬化させて優れた表面特性が得られるだけでなく、表面シワ層が有するシワによって、艶消効果の視認性をも得られ得ることとなる。
 表面シワ層におけるシワの形成を促進し、安定的に艶消効果の視認性を得るために、表面シワ層形成用の樹脂組成物には、シワ形成安定剤を含むことが好ましい。まず、シワ形成安定剤について説明する。
The wrinkles on the surface wrinkle layer can exhibit the visibility of the matting effect, and according to the production method J, the resin composition containing no photopolymerization initiator is subjected to two specific types of irradiation treatment. Therefore, not only the excellent surface characteristics can be obtained by curing the resin composition, but also the visibility of the matte effect can be obtained due to the wrinkles contained in the surface wrinkle layer.
In order to promote the formation of wrinkles in the surface wrinkle layer and stably obtain the visibility of the matting effect, it is preferable that the resin composition for forming the surface wrinkle layer contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer. First, the wrinkle formation stabilizer will be described.
(シワ形成安定剤)
 製造方法Jにおいて、好ましく用いられるシワ形成安定剤は、上記艶消物品Aで採用されるものとして説明した、シワ形成安定剤が採用される。
 シワ形成安定剤としてシワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の少なくとも一方を用い得ること、シワ形成安定剤1及びシワ形成安定剤2の平均粒径、シワ形成安定剤の種類等、またシワ形成安定剤を用いることにより発現する効果、シワ形成安定剤と艶消剤との違いについても、基本的には、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した内容と同じである。
(Wrinkle formation stabilizer)
As the wrinkle-forming stabilizer preferably used in the production method J, the wrinkle-forming stabilizer described as being used in the matte article A is adopted.
At least one of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 can be used as the wrinkle formation stabilizer, the average particle size of the wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 and the wrinkle formation stabilizer 2, the type of the wrinkle formation stabilizer, etc. The effects exhibited by using the formation stabilizer and the difference between the wrinkle formation stabilizer and the matting agent are basically the same as those described for the matte article A.
 シワ形成安定剤を用いる場合、その含有量は、表面シワ層を形成する樹脂100質量部に対して好ましくは0.5質量以上6.0質量部以下である。その他好ましい範囲は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した内容と同じである。 When a wrinkle formation stabilizer is used, its content is preferably 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin forming the surface wrinkle layer. Other preferable ranges are the same as those described for the matte article A.
(表面シワ層の表面形状)
 製造方法Jにより得られる物品J(以下、単に「物品J」とも称する。)の表面シワ層は、光重合開始剤を含まない表面シワ層形成用の樹脂組成物、好ましくはシワ形成安定剤を含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成される層である。既述のように特定の二種の照射処理によりシワが形成することで、光重合開始剤を含まなくても、またシワ形成安定剤を含まなくても、当該樹脂組成物の硬化が進行することで、優れた表面特性が得られるだけでなく、シワの形状に起因する光拡散効果により艶消効果を発現する層となる。そして、更にシワ形成安定剤を用いることで当該シワの形成が安定し、安定的に艶消効果の視認性を発現し得る層となる。
(Surface shape of surface wrinkle layer)
The surface wrinkle layer of the article J (hereinafter, also simply referred to as “article J”) obtained by the production method J is a resin composition for forming a surface wrinkle layer containing no photopolymerization initiator, preferably a wrinkle formation stabilizer. It is a layer composed of a cured product of the containing resin composition. By forming wrinkles by two specific types of irradiation treatment as described above, curing of the resin composition proceeds even without a photopolymerization initiator or a wrinkle formation stabilizer. As a result, not only excellent surface characteristics can be obtained, but also a layer that exhibits a matte effect due to a light diffusing effect due to the shape of wrinkles. Further, by further using a wrinkle formation stabilizer, the formation of the wrinkles is stabilized, and the layer becomes a layer capable of stably exhibiting the visibility of the matting effect.
 物品Jの表面シワ層の表面形状については、基本的に上記艶消物品Aの艶消層について説明した内容と同じである。図1及び2は、製造方法Jにより得られる物品Jの表面シワ層にも適用し得る。
 図1は製造方法Jにより得られる物品Jの一実施形態を示す平面視における模式図であり、実施例で得られた物品の表面の画像を模式化したものである。図1には、製造方法Jにより得られる物品Jは、その表面、すなわち表面シワ層の表面にシワが形成されていることが示されている。
The surface shape of the surface wrinkle layer of the article J is basically the same as the content described for the matte layer of the matte article A. FIGS. 1 and 2 can also be applied to the surface wrinkle layer of the article J obtained by the manufacturing method J.
FIG. 1 is a schematic view in a plan view showing an embodiment of the article J obtained by the manufacturing method J, and is a schematic image of the surface of the article obtained in the examples. FIG. 1 shows that the article J obtained by the production method J has wrinkles formed on its surface, that is, on the surface of the surface wrinkle layer.
 物品Jの表面シワ層の表面形状について、シワ形成安定剤が含まれない場合であっても、表面シワ層の少なくとも一方の表面は、不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有している。そして、シワ形成安定剤が含まれると、不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状がより安定的に発現することとなり、安定的に艶消効果の視認性を発現し得る。このように、物品Jにおいて、表面シワ層は、シワ形成安定剤が含まれていなくても、文字通りシワを有する層であり、艶消効果の視認性を発現し得る層となるが、シワ形成安定剤を用いることで、当該シワは安定的に形成するため、安定的に艶消効果の視認性が発現し得る層になる、といえる。 Regarding the surface shape of the surface wrinkle layer of Article J, even when the wrinkle formation stabilizer is not contained, at least one surface of the surface wrinkle layer has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles. .. When the wrinkle formation stabilizer is included, the uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles is more stably expressed, and the visibility of the matting effect can be stably exhibited. As described above, in Article J, the surface wrinkle layer is a layer that literally has wrinkles even if it does not contain a wrinkle formation stabilizer, and is a layer that can exhibit the visibility of the matte effect, but wrinkle formation. By using a stabilizer, the wrinkles are stably formed, so that it can be said that the layer can stably exhibit the visibility of the matting effect.
(樹脂)
 製造方法Jにおいて、艶消層の形成に用いられる樹脂は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂に関する内容と同じである。
(resin)
In the production method J, the resin used for forming the matte layer is the same as the content relating to the resin described for the matte article A.
(樹脂組成物)
 製造方法Jにおいて、艶消層の形成に用いられる樹脂組成物(艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物)は、光重合開始剤を含むものではなく、光重合開始剤を含む場合がない点で上記艶消物品Aとは異なるものの、他の含み得る各種耐候剤等の添加剤等については、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した樹脂組成物に関する内容と同じである。
(Resin composition)
In the production method J, the resin composition used for forming the matte layer (resin composition for forming the matte layer) does not contain a photopolymerization initiator and may not contain a photopolymerization initiator. Although different from the matte article A, other additives such as various weather resistant agents that may be contained are the same as those relating to the resin composition described for the matte article A.
(照射処理)
 製造方法Jでは、上記(1)及び(2)の照射処理を順に行うことを要する。これらの照射処理については、上記製造方法Iで説明した照射処理に関する内容と同じである。なお、上記製造方法Iでは(3)予備硬化のための照射処理を所望に応じて行ってもよいが、製造方法Jにおいては(3)予備硬化は不要である。
(Irradiation treatment)
In the production method J, it is necessary to perform the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) above in order. These irradiation treatments are the same as those relating to the irradiation treatment described in the above-mentioned production method I. In the above-mentioned production method I, (3) irradiation treatment for pre-curing may be performed as desired, but in production method J, (3) pre-curing is unnecessary.
(60°グロス値)
 製造方法Jにより得られる物品Jは、表面シワ層が有するシワによる艶消効果の視認性を有するものであり、当該効果の視認性はシワ形成安定剤を用いることで向上するものである。物品Jの60°グロス値としては、好ましくは5.0以下であり、物品Jは艶消し効果の視認性を有する艶消物品といえる。その他、物品Jの60°グロス値については、基本的に、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した60°グロス値に関する内容と同じである。よって、60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ)についても同じである。
(60 ° gloss value)
The article J obtained by the production method J has the visibility of the matting effect due to the wrinkles of the surface wrinkle layer, and the visibility of the effect is improved by using the wrinkle formation stabilizer. The 60 ° gloss value of the article J is preferably 5.0 or less, and the article J can be said to be a matte article having the visibility of the matting effect. In addition, the 60 ° gloss value of the article J is basically the same as the content regarding the 60 ° gloss value described for the matte article A. Therefore, the same applies to the standard deviation (σ) of the 60 ° gloss value.
 本実施形態の製造方法Jによれば、光重合開始剤を含まない樹脂組成物を採用し、かつ上記(1)及び(2)の特定条件による照射処理を行うことにより、表面シワ層の表面にシワを形成することで、艶消効果の視認性が得られるに至った。また、好ましく用いられるシワ形成安定剤により、シワによる艶消効果の視認性が安定的に得られることとなり、またその使用量は既述のように少量に抑えることで、樹脂組成物の著しい粘度上昇を抑えられることにより、層形成が容易に可能となり、表面シワ層に用いられる樹脂の特性に応じた、優れた耐汚染性、耐擦傷性、耐候性等の表面特性を自ずと有するものとなる。 According to the production method J of the present embodiment, the surface of the surface wrinkle layer is formed by adopting a resin composition containing no photopolymerization initiator and performing irradiation treatment under the specific conditions of (1) and (2) above. By forming wrinkles on the surface, the visibility of the matte effect has been obtained. Further, the wrinkle formation stabilizer preferably used makes it possible to stably obtain the visibility of the matting effect due to wrinkles, and by suppressing the amount used to a small amount as described above, the resin composition has a remarkable viscosity. By suppressing the rise, layer formation becomes possible, and surface characteristics such as excellent stain resistance, scratch resistance, and weather resistance are naturally provided according to the characteristics of the resin used for the surface wrinkle layer. ..
〔他の層の形成〕
 製造方法Jにおける他の層の形成については、上記製造方法Iについて説明した他の層の形成に関する内容と同じである。
 よって、製造方法Jにより得られる艶消物品Jは、図3及び4に示されるように基材及びその他の層を有する層構成をとり得るし、また艶消層のみの単一層による層構成もとり得る。艶消層のみの単一層による層構成をとる場合、基材及びその他の層を有する層構成をとる場合の、製造方法は、いずれも上記製造方法Iについて説明した内容と同じである。
[Formation of other layers]
The formation of the other layer in the manufacturing method J is the same as the content relating to the formation of the other layer described in the manufacturing method I.
Therefore, the matte article J obtained by the manufacturing method J can have a layer structure having a base material and other layers as shown in FIGS. 3 and 4, and also has a layer structure consisting of a single layer having only a matte layer. obtain. The production method in the case of adopting a layer structure consisting of a single layer having only a matte layer and the case of adopting a layer structure having a base material and other layers is the same as the content described for the above-mentioned production method I.
〔その他の層〕
 製造方法Jにより得られる艶消物品Jは、既述のように上記艶消層の他、その他の層として、例えば基材、プライマー層、透明性樹脂層、装飾層、接着層等を必要に応じて有し得る。製造方法Jで製造し得る艶消物品Jが有し得る、上記の各層について説明する。
[Other layers]
The matte article J obtained by the manufacturing method J requires, for example, a base material, a primer layer, a transparent resin layer, a decorative layer, an adhesive layer, etc. as other layers in addition to the above-mentioned matte layer as described above. May have depending on. Each of the above layers that the matte article J that can be manufactured by the manufacturing method J can have will be described.
〔基材〕
 艶消物品Jは、上記艶消物品Aで説明したのと同様に、上記艶消層に加えて、所望に応じて更に基材を有してもよく、既述のように、各種の制約を回避する観点から基材を有することが好ましい。すなわち、艶消物品Jの一番単純な層構成は、艶消物品Aと同様、基材を有しない、艶消層のみの単一層による層構成となる。また基材を有する場合、既述のように、艶消効果の視認性及び質感を向上させる観点から、艶消層のシワを有する少なくとも一方の面とは反対側の面に基材を有することが好ましい。
 艶消物品Jで採用され得る基材は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した基材に関する内容と同じである。
〔Base material〕
The matte article J may have a base material in addition to the matte layer as described in the above-mentioned matte article A, and as described above, various restrictions may be provided. It is preferable to have a base material from the viewpoint of avoiding. That is, the simplest layer structure of the matte article J is, like the matte article A, a layer structure consisting of a single layer having only a matte layer and having no base material. In the case of having a base material, as described above, from the viewpoint of improving the visibility and texture of the matte effect, the base material should be provided on the surface opposite to at least one surface having wrinkles in the matte layer. Is preferable.
The base material that can be used in the matte article J is the same as that of the base material described for the matte article A.
(プライマー層)
 艶消物品Jが有し得るプライマー層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明したプライマー層に関する内容と同じである。
(Primer layer)
The primer layer that the matte article J can have is the same as that of the primer layer described for the matte article A.
(透明性樹脂層)
 艶消物品Jが有し得る透明性樹脂層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した透明性樹脂層に関する内容と同じである。
(Transparent resin layer)
The transparent resin layer that the matte article J can have is the same as that of the transparent resin layer described for the matte article A.
(装飾層)
 艶消物品Jが有し得る装飾層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した装飾層に関する内容と同じである。
(Decorative layer)
The decorative layer that the matte article J can have is the same as the content relating to the decorative layer described for the matte article A.
(接着層)
 艶消物品Jが有し得る接着層は、上記艶消物品Aについて説明した接着層に関する内容と同じである。
(Adhesive layer)
The adhesive layer that the matte article J can have is the same as that of the adhesive layer described for the matte article A.
〔化粧部材J〕
 製造方法Jにより得られる物品Jの代表的な用途としては、艶消物品Jをそのままで、建築物や各種家具、車両、家電製品等の表面を構成する、いわゆる化粧部材として用いることもできるし、また被着材と積層して、複合して、乃至は組み合わせて化粧部材として用いることも可能である(以下、これらの艶消物品Jを用いた化粧部材を「化粧部材J」と称することがある。)。いずれとするかは、所望に応じて決定すればよい。
 化粧部材Jにおける艶消物品Jの形態、被着材、接着剤層、化粧部材Jの製造方法、化粧部材Jの用途等は、上記化粧部材Aにおいて説明した内容と同じである。
[Cosmetic member J]
As a typical use of the article J obtained by the manufacturing method J, the matte article J can be used as it is as a so-called decorative member that constitutes the surface of a building, various furniture, a vehicle, a home electric appliance, or the like. It is also possible to use it as a decorative member by laminating it with an adherend, combining it, or combining it (hereinafter, the decorative member using these matte articles J is referred to as "decorative member J". There is.). Which one to use may be determined as desired.
The form of the matte article J in the decorative member J, the adherend, the adhesive layer, the manufacturing method of the decorative member J, the use of the decorative member J, and the like are the same as those described in the decorative member A.
 次に、本発明を実施例により、さらに詳細に説明するが、本発明は、この例によってなんら限定されるものではない。 Next, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited to this example.
(評価方法:60°グロス値)
 実施例及び比較例で得られた物品について、グロスメータ(「マイクログロス(機種名)」、BYKガードナー社製)を用いて、K 5600-4-7:1999に準拠して60°鏡面光沢度を任意の10点で測定し、当該10点の平均値を60°グロス値とした。
(Evaluation method: 60 ° gloss value)
For the articles obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, a gloss meter (“Micro Gloss (model name)”, manufactured by BYK Gardner) was used to achieve a 60 ° mirror glossiness in accordance with K 5600-4-7: 1999. Was measured at any 10 points, and the average value of the 10 points was taken as a 60 ° gloss value.
(60°グロス値の標準偏差(σ))
 実施例及び比較例で得られた物品について、グロスメータ(「マイクログロス(機種名)」、BYKガードナー社製)を用いて、K 5600-4-7:1999に準拠して60°鏡面光沢度を任意の10点で測定し、当該10点の測定値をもとに標準偏差(σ)を算出した。標準偏差(σ)の値は、シワの形成の安定性の指標となり、0.3以下であるとシワの形成の安定性が高く、0.30未満であるとシワの形成の安定性が十分ではないと判断できる。
(Standard deviation of 60 ° gross value (σ))
For the articles obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples, a gloss meter (“Micro Gloss (model name)”, manufactured by BYK Gardner) was used to achieve a 60 ° mirror glossiness in accordance with K 5600-4-7: 1999. Was measured at any 10 points, and the standard deviation (σ) was calculated based on the measured values at the 10 points. The standard deviation (σ) value is an index of the stability of wrinkle formation. When it is 0.3 or less, the stability of wrinkle formation is high, and when it is less than 0.30, the stability of wrinkle formation is sufficient. It can be judged that it is not.
(質感(面状態の均一性)の評価)
 実施例及び比較例で得られた物品について、任意の成人20人に表面の質感(面状態の均一性)について評価させて、以下の基準で評価した。
 A:18人以上が、面状態が均一であり、艶消効果の視認性が高いと評価した。
 B:15人以上17人以下が、面状態が均一であり、艶消効果の視認性が高いと評価した。
 C:14人以下が、面状態が均一であり、艶消効果の視認性が高いと評価した。
(Evaluation of texture (uniformity of surface condition))
The articles obtained in Examples and Comparative Examples were evaluated by any 20 adults regarding the surface texture (uniformity of surface condition) according to the following criteria.
A: More than 18 people evaluated that the surface condition was uniform and the matte effect was highly visible.
B: 15 or more and 17 or less evaluated that the surface condition was uniform and the matte effect was highly visible.
C: 14 or less evaluated that the surface condition was uniform and the matte effect was highly visible.
(耐擦傷性(耐スチールウール性)の評価)
 実施例1A~3A及び比較例1A及び2Aで得られた物品について、下記のラビング試験を行った。下記ラビング試験を行う前の前記艶消層側の60°グロス値をGとし、前記ラビング試験を行った後の前記艶消層側の60°グロス値をGとしたときの、グロス値の変化率(|(G-G)|/G×100)を算出した。20%以下であれば優れた耐スチールウール性を有するものとして、合格とした。
(ラビング試験)
 摩耗試験機II形(JIS L0849:2013)に、得られた物品を土台に配置し、当該艶消物品の艶消層に接触するようにスチールウール#0000をセットして、荷重1500g/cm、移動速度100mm/秒、往復移動距離100mmで30回往復させた。
(Evaluation of scratch resistance (steel wool resistance))
The following rubbing tests were performed on the articles obtained in Examples 1A to 3A and Comparative Examples 1A and 2A. Gloss value when the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side before the following rubbing test is G 0 and the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side after the rubbing test is G 1. The rate of change of (| (G 1 − G 0 ) | / G 0 × 100) was calculated. If it is 20% or less, it is considered to have excellent steel wool resistance and is accepted.
(Rubbing test)
Place the obtained article on the base of the abrasion tester type II (JIS L0849: 2013), set steel wool # 0000 so as to contact the matte layer of the matte article, and load 1500 g / cm 2 The movement speed was 100 mm / sec, and the reciprocating movement distance was 100 mm, and the mixture was reciprocated 30 times.
(耐擦傷性(耐スクラッチ性)の評価)
 実施例1A~3A及び比較例1A及び2Aで得られた物品について、塗料接着試験機(「ホフマンスクラッチハードネステスター(製品名)」、BYK Gardner社製)を用いて引掻き試験を実施し、連続的な引掻き傷(スクラッチ)が発生しない最大荷重を測定した。最大荷重が大きいほど、耐擦傷性(耐スクラッチ性)が優れていることを示す。
(Evaluation of scratch resistance (scratch resistance))
The articles obtained in Examples 1A to 3A and Comparative Examples 1A and 2A were subjected to a scratch test using a paint adhesion tester (“Hoffman Scratch Hard Nestester (product name)”, manufactured by BYK Gardener), and continuously. The maximum load at which no scratches were generated was measured. The larger the maximum load, the better the scratch resistance (scratch resistance).
(易除染性の評価)
 実施例1E~3E及び比較例1E及び2Eで得られた物品について、JIS K6902:2007(熱硬化性樹脂高圧化粧板試験方法)の「15.3 C法」に準拠して、汚染物質としてアセトン(材料番号3)、家庭用アンモニア(材料番号4)、10%くえん酸(材料番号5)、黒油性マーカー(材料番号12)及びクレヨン(材料番号14)を用いて、汚染試験を行い、「15.3.5.2 洗浄手順」に基づく0等級~5等級の基準により洗浄性を評価した。0等級に近いほど、清浄性に優れていることを示す。
 また、「15.3.6.2 耐汚染性」に基づく等級5、3及び1の基準により耐汚染性を評価した。等級5に近いほど、耐汚染性に優れていることを示す。
 以上を易除染性の評価とした。
(Evaluation of easy decontamination)
The articles obtained in Examples 1E to 3E and Comparative Examples 1E and 2E were subjected to acetone as a contaminant in accordance with "15.3 C method" of JIS K6902: 2007 (thermosetting resin high-pressure decorative board test method). Contamination test was performed using (Material No. 3), household ammonia (Material No. 4), 10% phosphoric acid (Material No. 5), black oil-based marker (Material No. 12) and crayon (Material No. 14), and " The detergency was evaluated according to the criteria of grades 0 to 5 based on "15.35.2 Cleaning Procedure". The closer it is to 0 grade, the better the cleanliness.
In addition, the stain resistance was evaluated according to the criteria of grades 5, 3 and 1 based on "15.3.6.2 stain resistance". The closer it is to grade 5, the better the stain resistance.
The above was the evaluation of easy decontamination.
(耐光性の評価)
 実施例1F~3F及び比較例1F~3Fで得られた物品について、耐候性試験装置「S-UV(雨あり)」を用いて200時間の耐候性試験を行った。当該耐候性試験を行う前の前記艶消耐光層側の60°グロス値をGとし、当該耐候性試験を行った後の前記艶消耐光層側の60°グロス値をGとしたときの、グロス値の変化率(|(G-G)|/G×100)を算出した。20%以下であれば優れた耐光性を有するものとして、合格とした。
(Evaluation of light resistance)
The articles obtained in Examples 1F to 3F and Comparative Examples 1F to 3F were subjected to a weather resistance test for 200 hours using a weather resistance test device "S-UV (with rain)". When the 60 ° gloss value on the matte light resistant layer side before the weather resistance test is G 0 and the 60 ° gloss value on the matte light resistant layer side after the weather resistance test is G 1 The rate of change of the gross value (| (G 1 − G 0 ) | / G 0 × 100) was calculated. If it is 20% or less, it is considered to have excellent light resistance and is accepted.
(マーカー消去性の評価)
 実施例1G~3G、比較例1G及び2Gで得られた物品について、JIS S6052:2014で規定される黒のマーカーを用いて、以下のa)~c)の方法に従い行ったマーカーの落ちやすさの試験を行い、当該試験前と、試験後の明度及び色度を分光測色計(「SE6000」(型番)、日本電色工業株式会社製)を用いて測定し、以下の算出式により色差(ΔEab)を算出した。
  ΔEab=〔(L -L +(a -a +(b -a 1/2
(マーカーの落ちやすさの試験)
a)当該マーカーでシートの艶消筆記層を2cm×4cmの範囲で塗りつぶす。
b)塗りつぶしてから1分経過後、未使用のメラミンフォーム製白板用イレーザー(2cm×2cm、ホワイトボード用激落ちイレーサー(オート株式会社))を用いて消去する。
c)上記a)及びb)を50回繰り返す。
(Evaluation of marker erasability)
For the articles obtained in Examples 1G to 3G, Comparative Examples 1G and 2G, the ease of removing the markers according to the methods a) to c) below using the black markers specified in JIS S6052: 2014. The brightness and chromaticity before and after the test were measured using a spectrophotometer (“SE6000” (model number), manufactured by Japanese Industrial Standards Co., Ltd.), and the color difference was measured by the following formula. (ΔE * ab) was calculated.
ΔE * ab = [(L * 2- L * 1 ) 2 + (a * 2- a * 1 ) 2 + (b * 2- a * 2 ) 2 ] 1/2
(Test of marker dropability)
a) Fill the matte writing layer of the sheet with the marker in an area of 2 cm x 4 cm.
b) One minute after painting, erase using an unused melamine foam whiteboard eraser (2 cm x 2 cm, whiteboard sharp drop eraser (Auto Co., Ltd.)).
c) Repeat a) and b) above 50 times.
[実施例1A]
 コロナ放電処理を施したポリプロピレンシート(厚さ:100μm)を基材とし、当該基材の一方の面に、印刷インキ(バインダー樹脂:2液硬化型アクリル-ウレタン樹脂)をグラビア法で塗布して着色層(厚さ:3μm)を設け、当該着色層上に、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂をバインダー樹脂として含む樹脂組成物を塗布してプライマー層(厚さ:2μm)を設け、当該プライマー層上に、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物(多官能ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー):65質量部、単官能アクリレートモノマー:35質量部、シワ形成安定剤1(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:3μm):3.0質量部、シワ形成安定剤2(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:5nm):3.0質量部、光重合開始剤(ベンゾフェノン系):0.8質量部)を、グラビア法により塗布し(塗布量:5g/m(乾燥時))、次いでLEDから構成されるUV照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:395nm、紫外線量:6W/cm)、次いでエキシマ光照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:172nm(Xe)、紫外線出力密度:1W/cm、積算光量:10~100mJ/cm、窒素雰囲気(酸素濃度200ppm以下))、次いで更に高圧水銀灯を用いて照射して(波長:365nm、紫外線出力密度:200W/cm)、基材上に艶消層を設け、基材と艶消層とを有する艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品について、上記方法にて60°グロス値及びグロス値の変化率を測定した。測定結果を表1Aに示す。
[Example 1A]
A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 μm) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method. A colored layer (thickness: 3 μm) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 μm) on the primer layer. , Resin composition for forming a matte layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 (silica particles, average particle size: 3 μm): 3.0 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 (silica particles, average particle diameter: 5 nm): 3.0 parts by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) was applied by the gravure method. (Applying amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dried)), then irradiating ultraviolet rays using a UV irradiating device composed of LEDs (wavelength: 395 nm, ultraviolet amount: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then using an excima light irradiating device. Irradiate with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less)), and then using a high-pressure mercury lamp. After irradiation (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm), a matte layer was provided on the base material to obtain a matte article having the base material and the matte layer. For the obtained matte article, the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value were measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1A.
[実施例2A及び3A]
 実施例1Aにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤を表1Aに示される使用量とした以外は、実施例1Aと同様にして、艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及びグロス値の変化率を表1Aに示す。
[Examples 2A and 3A]
In Example 1A, a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming a matte layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1A. Table 1A shows the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value on the matte layer side of the obtained matte article.
[比較例1A]
 実施例1Aにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とした、すなわちシワ形成安定剤を使用しなかった以外は、実施例1Aと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及びグロス値の変化率を表1Aに示す。
[Comparative Example 1A]
In Example 1A, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1A except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. , Got the goods. Table 1A shows the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side of the obtained article and the rate of change of the gloss value.
[比較例2A]
 実施例1Aにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とし、代わりに艶消剤(平均粒子径:8.0μm)を15.0質量部使用し、電子線(加速電圧:75kV、照射線量:30kGy(3Mrad))のみを照射した以外は、実施例1Aと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及びグロス値の変化率を表1Aに示す。
[Comparative Example 2A]
In Example 1A, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and 15.0 parts by mass of the matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 μm) was used instead. Then, an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1A, except that only an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)) was irradiated. Table 1A shows the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side of the obtained article and the rate of change of the gloss value.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000006
 表1Aの結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Aは、その艶消層側の60°グロス値が2.0以下となっており、艶消効果の視認性に極めて優れた物品であることが確認された。耐擦傷性については、グロス値の変化率はいずれも20%以下、耐スクラッチ性は400gとなっており、優れた耐擦傷性(耐スチールウール性及び耐スクラッチ性)を有するものであることも確認された。また、標準偏差(σ)は0.30未満であるためシワの形成が安定していることも確認されており、シワの形成の安定が艶消効果の視認性、質感及び耐擦傷性につながっているものと考えられる。 From the results in Table 1A, the matte article A of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 2.0 or less on the matte layer side, and is an article having extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect. Was confirmed. Regarding scratch resistance, the rate of change of the gloss value is 20% or less, the scratch resistance is 400 g, and it may have excellent scratch resistance (steel wool resistance and scratch resistance). confirmed. It has also been confirmed that wrinkle formation is stable because the standard deviation (σ) is less than 0.30, and the stability of wrinkle formation leads to the visibility, texture and scratch resistance of the matte effect. It is thought that it is.
 一方、シワ形成安定剤を含まない比較例1Aの物品は、図8に示されるようにその表面にはシワが若干発生していたものの、安定的に艶消効果の視認性が得られず、部分的にグロス値が実施例と同じ部分は存在したが、部分的に高艶な部分があり面状態が不安定であり、質感に優れるものとはいえないものであった。不安定なことについては、グロス値の標準偏差が0.30以上であることからも分かる。
 艶消剤を含む比較例2Aの物品は15.0質量部と実施例におけるシワ形成安定剤の含有量より多い量を含有させても、艶消層に相当する表面の層にシワの形成がなく、その60°グロス値は8.3と実施例の艶消物品のグロス値に劣っており、また質感にも劣るものであることが確認された。また、比較例2Aの物品のグロス値の変化率は23.7%、耐スクラッチ性は300gであり、耐擦傷性に劣るものであることが確認された。
On the other hand, in the article of Comparative Example 1A containing no wrinkle formation stabilizer, although some wrinkles were generated on the surface as shown in FIG. 8, stable visibility of the matting effect could not be obtained. There was a part where the gloss value was the same as that of the example, but there was a part with a high gloss and the surface condition was unstable, so it could not be said that the texture was excellent. The instability can be seen from the fact that the standard deviation of the gross value is 0.30 or more.
Even if the article of Comparative Example 2A containing a matte agent contains 15.0 parts by mass, which is larger than the content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the example, wrinkles are formed in the surface layer corresponding to the matte layer. It was confirmed that the 60 ° gloss value was 8.3, which was inferior to the gloss value of the matte article of the example, and was also inferior to the texture. Further, it was confirmed that the rate of change of the gloss value of the article of Comparative Example 2A was 23.7% and the scratch resistance was 300 g, which were inferior in scratch resistance.
 また実施例1A~3Aの光学顕微鏡画像(各々図5~7)によれば、これらの実施例の艶消物品はその表面に不規則なシワを有していることが確認できる。一方、比較例1Aの光学顕微鏡画像(図8)によれば既述のように、その表面にはシワが若干発生しており、部分的に実施例と同様のシワを有する領域はあるものの、シワの形成が不安定であり(均一でなく)、シワがない領域と混在していることが分かる。また、比較例2Aの光学顕微鏡画像(図9)によれば、実施例の艶消物品のようなシワは確認されず、艶消剤の輪郭形状に対応した凸形状が確認された。この結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Aは、その表面のシワに起因して極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性が発現していることが確認された。また、本実施形態の艶消物品Aは、シワの形成により、表面の質感が高く、高級感のあるものとなったが、比較例1Aの物品の表面にはシワが若干発生していたものの、安定的に艶消効果が得られず、表面の質感が単調であり、高級感のあるものとはいえなかった。 Further, according to the optical microscope images of Examples 1A to 3A (FIGS. 5 to 7 respectively), it can be confirmed that the matte articles of these Examples have irregular wrinkles on the surface thereof. On the other hand, according to the optical microscope image of Comparative Example 1A (FIG. 8), as described above, some wrinkles are generated on the surface thereof, and although there is a region having the same wrinkles as in the example, there is a region. It can be seen that the formation of wrinkles is unstable (not uniform) and is mixed with the wrinkle-free region. Further, according to the optical microscope image (FIG. 9) of Comparative Example 2A, wrinkles like the matte article of Example were not confirmed, and a convex shape corresponding to the contour shape of the matting agent was confirmed. From this result, it was confirmed that the matte article A of the present embodiment exhibits extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect due to the wrinkles on the surface thereof. Further, the matte article A of the present embodiment has a high surface texture and a high-class feeling due to the formation of wrinkles, but the surface of the article of Comparative Example 1A has some wrinkles. , The matte effect could not be obtained stably, and the texture of the surface was monotonous, so it could not be said that it had a high-class feel.
[実施例1B]
 コロナ放電処理を施したポリプロピレンシート(厚さ:100μm)を基材とし、当該基材の一方の面に、印刷インキ(バインダー樹脂:2液硬化型アクリル-ウレタン樹脂)をグラビア法で塗布して着色層(厚さ:3μm)を設け、当該着色層上に、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂をバインダー樹脂として含む樹脂組成物を塗布してプライマー層(厚さ:2μm)を設け、当該プライマー層上に、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物(多官能ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー):65質量部、単官能アクリレートモノマー:35質量部、シワ形成安定剤1(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:3μm):3.0質量部、シワ形成安定剤2(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:5nm):3.0質量部、光重合開始剤(ベンゾフェノン系):0.8質量部)を、グラビア法により塗布し(塗布量:5g/m(乾燥時))、次いでLEDから構成されるUV照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:395nm、紫外線量:6W/cm)、次いでエキシマ光照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:172nm(Xe)、紫外線出力密度:1W/cm、積算光量:10~100mJ/cm、窒素雰囲気(酸素濃度200ppm以下))、次いで更に高圧水銀灯を用いて照射して(波長:365nm、紫外線出力密度:200W/cm)、基材上に艶消層を設け、基材と艶消層とを有する艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品について、艶消層側から60°グロス値を測定したところ、1.4であった。
[Example 1B]
A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 μm) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method. A colored layer (thickness: 3 μm) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 μm) on the primer layer. , Resin composition for forming a matte layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 (silica particles, average particle size: 3 μm): 3.0 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 (silica particles, average particle diameter: 5 nm): 3.0 parts by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) was applied by the gravure method. (Applying amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dried)), then irradiating ultraviolet rays using a UV irradiating device composed of LEDs (wavelength: 395 nm, ultraviolet amount: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then using an excima light irradiating device. Irradiate with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less)), and then using a high-pressure mercury lamp. After irradiation (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm), a matte layer was provided on the base material to obtain a matte article having the base material and the matte layer. The gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured at 60 ° from the matte layer side and found to be 1.4.
[実施例2B及び3B]
 実施例1Bにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤を表1Bに示される使用量とした以外は、実施例1Bと同様にして、艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消化粧材の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Bに示す。また、質感の評価も表1Bに示す。
[Examples 2B and 3B]
In Example 1B, a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1B, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming a matte layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1B. Table 1B shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained matte decorative material on the matte layer side. The evaluation of the texture is also shown in Table 1B.
[比較例1B]
 実施例1Bにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とした、すなわちシワ形成安定剤を使用しなかった以外は、実施例1Bと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Bに示す。
[Comparative Example 1B]
In Example 1B, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1B except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. , Got the goods. Table 1B shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
[比較例2B]
 実施例1Bにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とし、代わりに艶消剤(平均粒子径:8.0μm)を15.0質量部使用し、電子線(加速電圧:75kV、照射線量:30kGy(3Mrad))のみを照射した以外は、実施例1Bと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Bに示す。
[Comparative Example 2B]
In Example 1B, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and 15.0 parts by mass of the matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 μm) was used instead. Then, an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1B except that only an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)) was irradiated. Table 1B shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000007
 表1Bの結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Bは、その艶消層側の60°グロス値が1.8以下となっており、艶消効果の視認性に極めて優れた物品であり、質感にも優れるものであることが確認された。また、標準偏差(σ)は0.30未満であるためシワの形成が安定していることも確認されており、シワの形成の安定が艶消効果の視認性及び質感につながっているものと考えられる。 From the results in Table 1B, the matte article B of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 1.8 or less on the matte layer side, and is an article having extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect. It was confirmed that the texture was also excellent. In addition, since the standard deviation (σ) is less than 0.30, it has been confirmed that the formation of wrinkles is stable, and it is considered that the stability of the formation of wrinkles leads to the visibility and texture of the matte effect. Conceivable.
 一方、シワ形成安定剤を含まない比較例1Bの物品は、図13に示されるようにその表面にはシワが若干発生していたものの、安定的に艶消効果の視認性が得られず、部分的にグロス値が実施例と同じ部分は存在したが、部分的に高艶な部分があり面状態が不安定であり(均一でなく)、質感に優れるものとはいえないものであった。不安定なことについては、グロス値の標準偏差が0.30以上であることからも分かる。
 また、艶消剤を含む比較例2Bの物品は15.0質量部と実施例におけるシワ形成安定剤の含有量より多い量を含有させても、艶消層に相当する表面の層にシワの形成がなく、その60°グロス値は8.3と実施例の艶消物品のグロス値に劣っており、質感にも劣るものであることが確認された。
On the other hand, in the article of Comparative Example 1B containing no wrinkle formation stabilizer, although some wrinkles were generated on the surface as shown in FIG. 13, stable visibility of the matting effect could not be obtained. There was a part where the gloss value was the same as in the example, but there was a part with high gloss and the surface condition was unstable (not uniform), and it could not be said that the texture was excellent. .. The instability can be seen from the fact that the standard deviation of the gross value is 0.30 or more.
Further, even if the article of Comparative Example 2B containing a matte agent contains 15.0 parts by mass, which is larger than the content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the examples, the surface layer corresponding to the matte layer has wrinkles. It was confirmed that there was no formation, the 60 ° gloss value was 8.3, which was inferior to the gloss value of the matte article of the example, and the texture was also inferior.
 また実施例1B~3Bの光学顕微鏡画像(各々図10~12)によれば、これらの実施例の艶消化粧材はその表面に不規則なシワを有していることが確認できる。一方、比較例1Bの光学顕微鏡画像(図13)によれば既述のように、その表面にはシワが若干発生しており、部分的に実施例と同様のシワを有する領域はあるものの、シワの形成が不安定であり(均一でなく)、シワがない領域と混在していることが分かる。また、比較例2Bの光学顕微鏡画像(図14)によれば、実施例の艶消物品Bのようなシワは確認されず、艶消剤の輪郭形状に対応した凸形状が確認された。この結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Bは、その表面のシワに起因して極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感が発現していることが確認された。 Further, according to the optical microscope images of Examples 1B to 3B (FIGS. 10 to 12 respectively), it can be confirmed that the matte decorative materials of these Examples have irregular wrinkles on the surface thereof. On the other hand, according to the optical microscope image of Comparative Example 1B (FIG. 13), as described above, some wrinkles are generated on the surface thereof, and although there is a region having the same wrinkles as in the example, there is a region. It can be seen that the formation of wrinkles is unstable (not uniform) and is mixed with the wrinkle-free region. Further, according to the optical microscope image (FIG. 14) of Comparative Example 2B, wrinkles like the matte article B of Example were not confirmed, and a convex shape corresponding to the contour shape of the matting agent was confirmed. From this result, it was confirmed that the matte article B of the present embodiment exhibited extremely excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect due to the wrinkles on the surface thereof.
[実施例1C]
 コロナ放電処理を施したポリプロピレンシート(厚さ:100μm)を基材とし、当該基材の一方の面に、印刷インキ(バインダー樹脂:2液硬化型アクリル-ウレタン樹脂)をグラビア法で塗布して着色層(厚さ:3μm)を設け、当該着色層上に、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂をバインダー樹脂として含む樹脂組成物を塗布してプライマー層(厚さ:2μm)を設け、当該プライマー層上に、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物(多官能ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー):65質量部、単官能アクリレートモノマー:35質量部、シワ形成安定剤(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:3μm):3.0質量部、光重合開始剤(ベンゾフェノン系):0.8質量部)を、グラビア法により塗布し(塗布量:5g/m(乾燥時))、次いでLEDから構成されるUV照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:395nm、紫外線量:6W/cm)、次いでエキシマ光照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:172nm(Xe)、紫外線出力密度:1W/cm、積算光量:10~100mJ/cm、窒素雰囲気(酸素濃度200ppm以下))、次いで更に高圧水銀灯を用いて照射して(紫外線出力密度:200W/cm)、基材上に艶消層を設け、基材と艶消層とを有する艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品について、艶消層側から60°グロス値を測定したところ、1.5であった。また、質感の評価も表1Cに示す。
[Example 1C]
A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 μm) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method. A colored layer (thickness: 3 μm) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 μm) on the primer layer. , Resin composition for forming a matte layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer (silica particles, average particle size: 3 μm): 3 .0 parts by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) is applied by the gravure method (application amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dried)), and then a UV irradiation device composed of LEDs. Is irradiated with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 395 nm, amount of ultraviolet rays: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then ultraviolet rays are irradiated using an excimer light irradiation device (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, Integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less)), then further irradiated with a high-pressure mercury lamp (ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm) to provide a matte layer on the substrate. A matte article having a base material and a matte layer was obtained. The gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured at 60 ° from the matte layer side and found to be 1.5. The evaluation of the texture is also shown in Table 1C.
[実施例2C及び3C]
 実施例1Cにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤を表1Cに示される使用量とした以外は、実施例1Cと同様にして、艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Cに示す。
[Examples 2C and 3C]
In Example 1C, a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1C, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming a matte layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1C. Table 1C shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained matte article on the matte layer side.
[比較例1C]
 実施例1Cにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とした、すなわちシワ形成安定剤を使用しなかった以外は、実施例1Cと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Cに示す。
[Comparative Example 1C]
In Example 1C, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1C except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. , Got the goods. Table 1C shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
[比較例2C]
 実施例1Cにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とし、代わりに艶消剤(平均粒子径:8.0μm)を15.0質量部使用し、電子線(加速電圧:75kV、照射線量:30kGy(3Mrad))のみを照射した以外は、実施例1Cと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Cに示す。
[Comparative Example 2C]
In Example 1C, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and 15.0 parts by mass of the matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 μm) was used instead. Then, an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1C except that only an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)) was irradiated. Table 1C shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000008
 表1Cの結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Cは、その艶消層側の60°グロス値が1.8以下となっており、艶消効果の視認性に極めて優れた物品であることが確認された。また、標準偏差(σ)は0.30未満であるためシワの形成が安定していることも確認されており、シワの形成の安定が艶消効果の視認性及び質感につながっているものと考えられる。 From the results in Table 1C, the matte article C of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 1.8 or less on the matte layer side, and is an article having extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect. Was confirmed. In addition, since the standard deviation (σ) is less than 0.30, it has been confirmed that the formation of wrinkles is stable, and it is considered that the stability of the formation of wrinkles leads to the visibility and texture of the matte effect. Conceivable.
 一方、シワ形成安定剤を含まない比較例1Cの物品は、図18に示されるようにその表面にはシワが若干発生していたものの、安定的に艶消効果の視認性が得られず、部分的にグロス値が実施例と同じ部分は存在したが、部分的に高艶な部分があり面状態が不安定であり(均一でなく)、質感に優れるものとはいえないものであった。不安定なことについては、グロス値の標準偏差が0.30以上であることからも分かる。
また、艶消剤を多量に含む比較例2Cの化粧材は艶消層に相当する表面の層にシワの形成がなく、その60°グロス値は8.3と実施例の艶消物品のグロス値に劣っており、質感にも劣るものであることが確認された。
On the other hand, in the article of Comparative Example 1C containing no wrinkle formation stabilizer, although some wrinkles were generated on the surface as shown in FIG. 18, stable visibility of the matting effect could not be obtained. There was a part where the gloss value was the same as in the example, but there was a part with high gloss and the surface condition was unstable (not uniform), and it could not be said that the texture was excellent. .. The instability can be seen from the fact that the standard deviation of the gross value is 0.30 or more.
Further, the decorative material of Comparative Example 2C containing a large amount of a matting agent did not form wrinkles in the surface layer corresponding to the matte layer, and its 60 ° gloss value was 8.3, which is the gloss of the matte article of the example. It was confirmed that the value was inferior and the texture was also inferior.
 また実施例1C~3Cの光学顕微鏡画像(各々図15~17)によれば、これらの実施例の艶消物品はその表面に不規則なシワを有していることが確認できる。一方、比較例1Cの光学顕微鏡画像(図18)によれば既述のように、その表面にはシワが若干発生しており、部分的に実施例と同様のシワを有する領域はあるものの、シワの形成が不安定であり(均一でなく)、シワがない領域と混在していることが分かる。また、比較例2Cの光学顕微鏡画像(図19)によれば、実施例の艶消物品のようなシワは確認されず、艶消剤の輪郭形状に対応した凸形状が確認された。この結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Cは、その表面のシワに起因して極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感が発現していることが確認された。 Further, according to the optical microscope images of Examples 1C to 3C (FIGS. 15 to 17 respectively), it can be confirmed that the matte articles of these Examples have irregular wrinkles on the surface thereof. On the other hand, according to the optical microscope image of Comparative Example 1C (FIG. 18), as described above, some wrinkles are generated on the surface thereof, and although there is a region having the same wrinkles as in the example, there is a region. It can be seen that the formation of wrinkles is unstable (not uniform) and is mixed with the wrinkle-free region. Further, according to the optical microscope image (FIG. 19) of Comparative Example 2C, wrinkles like the matte article of Example were not confirmed, and a convex shape corresponding to the contour shape of the matting agent was confirmed. From this result, it was confirmed that the matte article C of the present embodiment exhibited extremely excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect due to the wrinkles on the surface thereof.
[実施例1D]
 コロナ放電処理を施したポリプロピレンシート(厚さ:100μm)を基材とし、当該基材の一方の面に、印刷インキ(バインダー樹脂:2液硬化型アクリル-ウレタン樹脂)をグラビア法で塗布して着色層(厚さ:3μm)を設け、当該着色層上に、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂をバインダー樹脂として含む樹脂組成物を塗布してプライマー層(厚さ:2μm)を設け、当該プライマー層上に、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物(多官能ウレタンアクリレートオリゴマー(官能基数:4):65質量部、多官能アクリレートモノマー(官能基数:4):35質量部、シワ形成安定剤(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:5nm):5.0質量部、光重合開始剤(ベンゾフェノン系):0.8質量部)を、グラビア法により塗布し(塗布量:5g/m(乾燥時))、次いでLEDから構成されるUV照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:395nm、紫外線量:6W/cm)、次いでエキシマ光照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:172nm(Xe)、紫外線出力密度:1W/cm、積算光量:10~100mJ/cm、窒素雰囲気(酸素濃度200ppm以下))、次いで更に高圧水銀灯を用いて照射して(紫外線出力密度:200W/cm)、基材上に艶消層を設け、基材と艶消層とを有する艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品について、艶消層側から60°グロス値を測定したところ、1.5であった。
[Example 1D]
A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 μm) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method. A colored layer (thickness: 3 μm) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 μm) on the primer layer. , Resin composition for forming a matte layer (polyfunctional urethane acrylate oligomer (number of functional groups: 4): 65 parts by mass, polyfunctional acrylate monomer (number of functional groups: 4): 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer (silica particles, Average particle size: 5 nm): 5.0 parts by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) was applied by the gravure method (application amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dried)), and then Ultraviolet rays are irradiated using a UV irradiation device composed of LEDs (wavelength: 395 nm, amount of ultraviolet rays: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then ultraviolet rays are irradiated using an excima light irradiation device (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 )). Ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less), then further irradiated with a high-pressure mercury lamp (ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm), substrate A matte layer was provided on the top, and a matte article having a base material and a matte layer was obtained. The gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured at 60 ° from the matte layer side and found to be 1.5.
[実施例2D及び3D]
 実施例1Dにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤を表1Dに示される使用量とした以外は、実施例1Dと同様にして、艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Dに示す。また、質感の評価も表1Dに示す。
[Examples 2D and 3D]
In Example 1D, a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1D, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming a matte layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1D. Table 1D shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained matte article on the matte layer side. The evaluation of the texture is also shown in Table 1D.
[比較例1D]
 実施例1Dにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とした、すなわちシワ形成安定剤を使用しなかった以外は、実施例1Dと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Dに示す。
[Comparative Example 1D]
In Example 1D, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1D except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. , Got the goods. Table 1D shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
[比較例2D]
 実施例1Dにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とし、代わりに艶消剤(平均粒子径:8.0μm)を15.0質量部使用し、電子線(加速電圧:75kV、照射線量:30kGy(3Mrad))のみを照射した以外は、実施例1Dと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Dに示す。
[Comparative Example 2D]
In Example 1D, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and 15.0 parts by mass of the matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 μm) was used instead. Then, an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1D, except that only an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)) was irradiated. Table 1D shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000009
 表1Dの結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Dは、その艶消層側の60°グロス値が2.0以下となっており、艶消効果の視認性に極めて優れた物品であり、質感にも優れるものであることが確認された。また、標準偏差(σ)は0.30未満であるためシワの形成が安定していることも確認されており、シワの形成の安定が艶消効果の視認性及び質感につながっているものと考えられる。 From the results in Table 1D, the matte article D of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 2.0 or less on the matte layer side, and is an article having extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect. It was confirmed that the texture was also excellent. In addition, since the standard deviation (σ) is less than 0.30, it has been confirmed that the formation of wrinkles is stable, and it is considered that the stability of the formation of wrinkles leads to the visibility and texture of the matte effect. Conceivable.
 一方、シワ形成安定剤を含まない比較例1Dの物品は、図23に示されるようにその表面にはシワが若干発生していたものの、安定的に艶消効果の視認性が得られず、部分的にグロス値が実施例と同じ部分は存在したが、部分的に高艶な部分があり面状態が不安定であり(均一でなく)、質感に優れるものとはいえないものであった。不安定なことについては、グロス値の標準偏差が0.30以上であることからも分かる。
 また、艶消剤を含む比較例2Dの化粧材は15.0質量部と実施例におけるシワ形成安定剤の含有量より多い量を含有させても、艶消層に相当する表面の層にシワの形成がなく、その60°グロス値は8.3と実施例の艶消物品のグロス値に劣っており、質感にも劣るものであることが確認された。
On the other hand, in the article of Comparative Example 1D containing no wrinkle formation stabilizer, although some wrinkles were generated on the surface as shown in FIG. 23, stable visibility of the matting effect could not be obtained. There was a part where the gloss value was the same as in the example, but there was a part with high gloss and the surface condition was unstable (not uniform), and it could not be said that the texture was excellent. .. The instability can be seen from the fact that the standard deviation of the gross value is 0.30 or more.
Further, even if the decorative material of Comparative Example 2D containing a matte agent contains 15.0 parts by mass, which is larger than the content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the examples, wrinkles are formed on the surface layer corresponding to the matte layer. It was confirmed that the 60 ° gloss value was 8.3, which was inferior to the gloss value of the matte article of the example, and was also inferior to the texture.
 また実施例1D~3D光学顕微鏡画像(各々図20~22)によれば、これらの実施例の艶消化粧材はその表面の全面にわたって不規則なシワを均一に有していることが確認できる。一方、比較例1Dの光学顕微鏡画像(図23)によれば既述のように、その表面にはシワが若干発生しており、部分的に実施例と同様のシワを有する領域はあるものの、シワの形成が不安定であり(均一でなく)、シワがない領域と混在していることが分かる。また、比較例2Dの光学顕微鏡画像(図24)によれば、実施例の艶消物品のようなシワは確認されず、艶消剤の輪郭形状に対応した凸形状が確認された。この結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Dは、その表面のシワに起因して極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感が発現していることが確認された。 Further, according to the 1D to 3D optical microscope images of Examples (FIGS. 20 to 22 respectively), it can be confirmed that the matte decorative materials of these Examples have irregular wrinkles uniformly over the entire surface thereof. .. On the other hand, according to the optical microscope image of Comparative Example 1D (FIG. 23), as described above, some wrinkles are generated on the surface thereof, and although there is a region having the same wrinkles as in the example, there is a region. It can be seen that the formation of wrinkles is unstable (not uniform) and is mixed with the wrinkle-free region. Further, according to the optical microscope image (FIG. 24) of Comparative Example 2D, wrinkles like the matte article of Example were not confirmed, and a convex shape corresponding to the contour shape of the matting agent was confirmed. From this result, it was confirmed that the matte article D of the present embodiment exhibited extremely excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect due to the wrinkles on the surface thereof.
[実施例1E]
 コロナ放電処理を施したポリプロピレンシート(厚さ:100μm)を基材とし、当該基材の一方の面に、印刷インキ(バインダー樹脂:2液硬化型アクリル-ウレタン樹脂)をグラビア法で塗布して着色層(厚さ:3μm)を設け、当該着色層上に、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂をバインダー樹脂として含む樹脂組成物を塗布してプライマー層(厚さ:2μm)を設け、当該プライマー層上に、艶消易除染層形成用の樹脂組成物(多官能ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー):65質量部、単官能アクリレートモノマー:35質量部、シワ形成安定剤1(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:3μm):3.0質量部、シワ形成安定剤2(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:5nm):3.0質量部、光重合開始剤(ベンゾフェノン系):0.8質量部)を、グラビア法により塗布し(塗布量:5g/m(乾燥時))、次いでLEDから構成されるUV照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:395nm、紫外線量:6W/cm)、次いでエキシマ光照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:172nm(Xe)、紫外線出力密度:1W/cm、積算光量:10~100mJ/cm、窒素雰囲気(酸素濃度200ppm以下))、次いで更に高圧水銀灯を用いて照射して(波長:365nm、紫外線出力密度:200W/cm)、基材上に艶消易除染層を設け、基材(シート)と艶消易除染層とを有する艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品について、上記方法にて60°グロス値を測定した。測定結果を表1Eに示す。また、上記方法にて易除染性を評価した。評価結果を表1Eに示す。
[Example 1E]
A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 μm) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method. A colored layer (thickness: 3 μm) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 μm) on the primer layer. , Resin composition for forming a matte decontamination layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 (silica particles, average particle size: 3 μm): 3.0 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 (silica particles, average particle size: 5 nm): 3.0 parts by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) by gravure method (Applying amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dried)), then irradiating ultraviolet rays using a UV irradiation device composed of LEDs (wavelength: 395 nm, ultraviolet amount: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then excimer light. Ultraviolet rays are irradiated using an irradiation device (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less)), and then a high-pressure mercury lamp. Is irradiated with (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm), a matte decontamination layer is provided on the base material, and the base material (sheet) and the matte decontamination layer are provided. I got the goods. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1E. In addition, the easy decontamination property was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1E.
[実施例2E及び3E]
 実施例1Eにおいて、艶消易除染層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤を表1Eに示される使用量とした以外は、実施例1Eと同様にして、艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品について、上記方法にて60°グロス値を測定した。測定結果を表1Eに示す。また、上記方法にて易除染性を評価した。評価結果を表1Eに示す。
[Examples 2E and 3E]
In Example 1E, a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1E, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming the matte decontamination layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1E. .. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1E. In addition, the easy decontamination property was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1E.
[比較例1E]
 実施例1Eにおいて、艶消易除染層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とした、すなわちシワ形成安定剤を使用しなかった以外は、実施例1Eと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品について、上記方法にて60°グロス値を測定した。測定結果を表1Eに示す。また、上記方法にて易除染性を評価した。評価結果を表1Eに示す。
[Comparative Example 1E]
In Example 1E, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte decontamination layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. In the same way, an article was obtained. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained article was measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1E. In addition, the easy decontamination property was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1E.
[比較例2E]
 実施例1Eにおいて、艶消易除染層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とし、代わりに艶消剤(平均粒子径:8.0μm)を15.0質量部使用し、電子線(加速電圧:75kV、照射線量:3c0kGy(3Mrad))のみを照射した以外は、実施例1Eと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品について、上記方法にて60°グロス値を測定した。測定結果を表1Eに示す。また、上記方法にて易除染性を評価した。評価結果を表1Eに示す。
[Comparative Example 2E]
In Example 1E, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte decontamination layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and the matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 μm) was used instead as 15.0. An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1E, except that parts by mass were used and only an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 3c0 kGy (3Mrad)) was irradiated. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained article was measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1E. In addition, the easy decontamination property was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1E.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000010
 表1Eの結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Eは、その艶消易除染層側の60°グロス値が1.8以下となっており、艶消効果の視認性に極めて優れた物品であることが確認された。易除染性について、洗浄性は黒油性マーカー及びクレヨンでは3等級となったものの、他の汚染物質については0等級であり優れた清浄性を有しており、また耐汚染性は全ての汚染物質について等級5であり優れた耐汚染性を有していることから、優れた易除染性を有していることが確認された。
 また、標準偏差(σ)は0.30未満であるためシワの形成が安定していることも確認されており、シワの形成の安定が艶消効果の視認性、質感及び耐汚染性につながっているものと考えられる。
From the results in Table 1E, the matte article E of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 1.8 or less on the matte easy decontamination layer side, and is extremely excellent in visibility of the matte effect. It was confirmed that. Regarding easy decontamination, detergency was grade 3 for black oil-based markers and crayons, but grade 0 for other pollutants, and it had excellent cleanliness, and stain resistance was all contamination. Since the substance was grade 5 and had excellent stain resistance, it was confirmed that it had excellent easy decontamination properties.
It has also been confirmed that wrinkle formation is stable because the standard deviation (σ) is less than 0.30, and the stability of wrinkle formation leads to the visibility, texture and stain resistance of the matte effect. It is thought that it is.
 一方、シワ形成安定剤を含まない比較例1Eの物品は、図28に示されるようにその表面にはシワが若干発生していたものの、安定的に艶消効果の視認性が得られず、部分的にグロス値が実施例と同じ部分は存在したが、部分的に高艶な部分があり面状態が不安定であり、質感に優れるものとはいえないものであった。不安定なことについては、グロス値の標準偏差が0.30以上であることからも分かる。
 艶消剤を含む比較例2Eの物品は15.0質量部と実施例におけるシワ形成安定剤の含有量より多い量を含有させても、艶消易除染層に相当する表面の層にシワの形成がなく、その60°グロス値は8.3と実施例の艶消物品のグロス値に劣っており、また質感にも劣るものであることが確認された。
 また、比較例2Eの物品の易除染性について、黒油性マーカー及びクレヨンの洗浄性は各々4等級及び5等級であり、耐汚染性は各々等級3及び等級1であり、易除染性に劣るものであることが確認された。
On the other hand, in the article of Comparative Example 1E containing no wrinkle formation stabilizer, although some wrinkles were generated on the surface as shown in FIG. 28, stable visibility of the matting effect could not be obtained. There was a part where the gloss value was the same as that of the example, but there was a part with a high gloss and the surface condition was unstable, so it could not be said that the texture was excellent. The instability can be seen from the fact that the standard deviation of the gross value is 0.30 or more.
The article of Comparative Example 2E containing a matting agent has wrinkles on the surface layer corresponding to the matte easy decontamination layer even if it contains 15.0 parts by mass, which is larger than the content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the examples. It was confirmed that the 60 ° gloss value was 8.3, which was inferior to the gloss value of the matte article of the example, and was also inferior to the texture.
Regarding the easy decontamination property of the article of Comparative Example 2E, the detergency of the black oil-based marker and the crayon was 4th grade and 5th grade, respectively, and the stain resistance was 3rd grade and 1st grade, respectively. It was confirmed to be inferior.
 また実施例1E~3Eの光学顕微鏡画像(各々図25~27)によれば、これらの実施例の艶消物品はその表面に不規則なシワを有していることが確認できる。一方、比較例1Eの光学顕微鏡画像(図28)によれば既述のように、その表面にはシワが若干発生しており、部分的に実施例と同様のシワを有する領域はあるものの、シワの形成が不安定であり(均一でなく)、シワがない領域と混在していることが分かる。また、比較例2Eの光学顕微鏡画像(図29)によれば、実施例の艶消物品のようなシワは確認されず、艶消剤の輪郭形状に対応した凸形状が確認された。この結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Eは、その表面のシワに起因して極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性が発現していることが確認された。また、本実施形態の艶消物品Eは、シワの形成により、表面の質感が高く、高級感のあるものとなったが、比較例1Eの物品の表面にはシワが若干発生していたものの、安定的に艶消効果の視認性が得られず、表面の質感が単調であり、高級感のあるものとはいえなかった。 Further, according to the optical microscope images of Examples 1E to 3E (FIGS. 25 to 27, respectively), it can be confirmed that the matte articles of these Examples have irregular wrinkles on the surface thereof. On the other hand, according to the optical microscope image of Comparative Example 1E (FIG. 28), as described above, some wrinkles are generated on the surface thereof, and although there is a region having the same wrinkles as in the example, there is a region. It can be seen that the formation of wrinkles is unstable (not uniform) and is mixed with the wrinkle-free region. Further, according to the optical microscope image (FIG. 29) of Comparative Example 2E, wrinkles like the matte article of Example were not confirmed, and a convex shape corresponding to the contour shape of the matting agent was confirmed. From this result, it was confirmed that the matte article E of the present embodiment exhibits extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect due to the wrinkles on the surface thereof. Further, the matte article E of the present embodiment has a high surface texture and a high-class feeling due to the formation of wrinkles, but the surface of the article of Comparative Example 1E has some wrinkles. The visibility of the matte effect could not be obtained stably, and the texture of the surface was monotonous, so it could not be said that it had a high-class feeling.
[実施例1F]
 コロナ放電処理を施したポリプロピレンシート(厚さ:100μm)を基材とし、当該基材の一方の面に、印刷インキ(バインダー樹脂:2液硬化型アクリル-ウレタン樹脂)をグラビア法で塗布して着色層(厚さ:3μm)を設け、当該着色層上に、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂をバインダー樹脂とて含む樹脂組成物を塗布してプライマー層(厚さ:2μm)を設け、当該プライマー層上に、艶消耐光層形成用の樹脂組成物(多官能ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー):65質量部、単官能アクリレートモノマー:35質量部、シワ形成安定剤1(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:3μm):3.0質量部、シワ形成安定剤2(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:5nm):3.0質量部、紫外線吸収剤(商品名:アデカスタブLA-46、ヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤、株式会社ADEKA製)1.0質量部、光重合開始剤(ベンゾフェノン系):0.8質量部)を、グラビア法により塗布し(塗布量:5g/m(乾燥時))、次いでLEDから構成されるUV照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:395nm、紫外線量:6W/cm)、次いでエキシマ光照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:172nm(Xe)、紫外線出力密度:1W/cm、積算光量:10~100mJ/cm、窒素雰囲気(酸素濃度200ppm以下))、次いで更に高圧水銀灯を用いて照射して(波長:365nm、紫外線出力密度:200W/cm)、基材上に艶消耐光層を設け、基材シートと艶消耐光層とを有する艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品について、上記方法にて60°グロス値及びグロス値の変化率を測定した。測定結果を表1Fに示す。また上記の方法により評価した評価結果を表1Fに示す。
[Example 1F]
A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 μm) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method. A colored layer (thickness: 3 μm) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 μm) on the primer layer. In addition, a resin composition for forming a matte light-resistant layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 (silica particles, average particle diameter: 3 μm). ): 3.0 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 (silica particles, average particle diameter: 5 nm): 3.0 parts by mass, UV absorber (trade name: Adecaster LA-46, hydroxyphenyltriazine UV absorber, (Manufactured by ADEKA Co., Ltd.) 1.0 part by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 part by mass) is applied by the gravure method (application amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dried)), and then from the LED. Ultraviolet rays are irradiated using the configured UV irradiation device (wavelength: 395 nm, ultraviolet ray amount: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then ultraviolet rays are irradiated using the Exima light irradiation device (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), and ultraviolet rays are output. Density: 1 W / cm, integrated light intensity: 10-100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less)), then further irradiated with a high-pressure mercury lamp (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm). A matte light-resistant layer was provided on the base material to obtain a matte article having a base material sheet and a matte light-resistant layer. For the obtained matte article, the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value were measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1F. The evaluation results evaluated by the above method are shown in Table 1F.
[実施例2F及び3F]
 実施例1Fにおいて、艶消耐光層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤を表1Fに示される使用量とした以外は、実施例1Fと同様にして、艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品の艶消耐光層側の60°グロス値及びグロス値の変化率を表1Fに示す。また上記の方法により評価した評価結果を表1Fに示す。
[Examples 2F and 3F]
In Example 1F, a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1F, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming a matte light resistant layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1F. Table 1F shows the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value on the matte light resistant layer side of the obtained matte article. The evaluation results evaluated by the above method are shown in Table 1F.
[比較例1F]
 実施例1Fにおいて、艶消耐光層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とした、すなわちシワ形成安定剤を使用しなかった以外は、実施例1Fと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消耐光層側の60°グロス値及びグロス値の変化率を表1Fに示す。また上記の方法により評価した評価結果を表1Fに示す。
[Comparative Example 1F]
In Example 1F, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte light resistant layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1F except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. And got the goods. Table 1F shows the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value on the matte light resistant layer side of the obtained article. The evaluation results evaluated by the above method are shown in Table 1F.
[比較例2F]
 実施例1Fにおいて、艶消耐光層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とし、代わりに艶消剤(平均粒子径:8.0μm)を15.0質量部使用し、高圧水銀灯を用いた紫外線(波長:365nm、紫外線出力密度:200W/cm)のみを照射した以外は、実施例1Fと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消耐光層側の60°グロス値及びグロス値の変化率を表1Fに示す。また上記の方法により評価した評価結果を表1Fに示す。
[Comparative Example 2F]
In Example 1F, the amount of the wrinkle-forming stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming a matte light-resistant layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and instead, a matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 μm) was used in an amount of 15.0 parts by mass. An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1F, except that it was used and irradiated only with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm) using a high-pressure mercury lamp. Table 1F shows the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value on the matte light resistant layer side of the obtained article. The evaluation results evaluated by the above method are shown in Table 1F.
[比較例3F]
 実施例1Fにおいて、艶消耐光層形成用の樹脂組成物中の紫外線吸収剤の使用量を0質量部とした、すなわち紫外線吸収剤を使用しなかった以外は、実施例1Fと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消耐光層側の60°グロス値及びグロス値の変化率を表1Fに示す。また上記の方法により評価した評価結果を表1Fに示す。
[Comparative Example 3F]
In Example 1F, the amount of the ultraviolet absorber used in the resin composition for forming the matte light-resistant layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1F except that the ultraviolet absorber was not used. I got the goods. Table 1F shows the 60 ° gloss value and the rate of change of the gloss value on the matte light resistant layer side of the obtained article. The evaluation results evaluated by the above method are shown in Table 1F.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000011
 表1Fの結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Fは、その艶消耐光層側の60°グロス値が1.8以下であることから艶消効果の視認性に極めて優れており、また質感にも優れる物品であることが確認された。耐光性については、グロス値の変化率はいずれも20%以下であることから、優れた耐光性を有するものであることも確認された。
 また、標準偏差(σ)は0.30未満であるためシワの形成が安定していることも確認されており、シワの形成の安定が艶消効果の視認性、質感及び耐光性につながっているものと考えられる。
From the results in Table 1F, the matte article F of the present embodiment has an extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect and has a texture because the 60 ° gloss value on the matte light resistant layer side is 1.8 or less. It was confirmed that it is an excellent product. Regarding the light resistance, since the rate of change of the gloss value was 20% or less, it was confirmed that the product had excellent light resistance.
It has also been confirmed that wrinkle formation is stable because the standard deviation (σ) is less than 0.30, and the stability of wrinkle formation leads to the visibility, texture and light resistance of the matte effect. It is thought that there is.
 一方、シワ形成安定剤を含まない比較例1Fの物品は、図33に示されるようにその表面にはシワが若干発生していたものの、安定的に艶消効果の視認性が得られず、部分的にグロス値が実施例と同じ部分は存在したが、部分的に高艶な部分があり面状態が不安定であり、質感に優れるものとはいえないものであった。不安定なことについては、グロス値の標準偏差が0.30以上であることからも分かる。
 艶消剤を含む比較例2Fの物品は15.0質量部と実施例におけるシワ形成安定剤の含有量より多い量を含有させても、艶消耐光層に相当する表面の層にシワの形成がなく、その60°グロス値は8.3と、実施例の艶消物品のグロス値に劣っており、実施例におけるシワ形成安定剤の使用量より多い量の艶消剤を用いても、実施例の60°グロス値には至らないことが確認された。また、紫外線吸収剤を含まない比較例3Fの物品は、シワ形成安定剤を含むことから試験前の60°グロス値は1.4と小さく、また質感に優れるものではあったが、60°グロス値が64.3%も増加し、耐光性に優れるものとはいえないものであった。
On the other hand, in the article of Comparative Example 1F containing no wrinkle formation stabilizer, although some wrinkles were generated on the surface as shown in FIG. 33, stable visibility of the matting effect could not be obtained. There was a part where the gloss value was the same as that of the example, but there was a part with a high gloss and the surface condition was unstable, so it could not be said that the texture was excellent. The instability can be seen from the fact that the standard deviation of the gross value is 0.30 or more.
Even if the article of Comparative Example 2F containing a matting agent contains 15.0 parts by mass, which is larger than the content of the wrinkle forming stabilizer in the example, wrinkles are formed on the surface layer corresponding to the matte light resistant layer. The 60 ° gloss value is 8.3, which is inferior to the gloss value of the matte article of the example, and even if a larger amount of the matting agent than the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the example is used, It was confirmed that the 60 ° gloss value of the example was not reached. In addition, the article of Comparative Example 3F containing no ultraviolet absorber contained a wrinkle formation stabilizer, so that the 60 ° gloss value before the test was as small as 1.4, and the texture was excellent, but the 60 ° gloss. The value increased by 64.3%, and it could not be said that the light resistance was excellent.
 また実施例1F及び2Fの光学顕微鏡画像(各々図30及び31)によれば、これらの実施例の艶消物品はその表面に不規則なシワを均一に有していることが確認できる。一方、比較例1Fの光学顕微鏡画像(図32)によれば既述のように、その表面にはシワが若干発生しており、部分的に実施例と同様のシワを有する領域はあるものの、シワの形成が不安定であり(均一でなく)、シワがない領域と混在していることが分かる。また、比較例2Fの光学顕微鏡画像(図33)によれば、実施例の艶消物品のようなシワは確認されず、艶消剤の輪郭形状に対応した凸形状が確認された。この結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Fは、その表面のシワに起因して極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性が発現していることが確認された。 Further, according to the optical microscope images of Examples 1F and 2F (FIGS. 30 and 31, respectively), it can be confirmed that the matte articles of these Examples have irregular wrinkles uniformly on the surface thereof. On the other hand, according to the optical microscope image (FIG. 32) on the 1st floor of Comparative Example, as described above, some wrinkles are generated on the surface thereof, and although there is a region having the same wrinkles as in the example, there is a region. It can be seen that the formation of wrinkles is unstable (not uniform) and is mixed with the wrinkle-free region. Further, according to the optical microscope image (FIG. 33) of Comparative Example 2F, wrinkles like the matte article of Example were not confirmed, and a convex shape corresponding to the contour shape of the matting agent was confirmed. From this result, it was confirmed that the matte article F of the present embodiment exhibits extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect due to the wrinkles on the surface thereof.
[実施例1G]
 コロナ放電処理を施したポリプロピレンシート(厚さ:100μm)を基材とし、当該基材の一方の面に、印刷インキ(バインダー樹脂:2液硬化型アクリル-ウレタン樹脂)をグラビア法で塗布して着色層(厚さ:3μm)を設け、当該着色層上に、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂をバインダー樹脂とて含む樹脂組成物を塗布してプライマー層(厚さ:2μm)を設け、当該プライマー層上に、艶消筆記層形成用の樹脂組成物(多官能ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー):65質量部、単官能アクリレートモノマー:35質量部、シワ形成安定剤1(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:3μm):3質量部、シワ形成安定剤2(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:5nm):3質量部、光重合開始剤(ベンゾフェノン系):0.8質量部)を、グラビア法により塗布し(塗布量:5g/m(乾燥時))、次いでLEDから構成されるUV照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:395nm、紫外線量:6W/cm)、次いでエキシマ光照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:172nm(Xe)、紫外線出力密度:1W/cm、積算光量:10~100mJ/cm、窒素雰囲気(酸素濃度200ppm以下))、次いで更に高圧水銀灯を用いて照射して(波長:365nm、紫外線出力密度:200W/cm)、基材上に艶消筆記層を設け、基材と艶消筆記層とを有する艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品について、上記方法にて60°グロス値を測定した。測定結果を表1Gに示す。また、上記方法にてマーカー消去性を評価した。評価結果を表1Gに示す。
[Example 1G]
A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 μm) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method. A colored layer (thickness: 3 μm) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 μm) on the primer layer. In addition, a resin composition for forming a matte writing layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 (silica particles, average particle size: 3 μm). ): 3 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 (silica particles, average particle diameter: 5 nm): 3 parts by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) is applied (applied) by the gravure method. Amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dry)), then irradiate with ultraviolet light using a UV irradiator composed of LEDs (wavelength: 395 nm, amount of ultraviolet light: 6 W / cm 2 ), then using an excima light irradiator. Irradiate with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration of 200 ppm or less)), and then further irradiate with a high-pressure mercury lamp. (Radio: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm), a matte writing layer was provided on the base material, and a matte article having the base material and the matte writing layer was obtained. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1G. In addition, the marker erasability was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1G.
[実施例2G及び3G]
 実施例1Gにおいて、艶消筆記層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤を表1Gに示される使用量とした以外は、実施例1Gと同様にして、艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品について、上記方法にて60°グロス値を測定した。測定結果を表1Gに示す。また、上記方法にてマーカー消去性を評価した。評価結果を表1Gに示す。
[Examples 2G and 3G]
In Example 1G, a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1G, except that the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming the matte writing layer was the amount shown in Table 1G. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1G. In addition, the marker erasability was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1G.
[比較例1G]
 実施例1Gにおいて、艶消筆記層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とした、すなわちシワ形成安定剤を使用しなかった以外は、実施例1Gと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品について、上記方法にて60°グロス値を測定した。測定結果を表1Gに示す。また、上記方法にてマーカー消去性を評価した。評価結果を表1Gに示す。
[Comparative Example 1G]
In Example 1G, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte writing layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1G except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. And got the goods. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained article was measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1G. In addition, the marker erasability was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1G.
[比較例2G]
 実施例1Gにおいて、艶消筆記層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とし、代わりに艶消剤(平均粒子径:8.0μm)を15.0質量部使用し、電子線(加速電圧:75kV、照射線量:30kGy(3Mrad))のみを照射した以外は、実施例1Gと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品について、上記方法にて60°グロス値を測定した。測定結果を表1Gに示す。また、上記方法にてマーカー消去性を評価した。評価結果を表1Gに示す。
[Comparative Example 2G]
In Example 1G, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte writing layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and the amount of the matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 μm) was set to 15.0 parts by mass instead. An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1G except that it was used and irradiated only with an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)). The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained article was measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1G. In addition, the marker erasability was evaluated by the above method. The evaluation results are shown in Table 1G.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000012
 表1Gの結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Gは、その艶消筆記層側の60°グロス値が2.0以下となっており、艶消効果による視認性に優れた物品であることが確認された。またマーカー消去性について、色差は小さく、優れており、また質感にも優れていることも確認された。
 また、標準偏差(σ)は0.30未満であるためシワの形成が安定していることも確認されており、シワの形成の安定が艶消効果の視認性、質感及びマーカー消去性につながっているものと考えられる。
From the results in Table 1G, the matte article G of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 2.0 or less on the matte writing layer side, and is an article having excellent visibility due to the matte effect. Was confirmed. It was also confirmed that the marker erasability was excellent with a small color difference and excellent texture.
It has also been confirmed that wrinkle formation is stable because the standard deviation (σ) is less than 0.30, and the stability of wrinkle formation leads to the visibility of the matte effect, texture, and marker erasability. It is thought that it is.
 一方、シワ形成安定剤を含まない比較例1の物品は、図39に示されるようにその表面にはシワが若干発生していたものの、安定的に艶消効果による視認性が得られず、部分的にグロス値が実施例と同じ部分は存在したが、部分的に高艶な部分があり面状態が不安定であり(均一でなく)、質感に優れるものとはいえないものであった。不安定なことについては、グロス値の標準偏差が0.30以上であることからも分かる。
 艶消剤を含むとともに表面にエキシマ光を照射しなかった比較例2Gの物品は艶消筆記層に相当する表面の層にシワの形成がなく、その60°グロス値は8.3と実施例の筆記シートのグロス値に劣っており、艶消効果による視認性に劣り、また質感にも劣るものであることが確認された。
 また、比較例2Gの物品のマーカー消去性について、色差が大きく、劣るものであることも確認された。
On the other hand, in the article of Comparative Example 1 containing no wrinkle formation stabilizer, although some wrinkles were generated on the surface as shown in FIG. 39, the visibility due to the matting effect could not be stably obtained. There was a part where the gloss value was the same as in the example, but there was a part with high gloss and the surface condition was unstable (not uniform), and it could not be said that the texture was excellent. .. The instability can be seen from the fact that the standard deviation of the gross value is 0.30 or more.
The article of Comparative Example 2G containing a matting agent and not irradiating the surface with excimer light had no wrinkles on the surface layer corresponding to the matte writing layer, and its 60 ° gloss value was 8.3, which is an example. It was confirmed that the gloss value of the writing sheet was inferior, the visibility was inferior due to the matte effect, and the texture was also inferior.
It was also confirmed that the marker erasability of the article of Comparative Example 2G was inferior due to the large color difference.
 また実施例1G~3Gの光学顕微鏡画像(各々図36~38)によれば、これらの実施例の艶消物品はその表面に不規則なシワを均一に有していることが確認できる。一方、比較例1Gの光学顕微鏡画像(図39)によれば既述のように、その表面にはシワが若干発生しており、部分的に実施例と同様のシワを有する領域はあるものの、シワの形成が不安定であり(均一でなく)、シワがない領域と混在していることが分かる。また、比較例2Gの光学顕微鏡画像(図40)によれば、実施例の艶消物品のようなシワは確認されず、艶消剤の輪郭形状に対応した凸形状が確認された。この結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Gは、その表面のシワに起因して極めて優れた艶消効果による視認性が発現しており、また優れたマーカー消去性も発現し、質感に優れていることが確認された。 Further, according to the optical microscope images of Examples 1G to 3G (FIGS. 36 to 38, respectively), it can be confirmed that the matte articles of these Examples have irregular wrinkles uniformly on the surface thereof. On the other hand, according to the optical microscope image of Comparative Example 1G (FIG. 39), as described above, some wrinkles are generated on the surface thereof, and although there is a region having the same wrinkles as in the example, there is a region. It can be seen that the formation of wrinkles is unstable (not uniform) and is mixed with the wrinkle-free region. Further, according to the optical microscope image (FIG. 40) of Comparative Example 2G, wrinkles like the matte article of Example were not confirmed, and a convex shape corresponding to the contour shape of the matting agent was confirmed. From this result, the matte article G of the present embodiment exhibits the visibility due to the extremely excellent matte effect due to the wrinkles on the surface thereof, and also exhibits the excellent marker erasability and is excellent in texture. It was confirmed that
[実施例1H]
 コロナ放電処理を施したPETシート(厚さ:100μm)を基材とし、当該基材の一方の面に、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂をバインダー樹脂として含む樹脂組成物を塗布してプライマー層(厚さ:2μm)を設け、当該プライマー層上に、艶消賦型層形成用の樹脂組成物(多官能ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー):65質量部、単官能アクリレートモノマー:35質量部、シワ形成安定剤(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:3μm):1.0質量部、光重合開始剤(ベンゾフェノン系):0.8質量部)を、グラビア法により塗布し(塗布量:5g/m(乾燥時))、次いでLEDから構成されるUV照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:395nm、紫外線量:0.6W/cm)、次いでエキシマ光照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:172nm(Xe)、紫外線出力密度:1W/cm、積算光量:10~100mJ/cm、窒素雰囲気(酸素濃度200ppm以下))、次いで更に高圧水銀灯を用いて照射して(波長:365nm、紫外線出力密度:200W/cm)、基材シート上に艶消賦型層を設け、基材(シート)と艶消賦型層とを有する艶消物品を得た。
[Example 1H]
A PET sheet (thickness: 100 μm) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and a resin composition containing acrylic resin and urethane resin as a binder resin is applied to one surface of the base material to apply a primer layer (thickness). : 2 μm) is provided, and a resin composition for forming a matte-type layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stable on the primer layer. The agent (silica particles, average particle size: 3 μm): 1.0 part by mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 part by mass) was applied by the gravure method (application amount: 5 g / m 2 (drying). (Time)), then irradiate ultraviolet rays using a UV irradiator composed of LEDs (wavelength: 395 nm, amount of ultraviolet rays: 0.6 W / cm 2 ), and then irradiate ultraviolet rays using an excimer light irradiator (wavelength). 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less), and then further irradiated with a high-pressure mercury lamp (wavelength: 365 nm, Ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm), a matte-type layer was provided on the base material sheet, and a matte article having a base material (sheet) and a matte-type layer was obtained.
 次に、チタン紙原紙(「PM-602K(商品名」、KJ特殊紙株式会社製、坪量:60g/m、厚さ:100μm)に、メラミンホルムアルデヒド樹脂60質量部、水35質量部及びイソプロピルアルコール5質量部を含む熱硬化性の未硬化樹脂組成物を、含浸装置を用いて当該未硬化樹脂組成物が60g/m(乾燥時)の割合となるように含浸し、乾燥させることにより樹脂含浸化粧シートを得た。
 得られた樹脂含浸化粧シートを、補強層(クラフト紙にフェノール樹脂からなる液体状の未硬化樹脂組成物に含浸させて得られた坪量245g/mのフェノール樹脂含浸コア紙(「太田コア」、太田産業株式会社製)を3枚重ねたもの)上に、チタン紙原紙と補強層とが接するように積層し、更に当該樹脂含浸化粧シートの装飾層と、艶消物品の艶消賦型層とが対向するように積層した。これを、2枚の鏡面板で挟み、熱プレス機を用いて、圧力0.98MPa、加熱温度150℃で10分間加熱成型をし、未硬化樹脂組成物を熱硬化性樹脂させることにより、メラミン樹脂を含有する硬化樹脂層を形成した。熱硬化性樹脂層から艶消物品を剥離することにより、艶消物品の艶消賦型層が有する形状(艶消表面)が賦型された、樹脂化粧材(メラミン樹脂化粧板)を得た。得られた艶消化粧材の艶消表面が賦型された側の表面について、上記方法で60°グロス値を測定した。測定結果を表1Hに示す。
Next, on titanium paper base paper (“PM-602K (trade name”, manufactured by KJ Special Paper Co., Ltd., basis weight: 60 g / m 2 , thickness: 100 μm)), 60 parts by mass of melamine formaldehyde resin, 35 parts by mass of water and A thermosetting uncured resin composition containing 5 parts by mass of isopropyl alcohol is impregnated with an impregnating device so that the uncured resin composition has a ratio of 60 g / m 2 (when dried) and dried. Obtained a resin-impregnated decorative sheet.
The obtained resin-impregnated decorative sheet is impregnated with a reinforcing layer (kraft paper impregnated with a liquid uncured resin composition made of phenol resin, and obtained by impregnating the obtained resin-impregnated decorative sheet with a phenol resin-impregnated core paper having a basis weight of 245 g / m 2 (“Ota Core”). , Made by Ota Sangyo Co., Ltd.), laminated so that the titanium paper base paper and the reinforcing layer are in contact with each other, and further, the decorative layer of the resin-impregnated decorative sheet and the matting of the matte article. It was laminated so that it faces the mold layer. This is sandwiched between two mirror plates, heat-molded at a pressure of 0.98 MPa and a heating temperature of 150 ° C. for 10 minutes using a heat press machine, and the uncured resin composition is made into a thermosetting resin to form melamine. A cured resin layer containing a resin was formed. By peeling the matte article from the thermosetting resin layer, a resin decorative material (melamine resin decorative board) in which the shape (matte surface) of the matte type layer of the matte article was shaped was obtained. .. The 60 ° gloss value of the surface of the obtained matte decorative material on the side on which the matte surface was shaped was measured by the above method. The measurement results are shown in Table 1H.
[実施例2H]
 実施例1Hにおいて、艶消賦型層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤を表1Hに示される使用量とした以外は、実施例1Hと同様にして、艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品を用いて、実施例1Hと同様にして艶消化粧材(メラミン樹脂化粧板)を得た。また、得られた艶消化粧材の60°グロス値を表1Hに示す。
[Example 2H]
In Example 1H, a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1H, except that the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming the matte type layer was set as shown in Table 1H. Using the obtained matte article, a matte decorative material (melamine resin decorative board) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1H. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained matte decorative material is shown in Table 1H.
[比較例1H]
 実施例1Hにおいて、艶消賦型層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とした以外は、実施例1Hと同様にして物品を得た。得られた物品を用いて、実施例1Hと同様にして化粧材(メラミン樹脂化粧板)を得た。また、得られた化粧材の60°グロス値を表1Hに示す。
[Comparative Example 1H]
In Example 1H, an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1H, except that the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming a matte-type layer was 0 parts by mass. Using the obtained article, a decorative material (melamine resin decorative board) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1H. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained decorative material is shown in Table 1H.
[比較例2H]
 実施例1Hにおいて、艶消賦型層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とし、代わりに艶消剤(平均粒子径:5.0μm)を15.0質量部使用したものを用い、高圧水銀灯を用いて紫外線を照射(波長:365nm、紫外線出力密度:200W/cm)した以外は、実施例1Hと同様にして物品を得た。得られた物品を用いて、実施例1Hと同様にして化粧材(メラミン樹脂化粧板)を得た。また、得られた化粧材の60°グロス値を表1Hに示す。
[Comparative Example 2H]
In Example 1H, the amount of the wrinkle-forming stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming a matte-type layer was set to 0 parts by mass, and the amount of the matting agent (average particle size: 5.0 μm) was 15.0 parts by mass instead. An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1H, except that the particles used were irradiated with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm) using a high-pressure mercury lamp. Using the obtained article, a decorative material (melamine resin decorative board) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1H. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained decorative material is shown in Table 1H.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000013
 表1Hの結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Hは、これを用いて得られた艶消化粧材の60°グロス値が1.4~1.8となっており、極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性を付与し得る艶消物品であることが確認された。
 また、標準偏差(σ)は0.30未満であるためシワの形成が安定していることも確認されており、シワの形成の安定が艶消効果の視認性、質感の付与につながっているものと考えられる。
From the results in Table 1H, the matte article H of the present embodiment has a 60 ° gloss value of 1.4 to 1.8 of the matte decorative material obtained by using the matte article H, which is extremely excellent matte. It was confirmed that it is a matte article that can impart visibility of the effect.
In addition, since the standard deviation (σ) is less than 0.30, it has been confirmed that the formation of wrinkles is stable, and the stability of the formation of wrinkles leads to the visibility of the matte effect and the addition of texture. It is considered to be.
 一方、シワ形成安定剤を含まない比較例1Hの物品は、図46に示されるようにその表面にはシワが若干発生していたものの、安定的に艶消効果の視認性が得られず、優れた質感を付与できるものではなかった。安定的に得られないことについては、グロス値の標準偏差が0.30以上であることからも分かる。
 艶消剤を含む比較例2Hの物品は15.0質量部と実施例におけるシワ形成安定剤の含有量より多い量を含有させても、艶消賦型層に相当する表面の層にシワの形成がなく、これを用いて得られた化粧材60°グロス値は8.3と、実施例におけるシワ形成安定剤よりも多量に艶消剤を用いたにもかかわらず、実施例の艶消賦型シートのグロス値に劣っており、また質感にも劣るものであることが確認された。
On the other hand, in the article of Comparative Example 1H containing no wrinkle formation stabilizer, although some wrinkles were generated on the surface as shown in FIG. 46, stable visibility of the matting effect could not be obtained. It was not possible to give an excellent texture. The fact that it cannot be obtained stably can be seen from the fact that the standard deviation of the gross value is 0.30 or more.
The article of Comparative Example 2H containing a matting agent contained 15.0 parts by mass, which is larger than the content of the wrinkle forming stabilizer in the examples, but wrinkles were formed on the surface layer corresponding to the matting type layer. There was no formation, and the 60 ° gloss value of the decorative material obtained using this was 8.3, which is the matte of the example despite the fact that a larger amount of the matting agent was used than the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the example. It was confirmed that the gloss value of the fixed sheet was inferior and that the texture was also inferior.
 また実施例1H~3Hの光学顕微鏡画像(各々図43~45)によれば、これらの実施例の艶消賦型シートはその表面に不規則なシワを均一に有していることが確認できる。一方、比較例1Hの光学顕微鏡画像(図46)によれば既述のように、その表面にはシワが若干発生しており、部分的に実施例と同様のシワを有する領域はあるものの、シワの形成が不安定であり(均一でなく)、シワがない領域と混在していることが分かる。また、比較例2Hの光学顕微鏡画像(図47)によれば、実施例の艶消物品のようなシワは確認されず、艶消剤の輪郭形状に対応した凸形状が確認された。この結果から、本実施形態の艶消物品Hは、その表面のシワに起因して極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性が発現しており、当該表面の優れた艶消効果の視認性及び質感を付与し得るものであることが確認された。 Further, according to the optical microscope images of Examples 1H to 3H (FIGS. 43 to 45, respectively), it can be confirmed that the matte type sheets of these Examples have irregular wrinkles uniformly on the surface thereof. .. On the other hand, according to the optical microscope image of Comparative Example 1H (FIG. 46), as described above, some wrinkles are generated on the surface thereof, and although there is a region having the same wrinkles as in the example, there is a region. It can be seen that the formation of wrinkles is unstable (not uniform) and is mixed with the wrinkle-free region. Further, according to the optical microscope image (FIG. 47) of Comparative Example 2H, wrinkles like the matte article of Example were not confirmed, and a convex shape corresponding to the contour shape of the matting agent was confirmed. From this result, the matte article H of the present embodiment exhibits extremely excellent visibility of the matte effect due to wrinkles on the surface thereof, and the excellent visibility and texture of the matte effect on the surface. It was confirmed that it is possible to grant.
[実施例1I]
 コロナ放電処理を施したポリプロピレンシート(厚さ:100μm)を基材とし、当該基材の一方の面に、印刷インキ(バインダー樹脂:2液硬化型アクリル-ウレタン樹脂)をグラビア法で塗布して着色層(厚さ:3μm)を設け、当該着色層上に、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂をバインダー樹脂として含む樹脂組成物を塗布してプライマー層(厚さ:2μm)を設け、当該プライマー層上に、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物(多官能ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー):65質量部、単官能アクリレートモノマー:35質量部、シワ形成安定剤(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:3μm):3質量部、光重合開始剤(ベンゾフェノン系):0.8質量部)を、グラビア法により塗布し(塗布量:5g/m(乾燥時))、次いでLEDから構成されるUV照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射し(波長:395nm、紫外線量:6W/cm)、次いでエキシマ光照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射(波長:172nm(Xe)、紫外線出力密度:1W/cm、積算光量:10~100mJ/cm、窒素雰囲気(酸素濃度200ppm以下))して(1)の照射処理を行い、次いで電子線(加速電圧:75kV、照射線量:30kGy(Mrad))を照射して(2)の照射処理を行い、基材上に艶消層を設け、基材と艶消層とを有する艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品について、艶消層側から60°グロス値を測定したところ1.5であった。
[Example 1I]
A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 μm) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method. A colored layer (thickness: 3 μm) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 μm) on the primer layer. , Resin composition for forming a matte layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer (silica particles, average particle size: 3 μm): 3 By mass, photopolymerization initiator (benzophenone type): 0.8 parts by mass) is applied by the gravure method (application amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dried)), and then a UV irradiation device composed of LEDs is used. Irradiate with ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 395 nm, amount of ultraviolet rays: 6 W / cm 2 ), and then irradiate with ultraviolet rays using an excima light irradiation device (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm, integrated light amount: Perform the irradiation treatment of (1) in a nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less) at 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , and then irradiate with an electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (Mrad)) (2). ) Was carried out, a matte layer was provided on the base material, and a matte article having the base material and the matte layer was obtained. The gloss value of the obtained matte article was measured at 60 ° from the matte layer side and found to be 1.5.
[実施例2I及び3I]
 実施例1Iにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤を表1Iに示される使用量とした以外は、実施例1Iと同様にして、艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Iに示す。
[Examples 2I and 3I]
In Example 1I, a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1I, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming a matte layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1I. Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained matte article on the matte layer side.
[実施例4I]
 実施例1Iにおいて、電子線を、高圧水銀灯を用いた紫外線(波長:365nm、紫外線出力密度:200W/cm)にかえた以外は、実施例1Iと同様にして、艶消物品を得た。得られた艶消物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Iに示す。
[Example 4I]
In Example 1I, a matte article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1I, except that the electron beam was changed to ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm) using a high-pressure mercury lamp. Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained matte article on the matte layer side.
[比較例1I]
 実施例1Iにおいて、艶消層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とした、すなわちシワ形成安定剤を使用しなかった以外は、実施例1Iと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Iに示す。
[Comparative Example 1I]
In Example 1I, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used in the resin composition for forming the matte layer was set to 0 parts by mass, that is, the same as in Example 1I except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer was not used. , Got the goods. Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
[比較例2I]
 実施例1Iにおいて、シワ形成安定剤の使用量を0質量部とし、艶消剤(平均粒子径:8.0μm)を15.0質量部使用し、(1)の照射処理を行わず、電子線(加速電圧:75kV、照射線量:30kGy(3Mrad))のみを照射した以外は、実施例1Iと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Iに示す。
[Comparative Example 2I]
In Example 1I, the amount of the wrinkle formation stabilizer used was 0 parts by mass, 15.0 parts by mass of a matting agent (average particle size: 8.0 μm) was used, the irradiation treatment of (1) was not performed, and the electrons were used. Articles were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1I, except that only the line (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)) was irradiated. Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
[比較例3I]
 実施例1Iにおいて、(2)の照射処理(電子線の照射)を行わなかった以外は、実施例1Iと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Iに示す。
[Comparative Example 3I]
An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1I, except that the irradiation treatment (irradiation with an electron beam) of (2) was not performed in Example 1I. Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
[比較例4I]
 実施例1Iにおいて、(1)の照射処理を行わなかった以外は、実施例1Iと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Iに示す。
[Comparative Example 4I]
Articles were obtained in the same manner as in Example 1I, except that the irradiation treatment of (1) was not performed in Example 1I. Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
[比較例5I]
 実施例4Iにおいて、(1)の照射処理の照射を行わなかった以外は、実施例4Iと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の艶消層側の60°グロス値及び質感の評価を表1Iに示す。
[Comparative Example 5I]
Articles were obtained in the same manner as in Example 4I, except that the irradiation of the irradiation treatment of (1) was not performed in Example 4I. Table 1I shows the evaluation of the 60 ° gloss value and texture of the obtained article on the matte layer side.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014

*1,表面の層が硬化せず、グロス値を測定できず、また質感の評価もできなかった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000014

* 1, The surface layer did not harden, the gloss value could not be measured, and the texture could not be evaluated.
 表1Iの結果から、実施例の艶消物品は、その艶消層側の60°グロス値が2.0以下となっており、艶消効果の視認性に極めて優れ、質感にも優れた物品であることが確認された。以上より、本実施形態の製造方法Iにより得られた艶消物品Iは、優れた表面特性とともに、優れた艶消効果の視認性を有するものであることが確認され、また本実施形態の製造方法Iによれば艶消物品Iを容易に製造し得ることも確認された。 From the results in Table 1I, the matte article of the example has a 60 ° gloss value of 2.0 or less on the matte layer side, and is extremely excellent in visibility of the matte effect and excellent in texture. It was confirmed that. From the above, it was confirmed that the matte article I obtained by the manufacturing method I of the present embodiment has excellent surface characteristics and excellent visibility of the matting effect, and the manufacturing of the present embodiment. It was also confirmed that the matte article I could be easily produced according to the method I.
 一方、シワ形成安定剤を含まない比較例1Iの物品は、図51に示されるようにその表面にはシワが若干発生していたものの、安定的に艶消効果の視認性は得られず、部分的にグロス値が実施例と同じ部分は存在したが、部分的に高艶な部分があり面状態が不安定であり(均一でなく)、質感に優れるものとはいえなかった。艶消剤を含む比較例2Iの物品は15.0質量部と実施例におけるシワ形成安定剤の含有量より多い量を含有させても、艶消層に相当する表面の層にシワの形成がなく、60°グロス値は8.3と実施例の艶消物品のグロス値に劣っており、また質感にも劣るものであることが確認された。(2)の照射処理を行わなかった比較例3Iでは最表面だけシワを形成し硬化したものの、表面層の内部が未硬化であったため60°グロス値を測定することはできず、表面特性に劣るものであり、また質感の評価もできないものであった。また、(1)の照射処理を行わず、(2)の電子線の照射処理を行った比較例4I、(1)の照射処理を行わず、(2)の紫外線の照射処理を行った比較例5Iの物品ではシワが形成しなかったためグロス値が極端に高く、艶消効果の視認性は得られず、一方グロス値が高いために質感の評価(面状態の均一性)についての問題は目立ちにくく、良好な結果となった。 On the other hand, in the article of Comparative Example 1I containing no wrinkle formation stabilizer, although some wrinkles were generated on the surface as shown in FIG. 51, stable visibility of the matting effect could not be obtained. There was a part where the gloss value was the same as that of the example, but there was a part where the gloss value was high and the surface condition was unstable (not uniform), and it could not be said that the texture was excellent. Even if the article of Comparative Example 2I containing a matte agent contains 15.0 parts by mass, which is larger than the content of the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the example, wrinkles are formed in the surface layer corresponding to the matte layer. It was confirmed that the 60 ° gloss value was 8.3, which was inferior to the gloss value of the matte article of the example, and was also inferior to the texture. In Comparative Example 3I in which the irradiation treatment of (2) was not performed, wrinkles were formed and cured only on the outermost surface, but the 60 ° gloss value could not be measured because the inside of the surface layer was uncured, and the surface characteristics were improved. It was inferior and the texture could not be evaluated. Further, Comparative Example 4I in which the irradiation treatment of (1) was not performed and the irradiation treatment of the electron beam of (2) was performed, and the comparison in which the irradiation treatment of (1) was not performed and the irradiation treatment of ultraviolet rays of (2) was performed. In the article of Example 5I, since no wrinkles were formed, the gloss value was extremely high, and the visibility of the matte effect could not be obtained. It was inconspicuous and gave good results.
 実施例1I~3Iの光学顕微鏡画像(各々図48~50)によれば、これらの実施例の艶消物品はその表面に不規則なシワを有していることが確認できる。一方、比較例1Iの光学顕微鏡画像(図51)によれば既述のように、その表面にはシワが若干発生しており、部分的に実施例と同様のシワを有する領域はあるものの、シワの形成が不安定であり(均一でなく)、シワがない領域と混在していることが分かる。また、比較例2Iの光学顕微鏡画像(図52)によれば、実施例の艶消物品のようなシワは確認されず、艶消剤の輪郭形状に対応した凸形状が確認された。この結果から、本実施形態の製造方法Iにより得られる艶消物品Iは、その表面のシワに起因して極めて優れた艶消効果が発現していることが確認された。 According to the optical microscope images of Examples 1I to 3I (FIGS. 48 to 50, respectively), it can be confirmed that the matte articles of these examples have irregular wrinkles on the surface thereof. On the other hand, according to the optical microscope image of Comparative Example 1I (FIG. 51), as described above, some wrinkles are generated on the surface thereof, and although there is a region having the same wrinkles as in the example, there is a region. It can be seen that the formation of wrinkles is unstable (not uniform) and is mixed with the wrinkle-free region. Further, according to the optical microscope image (FIG. 52) of Comparative Example 2I, wrinkles like the matte article of Example were not confirmed, and a convex shape corresponding to the contour shape of the matting agent was confirmed. From this result, it was confirmed that the matte article I obtained by the production method I of the present embodiment exhibited an extremely excellent matte effect due to the wrinkles on the surface thereof.
[実施例1J]
 コロナ放電処理を施したポリプロピレンシート(厚さ:100μm)を基材とし、当該基材の一方の面に、印刷インキ(バインダー樹脂:2液硬化型アクリル-ウレタン樹脂)をグラビア法で塗布して着色層(厚さ:3μm)を設け、当該着色層上に、アクリル樹脂及びウレタン樹脂をバインダー樹脂として含む樹脂組成物を塗布してプライマー層(厚さ:2μm)を設け、当該プライマー層上に、表面シワ層形成用の樹脂組成物(多官能ウレタン(メタ)アクリレートオリゴマー):65質量部、単官能アクリレートモノマー:35質量部、シワ形成安定剤(シリカ粒子、平均粒子径:3μm):3質量部)を、グラビア法により塗布し(塗布量:5g/m(乾燥時))、エキシマ光照射装置を用いて紫外線を照射(波長:172nm(Xe)、紫外線出力密度:1W/cm、積算光量:10~100mJ/cm、窒素雰囲気(酸素濃度200ppm以下))して(1)の照射処理を行い、次いで電子線(加速電圧:75kV、照射線量:30kGy(3Mrad))を照射して(2)の照射処理を行い、基材上に表面シワ層を設け、基材と表面シワ層とを有する物品を得た。得られた物品について、表面シワ層側から60°グロス値を測定したところ1.5であった。
[Example 1J]
A polypropylene sheet (thickness: 100 μm) subjected to corona discharge treatment is used as a base material, and printing ink (binder resin: two-component curable acrylic-urethane resin) is applied to one surface of the base material by a gravure method. A colored layer (thickness: 3 μm) is provided, and a resin composition containing an acrylic resin and a urethane resin as a binder resin is applied onto the colored layer to provide a primer layer (thickness: 2 μm) on the primer layer. , Resin composition for forming surface wrinkle layer (polyfunctional urethane (meth) acrylate oligomer): 65 parts by mass, monofunctional acrylate monomer: 35 parts by mass, wrinkle formation stabilizer (silica particles, average particle size: 3 μm): 3 (Mass part) is coated by the gravure method (coating amount: 5 g / m 2 (when dried)) and irradiated with ultraviolet rays using an excima light irradiation device (wavelength: 172 nm (Xe 2 ), ultraviolet output density: 1 W / cm. , Integrated light amount: 10 to 100 mJ / cm 2 , nitrogen atmosphere (oxygen concentration 200 ppm or less)), the irradiation treatment of (1) is performed, and then electron beam (acceleration voltage: 75 kV, irradiation dose: 30 kGy (3Mrad)) is irradiated. Then, the irradiation treatment of (2) was carried out to provide a surface wrinkle layer on the base material, and an article having the base material and the surface wrinkle layer was obtained. The 60 ° gloss value of the obtained article was measured from the surface wrinkle layer side and found to be 1.5.
[実施例2J及び3J]
 実施例1Jにおいて、表面シワ層形成用の樹脂組成物中のシワ形成安定剤を表1Jに示される使用量とした以外は、実施例1Jと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の表面シワ層側の60°グロス値を表1Jに示す。
[Examples 2J and 3J]
In Example 1J, an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1J, except that the wrinkle formation stabilizer in the resin composition for forming the surface wrinkle layer was used in the amount shown in Table 1J. Table 1J shows the 60 ° gloss value on the surface wrinkle layer side of the obtained article.
[実施例4J]
 実施例1Jにおいて、電子線を、高圧水銀灯を用いた紫外線(波長:365nm、紫外線出力密度:200W/cm)にかえた以外は、実施例1Jと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の表面シワ層側の60°グロス値を表1Jに示す。
[Example 4J]
An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1J, except that the electron beam was changed to ultraviolet rays (wavelength: 365 nm, ultraviolet output density: 200 W / cm) using a high-pressure mercury lamp in Example 1J. Table 1J shows the 60 ° gloss value on the surface wrinkle layer side of the obtained article.
[比較例1J]
 実施例1Jにおいて、(2)照射処理を行わなかった以外は、実施例1Jと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の表面シワ層側の60°グロス値を表1Jに示す。
[Comparative Example 1J]
An article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1J except that (2) irradiation treatment was not performed in Example 1J. Table 1J shows the 60 ° gloss value on the surface wrinkle layer side of the obtained article.
[比較例2J]
 実施例1Jにおいて、(1)照射処理を行わなかった以外は、実施例1Jと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の表面シワ層側の60°グロス値を表1Jに示す。
[Comparative Example 2J]
In Example 1J, an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1J except that (1) irradiation treatment was not performed. Table 1J shows the 60 ° gloss value on the surface wrinkle layer side of the obtained article.
[比較例3J]
 実施例4Jにおいて、(1)照射処理を行わなかった以外は、実施例4Jと同様にして、物品を得た。得られた物品の表面シワ層側の60°グロス値を表1Jに示す。
[Comparative Example 3J]
In Example 4J, an article was obtained in the same manner as in Example 4J except that (1) irradiation treatment was not performed. Table 1J shows the 60 ° gloss value on the surface wrinkle layer side of the obtained article.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015

*1,グロス値を測定できなかった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000015

* 1, The gloss value could not be measured.
 表1Jの結果から、実施例の物品は、表面シワ層形成用の樹脂組成物が硬化し表面シワ層を形成するものとなり、その表面シワ層側の60°グロス値が2.0以下となっており、表面特性に優れており、また艶消効果の視認性に極めて優れた物品であることが確認された。以上より、本実施形態の製造方法Jにより得られた物品Jは、優れた表面特性とともに、優れた艶消効果の視認性を有するものであることが確認され、また本実施形態の製造方法Jによれば物品を容易に製造し得ることも確認された。 From the results in Table 1J, in the article of the example, the resin composition for forming the surface wrinkle layer was cured to form the surface wrinkle layer, and the 60 ° gloss value on the surface wrinkle layer side was 2.0 or less. It was confirmed that the article was excellent in surface characteristics and extremely excellent in visibility of the matte effect. From the above, it was confirmed that the article J obtained by the manufacturing method J of the present embodiment has excellent surface characteristics and excellent visibility of the matting effect, and the manufacturing method J of the present embodiment. It was also confirmed that the article could be easily manufactured.
 一方、(2)の照射処理を行わなかった比較例1Jの物品は、最表面だけシワを形成し硬化したものの、表面層の内部が未硬化であったため60°グロス値を測定することはできなかった。(1)の照射処理を行わなかった比較例2Jの物品は、シワが形成せず表面シワ層を有するものではなく(図56も参照。)、60°グロス値は47.2と艶消効果を有するものではなかった。(1)の照射処理を行わず、(2)の照射処理を紫外線で行った比較例3Jの物品は、シワが形成せず、また硬化しなかったため、60°グロス値を測定することはできなかった。また、既述のように比較例1J及び3Jは表面層が未硬化であるため、優れた表面特性を有するものではなかった。
 実施例4Jと比較例3Jとの対比から、(1)照射処理を行うことで、光重合開始剤を含まなくても、紫外線領域の波長光を照射するだけで、表面シワ層が硬化して形成するという特異な効果が確認できた。
On the other hand, in the article of Comparative Example 1J which was not subjected to the irradiation treatment of (2), wrinkles were formed only on the outermost surface and cured, but the inside of the surface layer was uncured, so that the 60 ° gloss value could be measured. There wasn't. The article of Comparative Example 2J which was not subjected to the irradiation treatment of (1) did not have wrinkles and did not have a surface wrinkle layer (see also FIG. 56), and had a 60 ° gloss value of 47.2, which was a matte effect. Did not have. The article of Comparative Example 3J in which the irradiation treatment of (1) was not performed and the irradiation treatment of (2) was performed with ultraviolet rays did not form wrinkles and did not harden, so that the 60 ° gloss value could be measured. There wasn't. Further, as described above, Comparative Examples 1J and 3J did not have excellent surface characteristics because the surface layer was uncured.
From the comparison between Example 4J and Comparative Example 3J, by performing (1) irradiation treatment, the surface wrinkle layer is cured only by irradiating with wavelength light in the ultraviolet region without containing a photopolymerization initiator. The peculiar effect of forming was confirmed.
 実施例1J~3Jの光学顕微鏡画像(各々図53~55)によれば、これらの実施例の物品はその表面に不規則なシワを有しており、この結果から、本実施形態の製造方法Jにより得られる物品Jは、その表面のシワに起因して極めて優れた艶消効果の視認性が発現していることが確認された。また、比較例2Jの光学顕微鏡画像(図56)において、シワ形成安定剤が粒状に確認することができるが、シワが形成しておらず、表面シワ層を有するものではなく、実施例1J~3Jの図53~55と比べて、その表面の形態は全く異なるものであり、シワ形成安定剤がシワ形成安定剤としての機能を果たしていないことが確認できた。 According to the optical microscope images of Examples 1J to 3J (FIGS. 53 to 55, respectively), the articles of these Examples have irregular wrinkles on the surface thereof, and from this result, the production method of the present embodiment. It was confirmed that the article J obtained by J exhibited extremely excellent visibility of the matting effect due to the wrinkles on the surface thereof. Further, in the optical microscope image of Comparative Example 2J (FIG. 56), the wrinkle formation stabilizer can be confirmed in the form of particles, but the wrinkles are not formed and the surface wrinkle layer is not formed. Compared with FIGS. 53 to 55 of 3J, the morphology of the surface thereof was completely different, and it was confirmed that the wrinkle formation stabilizer did not function as a wrinkle formation stabilizer.
 本実施形態の艶消物品、また本実施形態の製造方法により得られる艶消物品等は、種々の用途、例えば、壁、天井、床等の建築物の内装用部材、外壁、軒天井、屋根、塀、柵等の外装用部材、窓枠、扉、扉枠、手すり、幅木、廻り縁、モール等の建具又は造作部材の他、箪笥、棚、机等の一般家具、食卓、流し台等の厨房家具、台所、トイレ、風呂場、洗面台等の水廻りで用いられる各種家具及び部材、又は家電、OA機器等のキャビネット等の表面化粧板、車両の内装、外装用部材等の各種部材として好適に用いられる。
 更に、上記の各種部材の他にも、艶消物品等は、単体で、又は他の素材と積層乃至は複合化した形態で、包装材料、ディスプレイ用防眩フィルム、白板又は黒板、クレジットカード、キャッシュカード、テレフォンカード、各種証明書類等の各種カード、各種キーボード類の鍵盤、窓、扉、間仕切り等の透明板(窓ガラス等)、人工皮革等に用いることができる。
The matte articles of the present embodiment, the matte articles obtained by the manufacturing method of the present embodiment, and the like have various uses, for example, interior members of buildings such as walls, ceilings, and floors, outer walls, eaves ceilings, and roofs. , Fences, fences and other exterior members, window frames, doors, door frames, handrails, skirts, rims, moldings and other fittings or construction members, as well as general furniture such as stools, shelves, desks, dining tables, sinks, etc. Various furniture and parts used around water such as kitchen furniture, kitchens, toilets, bathrooms, wash basins, surface decorative boards such as cabinets for home appliances and OA equipment, vehicle interiors, exterior parts, etc. It is preferably used as.
Further, in addition to the above-mentioned various members, the matte article or the like may be a packaging material, an antiglare film for a display, a white board or a blackboard, a credit card, etc. It can be used for cash cards, telephone cards, various cards such as various certificates, keys for various keyboards, transparent plates (window glass, etc.) for windows, doors, partitions, artificial leather, and the like.

Claims (46)

  1.  艶消層を有する艶消物品であって、前記艶消層が、シワ形成安定剤を樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含む樹脂組成物の硬化物により構成され、
    前記艶消層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、
    前記艶消層の60°グロス値が5.0以下である、艶消物品。
    A cured product of a resin composition having a matte layer, wherein the matte layer contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin. Consists of
    At least one surface of the matte layer has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles.
    A matte article having a 60 ° gloss value of 5.0 or less in the matte layer.
  2.  前記シワ形成安定剤が、平均粒子径が1μm以上、かつ前記艶消層の厚さの100%以下及び30μm以下のいずれか小さい方を上限とするシワ形成安定剤1を含む請求項1に記載の艶消物品。 The wrinkle-forming stabilizer 1 comprises a wrinkle-forming stabilizer 1 having an average particle size of 1 μm or more and an upper limit of 100% or less or 30 μm or less of the thickness of the matte layer, whichever is smaller. Matte goods.
  3.  前記シワ形成安定剤が、平均粒子径が1μm未満のシワ形成安定剤2を含む請求項1又は2に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the wrinkle formation stabilizer contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 having an average particle size of less than 1 μm.
  4.  前記不規則なシワが、複数の線条突起部により形成する複数の凸部と、前記複数の線条突起部により囲まれて形成する凹部とにより構成される、請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品。 Any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the irregular wrinkles are composed of a plurality of convex portions formed by a plurality of linear protrusions and a concave portion formed by being surrounded by the plurality of linear protrusions. The matte article according to item 1.
  5.  前記艶消層が、艶消剤を含まない請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the matte layer does not contain a matting agent.
  6.  前記艶消層が、全面にわたって設けられる請求項1~5のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the matte layer is provided over the entire surface.
  7.  前記樹脂が、電離放射線硬化性樹脂である請求項1~6のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the resin is an ionizing radiation curable resin.
  8.  更に基材を有する請求項1~7のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to any one of claims 1 to 7, further comprising a base material.
  9.  前記艶消層の前記基材側とは反対側の面が、不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有する請求項8に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to claim 8, wherein the surface of the matte layer opposite to the base material side has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles.
  10.  前記基材が、合成樹脂シートである請求項8又は9に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to claim 8 or 9, wherein the base material is a synthetic resin sheet.
  11.  前記基材と、前記艶消層と、の間に、更に透明性樹脂層を有する請求項8~10のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to any one of claims 8 to 10, further comprising a transparent resin layer between the base material and the matte layer.
  12.  下記ラビング試験を行う前の前記艶消層側の60°グロス値をGとし、前記ラビング試験を行った後の前記艶消層側の60°グロス値をGとしたときの、グロス値の変化率(|(G-G)|/G×100)が、20%以下である請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品。
    (ラビング試験)
     摩耗試験機II形(JIS L0849:2013)に艶消物品を土台に配置し、当該艶消物品の艶消層に接触するようにスチールウール#0000をセットして、荷重1500g/cm、移動速度100mm/秒、往復移動距離100mmで30回往復させた。
    Gloss value when the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side before the following rubbing test is G 0 and the 60 ° gloss value on the matte layer side after the rubbing test is G 1. The matte article according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the rate of change (| (G 1 − G 0 ) | / G 0 × 100) is 20% or less.
    (Rubbing test)
    Place the matte article on the base of the abrasion tester type II (JIS L0849: 2013), set steel wool # 0000 so as to contact the matte layer of the matte article, load 1500 g / cm 2 , move. It was reciprocated 30 times at a speed of 100 mm / sec and a reciprocating movement distance of 100 mm.
  13.  床材又は建具部材に用いられる請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to any one of claims 1 to 12, which is used for flooring materials or fitting members.
  14.  被着材と、請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品とを、前記被着材と、前記艶消物品の基材とが接着剤層を介して対向するように有する床材。 The adherend and the matte article according to any one of claims 1 to 12 are provided so that the adherend and the base material of the matte article face each other via an adhesive layer. Flooring material.
  15.  被着材と、請求項1~12のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品とを、前記被着材と、前記艶消物品の基材とが接着剤層を介して対向するように有する建具部材。 The adherend and the matte article according to any one of claims 1 to 12 are provided so that the adherend and the base material of the matte article face each other via an adhesive layer. Joinery members.
  16.  前記艶消層が艶消易除染層である、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the matte layer is an easy matte decontamination layer.
  17.  前記艶消易除染層が、フッ素樹脂、シリコーン樹脂及びフッ素-シリコーン共重合樹脂から選ばれる少なくとも一種の易除染剤を含む請求項16に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to claim 16, wherein the matte easy decontamination layer contains at least one easy decontamination agent selected from a fluororesin, a silicone resin, and a fluorine-silicone copolymer resin.
  18.  前記易除染剤が、前記樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上25.0質量部以下で含まれる請求項17に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to claim 17, wherein the easy decontamination agent is contained in an amount of 0.5 parts by mass or more and 25.0 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin.
  19.  前記艶消層が艶消耐光層であり、前記艶消耐光層を構成する樹脂組成物が、更にヒドロキシフェニルトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤を含む請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品。 The matte according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the matte layer is a matte light-resistant layer, and the resin composition constituting the matte light-resistant layer further contains a hydroxyphenyltriazine-based ultraviolet absorber. Goods.
  20.  前記ヒドロキシトリアジン系紫外線吸収剤が、以下一般式(1)で示されるものである請求項19に記載の艶消物品。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (一般式(1)中、R11は単結合又は2価の有機基であり、R12は炭化水素基又は-C(=O)OR15で示されるエステル基、-O-C(=O)R16で示されるアシルオキシ基又は-OR17で示されるアルコキシ基であり、R13、R14、R15、R16及びR17は各々独立して1価の有機基であり、n11及びn12は各々独立して0~5の整数である。)
    The matte article according to claim 19, wherein the hydroxytriazine-based ultraviolet absorber is represented by the following general formula (1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (In the general formula (1), R 11 is a single-bonded or divalent organic group, and R 12 is a hydrocarbon group or an ester group represented by -C (= O) OR 15, -OC (= O). ) The acyloxy group represented by R 16 or the alkoxy group represented by −OR 17 , and R 13 , R 14 , R 15 , R 16 and R 17 are independently monovalent organic groups, and n 11 and n 12 is an independently integer from 0 to 5).
  21.  前記艶消層が艶消筆記層である、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the matte layer is a matte writing layer.
  22.  基材が、基材シートと着色層とを有する請求項21に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to claim 21, wherein the base material has a base material sheet and a colored layer.
  23.  筆記ボードに用いられる請求項21又は22に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to claim 21 or 22, which is used for a writing board.
  24.  前記艶消層が艶消賦型層であり、賦型に用いられる、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品。 The matte article according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the matte layer is a matte type layer and is used for shaping.
  25.  請求項24に記載の艶消物品を用いて賦型する、艶消物品の製造方法。 A method for manufacturing a matte article, which is formed by using the matte article according to claim 24.
  26.  前記賦型が、前記艶消物品をローラーに配置したエンボスローラーを用いて行うものである、請求項25に記載の艶消物品の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a matte article according to claim 25, wherein the shaping is performed using an embossed roller in which the matte article is arranged on a roller.
  27.  樹脂組成物を含浸した基材と、前記艶消物品とを、前記艶消物品の艶消賦型層と前記基材とが対向するように配置し、加熱加圧成形して前記樹脂組成物を硬化させた後、前記艶消物品を剥離する、請求項26に記載の艶消物品の製造方法。 The base material impregnated with the resin composition and the matte article are arranged so that the matte type layer of the matte article and the base material face each other, and heat and pressure molding is performed to form the resin composition. The method for producing a matte article according to claim 26, wherein the matte article is peeled off after curing.
  28.  前記樹脂組成物が、メラミン樹脂又はジアリルフタレート樹脂(DAP)を含む請求項27に記載の艶消物品の製造方法。 The method for producing a matte article according to claim 27, wherein the resin composition contains a melamine resin or a diallyl phthalate resin (DAP).
  29.  シワ形成安定剤を、樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含み、かつ光重合開始剤を含む樹脂組成物を、以下(1)及び(2)の照射処理を順に行い、前記樹脂組成物を硬化させて艶消層を形成する工程を含む、
    前記艶消層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、
    前記艶消層の60°グロス値が5.0以下である、
    艶消物品の製造方法。
    (1)100nm以上200nm未満の波長光の照射処理
    (2)電子線及び200nm以上400nm以下の波長光の少なくとも一方での照射処理
    The resin composition containing 0.5 parts by mass or more and 6.0 parts by mass or less of the wrinkle formation stabilizer with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin and containing the photopolymerization initiator is irradiated with the following (1) and (2). The treatment is carried out in order, and the step of curing the resin composition to form a matte layer is included.
    At least one surface of the matte layer has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles.
    The 60 ° gloss value of the matte layer is 5.0 or less.
    A method for manufacturing a matte article.
    (1) Irradiation treatment of wavelength light of 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm (2) Irradiation treatment of at least one of electron beam and wavelength light of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less
  30.  前記(1)の波長光が、100nm以上185nm以下の波長光である請求項29に記載の艶消物品の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing a matte article according to claim 29, wherein the wavelength light of (1) is light having a wavelength of 100 nm or more and 185 nm or less.
  31.  前記(2)の照射処理が、電子線の照射処理である請求項29又は30に記載の艶消物品の製造方法。 The method for producing a matte article according to claim 29 or 30, wherein the irradiation treatment of (2) is an electron beam irradiation treatment.
  32.  前記照射処理の前に、(3)予備硬化のための照射処理を行う請求項29~31のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品の製造方法。 The method for producing a matte article according to any one of claims 29 to 31, wherein (3) an irradiation treatment for pre-curing is performed before the irradiation treatment.
  33.  前記(3)予備硬化のための照射処理が、320nm超400nm以下の波長光の照射処理である請求項32に記載の艶消物品の製造方法。 The method for producing a matte article according to claim 32, wherein the irradiation treatment for (3) pre-curing is an irradiation treatment of wavelength light of more than 320 nm and 400 nm or less.
  34.  前記光重合開始剤の含有量を、前記樹脂100質量部に対して0.1質量部以上5質量部以下で含む請求項29~33のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品の製造方法。 The method for producing a matte article according to any one of claims 29 to 33, wherein the content of the photopolymerization initiator is 0.1 part by mass or more and 5 parts by mass or less with respect to 100 parts by mass of the resin.
  35.  前記シワ形成安定剤が、平均粒子径が1μm以上、かつ艶消層の厚さの100%以下及び30μm以下のいずれか小さい方を上限とするシワ形成安定剤1を含む請求項29~34のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品の製造方法。 23. The method for producing a matte article according to any one item.
  36.  前記シワ形成安定剤が、平均粒子径が1μm未満のシワ形成安定剤2を含む請求項29~35のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品の製造方法。 The method for producing a matte article according to any one of claims 29 to 35, wherein the wrinkle formation stabilizer contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 having an average particle size of less than 1 μm.
  37.  前記樹脂組成物を基材の少なくとも一方の主面側に塗布し、前記艶消層を前記基材の少なくとも一方の主面側に形成する請求項29~36のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品の製造方法。 The gloss according to any one of claims 29 to 36, wherein the resin composition is applied to at least one main surface side of the base material, and the matte layer is formed on at least one main surface side of the base material. Manufacturing method of erasable goods.
  38.  前記不規則なシワが、複数の線条突起物により形成する複数の凸部と、前記複数の線条突起部により囲まれて形成する凹部とにより構成される請求項29~37のいずれか1項に記載の艶消物品の製造方法。 Any one of claims 29 to 37, wherein the irregular wrinkles are composed of a plurality of convex portions formed by a plurality of linear protrusions and a concave portion formed by being surrounded by the plurality of linear protrusions. The method for manufacturing a matte article according to the section.
  39.  光重合開始剤を含まない樹脂組成物を、以下(1)及び(2)の照射処理を順に行い、前記樹脂組成物を硬化させて、表面シワ層を形成する工程を含む、物品の製造方法。
    (1)100nm以上200nm未満の波長光の照射処理
    (2)電子線及び200nm以上400nm以下の波長光の少なくとも一方での照射処理
    A method for producing an article, which comprises a step of sequentially performing the irradiation treatments (1) and (2) below on a resin composition containing no photopolymerization initiator and curing the resin composition to form a surface wrinkle layer. ..
    (1) Irradiation treatment of wavelength light of 100 nm or more and less than 200 nm (2) Irradiation treatment of at least one of electron beam and wavelength light of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less
  40.  前記樹脂組成物が、平均粒子径が前記表面シワ層の厚さの100%以下及び30μm以下のいずれか小さい方を上限とするシワ形成安定剤を、樹脂100質量部に対して0.5質量部以上6.0質量部以下で含むものであり、前記表面シワ層の少なくとも一方の面が不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有し、前記表面シワ層の60°グロス値が5.0以下である、請求項39に記載の物品の製造方法。 The resin composition contains 0.5 mass by mass of a wrinkle formation stabilizer having an average particle diameter of 100% or less or 30 μm or less of the thickness of the surface wrinkle layer, whichever is smaller, as the upper limit. It contains more than 6.0 parts by mass and has an uneven shape in which at least one surface of the surface wrinkle layer is composed of irregular wrinkles, and the 60 ° gloss value of the surface wrinkle layer is 5. The method for producing an article according to claim 39, which is 0 or less.
  41.  前記(2)の照射処理が、200nm以上400nm以下の波長光の照射処理である請求項39又は40に記載の物品の製造方法。 The method for producing an article according to claim 39 or 40, wherein the irradiation treatment of (2) is an irradiation treatment of light having a wavelength of 200 nm or more and 400 nm or less.
  42.  前記シワ形成安定剤が、平均粒子径が1μm以上、かつ前記表面シワ層の厚さの100%以下及び30μm以下のいずれか小さい方を上限とするシワ形成安定剤1を含む請求項40又は41に記載の物品の製造方法。 Claim 40 or 41, wherein the wrinkle formation stabilizer comprises a wrinkle formation stabilizer 1 having an average particle diameter of 1 μm or more and an upper limit of 100% or less or 30 μm or less of the thickness of the surface wrinkle layer, whichever is smaller. The method for manufacturing the article described in.
  43.  前記シワ形成安定剤が、平均粒子径が1μm未満のシワ形成安定剤2を含む請求項40~42のいずれか1項に記載の物品の製造方法。 The method for producing an article according to any one of claims 40 to 42, wherein the wrinkle formation stabilizer contains a wrinkle formation stabilizer 2 having an average particle size of less than 1 μm.
  44.  前記樹脂組成物を基材の少なくとも一方の主面側に塗布し、前記表面シワ層を前記基材の少なくとも一方の主面側に形成する請求項39~43のいずれか1項に記載の物品の製造方法。 The article according to any one of claims 39 to 43, wherein the resin composition is applied to at least one main surface side of the base material, and the surface wrinkle layer is formed on at least one main surface side of the base material. Manufacturing method.
  45.  前記表面シワ層の前記基材側とは反対側の面が、不規則なシワにより構成される凹凸形状を有する請求項44に記載の物品の製造方法。 The method for manufacturing an article according to claim 44, wherein the surface of the surface wrinkle layer opposite to the base material side has an uneven shape composed of irregular wrinkles.
  46.  前記不規則なシワが、複数の線条突起物により形成する複数の凸部と、前記複数の線条突起部により囲まれて形成する凹部とにより構成される請求項45に記載の物品の製造方法。 The production of the article according to claim 45, wherein the irregular wrinkles are composed of a plurality of convex portions formed by a plurality of linear protrusions and a concave portion formed by being surrounded by the plurality of linear protrusions. Method.
PCT/JP2021/013846 2020-03-31 2021-03-31 Matte article and method for producing matte article WO2021201105A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (22)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-065233 2020-03-31
JP2020-065242 2020-03-31
JP2020065251 2020-03-31
JP2020-065188 2020-03-31
JP2020065222 2020-03-31
JP2020065188 2020-03-31
JP2020065247 2020-03-31
JP2020065263 2020-03-31
JP2020-065247 2020-03-31
JP2020065172 2020-03-31
JP2020-065263 2020-03-31
JP2020065233 2020-03-31
JP2020-065211 2020-03-31
JP2020065211 2020-03-31
JP2020-065222 2020-03-31
JP2020-065251 2020-03-31
JP2020-065172 2020-03-31
JP2020065242 2020-03-31
JP2020-163193 2020-09-29
JP2020163193 2020-09-29
JP2021054004A JP2022008024A (en) 2020-03-31 2021-03-26 Matte article and method for manufacturing same
JP2021-054004 2021-03-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021201105A1 true WO2021201105A1 (en) 2021-10-07

Family

ID=77929095

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/013846 WO2021201105A1 (en) 2020-03-31 2021-03-31 Matte article and method for producing matte article

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2022132678A (en)
WO (1) WO2021201105A1 (en)

Cited By (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022025620A (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-10 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Cured film, laminate, and method for producing the same
JP2022152944A (en) * 2021-03-29 2022-10-12 大日本印刷株式会社 Matte article
WO2023106340A1 (en) * 2021-12-07 2023-06-15 凸版印刷株式会社 Decorative sheet and method for producing decorative sheet
JP7294482B1 (en) 2022-03-11 2023-06-20 大日本印刷株式会社 laminate
JP7359275B1 (en) * 2022-09-30 2023-10-11 大日本印刷株式会社 Decorative sheets and decorative materials
WO2023249081A1 (en) * 2022-06-24 2023-12-28 Toppanホールディングス株式会社 Decorative sheet
JP7440709B1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-02-28 バンドー化学株式会社 Woodgrain decorative film and method for producing woodgrain decorative film
WO2024057977A1 (en) * 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 バンドー化学株式会社 Woodgrain decorative film

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH07125489A (en) * 1993-11-04 1995-05-16 Komai:Kk Writing board and manufacture thereof
WO2016021533A1 (en) * 2014-08-04 2016-02-11 Jx日鉱日石エネルギー株式会社 Method for manufacturing member having irregular pattern
JP2017219622A (en) * 2016-06-06 2017-12-14 株式会社ダイセル Light diffusion film and method for producing the same, and display device
JP2019065174A (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-25 大日本印刷株式会社 Size enlargement sheet and manufacturing method of melamine decorative board using the size enlargement sheet
JP2019196565A (en) * 2018-05-09 2019-11-14 横浜ゴム株式会社 Method of manufacturing matted leather or matted synthetic resin skin material
KR20200025050A (en) * 2018-08-29 2020-03-10 (주)엘지하우시스 Floorings having excellent anti pollution and non-slip property
KR20200031282A (en) * 2018-09-14 2020-03-24 (주)엘지하우시스 Low gloss non-foaming decorative sheet having excellent texture

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH07125489A (en) * 1993-11-04 1995-05-16 Komai:Kk Writing board and manufacture thereof
WO2016021533A1 (en) * 2014-08-04 2016-02-11 Jx日鉱日石エネルギー株式会社 Method for manufacturing member having irregular pattern
JP2017219622A (en) * 2016-06-06 2017-12-14 株式会社ダイセル Light diffusion film and method for producing the same, and display device
JP2019065174A (en) * 2017-09-29 2019-04-25 大日本印刷株式会社 Size enlargement sheet and manufacturing method of melamine decorative board using the size enlargement sheet
JP2019196565A (en) * 2018-05-09 2019-11-14 横浜ゴム株式会社 Method of manufacturing matted leather or matted synthetic resin skin material
KR20200025050A (en) * 2018-08-29 2020-03-10 (주)엘지하우시스 Floorings having excellent anti pollution and non-slip property
KR20200031282A (en) * 2018-09-14 2020-03-24 (주)엘지하우시스 Low gloss non-foaming decorative sheet having excellent texture

Cited By (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2022025620A (en) * 2020-07-29 2022-02-10 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Cured film, laminate, and method for producing the same
JP7435343B2 (en) 2020-07-29 2024-02-21 三菱ケミカル株式会社 Cured film, laminate and manufacturing method thereof
JP2022152944A (en) * 2021-03-29 2022-10-12 大日本印刷株式会社 Matte article
JP7215514B2 (en) 2021-03-29 2023-01-31 大日本印刷株式会社 matte goods
WO2023106340A1 (en) * 2021-12-07 2023-06-15 凸版印刷株式会社 Decorative sheet and method for producing decorative sheet
JP7294482B1 (en) 2022-03-11 2023-06-20 大日本印刷株式会社 laminate
WO2023249081A1 (en) * 2022-06-24 2023-12-28 Toppanホールディングス株式会社 Decorative sheet
JP7440709B1 (en) 2022-09-15 2024-02-28 バンドー化学株式会社 Woodgrain decorative film and method for producing woodgrain decorative film
WO2024057977A1 (en) * 2022-09-15 2024-03-21 バンドー化学株式会社 Woodgrain decorative film
JP7359275B1 (en) * 2022-09-30 2023-10-11 大日本印刷株式会社 Decorative sheets and decorative materials

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2022132678A (en) 2022-09-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2021201105A1 (en) Matte article and method for producing matte article
JP7088431B1 (en) Matte goods
WO2022054644A1 (en) Matted article
WO2022054646A1 (en) Matte article
JP2022008024A (en) Matte article and method for manufacturing same
EP4316819A1 (en) Matte article
EP4316818A1 (en) Matte article
JP2023049868A (en) Decorative sheet and decorative material
JP7215514B2 (en) matte goods
JP7294482B1 (en) laminate
JP2022149930A (en) Transfer sheet and method for manufacturing decorative material using the same
JP2022157494A (en) Transfer sheet, production method of decorative material using the same and decorative material
JP2023045596A (en) laminate
JP2022154680A (en) Transfer sheet, and method for manufacturing decorative material and decorative material using the same
JP2022154689A (en) Transfer sheet, and method for manufacturing decorative material and decorative material using the same
JP2022154615A (en) Transfer sheet, manufacturing method of decorative material using the same, and decorative material
TW202402525A (en) Sheet, product, decorative sheet, decorative material and curable composition
JP2022154695A (en) Transfer sheet, and method for manufacturing decorative material and decorative material using the same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21782252

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21782252

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1